Cisco Systems Network Card VISM User Manual

Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration  
Guide  
Release 3.0  
June 2004  
Corporate Headquarters  
Cisco Systems, Inc.  
170 West Tasman Drive  
San Jose, CA 95134-1706  
USA  
Tel: 408 526-4000  
800 553-NETS (6387)  
Fax: 408 526-4100  
Text Part Number: OL-2521-01 D0  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
iv  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
v
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
CALEA 4-55  
FGD 4-58  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
vi  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
vii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F I G U R E S  
VISM T1 and E1 Front Cards 1-2  
VISM-PR T1 and E1 Front Cards 1-3  
VISM T1 and E1 Back Cards 1-4  
Cisco MGX 8850 and VISM as a Voice Gateway 1-4  
VISM Card Block Diagram 1-6  
VISM Block Diagram for VoIP Switching and Switched AAL2 PVC Operating Modes 1-10  
VISM Block Diagram for the AAL2 Trunking Operating Mode 1-11  
Available Chassis Slots for VISM Cards in the MGX 8850 and MGX 8250—Front View 1-14  
Available Chassis Slots for VISM Cards in the Cisco MGX 8230—Front View 1-15  
RJ-48 PIN Connector 1-17  
VISM Used in a Tandem Switch Offloading Application 2-1  
VISM Used as a Voice Gateway Application 2-2  
AAL2 Trunking—One End 2-3  
AAL2 Trunking—Two Ends 2-4  
VISM Detailed Functional Blocks 3-2  
VISM Signaling Paths 3-6  
CAS Processing—Message Structure 3-7  
CAS Signaling in Initiating and Terminating a Call 3-8  
PRI/Backhaul Path 3-10  
RUDP Session Hierarchy 3-10  
VoIP Protocol Stack 3-12  
VoIP Cell Packetization and Transmission 3-12  
AAL2 Cell Packetization and Transmission 3-14  
Call Agent Communications Links 3-15  
Connection Model 3-16  
VISM Card Config Screen—Card Elements Display 3-20  
VISM Card Config Screen—VISM Features Display 3-21  
PXM Back Card 4-3  
VISM to Call Agent Communication 4-44  
VISM Front Card LEDs 6-2  
VISM Configured for Local Clocking A-1  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
ix  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Figures  
VISM Configured for Loop Clocking A-3  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
x
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
T A B L E S  
Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM45) Multiservice Switch Release 3 Documentation xiv  
MGX 8850 (PXM1) Multiservice Switch Release 1.2.10 Documentation xv  
MGX 8250 Edge Concentrator Release 1.2.10 Documentation xvi  
MGX 8230 Edge Concentrator Documentation xvi  
Cisco VISM Related Documentation xvii  
Supported Codecs and Packetization Periods 3-4  
VISM Command Attributes—Log File, Card State, and Privilege Level 4-2  
Mandatory Initial VISM Configuration Command Sequence for All Operating Modes 4-7  
VISM/VISM-PR DS0 Density with Codec Support 4-17  
dspaal2profile Field Descriptions 4-39  
AAL2 Operating Mode Profiles 4-40  
VISM 3.0 Built-in (Preconfigured) Tone Plans 4-57  
VISM/VISM-PR and MGX 8000 Series Switch Support 4-60  
Announcement File System Feature CLI Commands 4-64  
MGCP 1.0 Feature CLI Commands 4-66  
RSVP-Based Admission Control Feature CLI Commands 4-67  
VISM/VISM-PR DS0 Density with Codec Support 4-70  
Tone Plan Definition File Syntax 5-46  
Codec Type Default Values 5-153  
VISM Release 2.2(0) Built-in Tone Plans 5-442  
VISM T1 and E1 Card Alarms 6-5  
Revertive/Nonrevertive Clocking and PXM Back Card Support A-5  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
xi  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Tables  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
xii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Preface  
This preface describes the objectives, audience, organization, and conventions of the Cisco VISM  
Installation and Configuration Guide.  
Objectives  
Audience  
This document describes the features, functions, installation, operation, and command line interface of  
Cisco Voice Interworking Service Module (VISM) Release 3.0.  
This document is intended for the following personnel:  
Technicians responsible for installing VISM cards on the Cisco MGX 8230, MGX 8250, and  
MGX 8850 shelf.  
Network administrators responsible for configuring the Cisco MGX 8850 shelf.  
Cisco recommends that installers be familiar with electronic circuitry and wiring practices and have  
experience as an electronic or electromechanical technician. Installers and network administrators  
should also be familiar with Cisco switches and routers, T1 and E1 voice lines, and Cisco wide area  
networks. Cisco also recommends that you have a system administrator present who is familiar with your  
network and UNIX servers during the initial installation of a Cisco MGX 8000 Series platform.  
Document Organization  
This document contains the following chapters:  
Chapter 1, “Overview of the VISM and VISM-PR Cards,” provides a general introduction to VISM  
and describes the hardware and software modules, and installation procedures.  
Chapter 2, “Telephony Applications Using VISM,” describes VISM applications for a variety of  
voice networking situations.  
Chapter 3, “VISM Functional Description,” describes VISM’s functional operation.  
Chapter 4, “Configuring VISM Features,” describes the initial mandatory configuration procedures  
for using VISM cards in each of the operating modes.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
xiii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Preface  
Related Documentation  
Chapter 5, “CLI Commands,” describes the syntax and semantics of each VISM command line  
interface command.  
Chapter 6, “Troubleshooting Tips,” describes VISM troubleshooting tools and techniques.  
Appendix A, “VISM and VISM-PR Card Clocking Options,” describes clocking configuration for  
both the VISM card and MGX 8000 Series platform PXM cards.  
Appendix B, “VISM and VISM-PR—3.0 Specifications,” describes the specifications of VISM  
Release 3.0.  
Related Documentation  
The following sections describe documentation you may need to reference as you use the VISM product.  
Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM45) Multiservice Switch Release 3  
The documentation for the installation and operation of the MGX 8850 Multiservice Switch for Release  
3 is listed in Table 1.  
Table 1  
Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM45) Multiservice Switch Release 3 Documentation  
Title  
Description  
Cisco MGX 8850 Hardware Installation Guide, Release 3 Describes how to install the MGX 8850 multiservice switch.  
(PXM45/B and PXM1E)  
This guide explains what the switch does and covers site  
preparation, grounding, safety, card installation, and cabling.  
The MGX 8850 switch uses either a PXM45 or a PXM1E  
controller card and provides support for both broadband and  
narrow band service modules.  
Cisco MGX 8850, MGX 8950, and MGX 8830 Command Describes how to use the PXM and AXSM commands that are  
Reference (PXM45/B and PXM1E), Release 3  
available for the MGX 8850, MGX 8950, and MGX 8830  
switches.  
Cisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and  
Command Reference for the MGX 8850 FRSM12 Card,  
Release 3  
Describes how to use the high-speed Frame Relay (FRSM12)  
commands that are available for the MGX 8850 switch.  
Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM45) and MGX 8950 Software  
Configuration Guide, Release 3  
Describes how to configure MGX 8850 and MGX 8950 switches  
with PXM45 controller cards to operate as ATM edge or core  
switches. This guide also provides some operation and  
maintenance procedures.  
Cisco MGX and SES PNNI Network Planning Guide for Provides guidelines for planning a PNNI network that uses the  
MGX Release 3 and SES Release 3  
MGX 8850 and the MGX 8950 switches and the BPX 8600  
switches. When connected to a PNNI network, each BPX 8600  
series switch requires a SES for PNNI route processing.  
Cisco MGX Route Processor Module (RPM-XF)  
Installation and Configuration Guide, Release 3  
Describes how to install and configure the MGX Route Processor  
Module (RPM-XF) in the MGX 8850 Release 3 switch. Also  
provides site preparation, troubleshooting, maintenance, cable  
and connector specifications, and basic Cisco IOS configuration  
information.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
xiv  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Preface  
Related Documentation  
Table 1  
Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM45) Multiservice Switch Release 3 Documentation (continued)  
Title  
Description  
Cisco MGX Route Processor Module (RPM-PR)  
Installation and Configuration Guide, Release 2.1  
Describes how to install and configure the MGX Route Processor  
Module (RPM-PR) in the MGX 8850 Release 2.1 and later  
switches. Also provides site preparation, troubleshooting,  
maintenance, cable and connector specifications, and basic  
Cisco IOS configuration information.  
Release Notes for Cisco MGX Route Processor Module  
Provides the latest feature, upgrade, and compatibility  
(RPM/B and RPM-PR) for Release 1.2.10 and Release 3 information, as well as known and resolved anomalies for  
RPM-PR.  
MGX 8850 (PXM1) Multiservice Switch Release 1.2.10  
The documentation for the installation and operation of the MGX 8850 (PXM1) Multiservice Switch is  
listed in Table 2.  
Table 2  
MGX 8850 (PXM1) Multiservice Switch Release 1.2.10 Documentation  
Title  
Description  
Cisco MGX 8850 Multiservice Switch Installation and  
Configuration, Release 1.1.3  
Provides installation instructions for the MGX 8850 multiservice  
switch.  
Cisco MGX 8800 Series Switch Command Reference,  
Release 1.1.3  
Provides detailed information on the general command line for  
the MGX 8850 switch.  
Cisco MGX 8800 Series Switch System Error Messages, Provides error message descriptions and recovery procedures.  
Release 1.1.3  
Cisco MGX 8850 Multiservice Switch Overview,  
Release 1.1.3  
Provides a technical description of the system components and  
functionality of the MGX 8850 multiservice switch from a  
technical perspective.  
Cisco MGX Route Processor Module Installation and  
Configuration Guide, Release 1.1  
Describes how to install and configure the MGX Route Processor  
Module (RPM/B and RPM-PR) in the MGX 8850, MGX 8250,  
and MGX 8230 Release 1 switch. Also provides site preparation,  
troubleshooting, maintenance, cable and connector  
specifications, and basic Cisco IOS configuration information.  
Release Notes for Cisco MGX 8230, MGX 8250, and  
Provides new feature, upgrade, and compatibility information, as  
MGX 8850 (Release 1), Software Version 1.2.10 (PXM1) well as known and resolved anomalies.  
Release Notes for Cisco MGX Route Processor Module  
Provides new feature, upgrade, and compatibility information, as  
(RPM/B and RPM-PR) for Release 1.2.10 and Release 3 well as known and resolved anomalies.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
xv  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Preface  
Related Documentation  
MGX 8250 Edge Concentrator Release 1.2.10  
The documentation for the installation and operation of the MGX 8250 Edge Concentrator is listed in  
Table 3  
MGX 8250 Edge Concentrator Release 1.2.10 Documentation  
Title  
Description  
Cisco MGX 8250 Edge Concentrator Installation and  
Configuration, Release 1.1.3  
Provides installation instructions for the MGX 8250 Edge  
Concentrator.  
Cisco MGX 8250 Multiservice Gateway Command  
Reference, Release 1.1.3  
Provides detailed information on the general command line  
interface commands.  
Cisco MGX 8250 Multiservice Gateway Error Messages, Provides error message descriptions and recovery procedures.  
Release 1.1.3  
Cisco MGX 8250 Edge Concentrator Overview,  
Release 1.1.3  
Describes the system components and functionality of the  
MGX 8250 Edge Concentrator from a technical perspective.  
Cisco MGX Route Processor Module Installation and  
Configuration Guide, Release 1.1  
Describes how to install and configure the MGX Route Processor  
Module (RPM/B and RPM-PR) in the MGX 8850, MGX 8250,  
and MGX 8230 Release 1 switch. Also provides site preparation,  
troubleshooting, maintenance, cable and connector specifications,  
and basic Cisco IOS configuration information.  
Release Notes for Cisco MGX 8230, MGX 8250, and  
Provides new feature, upgrade, and compatibility information, as  
MGX 8850 (Release 1), Software Version 1.2.10 (PXM1) well as known and resolved anomalies.  
Release Notes for Cisco MGX Route Processor Module Provides new feature, upgrade, and compatibility information, as  
(RPM/B and RPM-PR) for Release 1.2.10 and Release 3 well as known and resolved anomalies.  
MGX 8230 Edge Concentrator Release 1.2.10  
The documentation for the installation and operation of the MGX 8230 Edge Concentrator is listed in  
Table 4  
MGX 8230 Edge Concentrator Documentation  
Title  
Description  
Cisco MGX 8230 Edge Concentrator Installation and  
Configuration, Release 1.1.3  
Provides installation instructions for the MGX 8230 Edge  
Concentrator.  
Cisco MGX 8230 Multiservice Gateway Command  
Reference, Release 1.1.3  
Provides detailed information on the general command line  
interface commands.  
Cisco MGX 8230 Multiservice Gateway Error Messages, Provides error message descriptions and recovery procedures.  
Release 1.1.3  
Cisco MGX 8230 Edge Concentrator Overview,  
Release 1.1.3  
Provides a technical description of the system components and  
functionality of the MGX 8250 Edge Concentrator from a  
technical perspective.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
xvi  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Preface  
Conventions  
Table 4  
MGX 8230 Edge Concentrator Documentation (continued)  
Title  
Description  
Cisco MGX Route Processor Module Installation and  
Configuration Guide, Release 1.1  
Describes how to install and configure the MGX Route Processor  
Module (RPM/B and RPM-PR) in the MGX 8850, MGX 8250,  
and MGX 8230 Release 1 switch. Also provides site preparation,  
troubleshooting, maintenance, cable and connector specifications,  
and basic Cisco IOS configuration information.  
Release Notes for Cisco MGX 8230, MGX 8250, and  
Provides new feature, upgrade, and compatibility information, as  
MGX 8850 (Release 1), Software Version 1.2.10 (PXM1) well as known and resolved anomalies.  
Release Notes for Cisco MGX Route Processor Module Provides new feature, upgrade, and compatibility information, as  
(RPM/B and RPM-PR) for Release 1.2.10 and Release 3 well as known and resolved anomalies.  
The documentation listed in Table 5 contain additional information related to the operation of the Cisco  
VISM product.  
Table 5  
Cisco VISM Related Documentation  
Document  
Description  
Cisco MGX 8850 Multiservice Switch Installation  
and Configuration, Release 1.1.31  
Cisco MGX 8850 shelf installation procedures—refer to the sections  
describing the installation and configuration of the PXM1 card.  
Cisco MGX 8800 Series Switch Command  
Reference, Release 1.1.31  
Cisco MGX 8800 shelf command line interface commands—refer to  
the commands that apply to the PXM1 card.  
Cisco MGX 8250 Edge Concentrator Installation  
and Configuration, Release 1.1.31  
Cisco MGX 8250 shelf installation procedures—refer to the sections  
describing the installation and configuration of the PXM1 card.  
Cites MGX 8250 Multiservice Gateway Command  
Reference, Release 1.1.31  
Cisco MGX 8250 shelf command line interface commands—refer to  
the commands that apply to the PXM1 card.  
Cisco MGX 8230 Edge Concentrator Installation  
and Configuration, Release 1.1.31  
Cisco MGX 8230 shelf installation procedures—refer to the sections  
describing the installation and configuration of the PXM1 card.  
Cisco MGX 8230 Multiservice Gateway Command Cisco MGX 8230 shelf command line interface commands—refer to  
Reference, Release 1.1.31 the commands that apply to the PXM1 card.  
1.1.32 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Hardware and software feature upgrades for the Cisco MGX 8850,  
MGX 8850, 8230, and 8250 Software  
MGX 8230, and MGX 8250.  
Conventions  
This publication uses the following conventions to describe commands:  
Bold type—indicates command names and user entry text.  
Italic type—indicates arguments for which you supply values.  
| |—vertical bars indicate optional arguments.  
This publication uses the following conventions to describe examples:  
Courierfont—indicates terminal sessions and system display information.  
Courier bold font—indicates user entry.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
xvii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Preface  
Obtaining Documentation  
Note  
Means reader take note. Notes contain helpful suggestions or references to materials not contained  
in this manual.  
Caution  
Means reader be careful. In this situation, you might do something that could result in equipment  
damage or loss of data.  
Obtaining Documentation  
Cisco documentation and additional literature are available on Cisco.com. Cisco also provides several  
ways to obtain technical assistance and other technical resources. These sections explain how to obtain  
technical information from Cisco Systems.  
Cisco.com  
You can access the most current Cisco documentation on the World Wide Web at this URL:  
You can access the Cisco website at this URL:  
International Cisco websites can be accessed from this URL:  
Ordering Documentation  
You can find instructions for ordering documentation at this URL:  
You can order Cisco documentation in these ways:  
Registered Cisco.com users (Cisco direct customers) can order Cisco product documentation from  
the Ordering tool:  
Nonregistered Cisco.com users can order documentation through a local account representative by  
calling Cisco Systems Corporate Headquarters (California, USA) at 408 526-7208 or, elsewhere in  
North America, by calling 800 553-NETS (6387).  
Documentation Feedback  
You can submit e-mail comments about technical documentation to bug-doc@cisco.com.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
xviii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Preface  
Obtaining Technical Assistance  
You can submit comments by using the response card (if present) behind the front cover of your  
document or by writing to the following address:  
Cisco Systems  
Attn: Customer Document Ordering  
170 West Tasman Drive  
San Jose, CA 95134-9883  
We appreciate your comments.  
Obtaining Technical Assistance  
For all customers, partners, resellers, and distributors who hold valid Cisco service contracts, the Cisco  
Technical Assistance Center (TAC) provides 24-hour-a-day, award-winning technical support services,  
online and over the phone. Cisco.com features the Cisco TAC website as an online starting point for  
technical assistance. If you do not hold a valid Cisco service contract, please contact your reseller.  
Cisco TAC Website  
The Cisco TAC website provides online documents and tools for troubleshooting and resolving technical  
issues with Cisco products and technologies. The Cisco TAC website is available 24 hours a day, 365  
days a year. The Cisco TAC website is located at this URL:  
Accessing all the tools on the Cisco TAC website requires a Cisco.com user ID and password. If you  
have a valid service contract but do not have a login ID or password, register at this URL:  
Opening a TAC Case  
Using the online TAC Case Open Tool is the fastest way to open P3 and P4 cases. (P3 and P4 cases are  
those in which your network is minimally impaired or for which you require product information.) After  
you describe your situation, the TAC Case Open Tool automatically recommends resources for an  
immediate solution. If your issue is not resolved using the recommended resources, your case will be  
assigned to a Cisco TAC engineer. The online TAC Case Open Tool is located at this URL:  
For P1 or P2 cases (P1 and P2 cases are those in which your production network is down or severely  
degraded) or if you do not have Internet access, contact Cisco TAC by telephone. Cisco TAC engineers  
are assigned immediately to P1 and P2 cases to help keep your business operations running smoothly.  
To open a case by telephone, use one of the following numbers:  
Asia-Pacific: +61 2 8446 7411 (Australia: 1 800 805 227)  
EMEA: +32 2 704 55 55  
USA: 1 800 553-2447  
For a complete listing of Cisco TAC contacts, go to this URL:  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
xix  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Preface  
Obtaining Additional Publications and Information  
TAC Case Priority Definitions  
To ensure that all cases are reported in a standard format, Cisco has established case priority definitions.  
Priority 1 (P1)—Your network is “down” or there is a critical impact to your business operations. You  
and Cisco will commit all necessary resources around the clock to resolve the situation.  
Priority 2 (P2)—Operation of an existing network is severely degraded, or significant aspects of your  
business operation are negatively affected by inadequate performance of Cisco products. You and Cisco  
will commit full-time resources during normal business hours to resolve the situation.  
Priority 3 (P3)—Operational performance of your network is impaired, but most business operations  
remain functional. You and Cisco will commit resources during normal business hours to restore service  
to satisfactory levels.  
Priority 4 (P4)—You require information or assistance with Cisco product capabilities, installation, or  
configuration. There is little or no effect on your business operations.  
Obtaining Additional Publications and Information  
Information about Cisco products, technologies, and network solutions is available from various online  
and printed sources.  
Cisco Marketplace provides a variety of Cisco books, reference guides, and logo merchandise. Go  
to this URL to visit the company store:  
The Cisco Product Catalog describes the networking products offered by Cisco Systems, as well as  
ordering and customer support services. Access the Cisco Product Catalog at this URL:  
Cisco Press publishes a wide range of general networking, training and certification titles. Both new  
and experienced users will benefit from these publications. For current Cisco Press titles and other  
information, go to Cisco Press online at this URL:  
Packet magazine is the Cisco quarterly publication that provides the latest networking trends,  
technology breakthroughs, and Cisco products and solutions to help industry professionals get the  
most from their networking investment. Included are networking deployment and troubleshooting  
tips, configuration examples, customer case studies, tutorials and training, certification information,  
and links to numerous in-depth online resources. You can access Packet magazine at this URL:  
iQ Magazine is the Cisco bimonthly publication that delivers the latest information about Internet  
business strategies for executives. You can access iQ Magazine at this URL:  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
xx  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Preface  
Obtaining Additional Publications and Information  
Internet Protocol Journal is a quarterly journal published by Cisco Systems for engineering  
professionals involved in designing, developing, and operating public and private internets and  
intranets. You can access the Internet Protocol Journal at this URL:  
Training—Cisco offers world-class networking training. Current offerings in network training are  
listed at this URL:  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
xxi  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Preface  
Obtaining Additional Publications and Information  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
xxii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C H A P T E R  
1
Overview of the VISM and VISM-PR Cards  
This chapter provides a general introduction to VISM and VISM-PR and describes the hardware and  
software modules, and installation procedures. The following topics are described:  
Note  
The term VISM is used to refer to the product software—either for the VISM card or for the  
VISM-PR card. The terms VISM and VISM-PR are used when discussing hardware only.  
The VISM card, in combination with a Cisco MGX 8000 Series platform, enables telephone calls on  
conventional time-division multiplexed (TDM) voice circuits to be transported over an Asynchronous  
Transfer Mode (ATM) packet-switched and VoIP networks. The VISM card is a single height card  
designed to operate in the following platforms:  
Cisco MGX 8850 Release 1, wide area switch  
Cisco MGX 8250, edge concentrator  
Cisco MGX 8230, edge concentrator  
Note  
VISM is not supported on the Cisco MGX 8260 switch.  
VISM and VISM-PR Card Types  
VISM and VISM-PR cards are installed in Cisco MGX 8000 Series switches as front cards and their  
associated back cards—card sets. There are two types of VISM front cards (see Figure 1-1):  
AX-VISM-8T1—Supports up to eight T1 lines carrying digitized voice  
AX-VISM-8E1—Supports up to eight E1 lines carrying digitized voice  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
1-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 1 Overview of the VISM and VISM-PR Cards  
VISM and VISM-PR Card Types  
Note  
Using the Service Resource Module (SRM) and the 1:N redundancy features, other physical  
configurations are supported. Refer to the “VISM and VISM-PR Card Features” section on page 1-6  
for more details.  
Figure 1-1 VISM T1 and E1 Front Cards  
CLEI code label  
ACT  
STBY  
FAIL  
ACT  
STBY  
FAIL  
PORT 1  
PORT 2  
PORT 3  
PORT 1  
PORT 2  
PORT 3  
PORT 4  
PORT 5  
PORT 4  
PORT 5  
PORT 6  
PORT 7  
PORT 8  
PORT 6  
PORT 7  
PORT 8  
VISM  
VISM  
8T1  
8E1  
T1 front card  
E1 front card  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
1-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 1 Overview of the VISM and VISM-PR Cards  
VISM and VISM-PR Card Types  
There are two types of VISM-PR front cards (see Figure 1-2):  
MGX-VISM-PR-8T1—Supports up to eight T1 lines carrying digitized voice  
MGX-VISM-PR-8E1—Supports up to eight E1 lines carrying digitized voice  
Figure 1-2 VISM-PR T1 and E1 Front Cards  
Card Extractor  
Release Slot  
CLEI  
Code Label  
Card  
Extractor  
Handle  
ACT  
STBY  
FAIL  
ACT  
STBY  
FAIL  
PORT  
PORT  
PORT  
1
PORT  
PORT  
PORT  
1
2
3
2
3
Status  
LEDs  
PORT  
PORT  
PORT  
PORT  
PORT  
4
5
6
7
8
PORT  
PORT  
PORT  
PORT  
PORT  
4
5
6
7
8
VISM  
PR-8T1  
VISM  
PR-8T1  
T1  
E1  
The VISM and VISM-PR front cards have the same associated back cards. There are two types of  
VISM/VISM-PR T1 back cards (see Figure 1-3):  
AX-RJ48-8T1—Supports eight T1 lines using RJ-48 connectors; use with a T1 front card.  
AX-R-RJ48-8T1—Supports eight T1 lines; use with a redundant T1 front card.  
There are four types of VISM/VISM-PR E1 back cards (see Figure 1-3):  
AX-RJ48-8E1—Supports eight E1 lines using RJ-48 connectors; use with an E1 front card.  
AX-R-RJ48-8E1—Supports eight E1 lines; use with a redundant E1 front card.  
AX-SMB-8E1—Supports eight E1 lines using SMB connectors; use with an E1 front card.  
AX-R-SMB-8E1—Supports eight E1 lines; use with a redundant E1 front card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
1-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 1 Overview of the VISM and VISM-PR Cards  
VISM and VISM-PR Card Types  
Figure 1-3 VISM T1 and E1 Back Cards  
RJ48-8T1  
RJ48-8E1  
SMB-8E1  
RX1  
R-RJ48-8T1  
R-RJ48-8E1  
R-SMB-8E1  
1
1
TX1  
R
E
D
U
N
D
A
N
T
R
E
D
U
N
D
A
N
T
R
E
D
U
N
D
A
N
T
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RX2  
TX2  
RX3  
TX3  
RX4  
TX4  
RX5  
TX5  
RX6  
TX6  
RX7  
TX7  
RX8  
TX8  
Redundant  
T1-RJ48  
Redundant  
E1-RJ48  
Redundant  
E1-SMB  
T1-RJ48  
E1-RJ48  
E1-SMB  
The VISM or VISM-PR card and MGX 8000 Series switch combination provides an interface, or voice  
gateway, between conventional TDM networks and packet-switched networks (see Figure 1-4).  
Figure 1-4 Cisco MGX 8850 and VISM as a Voice Gateway  
PBX or  
Central Office  
MGX 8850  
with  
VISM  
V
T1/E1  
Packet Network  
(IP/ATM)  
Voice/TDM Networks  
Packet Networks  
Connection to the packet network is performed by Cisco MGX 8000 Series switch Processor Module  
cards—PXM1, PXM1E, and PXM45—which communicate with a VISM card through the switch’s  
midplane cellbus. Refer to the documents listed in Table 5 of the “Related Documentation” section on  
page xiv for more information on the MGX 8000 Series switch midplane cellbus.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
1-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 1 Overview of the VISM and VISM-PR Cards  
VISM and VISM-PR Card Physical Characteristics  
VISM and VISM-PR Card Service Types  
VISM cards are configured with the following service types:  
Constant bit rate (CBR)  
Note  
CBR is not supported with a combination of a PXM1 with either an RPM or external  
router.  
Variable bit rate real time, VBR (RT)  
VBR non-real time (NRT)  
VISM-PR card connections with the RPM-PR card requires the VBR (NRT) 3 service type on the  
PXM1E and PXM45 platforms.  
If you are using a VISM-PR card in combination with a PXM1E, PXM45, or RPM-PR card, you must  
use the VBR (NRT) 3 selection when adding a connection.  
The following connection service types can be configured with VISM 3.0 and higher:  
VBR (RT) 2  
VBR (RT) 3  
VBR (NRT) 2  
VISM and VISM-PR Card Physical Characteristics  
VISM cards are equipped with the following:  
Eight T1 or E1 ports  
Digital signal processors (DSPs)  
High-level data link control (HDLC) framer  
Broadband interface to the packet network  
VISM Card Architecture  
VISM card architecture provides the following:  
Flexibility that allows the incorporation of new or improved technology as it becomes available.  
Application flexibility that allows VISM to be used in a range of situations that provide  
interoperability with a wide variety of equipment types.  
Modularity that allows equipment to be purchased and installed as it is needed for scalability.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
1-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Chapter 1 Overview of the VISM and VISM-PR Cards  
VISM and VISM-PR Card Features  
Figure 1-5 shows a simplified diagram of the VISM architecture and its major components.  
Figure 1-5 VISM Card Block Diagram  
VISM  
Main CPU  
(Control)  
Cellbus  
Framers  
8 T1/E1 lines  
Digital  
from PBX or  
PXM  
SAR  
Signal  
Central Office  
Processors  
OC-3 to ATM  
Packet Network  
HDLC  
Processor  
Secondary CPU  
(Datamover)  
The card is broadly divided into a TDM side and an ATM side. The T1/E1 framers, the array of DSPs,  
and the HDLC processor support the TDM side. The ATM adaptation layer (AAL) and the segmentation  
and reassembly (SAR) sections support the ATM side.  
VISM is under the control of two independent processors. The main processor performs the control  
tasks—configuration, call setup and teardown, and management. The second processor, the datamover,  
handles the moving and processing of the voice and voiceband data traffic through the system.  
The VISM card itself contains no ports for the connection of management stations. Workstations, PCs,  
or terminals used to manage VISM must be attached via the PXM card which provides both serial  
EIA/TIA-232 and Ethernet ports.  
VISM and VISM-PR Card Features  
VISM cards process high-density digital voice circuits and provide dynamic compression, echo  
cancellation, dejittering, silence suppression, and packetization. The VISM card uses the following  
features which you can configure:  
Eight standard T1 or E1 interfaces with the following line coding:  
Bipolar 8-zero substitution (B8ZS)—for T1  
Alternate mark inversion (AMI)—for T1  
High density bipolar 3 (HDB3)—for E1  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
1-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 1 Overview of the VISM and VISM-PR Cards  
VISM and VISM-PR Card Features  
Voice over ATM (VoATM) using AAL2 cells—No Logical Link Control/Subnetwork Access  
Protocol (LLC/SNAP) encapsulation.  
Note  
Multiplexing is not supported for AAL2 SVCs.  
VoIP using AAL5 cells to RFC 1889.  
Extended Superframe (ESF) framing with or without cyclic redundancy check (CRC).  
Pulse code modulation (PCM) A/Mu law codecs.  
Programmable 24, 32, 48, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128 ms tail delay near end ECAN.  
Voice compression with the following standards:  
G.711  
G.726-16k  
G.726-24k  
G.726-32k  
G.726-40k  
G.729a  
G.729ab  
G.723.1-H  
G.723.1a-H  
G.723.1-L  
G.723.1a-L  
Note  
The G.723.1 codecs are not supported in combination with the VISM card. The G.723.1  
codecs are supported with the VISM-PR card.  
Nx64 clear channel (N = 1 only) support.  
Voice activity detection (VAD) and comfort noise generation (CNG) using variable threshold energy  
(Cisco proprietary).  
Call agent Simple Gateway Control Protocol (SGCP) Version 1.0, 1.1, 1.5, SGCP 1.1+, 1.5, and  
Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP) 0.1 and 1.0.  
Backhauling channel associated signaling (CAS) signaling to a call agent using xGCP (backhauling  
can be accomplished with any supported SGCP and MGCP protocol).  
Backhauling Primary Rate Interface (PRI) signaling via Reliable User Datagram Protocol (RUDP)  
to a call agent.  
Common channel signaling (CCS) transport across an AAL5 trunk.  
Fax and modem VoIP bearer transmissions.  
Dual (redundant) virtual circuits across the packet network.  
Full continuity testing (COT). Supports origination and terminating loopback and transponder COT  
between VISM and the central office on the TDM side.  
Loop timing, which can be used as the master clock for the entire MGX 8000 Series platform and  
local clock.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
1-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 1 Overview of the VISM and VISM-PR Cards  
VISM and VISM-PR Card Features  
Line loopback (DS1) toward the TDM lines.  
Channel loopback (DS0) toward both the TDM lines and the ATM network.  
Transmission and reception of bit error rate tester (BERT) signals over loopbacked lines.  
Redundant alarm indication signal (RAI) and alarm indication signal (AIS) alarms.  
Extracting a DS0 CCS channel and directing it to the TDM signaling function.  
1:N cold redundancy using subrate multiplexing (SRM)-3T3 (bulk mode support for T1 lines only)  
and SRM-E (for OC3) capabilities. Calls do not persist during switchover.  
Graceful shutdown of ongoing voice calls when the VISM is taken out of service for maintenance  
or other reasons. Forced shutdown is also supported.  
Caution  
A forced shutdown of the VISM or VISM-PR card may result in dropped calls.  
Redundancy and Bulk Distribution  
Redundancy for VISM cards with or without bulk distribution can be provided through the Service  
Redundancy Module (SRM) and SRM-E. Redundancy for VISM is also provided by Media Gateway  
Controller (MGC) redundancy groups. VISM redundancy is cold redundancy in which ongoing calls do  
not persist during switchover.  
Note  
SRM-E is supported with PXM1 and PXM1E cards only.  
Redundancy with bulk distribution requires a spare VISM card to be installed. The system uses the three  
T3 ports of the SRM back card instead of the normal T1 lines on the VISM back cards. VISM cards in  
bulk distribution mode do not require back cards.  
The TDM voice data transmitted or received over the T3 ports are distributed to the VISM card as if they  
had been received over VISM T1 back card ports in the normal manner. This feature reduces the number  
of physical lines required to support VISM, but requires external equipment to multiplex and  
demultiplex the T1 data onto the T3 lines.  
With or without bulk distribution, redundancy allows for the spare VISM card to automatically take over  
the functions of a failed VISM card. When the failed card is repaired, switching back to the repaired card  
is not automatic. You must manually change the repaired card back to the active state with the command  
Note  
1:1 redundancy using Y-cables is not supported by VISM.  
Redundancy can also be configured at the ATM permanent virtual circuits (PVCs) level. Two separate  
PVCs can be set up, each using a different PXM physical port and each routed to a separate router.  
Configure one PVC as active and the other as standby. Both PVCs are monitored by heartbeat OAM F5  
loopback cells every 200 ms. If three consecutive OAM cells are lost, the PVC fails, and only the  
remaining PVC is active. A PVC will recover automatically when five consecutive OAM cells are  
received while the PVC remains in standby mode (no automatic fallback to active state is provided).  
Control and bearer PVCs can be set up with a redundant PVC.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
1-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 1 Overview of the VISM and VISM-PR Cards  
VISM and VISM-PR Card Features  
Operating Modes  
The VISM/VISM-PR card performs in the following operating modes:  
Voice over IP (VoIP) switching/trunking  
Switched AAL1 switched virtual circuits (SVCs)  
Switched AAL2 SVC  
Switched AAL2 PVC—this mode is not supported in VISM Release 3.0  
AAL2 trunking  
VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
The VISM/VISM-PR card, in order to support the operating modes, supports connections to three major  
interfaces:  
Voice TDM network  
ATM network  
Call agent—signaling (either CAS or CCS but not both) and call control  
In VoIP switching, switched AAL2 PVC, AAL1 SVC, and AAL2 SVC modes, all three of these  
interfaces are always present and active. In AAL2 trunking mode, the interface to the call agent interface  
is not present and the only active interfaces are to the TDM network and the ATM network.  
The operating modes, combined with features you configure, are used by VISM cards in a wide variety  
of telephony applications. For example:  
Provide many of the functions of a tandem (Class 4) switch. VISM can be used to replace, or  
partially offload, a Tandem switch by directing calls over a packet network rather than the  
conventional voice TDM network.  
Concentrate voice and data user services onto a single broadband circuit for transmission over the  
packet network. In this application, VISM performs as a front end to a voice gateway.  
The VISM/MGX combination is used to concentrate voice (and fax/modem voiceband data) user  
services over a preprovisioned AAL2 trunk. VISM passes bearer and signaling data across a packet  
network and does not perform call setup and teardown functions.  
VoIP Switching and Switched AAL2 PVC Operating Modes  
In VoIP switching mode and switched AAL2 PVC mode, VISM operates under the control of a call agent  
to set up and tear down calls. When a call is set up, VISM transports voice payloads over an ATM  
network to the called station destination. VISM performs either as a voice gateway or as a multiservice  
access front end to a voice gateway.  
Note  
This document refers to the device that provides the interface between VISM and the telephone  
Signaling System 7 (SS7) as a call agent. Other terms that describe the same device are Virtual  
Switch Controller, Media Gateway Controller, and Gatekeeper.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
1-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 1 Overview of the VISM and VISM-PR Cards  
VISM and VISM-PR Card Features  
Figure 1-6 shows the major functional blocks and interfaces for the VoIP switching and switched AAL2  
PVC operating modes.  
Figure 1-6 VISM Block Diagram for VoIP Switching and Switched AAL2 PVC Operating Modes  
VISM  
CCS (Q.931)  
Call  
Agent  
CAS (xGCP)  
xGCP  
CCS  
Connection  
Handling  
CAS/CCS  
Processing  
CCS  
TDM Line  
Handling  
Connection Setup  
Teardown  
T1/E1 Lines  
CAS  
CAS  
Voice  
CAS  
Voice  
Bearer  
Processing  
Voice payload  
To ATM  
Network  
ATM Processing  
The CAS signaling path on the TDM side is embedded in the voice stream but is separated at the bearer  
processing function. The CAS signaling then joins the CCS signaling path for CAS/CCS processing and  
is backhauled to the call agent. The path between the call agent and bearer processing, via a connection  
handling function, is for call setup and teardown.  
Voice TDM Network Interface  
The voice payload path is shown as a solid line along the bottom of Figure 1-6. All external TDM  
streams arrive and depart on the T1/E1 lines. Depending on the application, these streams consist of  
voice bearer channels (with or without CAS signaling) and separate CCS channels (if CCS signaling is  
used). The TDM line handling function provides the physical layer interface, which includes framing,  
line codes, clocking, loopbacks, physical alarms, etc. Bearer channels, including CAS, are sent to the  
bearer processing function. CCS channels are sent to the CAS/CCS processing function.  
Further processing of the bearer channels is performed by the DSPs. This processing provides ECAN,  
compression, A/Mu law conversion, silence suppression, and fax/modem handling. If CAS signaling is  
present, signaling bits are extracted at the DSP stage and sent to the CAS/CCS processing function.  
ATM Network Interface  
The ATM processing function receives the processed DS0 voice streams and prepares them for transport  
over a packet network. The voice streams are divided into specific sample periods (for example, 5 ms or  
10 ms) and formatted into service specific convergence sublayer (SSCS) packets appropriate for the  
method of transport over the ATM network. The available transport methods are VoIP (using AAL5) and  
voice over AAL2. Processing of the ATM packets further segments the voice payload into ATM cells for  
transport over the network using a SONET port on the PXM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
1-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 1 Overview of the VISM and VISM-PR Cards  
VISM and VISM-PR Card Features  
Call Agent Interface  
The call agent interface consists of CAS signaling or CCS signaling and call control. The path between  
the call agent and bearer processing, via a connection handling function, is for call setup and teardown.  
The CAS signaling path on the TDM side is embedded in the voice stream (bearer DS0s) and is separated  
at the bearer processing function. The CAS signaling (robbed bits, digits, and tones) is passed to the  
CAS/CCS processing function where it is passed (backhauled) to the call agent under the control of the  
call agent. The mechanism for communicating between VISM and the call agent is a gateway control  
protocol:  
MGCP  
SGCP  
SRCP  
The separate CCS signaling path channels are passed to the CAS/CCS processing function and  
backhauled to the call agent. The CCS signaling is transported as ISDN Q.931 messages both on the  
TDM side and on the call agent side. On the TDM side, the messages are carried in the Q.921 layer  
protocol (which terminates at the VISM card). On the call agent side, communication with the call agent  
consists of Q.931 messages encapsulated in RUDP/UDP/IP packets. The Q.931 connection is terminated  
at the call agent and not at the VISM card.  
The call control path uses MGCP, SGCP, and SRCP for call setup and teardown. Because signaling and  
call control are so intertwined, both call control and CAS use the same path and protocol for the VISM  
card to call agent communications.  
AAL2 Trunking Operating Mode  
In the AAL2 trunking operating mode, the VISM card serves as an access to one or more trunks to  
preprovisioned locations. VISM may be used at both ends of the trunk, or at one end with a compatible  
device at the other. In AAL2 trunking mode, VISM plays no part in call setup and teardown. Other  
network elements handle call control while VISM merely handles voice transport over the trunks.  
Figure 1-7 shows the major functional blocks for the AAL2 trunking operating mode.  
Figure 1-7 VISM Block Diagram for the AAL2 Trunking Operating Mode  
VISM  
CCS  
Processing  
CCS  
CAS  
CCS  
CAS  
ATM  
Processing  
TDM Line  
Handling  
To ATM  
Trunk  
T1/E1 Lines  
Bearer  
Processing  
Voice  
Voice  
The AAL2 trunking mode is less complex than the VoIP switching and AAL2 PVC switched modes  
because there is no call control involved—and no need for a call agent.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
1-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 1 Overview of the VISM and VISM-PR Cards  
VISM and VISM-PR Card Features  
The voice bearer path is treated in the same manner as in the VoIP switching and AAL2 PVC modes,  
except that only preprovisioned AAL2 PVCs are available for transport of voice over the trunks. The  
CAS signaling data is transported over the ATM network in the same AAL2 trunk as Type 3 messages.  
The CCS signaling data is transported over the ATM network in a separate AAL5 PVC.  
VoIP Trunking Operating Mode  
The Voice over IP (VoIP) trunking feature allows the VISM to connect to the PBX, or central office  
digital systems, using T1/E1 digital interfaces and converts the TDM bit stream into RTP packets, after  
ECAN and compression, and transports it over the IP network.  
No call agent is required for setting up and tearing down calls. You must configure the DS0 circuits. The  
connection between VISM and the first router will be ATM after which it will be IP only. VISM and the  
router can have one or multiple PVCs to transport the data. You have the option to configure PVC for  
bearer or control. If the PVC is configured as bearer and no control PVC exists, then PRI signal traffic  
and bearer traffic will go through this PVC. If you configure separate PVCs for control and bearer, PRI  
signaling will go through control traffic only. You can modify some of the connection parameters after  
it is added.  
CAS is transported to the far end using a Cisco proprietary format (not NSEs). PRI is transported over  
RUDP to the far end once the trunk is provisioned between the originating and terminating VISM.  
PRI transport is handled in a way identical to PRI backhaul except that the PRI traffic is sent to remote  
gateway instead of a call agent. You can configure one line for PRI trunking and another line for PRI  
backhauling.  
You must provision the LAPD trunk when using this feature. You must configure a line number, remote  
gateway IP address, local UDP port, and remote gateway UDP port, and then open a trunk. You must  
then configure the D-channel as a trunk or backhaul:  
To configure the D channel as trunk, use the addlapdtrunk command prior to the addlapd  
command. If the addlapd command has been previously executed for that line, the command is  
rejected.  
Note  
Two D channels on one line are not supported.  
To configure the D channel as backhaul, use the addses command prior to the addlapd command.  
If you do not configure either trunk or session, the addlapd command is rejected.  
AAL1/AAL2 SVC Operating Mode  
Release 3.0(0) supports the AAL1 and AAL2 switched virtual circuit (SVC) operating modes for  
VISM-PR cards. VoAAL1 SVC is supported with the G.711 codec and clear channel.  
Note  
VAD is not supported in combination with AAL1 SVCs. CAS is not supported in combination with  
SVCs.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
1-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 1 Overview of the VISM and VISM-PR Cards  
Installing VISM Hardware and Software  
VoAAL2 SVC is supported with the G.711, G.726, G.729a, and G.729ab codecs and profiles 1, 2, 3, 7,  
8, 100, 101, 110, and 200.  
Note  
The AAL1/AAL2 SVC operating modes require you to use a PXM1E or PXM45 in your MGX 8000  
Series switch chassis.  
Installing VISM Hardware and Software  
You can install VISM cards in the following configurations:  
Install a VISM front card and a back card as a pair. The front and back cards must occupy the same  
slot.  
Install a VISM front card with no back card. The MGX 8000 Series bulk distribution feature allows  
this configuration. Access to and from the TDM lines is performed by the Service Resource Module  
(SRM) and the MGX 8000 Series distribution bus.  
Note  
VISM cards in bulk distribution mode do not require back cards.  
Install a VISM front card as a redundant card with a redundant back card in the same slot.  
Note  
VISM T1 front cards require T1 back cards and E1 front cards require E1 back cards. Ensure that  
your configuration meets this requirement.  
In each of these configurations, connections to the packet network are made through the MGX 8000  
Series cellbus and an OC-3 port located on the MGX 8000 Series PXM card. Refer to the “VISM and  
VISM-PR Card Physical Characteristics” section on page 1-5 for more information on front and back  
cards.  
Installing VISM Cards in MGX 8000 Series Chassis  
VISM front and back cards can be installed in the following MGX 8000 Series platforms with these basic  
guidelines:  
Cisco MGX 8850 Release 1—Up to 24 slots can be used for VISM cards.  
Cisco MGX 8250—Up to 24 slots can be used for VISM cards.  
Cisco MGX 8230—Up to eight slots can be used for VISM cards.  
The VISM card can be used with the Processor Module-1 (PXM1) card.  
Installing VISM-PR Cards in MGX 8000 Series Chassis  
VISM-PR front and back cards can be installed in the following MGX 8000 Series platforms with these  
basic guidelines:  
MGX 8250 and MGX 8850—Up to 24 slots can be used for VISM-PR cards.  
MGX 8230—Up to 8 slots can be used for VISM-PR cards.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
1-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 1 Overview of the VISM and VISM-PR Cards  
Installing VISM Hardware and Software  
The VISM-PR card can be used with the following Processor Module cards:  
PXM1  
PXM1E  
PXM45  
You must install an additional fan tray spacer at the bottom of your MGX 8000 Series switch chassis  
directly above the intake plenum if you are using the VISM-PR card in combination with the PXM45  
card. Refer to the Cisco MGX 8850 Hardware Installation Guide, Release 3 for step-by-step instructions  
to install a fan tray.  
MGX 8850 and MGX 8250 Chassis  
VISM and VISM-PR card installation in a Cisco MGX 8850 or MGX 8250 platform consists of installing  
one front card and one back card (if not using the bulk distribution feature) in either the upper or lower  
shelf of the chassis. You can use slots 1 to 6, 9 to 14, 17 to 22, and 25 to 30 to install VISM cards (see  
Figure 1-8 Available Chassis Slots for VISM Cards in the MGX 8850 and MGX 8250—Front View  
Upper Shelf Slots  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16  
Upper  
Shelf  
VISM  
VISM  
VISM  
VISM  
VISM  
VISM  
VISM  
VISM  
VISM  
VISM  
VISM  
VISM  
Lower  
Shelf  
VISM  
VISM  
VISM  
VISM
VISM  
VISM  
VISM  
VISM  
VISM  
VISM  
VISM  
VISM
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32  
Lower Shelf Slots  
Note  
If you use all the available slots, you can configure the MGX 8850 and MGX 8250 with up to 24  
VISM cards. However, the two lower shelf cellbuses can each sustain a bandwidth of one  
OC-3/STM-1 link. This bandwidth limits the number of E1 ports on the lower shelf, when using the  
G.711 codec, to 78, which limits the number of VISM cards to 10.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
1-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 1 Overview of the VISM and VISM-PR Cards  
Installing VISM Hardware and Software  
MGX 8230 Chassis  
VISM card installation in a Cisco MGX 8230 platform consists of installing one front card and one back  
card (if not using the bulk distribution feature) in either a left or right shelf slot. You can use slots 3 to  
6, and 10 to 13 to install VISM cards (see Figure 1-9). If you use all the available slots, you can configure  
the MGX 8230 with up to eight VISM cards.  
Figure 1-9 Available Chassis Slots for VISM Cards in the Cisco MGX 8230—Front View  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
Reserved for SRM cards  
Reserved for PXM cards  
8
Installing VISM and VISM-PR Front and Back Cards  
This section describes the following hardware installation procedures:  
Installing a VISM or VISM-PR Front Card  
Complete the following instructions to install a VISM or VISM-PR front card:  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Position the rear card guides over the appropriate slot in the chassis.  
Gently slide the card all the way into the slot and press the insertion/extractor lever until it snaps into  
the vertical (MGX 8250 or MGX 8850) or horizontal (MGX 8230) position.  
Caution  
The card should slide in and out with only slight friction on the EMI gaskets on the adjacent board.  
Do not use force. Investigate any binding.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
1-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 1 Overview of the VISM and VISM-PR Cards  
Installing VISM Hardware and Software  
Installing a VISM Back Card  
Complete the following instructions to install a VISM back card:  
Step 1  
Ensure that the two extractor levers are at the “in” position.  
When you insert the card into the slot, the levers should be vertical or horizontal along the line of the  
back card.  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Position the rear card guides over the appropriate slot in the chassis.  
Gently slide the card all the way into the slot.  
Tighten the two captive screws on the back card’s faceplate.  
Tighten the upper and lower screws to prevent misalignment of the card.  
Note  
Do not overtighten the screws. Tighten them only enough to secure the card.  
Connecting Cables to Cards  
After you install the VISM front and back cards, connect the T1 or E1 cables to the RJ-48 or SMB  
connectors on the back cards. The T1 and E1 cables connect the eight ports on the back cards to the voice  
T1 or E1 lines. The T1 lines use RJ-48 connectors. The E1 lines use either RJ-48 or SMB connectors.  
Note  
In all text references to cables, “transmit” refers to a cable used for data moving away from the VISM  
card, and “receive” refers to a cable used for data moving toward the VISM card.  
Cabling for RJ-48 Connectors on T1 and E1 Ports  
For T1 and E1 ports that connect through an RJ-48 connector, each connector has:  
Transmit TIP (TTIP) pin  
Transmit RING (TRNG) pin  
Receive TIP (RTIP) pin  
Receive RING (RRNG) pin  
Two pins for shielded ground  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
1-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Chapter 1 Overview of the VISM and VISM-PR Cards  
Installing VISM Hardware and Software  
The connector wiring is shown in Figure 1-10.  
Figure 1-10 RJ-48 PIN Connector  
RJ-48 Pins  
TTIP  
2
1
5
4
3
6
7
8
IN  
IN  
TRNG  
RTIP  
OUT  
OUT  
RRNG  
TEST-RNGP  
TEST-TIP  
IN  
IN  
ground/shield  
Cabling for SMB Connectors on E1 Ports  
When you use the E1 VISM back card with SMB cables, the E1 trunk cables connect the customer  
DSX-1 cross-connect point or E1 channel service unit (CSU) to the node using 75-ohm coaxial cable  
fitted with SMB connectors.  
Removing VISM and VISM-PR Front and Back Cards  
This section describes the following hardware installation procedures:  
Removing a VISM or VISM-PR Front Card  
Step 1  
Insert a small, flat-blade screwdriver into the slot in the insertion/extractor lever and press until the latch  
springs open, to approximately 10°.  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Continue to lift the insertion/extractor lever to disconnect the connector.  
Gently pull the card out of the chassis.  
Removing a VISM Back Card  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Remove any cables connected to the back card.  
Use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to unscrew the two retaining screws in the back card’s faceplate.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
1-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Chapter 1 Overview of the VISM and VISM-PR Cards  
Installing VISM Hardware and Software  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Pull both of the extractor levers out to the horizontal position.  
This action starts the removal of the card.  
Gently pull the card out of the chassis.  
Applying Power to the VISM Card  
You apply power to a VISM card by installing it in an already running MGX 8000 Series platform, or by  
applying power to a chassis that has a previously installed VISM card. When power is applied, the VISM  
card performs extensive testing and initialization functions. If the card has already been configured, the  
initialization downloads the configuration data from the disk on the PXM. This process takes  
approximately two minutes, during which the LED indicator blinks. When the Active LED becomes  
solid green, the card is in the Active state and is ready to be configured (if necessary) and able to process  
data.  
Installing VISM Software Upgrades  
VISM Release 3.0 provides a graceful upgrade procedure from Release 1.5 and higher. The existing  
VISM configuration is preserved throughout the upgrade procedure, provided that the following  
conditions are met:  
The Cisco MGX 8000 Series platform must be configured with at least two VISM cards in a  
redundant configuration. Refer to the add redundancy, addred, command in the Cisco MGX 8850,  
MGX 8250, and MGX 8230 command reference guides for details.  
The VISM cards must be running VISM 2.0 and be configured to the desired configuration.  
The VISM Release 3.0 software must have been already downloaded to the Cisco MGX shelf. Refer  
to Release Notes for Cisco Voice Interworking Services Module Release 3.0(0) for details.  
Cisco recommends an upgrade in the backup boot to version 3.0.  
Complete the following steps to upgrade the VISM software. In the following procedure, old-rev refers  
to the firmware before the upgrade (2.0) and new-rev refers to the firmware after the upgrade (3.0).  
Note  
If the VISM card you are upgrading is part of a nonredundant configuration, complete Step 1 to  
Step 4 only.  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Log in to the active PXM card (slot 7 or 8).  
Save the existing configuration as a contingency plan by entering:  
savesmcnf <SM slot#>  
where:  
SM slot# is the slot number of the active VISM card.  
This command saves the existing configuration to the C:\CNF directory. This file can be used during the  
downgrade procedure, if necessary.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
1-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
Chapter 1 Overview of the VISM and VISM-PR Cards  
Installing VISM Hardware and Software  
Step 3  
Execute the PXM install command for the backup boot image:  
install bt sm <SM slot#> <new bb rev>  
where:  
SM slot# is the slot number of the active card, and new bb rev is the version number of the new backup  
boot image.  
This command downloads the backup boot image to the flash in the VISM card slot you specified. The  
new backup boot image takes effect upon the next card reset.  
Step 4  
Execute the PXM install command:  
install sm <SM slot#> <new-rev>  
where:  
SM slot# is the slot number of the VISM card that was active before the upgrade process started, and  
new-rev is the file name of the new firmware (for example, vism_8t1e1_002.001.000.000.fw).  
This command causes the standby VISM card to reset and be placed in the hold state, running the  
new-rev firmware. The active VISM card is unaffected by this command. At this point the primary  
firmware is still the old-rev and the secondary firmware is new-rev.  
Step 5  
Step 6  
Step 7  
Execute the PXM newrev command:  
newrev sm <SM slot#> <new-rev>  
where:  
SM slot# is the slot number of the VISM card that was active before the upgrade process started, and  
new-rev is the filename of the new firmware.  
This command causes the standby VISM card to become the active VISM card running the new-rev  
firmware. The previously active VISM card is placed in the hold state, becoming the new standby VISM  
card, and is still running the old-rev firmware. The primary and secondary firmware switches with the  
new-rev becoming the primary firmware.  
Execute the PXM commit command:  
commit sm <SMslot#> <new-rev>  
where:  
SM slot# is the slot number of the new standby VISM card and new-rev is the filename of the new  
firmware.  
This command causes both VISM cards to run the new-rev firmware. After a short time, the cards switch  
automatically so that the originally active VISM card becomes the active card and the originally standby  
VISM card becomes the standby card. The two VISM cards are now back to their original condition  
except that both cards are now running the new-rev firmware.  
Log in to the active VISM card and use the display commands (dspendpts, dspcasvar, etc.) to confirm  
that the configuration has been preserved through the upgrade process.  
Cisco recommends that you further verify the configuration by making some minor modifications to the  
configuration, checking that the changes have been executed correctly, and then changing the  
configuration back again.  
See Appendix B, “VISM and VISM-PR—3.0 Specifications” for more information about the VISM and  
VISM-PR card specifications.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
1-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Chapter 1 Overview of the VISM and VISM-PR Cards  
Software Upgrades  
Software Upgrades  
VISM/VISM-PR Release 3.0 provides a graceful upgrade procedure for the following releases:.  
From VISM 1.5 to VISM 3.0  
From VISM 2.1 to VISM 3.0  
From VISM 2.2 to VISM 3.0  
Caution  
Installing VISM software upgrades from VISM Release 2.2 with CALEA to VISM Release 3.0  
without CALEA is not graceful.  
Prerequisites  
To ensure that the VISM/VISM-PR configuration is preserved throughout the upgrade procedure, you  
must complete the prerequisites listed in this section.  
Before starting the graceful upgrade procedure, complete the following prerequisites:  
Configure your MGX 8000 Series shelf with at least two VISM cards in a redundant configuration.  
For more information on adding redundancy, refer to the add redundancy, addred, command in the  
Cisco MGX 8250, Cisco MGX 8230, and Cisco MGX 8850 PXM1-based Command Reference  
documentation and the Cisco MGX 8830 and MGX 8850 PXM1E/ PXM45-based Command  
Reference documentation.  
Ensure that the VISM/VISM-PR cards are running at least Release 2.1.  
Download software Release 3.0 for VISM/VISM-PR to the MGX 8000 Series shelf.  
If you are using the CALEA feature, ensure that you have the version of VISM/VISM-PR software  
that supports CALEA.  
VISM/VISM-PR Upgrades with PXM1  
This section describes the procedures for upgrading VISM/VISM-PR software when the  
VISM/VISM-PR is used with a PXM1 card.  
Download VISM/VISM-PR Boot Code and Firmware to PXM1  
To download the VISM/VISM-PR boot code and firmware to the PXM1 card, use TFTP.  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Log in to your TFTP server.  
Download the bootcode and firmware images from the Cisco website.  
Download the selected revision of service module boot code into the service module.  
a. tftp <node_name or IP address>  
b. bin  
c. put <backup boot> POPEYE@SM_1_0.BT  
d. quit  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
1-20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 1 Overview of the VISM and VISM-PR Cards  
Software Upgrades  
Step 4  
Download the selected firmware file.  
To upgrade all VISM cards, proceed to Step 4c. To upgrade an individual VISM card, proceed to Step 4d.  
a. tftp <node_name or IP address>  
b. bin  
c. put <FW file> POPEYE@SM_1_0.FW  
quit  
d. put <FW file> POPEYE@SM_1_<slot number of card to upgrade>.FW  
quit  
Note  
Do not enter two put commands in the same TFTP session.  
Step 5  
the download.  
Upgrade VISM/VISM-PR Firmware with PXM1 Card  
Software Release 3.0 is for VISM and VISM-PR cards. Ensure that the VISM and VISM-PR cards have  
the minimum boot code version of vism_8t1e1_VI8_BT_3.1.00.fw.  
The following versions of VISM software Release 3.0 are available:  
003.000.000.000—without CALEA  
003.050.000.000—with CALEA  
In this procedure the following conditions apply:  
If two VISM or VISM-PR cards are part of a redundancy group, initially the primary card is in the  
active state, and the secondary card is in the standby state.  
Old-rev refers to the firmware, Release 2.2 and prior.  
New-rev refers to the firmware after the upgrade, Release 3.0.  
Perform the firmware upgrade on the VISM or VISM-PR cards. Do not remove the VISM cards and  
replace them with VISM-PR cards at this time.  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Log in to the active PXM1 card (slot 7 or 8).  
Save the existing configuration as a contingency plan by entering:  
savesmcnf <SM slot#>  
This command saves the existing configuration in the C:CNF directory. This file can be used during the  
downgrade procedure, if necessary.  
Step 3  
Execute the PXM install command:  
install sm <SM slot#> <new-rev>  
where:  
SM slot# is the slot number of the primary VISM or VISM-PR card and new-rev is the file name of the  
new firmware (for example, vism_8t1e1_003.000.000.000.fw).  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
1-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Chapter 1 Overview of the VISM and VISM-PR Cards  
Software Upgrades  
This command causes the secondary VISM or VISM-PR card to reset and come up in the standby state,  
running the new-rev firmware. The primary VISM or VISM-PR card is unaffected by this command.  
Step 4  
Execute the PXM newrev command:  
newrev sm <SM slot#> <new-rev>  
where:  
SM slot# is the slot number of the primary VISM or VISM-PR card and new-rev is the filename of the  
new firmware.  
This command causes the primary VISM or VISM-PR card to reset and the secondary VISM or  
VISM-PR card to become active and running the new-rev firmware.  
Step 5  
Execute the PXM commit command:  
commit sm <SM slot#> <new-rev>  
where:  
SM slot# is the slot number of the primary VISM or VISM-PR card and new-rev is the filename of the  
new firmware.  
The two VISM or VISM-PR cards are now back to their original condition except that both cards are  
now running the new-rev firmware.  
Step 6  
Note  
Log in to the active VISM or VISM-PR card and use the display commands (for example, dspendpts,  
dspcasvar, and so forth) to confirm that the configuration has been preserved through the upgrade  
process.  
For more than one primary VISM or VISM-PR card in a redundancy group, ensure that the secondary  
card is in the standby state and repeat Step 4 and Step 5 for each VISM card in the redundancy group.  
It is also recommended that you perform the following verifications:  
Make minor modifications to the configuration.  
Check that the changes have been executed correctly.  
Change the configuration back again.  
Note  
If the VISM or VISM-PR card is not part of a redundancy group, complete Step 1 to Step 3.  
For more information about the VISM and VISM-PR card specifications, see “VISM and  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
1-22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 1 Overview of the VISM and VISM-PR Cards  
Software Upgrades  
Boot Code Upgrade Procedure with PXM1 Cards  
Complete the following steps to upgrade the new backup boot code when you are using PXM1 cards in  
your MGX 8230, MGX 8250, and MGX 8850 chassis:  
Note  
This procedure re-programs the VISM boot code for previous VISMs using the VISM runtime image  
version 1.0 to 2.0.  
Step 1  
Telnet to MGX shelf and cc to the VISM card.  
Note  
VISM must be in the active state in order to update the VISM boot code.  
Step 2  
Access the server where the VISM boot code resides and TFTP the VISM boot code to the VISM card:  
a. Type tftp <IP address of the MGX shelf>  
b. Type bin at the tftp prompt.  
Caution  
Caution  
Ensure that you perform Step 2b. If you to not perform Step 2b. the boot code is corrupted and not  
recoverable.  
c. Type install [bt] [sm <slot>] <version> at the PXM prompt.  
Do not touch the VISM card until the status comes back ('Sent xxx bytes in yyy seconds'). Failure to  
follow this recommendation corrupts the boot code, which cannot be recovered.  
When the boot code is being written to PROM, you will see comments displayed at the VISM prompt.  
This behavior is normal and expected.  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Use the resetcd command for VISM from the PXM card for the latest boot take effect.  
Type the version command to verify the correct boot code.  
Note  
Step 4 is optional.  
You have completed upgrading the new VISM backup boot code.  
VISM-PR Upgrades with PXM1E and PXM45  
This section describes the procedures for upgrading VISM-PR software when the VISM-PR is used with  
a PXM1E or PXM45 card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
1-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 1 Overview of the VISM and VISM-PR Cards  
Software Upgrades  
Download VISM-PR Boot Code and Firmware to PXM1E and PXM45  
To download the VISM-PR boot code and firmware to the PXM1E or PXM45 card, use FTP.  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Access the image on the Cisco Web site.  
To download the image, enter the ftp command.  
ftp node-ip  
where node-ip is the IP address of the node to which you want to download the image.  
Enter your user name and password.  
Enter bin.  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Access the appropriate directory.  
cd C:FW  
Step 6  
Step 7  
Download the image to your C:FW directory.  
put image-version  
where image-version is the downloaded image from Step 1.  
To exit the download procedure, enter bye.  
Upgrade VISM-PR Firmware with PXM1E and PXM45 Cards  
Ensure that the VISM-PR cards have the minimum boot code version of vism_8t1e1_VI8_BT_3.1.00.fw.  
The following versions of VISM-PR software Release 3.0 are available:  
003.000.000.000—without CALEA  
003.050.000.000—with CALEA  
Perform the firmware upgrade on the VISM-PR cards.  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Log in to the active PXM1E or PXM45 card.  
Ensure that the card is in the redundant mode, where the active card is the primary card.  
To save the existing configuration as a contingency plan, enter the saveallcnf command.  
To load the new software, enter the loadrev command.  
loadrev sm-primary-slot-num new-rev  
where sm-primary-slot-num is the slot number of the VISM-PR card in which you want to install the new  
software; and new-rev is the new firmware version number for the VISM-PR software.  
Caution  
Step 5  
Temporary traffic loss occurs.  
To execute the download, enter the runrev command.  
runrev sm-primary-slot-num new-rev  
Caution  
Temporary traffic loss occurs.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
1-24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 1 Overview of the VISM and VISM-PR Cards  
Software Upgrades  
Step 6  
To commit the new download to the VISM-PR card, enter the commitrev command.  
commitrev sm-primary-slot-num new-rev  
You have completed the steps. Proceed to the Boot Code Upgrade Procedure with PXM1E and PXM45  
Boot Code Upgrade Procedure with PXM1E and PXM45 Cards  
Complete the following steps to upgrade the new backup boot code when you are using PXM1E or  
PXM45 cards in your MGX 8000 Series chassis:  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Complete the steps in the VISM-PR Upgrades with PXM1E and PXM45, page 1-23 section.  
Log in to the PXM1E or PXM45 card.  
Use the burnboot sm-primary-slot-num new-rev command, where sm-primary-slot-num is the slot  
number of the VISM-PR card you want to upgrade and new-rev is the firmware version number of the  
new VISM software, to upgrade the VISM-PR boot code.  
The VISM-PR card automatically resets and becomes active with the latest boot code image. You have  
completed the boot code upgrade procedure.  
VISM/VISM-PR Downgrade Procedure  
Use this procedure to downgrade VISM software from software Release 3.0 to an earlier VISM release.  
By following the downgrade procedure described here, the configurations are retained after the  
downgrade.  
Note  
The configurations that existed with old-rev firmware should have been saved earlier. You  
cannot downgrade from VISM-PR to VISM.  
Complete the following steps to downgrade the VISM software from software Release 3.0 for  
VISM/VISM-PR to Release 2.2, 2.1, 2.0, or 1.5:  
Step 1  
If the VISM card is in a redundancy group, remove the redundancy.  
delred <SM slot#>  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Download the old-rev firmware onto the MGX shelf.  
Execute the PXM clrsmcnf command:  
clrsmcnf <SM slot#>  
where:  
SM slot# is the slot number of the VISM card to be downgraded.  
The VISM card resets on executing this command. Wait for the card to come active.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
1-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 1 Overview of the VISM and VISM-PR Cards  
Software Upgrades  
Step 4  
Execute the PXM restoresmcnf command:  
restoresmcnf -f <filename> -s <SM slot#>  
where:  
The filename is the name of the old configuration file that was saved while the old-rev firmware was  
running. The file can be found in the C:CNF directory on the MGX shelf.  
The SM slot# is the slot number of the VISM card to be downgraded.  
The VISM card resets again. When the card becomes active, it has the old-rev firmware running with the  
old configuration.  
Step 5  
Reconfigure redundancy group, if required.  
VISM to VISM-PR Hardware Upgrade  
Complete the following steps to upgrade your system from VISM cards to VISM-PR cards.  
Caution  
You must install the redundant (standby) VISM-PR card first. Failure to follow this recommendation  
results in traffic loss. In addition, do not remove an active VISM card from your chassis. Ensure that you  
configure an active VISM card to the standby state before you remove it and replace it with a VISM-PR  
card.  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Step 6  
Remove the redundant (standby) VISM card from your chassis.  
Install a VISM-PR card in the slot you removed the VISM card from in Step 1.  
Administratively configure the VISM-PR card you installed in Step 2 as primary (active).  
Remove the now redundant VISM card from your chassis.  
Install a VISM-PR card in the slot you removed the VISM card from in Step 4.  
Log in to the redundant (secondary) VISM-PR card and execute the dspcd command. Verify that the  
output from the dspcd command lists the card type under FunctionModuleType as a VISM-PR card. If  
the card type still indicates the VISM card, execute the resetcd slot-num command from the PXM and  
repeat the dspcd command to insure that the correct card type is shown.  
Step 7  
Log in to the active VISM-PR card and execute the dspcd command. Verify that the output from the  
dspcd command lists the card type under FunctionModuleType as a VISM-PR card. If the card type still  
indicates the VISM card, execute the resetcd slot-num command from the PXM and repeat the dspcd  
command to insure that the correct card type is shown.  
Step 8  
Step 9  
If you have no other VISM cards in your chassis, you have completed the hardware upgrade procedure;  
do not proceed to Step 9. If you have more VISM cards in your chassis, proceed to Step 9.  
Remove a standby VISM card from your chassis.  
Step 10 Install a VISM-PR card in the slot you removed the VISM card from in Step 9.  
Step 11 Repeat Step 9 and Step 10 to remove any remaining VISM cards in your chassis and replace them with  
VISM-PR cards.  
Step 12 Repeat Step 6 and Step 7 on the remaining VISM-PR cards to insure the correct card type is shown.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
1-26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
C H A P T E R  
2
Telephony Applications Using VISM  
This chapter describes the VISM card and the ways it is used in telephony applications to transport  
traditional TDM voice traffic as digitized voice traffic over ATM networks. The following topics are  
discussed:  
Tandem Switch Offloading  
Figure 2-1 shows VISM used to offload a Class 4 tandem switch by transporting a portion of the voice  
traffic across an ATM network instead of the Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN). VISM acts  
as the voice gateway in this application. Use VISM in the VoIP switching or switched AAL2 PVC  
operating mode to enable this application.  
Figure 2-1 VISM Used in a Tandem Switch Offloading Application  
MGX 8850  
with VISM  
V
IP Network  
Central  
Office  
SS7 Network  
Call Agent  
PSTN Network  
Class 4  
Switch  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
2-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Chapter 2 Telephony Applications Using VISM  
Tandem Switch Offloading  
When a call is initiated, the central office can use either the Class 4 switch or VISM to handle the call.  
When calls are passed to VISM, VISM backhauls the signaling to an SGCP or MGCP compliant call  
agent (such as the Cisco VSC 3000). The call agent at the near end manages the call setup in conjunction  
with the call agent at the far end and the calling and called VISM cards.  
Note  
Although not shown in the diagram, an alternative method for handling CCS signaling is to transport  
it directly between the central office and the call agent with no VISM involvement. With this  
arrangement, there is no backhauling function performed in the VISM.  
Each VISM card supports up to eight T1 or E1 lines for voice traffic. You can use an alternative method  
to connect the voice lines to the VISM cards—the TDM lines can be carried over a T3 line to an SRM  
card in the Cisco MGX shelf where the individual T1 lines are broken out and distributed to the VISM  
card internally. Refer to the Cisco MGX 8250, Release 1 and the Cisco MGX 8230 installation and  
configuration documents for details of the SRM card.  
The VISM connects to the ATM network using either VoAAL2 or VoIP (UDP/IP packets encapsulated  
in AAL5 PVCs). VISM and the call agent communicate with each other and their activities are  
coordinated through either SGCP or MGCP.  
For VoIP, when the call setup procedure is complete, each VISM has the IP address of the other VISM  
associated with the call. An end-to-end IP bearer circuit is established between the calling and called  
parties. At this point, the voice conversation can proceed.  
By way of example, Figure 2-1 shows only one location for the VISM and call agent; in reality there is  
a similar arrangement for each tandem switch.  
Figure 2-2 shows the connection from VISM to the call agent in greater detail.  
Figure 2-2 VISM Used as a Voice Gateway Application  
Customer's Premises  
PBX  
Call Agent  
SS7 Network  
PSTN  
Voice  
Packet  
Voice  
Network  
Gateway  
V
O
Data  
Services  
MGX 8850  
with VISM  
The VISM/MGX 8000 shelf is connected to the network by an OC-3 line which is used for both the voice  
payload and the communication with the call agent. A network edge router moves the voice traffic across  
the network to the called party’s VISM and routes call control information between the VISM and the  
call agent.  
For reliability, two PVCs using separate physical links to two separate edge routers to the packet network  
can be established. If the primary circuit fails, transmission automatically switches to the secondary  
circuit. For enhanced reliability, the physical OC-3 links to the network can be protected by the SONET  
APS feature.  
Using all the available slots, the Cisco MGX 8850 and the Cisco MGX 8250 can be configured with up  
to 24 VISM cards and the Cisco MGX 8230 can be configured with up to 8 VISM cards.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
2-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 2 Telephony Applications Using VISM  
Multiservice Access  
Each of the two lower shelf cellbuses can sustain a bandwidth of one OC-3/STM-1 link. This bandwidth  
limits the number of E1 ports on the lower shelf, when using the G.711 codec, to 78 (approximately 10  
VISM cards).  
Multiservice Access  
A Cisco MGX 8000 series shelf, combined with one or more VISM cards, provides multiservice access  
between a customer’s TDM network and a voice gateway over a packet network. The voice gateway  
provides the interface to the telephone network.  
When voice traffic is conveyed over a packet network using VISM and an MGX 8850—multiservice  
access—the MGX 8850 is located either at the customer’s premises (probably the case for large customer  
installations) or at the central office. Use VISM in the VoIP switching or switched AAL2 PVC operating  
mode to enable this application.  
This application is very similar to the tandem switch offloading application, except that instead of  
performing as the voice gateway, VISM provides access to the voice gateway.  
VISM operates in conjunction with an MGCP or SGCP compatible call agent via an edge router/switch  
on the packet network. Signaling is backhauled from VISM to the call agent through this connection.  
The call agent connects to the SS7 network and handles call setup and teardown across the packet  
network. The VISM connects to the ATM network and handles the voice payload between the TDM  
voice/data network and a voice gateway. For transmitting the voice payload to the network, VISM uses  
either VoIP transported in AAL5 ATM cells or VoAAL2.  
Other data services (such as frame relay) can also be accommodated by configuring the MGX 8000  
series shelf with the appropriate service modules (for example, FRSM) and using separate PVCs into the  
packet network.  
AAL2 Trunking  
A Cisco MGX 8000 series shelf, in combination with VISM cards, provides AAL2 trunking between a  
voice TDM network and voice gateways over a packet network. Use VISM in the AAL2 trunking  
operating mode to enable this application.  
Figure 2-3 shows a trunk with a VISM-equipped MGX 8850 shelf at one end of a trunk (at the central  
office) and a Cisco 3810 Multiservice Access Concentrator and a Cisco MGX 8220 edge concentrator at  
the other end of the trunk (customer premises).  
Figure 2-3 AAL2 Trunking—One End  
CPE  
Central Office  
ATM Packet  
Network  
T1 lines  
Cisco  
3810  
PBX  
PBX  
AAL2 (Bearer & CAS)  
AAL5 (CCS)  
PSTN  
V
Cisco  
MGX 8830  
MGX 8850  
with VISM  
Cisco  
3810  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
2-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Chapter 2 Telephony Applications Using VISM  
AAL2 Trunking  
Figure 2-4 shows a trunk with a VISM-equipped MGX 8850 shelf at each end of the trunk.  
Figure 2-4 AAL2 Trunking—Two Ends  
CPE  
Central Office  
T1 lines  
ATM Packet  
Network  
PBX  
PBX  
AAL2 (Bearer & CAS)  
AAL5 (CCS)  
PSTN  
V
V
MGX 8850  
with VISM  
MGX 8850  
with VISM  
Note  
Figure 2-4 shows one trunk; however, VISM can support up to 64 trunks in this arrangement.  
In Figure 2-3 and Figure 2-4, the trunk is an AAL2 nonswitched ATM PVC that carries the voice traffic.  
The voice traffic is delivered to, or received from, the central office over short-haul T1 lines.  
If CAS signaling is used, the signaling is transported across the trunk as AAL2 type 3 cells.  
If CCS signaling is used, the signaling is delivered across the ATM network as AAL5 cells over separate  
PVCs. VISM supports up to eight AAL5 PVCs, one for each T1/E1 line.  
Other data services (such as frame relay) can be accommodated by configuring Cisco 3810, Cisco  
MGX 8220, or Cisco MGX 8000 hardware with the appropriate service modules and using separate  
PVCs into the packet network. The packet network routes these other data services as required.  
In AAL2 trunking mode, VISM is not involved with a call agent and the functions of call control.  
Multiple calls can be transported over a single PVC using the AAL2 channel identifier (CID)  
mechanism. DS1/DS0s are bound to virtual channel identifier (VCI)/CIDs so that voice traffic from any  
particular DS0 is automatically passed to its bound VCI/CID (and vice versa).  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
2-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
C H A P T E R  
3
VISM Functional Description  
The functions performed by VISM are described in the following sections:  
Figure 3-1 shows the functional blocks of VISM. Items with single asterisks indicate VoIP switching and  
switched AAL2 PVC functions. Items with double asterisks indicate AAL2 trunking functions. Items  
without asterisks indicate VoIP switching, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking functions.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
3-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 3 VISM Functional Description  
TDM Line-Handling Function  
Figure 3-1 VISM Detailed Functional Blocks  
User Inputs  
(CLI, CWM, SNMP)  
Embedded Management Functions  
Signal backhaul xGCP (CAS), Q.931 (PRI) *  
Call setup/ teardown xGCP *  
SRCP *  
To Call Agent *  
Key:  
* VoIP Switching and  
Switched AAL2 PVC  
modes only  
Connection  
Handling *  
Resource  
Coordination *  
Signaling  
T1/E1  
Lines  
** Trunking mode only  
CCS  
TDM Line DS0  
Handling Switch  
CAS (AAL2, Type 3) **  
CCS (AAL5) **  
CAS  
To ATM  
Network  
Bearer  
Packetization  
(SSCS)  
Bearer  
Processing  
ATM CPS  
(SAR)  
TDM Line-Handling Function  
The TDM line-handling function provides the physical layer interface to the T1/E1 lines and handles the  
following features:  
Framing  
Line codes  
Physical layer alarms and failures  
Clocking  
Loopbacks  
Distinguishes between bearer and CCS signaling channels  
Outgoing traffic—in from the TDM network and out to the packet network—is processed by the T1/E1  
framers where each DS0 is extracted from its DS1 stream and is routed by a DS0 switch to the  
appropriate function. Bearer DS0s are routed to the bearer processing function. CCS signaling DS0s are  
routed to the TDM signaling function.  
Outgoing traffic—in from the packet network and out to the TDM network—is processed in the opposite  
manner. The DS0s received from the ATM side are inserted into their respective DS1s and transmitted  
over the appropriate line in the TDM network.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
3-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 3 VISM Functional Description  
Bearer Processing Function  
Bearer Processing Function  
The bearer processing function processes raw bearer DS0 streams from the T1/E1 lines in preparation  
for packetization and segmentation and reassembly (SAR) processing on the ATM side. Most of the  
bearer processing is performed by the VISM daughter card’s DSPs.  
The main processing categories are:  
Echo cancellation, voice compression, and A/Mu law conversion  
Voice activity detection and silence suppression  
Fax and modem handling  
Jitter control  
CAS handling  
Echo Cancellation, Voice Compression, A/Mu Law Conversion  
Bearer DS0 streams are received from the T1/E1 line function, and each is assigned to a DSP configured  
for echo cancellation (ECAN). You can configure the following ECAN parameters:  
Residual echo control  
Maximum tail in milliseconds (up to 128 ms)  
Fax and modem tone detection  
If voice compression is required, the ECAN voice streams are assigned to a second DSP configured with  
the required codec. Available compression schemes are:  
G.711 64 kbps (A/Mu law, user configurable)  
G.726-16k  
G.726-24k  
G.726-32k  
G.726-40k  
G.729a  
G.729ab  
G.723.1-H  
G.723.1a-H  
G.723.1-L  
G.723.1a-L  
VISM allows the use of codec templates in which the user selects a template instead of specifying each  
allowable codec individually. VISM supports the following codec templates:  
Template 1—Supports clear channel, G.711a, G.711u, G.729a, G.729ab, G.726-16k, G.726-24k,  
G.726-32k, and G.726-40k codecs.  
Template 2—Supports clear channel, G.711a, and G.711u codecs.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
3-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 3 VISM Functional Description  
Bearer Processing Function  
Template 3—Supports G.711u, G.711a, G.726-16k, G.726-24k, G.726-32k, G.726-40k, G.729a,  
and G.729ab codecs, clear channel.  
Template 4—Supports G.711u, G.711a, G. 726-16k, G.726-24k, G.726-32k, G.726-40k, G.729a,  
G.729ab, G.723.1-H, G.723.1a-H, G.723.1-L, G.723.1a-L codecs and clear channel.  
Within each template, you can specify a preference order for each codec. At call setup time, the codec  
to be used from the configured template is either specified by the call agent or negotiated between the  
calling and called VISM cards. If the codec is negotiated, the most preferred codec that both VISM cards  
can support is selected.  
For each codec, VISM supports various packetization periods as described in Table 3-1.  
Table 3-1 Supported Codecs and Packetization Periods  
Codec  
Packetization Period (milliseconds)  
G.711u  
5
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
20  
20  
20  
20  
20  
20  
30  
30  
30  
30  
30  
30  
30  
40  
40  
40  
60  
60  
60  
60  
G.711a  
5
G.729a  
5
G.729ab  
G.726-16k, 24k, 32k, 40k  
G.723.1-H  
G.723.1a-H  
G.723.1-L  
G.723.1a-L  
Clear channel  
Voice Activity Detection and Silence Suppression  
You can configure the VISM card DSPs to monitor the TDM voice stream for voice activity. If the voice  
activity detection (VAD) feature is enabled and no voice activity (silence) is detected for more than a  
specified period of time, typically 250 ms, the silent voice samples are suppressed. During periods of  
silence, parameters defining background noises transmit periodically. You can configure the remote  
VISM to use the background noise information to generate comfort noise at the called end while silence  
suppression is in operation.  
Fax and Modem Tone Detection  
You can configure the VISM card DSPs to detect the modem or fax tones on the data lines. For VoIP  
operating mode, the action is specified using command line interface (CLI) commands. Refer to  
Chapter 5, “CLI Commands,” for more information on CLI commands. For AAL2 connections, the  
action is specified in the AAL2 profile. Generally, when a modem or fax tone is detected, VAD and  
ECAN are turned off and codec is changed to the specified type (for example G.711 or clear channel).  
Note  
If the codec is already set to clear channel, the DSP cannot detect any tones—fax and modem tones  
are not detected.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
3-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Chapter 3 VISM Functional Description  
Signaling Function  
Jitter Control  
The VISM card uses voice buffers on the DSP to reduce jitter on outgoing voice streams. Jitter control  
operates in the following modes:  
Fixed—Allows you to configure a fixed buffer size in the range 0 to 100 ms. This mode is used when  
latency jitter is nearly constant. This is the default mode for G.711u/a and clear channel codecs, with  
a 100-ms buffer size.  
Adaptive—Allows you to configure a starting buffer size, but adapts the size of the buffer according  
to the jitter. Use this mode when latency jitter varies greatly. This is the default mode for all codecs  
other than G.711u/a and clear channel.  
CAS Handling  
In applications using CAS, you can configure the VISM card DSPs to monitor incoming traffic and  
extract the following CAS signaling information:  
ABCD bits  
Digits  
Tones  
You can configure VISM to handle various CAS variations such as immediate start, wink start, ground  
start. The extracted CAS signaling information is sent to the TDM signaling function.  
Signaling Function  
All TDM signaling enters and exits VISM on the T1/E1 lines and is directed to the signaling function.  
CAS signaling information is received from the bearer processing function, described in the “Bearer  
Processing Function” section on page 3-3. CCS signaling information arrives directly from the TDM line  
handling function, described in the “TDM Line-Handling Function” section on page 3-2.  
VISM depends on a combination of the following two features to determine how it handles signaling:  
Operating mode:  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Switched AAL2 PVC  
AAL2 trunking  
AAL1 SVC  
AAL2 SVC  
AAL1/VoIP (for TDM grooming)  
Signaling type:  
CAS  
CCS  
Signaling enters from the T1/E1 lines and, depending upon the mode and the type of signaling, is  
processed for the correct protocol and directed to either the call agent or the ATM trunks (see  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
3-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 3 VISM Functional Description  
Signaling Function  
Note  
You can configure the VISM card to support CCS signaling without VISM card involvement. In this  
configuration, a CCS channel is connected directly to the call agent that handles all necessary  
processing of signaling information.  
Figure 3-2 VISM Signaling Paths  
CCS (Q.931 using RUDP/UDP/IP)  
To Call Agent  
CAS (xGCP)  
Type?  
CAS (xGCP)  
VoIP switching/trunking,  
AAL1/AAL2 SVC  
TDM Grooming  
CCS (AAL5 PVC)  
T1/E1  
Mode?  
Switched  
AAL2  
Type?  
Signaling  
CAS (trunk)  
AAL2 Trunking  
Type?  
To ATM  
Trunks  
CAS (AAL2 Type 3)  
CCS (AAL5 PVC)  
CAS signaling can be configured, in the switched AAL2 PVC operating mode, to send the signaling to  
the call agent or over an AAL2 PVC as in the AAL2 application.  
CAS Processing in VoIP Switching and Switched AAL2 PVC Operating Mode  
In the VoIP switching and switched AAL2 operating modes, CAS signaling is processed by the call agent  
using SGCP.  
The call agent performs the following functions:  
Issues the SGCP Notification Request command to instruct VISM which CAS signals are to be  
reported to the call agent.  
Instructs VISM which CAS signals to send out the DS0.  
The VISM card performs the following functions:  
Responds by sending acknowledge messages in return to call agent commands.  
Sends received CAS signals back to the call agent by using the SGCP Notify command.  
Interfaces with the DSP drivers, which perform the detection and generation of CAS signals.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
3-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 3 VISM Functional Description  
Signaling Function  
Figure 3-3 shows the messages involved in CAS processing with the VoIP switching and switched AAL2  
PVC operating modes.  
Figure 3-3 CAS Processing—Message Structure  
Events  
A-B bits  
Digits  
DTMF, MF, Fax, & Modem tones  
Off/on hook  
Notify  
Messages  
Hook flash  
Start/End MF string  
Actions  
DSPs  
& Drivers  
Call  
Agent  
T1/E1 Lines  
Tx A-B bits  
Report A-B bits  
Notification  
Requests  
Present dial string  
Report tone generation  
Begin/End tone generation  
A-B bits  
Digits  
Tones  
Figure 3-4 shows the local CAS processing call setup message sequences which occur between VISM,  
the call agent, and the telephone equipment on the DS0.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
3-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 3 VISM Functional Description  
Signaling Function  
Figure 3-4 CAS Signaling in Initiating and Terminating a Call  
DS0  
VISM  
Call Agent  
Notification Request, (off hook)  
Ack  
Ring to Ground  
VISM  
Start Timer  
Loop still closed  
Clear Timer  
Notify Message, (off hook)  
Notification Request (dial tone,  
digit collect, on-hook)  
Dial tone  
Digits  
Notify Message (digit string)  
Connect  
CALL IN PROGRESS  
On-hook  
Notify Message, (on-hook)  
Delete Connection  
Note  
Figure 3-4 shows only the local CAS aspects of call setup. The entire process of call setup involves  
many more messages between the local and remote call agents and the local and remote VISMs.  
Refer to the “Call Control Function” section on page 3-15 for more information.  
The call processing for the VoIP switching and switched AAL2 operating modes is described in the  
following list:  
1. The call agent requests VISM to look for an off-hook signal when the line is idle.  
2. Upon receipt of an on-hook signal, VISM starts a timer and checks later to ensure that the line is  
still off-hook.  
3. VISM notifies the call agent that the caller has gone off-hook (this timer mechanism is also used  
when processing on-hook/off-hook signaling to determine flash-hook events).  
4. When the call agent is informed that the user is off-hook, the call agent instructs VISM to generate  
dial tone and to look for dialed digits.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
3-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 3 VISM Functional Description  
Signaling Function  
5. When the call agent receives the dialed number, it uses the dial plan to communicate with the remote  
call agent to set up the call.  
6. The call is terminated when either the called or calling party goes on-hook.  
CCS Processing in Switched AAL2 PVC Operating Mode  
In the switched AAL2 PVC operating mode, CCS signaling can be configured to pass (backhaul) CCS  
signals between the user PBXs and the call agents.  
You can configure T1 and E1 lines for CCS signaling. You must specify a particular DS0 as an Integrated  
Services Digital Network (ISDN) D channel to carry the Primary Rate Interface (PRI) signaling.  
Signaling from the private branch exchange (PBX) is received on the D channel as level 3 Q.931  
messages encapsulated in the information field of level 2 Q.921 LAPD information frames.  
The Q.921 link is terminated at the VISM, and on the call agent side, a Redundant User Datagram  
Protocol/User Datagram Protocol/Internet Protocol (RUDP/UDP/IP) connection is used to carry level 3  
Q.931 signaling between VISM and the call agent. This link to the call agent flows through an  
intermediate router. From VISM to the router, the RUDP/UDP/IP packets are segmented and transported  
as AAL5 ATM cells.  
The function of the VISM PRI/backhaul feature is to pass the Q.931 messages between the PBX and the  
call agent.  
VISM handles all Q.921 frame types. For information type frames, the process is described in the  
following list:  
1. VISM extracts the Q.931 frame.  
2. VISM then places it in an RUDP datagram.  
3. The RUDP datagram is encapsulated in UDP and IP packets (using the IP address and a specified  
port number of the destination call agent).  
4. The SAR section of VISM segments the IP message into AAL5 ATM cells for transport to the call  
agent via an edge router.  
In CCS processing, communication between VISM and the call agent involves both call control  
information using xGCP protocols and CCS signaling using Q.931 protocol. Both are transported using  
the AAL5 ATM connection.  
Signaling from the call agent to the PBX is handled in the same manner but in reverse:  
1. Signaling from the call agent is stripped of its RUDP/UDP/IP headers and trailers.  
2. Signaling is then encapsulated into Q.921 information type frames for transmission to the user’s  
PBX.  
VISM is not involved with the signaling content but acts as an interface between the PBX and the call  
agent.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
3-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 3 VISM Functional Description  
Signaling Function  
Figure 3-5 shows the VISM PRI/backhaul process.  
Figure 3-5 PRI/Backhaul Path  
Call Agent  
Signaling  
Network  
PRI Backhaul  
Path  
PBX  
Router  
D channel  
B channel  
V
Packet  
Network  
Voice Payload  
MGX 8850  
with VISM  
For RUDP links between VISM and the call agents, use a session with a session manager.  
A session represents a single RUDP link to a specified call agent. Sessions are organized into session  
groups, and session groups are organized into session sets. VISM architecture supports up to 64 sessions  
and up to 16 session groups; however, Release 2.2 supports one session.  
Multiple RUDP links for a specified call agent are set up as sessions in a single group. A group is  
required for each call agent for which CCS signaling is to be backhauled. Within a group, each session  
is assigned a priority level. When an active session fails, the session manager switches to the next highest  
priority backup session within the group. Figure 3-6 shows the hierarchy of RUDP sets, groups, and  
sessions.  
Figure 3-6 RUDP Session Hierarchy  
Session  
Set  
Session  
Group 1  
Session  
Group 2  
Session  
Group 3  
Sessions to  
Call Agent A  
Sessions to  
Call Agent B  
Sessions to  
Call Agent C  
VISM maintains a set of counters for the collection of statistics at both the Q.921 and Q.931 protocol  
levels. The collected statistics include the number of frames/packets/bytes sent and received, the number  
of resets, the number of discards and retransmissions, etc. Refer to the CCS session and LAPD display  
commands in Chapter 5, “CLI Commands,” for more information on collected statistics for the CCS  
session and LAPD display commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
3-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 3 VISM Functional Description  
ATM Voice Data Processing Function  
Use the CLI PRI/backhaul commands to do the following:  
Create and delete session sets  
Create, delete, configure, and display sessions and sessions groups  
Create, delete, configure, and display D channels for CCS  
Display PRI/backhaul statistics  
Refer to Chapter 5, “CLI Commands,” for more information on CLI commands.  
CAS Processing in AAL2 Trunking Operating Mode  
CAS signaling is extracted from the voice data and is transported across the packet network in AAL2  
trunking operating mode. The signaling is transported across the same trunk (VC) and the same channel  
identifier (CID) as its associated voice stream, using AAL2 Type 3 messages in accordance with ITU-T  
I.366.2. The messages are used for CAS (A,B,C, and D) robbed bits, fax/modem tones, and digits and  
are transported with triple redundancy.  
CCS Processing in AAL2 Trunking Operating Mode  
CCS signaling is maintained as Q.931 messages and transported across the packet network using an  
AAL5 PVC in AAL2 trunking operating mode. The local and remote ends of the PVC are the same as  
those for the AAL2 PVC trunk carrying the associated voice data.  
ATM Voice Data Processing Function  
The VISM DSPs process incoming voice data (for compression, ECAN, etc.) and then the data is  
prepared for transport over the ATM network. Voice samples are processed into ATM packets and then  
into ATM cells in preparation for transport. VISM then transports the cells to Voice over ATM (VoATM)  
networks with the following supported operating modes:  
VoIP  
Switched AAL2 PVC  
AAL2 trunking  
AAL1 SVC  
Transporting Voice Cells with VoIP  
The VoIP switching operating mode processes voice cells in the following order to transport them over  
ATM networks:  
1. Formatted into Real-Time Transport Protocol (RTP) packets.  
Note  
RTP allows time-stamping of the voice samples, which permits dejittering of the samples  
transmitted to the destination TDM line.  
2. Encapsulated in a UDP packet.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
3-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 3 VISM Functional Description  
ATM Voice Data Processing Function  
3. Encapsulated in an IP packet.  
4. Converted to AAL5 ATM cells for transmission to an edge router on the network.  
Figure 3-7 shows the protocol stack for VoIP.  
Figure 3-7 VoIP Protocol Stack  
Voice Payload (RFC 1889)  
Signaling and Control (xGCP)  
RTP xGCP  
UDP  
xGCP  
UDP  
IP  
RTP  
UDP  
IP  
(RFC 1483)  
IP  
IP  
AAL5  
AAL5  
ATM  
ATM  
ATM  
PXM  
VISM  
Router  
Call Agent  
Remote Media  
Gateway  
Figure 3-8 shows how a voice sample is packetized and transmitted as cells.  
Figure 3-8 VoIP Cell Packetization and Transmission  
80 bytes of packetized PCM  
(10 ms sample)  
80-byte packet + 12-byte RTP header  
= 92 bytes  
IP (20 bytes) + UDP (8 bytes) + 92 packet  
= 120  
16 bytes padding  
8 bytes AAL5 trailer  
= 144 bytes of AAL5 PDU  
3 ATM cells per 10 ms  
At the layer containing RTP, a 12-byte header is added. At the layer containing UDP, an 8-byte header  
is added and at the layer containing IP, a 20-byte header is added for a total of 120.  
At the layer containing AAL5, the 8-byte AAL5 trailer is added and the data is padded with 16 bytes to  
make an integral number of ATM cell payload bytes. The resulting protocol data unit (PDU) is 144 bytes  
in length and is transported in three ATM cells.  
A single PVC is set up between the Cisco MGX 8000 series platform and the router. All packets are sent  
across the PVC regardless of their destination. The router extracts the IP addresses and routes the cells  
accordingly.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
3-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 3 VISM Functional Description  
ATM Voice Data Processing Function  
To improve reliability, VISM supports two independent OC-3 interfaces, each connected to a separate  
edge router and each with its own PVC. One PVC is designated the primary PVC and the other the  
secondary PVC. The primary circuit is used unless it fails, in which case VISM switches automatically  
to the secondary circuit. Switchover may cause a temporary 250-ms delay on the lines.  
VISM communicates with the packet network about transmitting the voice payload by using the SONET  
OC-3 port on the MGX 8000 series platform PXM card. Voice payload samples are formatted and sent  
across the MGX 8000 series platform cellbus and onto the SONET connection.  
Transporting Voice Cells with Switched AAL2 PVC  
The switched AAL2 PVC operating mode transports voice cells with up to 64 PVCs. Multiple calls can  
share a single AAL2 connection simultaneously using a CID. Each PVC is assigned a virtual connection  
circuit identifier (VCCI). The VCCI/CID to endpoint/DS1/DS0 binding is made dynamically by the call  
agent as part of the call setup procedure. However, you can permanently set the binding—which makes  
VISM operate as if it were in AAL2 trunking operating mode.  
The AAL2 PVC supports AAL2 profiles and mid-call upspeeds. Codec changes can be supported if they  
are within the agreed upon profile. The following AAL2 profiles are supported:  
Custom profile 100  
Custom profile 101  
Custom profile 110  
ITU-T I.366.2 profile 1  
ITU-T I.366.2 profile 2  
ITU-T I.366.2 profile 7  
ITU-T I.366.2 profile 8  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
3-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 3 VISM Functional Description  
ATM Voice Data Processing Function  
Figure 3-9 shows the packetization process for AAL2 cells.  
Figure 3-9 AAL2 Cell Packetization and Transmission  
CPS  
Packet Header  
CPS Packet Payload  
CPS-INFO  
CID LI UUI HEC  
(variable length - from SSCS)  
1 - 45/64 bytes  
8
6
5
5
Bits  
CPS - Packet  
Start  
Field  
CPS-PDU Payload  
S
N
P
Contains zero, one or more (complete or partial) CPS Packets  
CPS - PDU  
OSF  
Pad  
6
1
1 Bits  
0 - 47 bytes  
ATM Payload  
(CPS-Packet may overlap  
one or two ATM cell boundaries)  
ATM Payload  
(CPS-Packet may overlap  
one or two ATM cell boundaries)  
ATM  
Header  
ATM  
Header  
. . . .  
5
48  
5
48  
Transporting Voice Cells with AAL2 Trunking  
The AAL2 trunking operating mode transports voice cells with up to 64 AAL2 trunks. The CID/virtual  
channel identifier (VCI) for each DS1/DS0 pair is preprovisioned, which ensures that DS0 voice streams  
are automatically transported over the appropriate trunk.  
For CAS applications, voice cells and CAS signaling are transported across the AAL2 trunk. If a channel  
is configured for CCS signaling, the signaling is transmitted by extracting HDLC frames and forwarding  
them over preprovisioned AAL5 virtual circuits (the voice cells are still transmitted using AAL2).  
VISM does not support any call control functions with the AAL2 trunking operating mode. VISM passes  
signal traffic across the trunk.  
Alarm and packetization handling are the same as in the switched AAL2 PVC operating mode. Refer to  
Transporting Voice Cells with Switched AAL1 SVC  
VISM interacts with a call agent using an xGCP protocol over AAL5 control PVCs. In the switched  
AAL1 SVC operating mode, the bearer path is VoAAL1 and the bearer connections are SVCs. VISM  
dynamically sets up and tears down bearer connections.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
3-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 3 VISM Functional Description  
Call Control Function  
Call Control Function  
Call control is used in the switched AAL2 PVC operating mode only and is managed by the call agents.  
The call agent performs the following functions:  
Analyzes signaling received from VISM cards and other call agents to monitor the status of all  
endpoints and connections.  
Signals VISM cards and other call agents to set up and tear down calls.  
Reacts to fax, modem, alarm and other line conditions and events.  
Maintains a dial plan to locate the remote call agent using the dialed number.  
Negotiates profiles and codecs between the called and calling locations.  
These functions require call agent communication with the VISM cards under call agent control and peer  
call agents. Figure 3-10 shows the call agent communications links.  
Figure 3-10 Call Agent Communications Links  
Call Agent  
C-ISUP  
or SS7  
Other Call  
Agents  
Signaling  
Network  
IP (xGCP)  
Other  
MGX 8850s  
VISMs  
Packet  
Network  
V
V
MGX 8850  
with VISM  
The interface between the call agent and VISM cards is a gateway call control protocol generically  
known as xGCP. The following gateway call control protocols are supported:  
Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP) 0.1 and 1.0  
Simple Gateway Control Protocol (SGCP) 1.5  
Simple Resource Control Protocol (SRCP)  
SRCP enables the VISM card and the call agent to resynchronize. Synchronization occurs when the call  
agent first assumes control of VISM or after the call agent loses communication with VISM.  
All protocols use a UDP/IP connection between the call agent and the VISM cards. The IP address of  
the call agent can be resolved in the following ways:  
Internal table which you set up with the CLI  
External domain name server (DNS)  
You can configure VISM to use the internal table and external DNS in the following ways:  
Internal table only  
External DNS only  
Internal first and external second  
External first and internal second  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
3-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 3 VISM Functional Description  
Call Control Function  
VISM supports up to eleven domain names and each domain name can have up to eight internal and eight  
external IP addresses.  
Note  
The external DNS can have up to eight internal IP addresses only.  
The interface between the call agent and other call agents is either Signaling System 7 (SS7) or a Cisco  
extended ISDN User Part (C-ISUP).  
Connection Model  
SGCP and MGCP gateway call control protocols assume a connection model where the basic constructs  
are connections and endpoints. Figure 3-11 shows a basic connection model.  
Figure 3-11 Connection Model  
Call 1  
Connection 1  
endpoints  
1
3
2
Call 2  
Connection 2  
4
5
Connection 3  
Connections are grouped into calls. One or more connections can belong to the same call. Several  
connections, that may or may not belong to the same call, can terminate in the same endpoint.  
The SGCP consists of the following commands:  
Notification request—Used by the call agent. Requests the gateway to send notifications upon the  
occurrence of specified events in an endpoint.  
Notify Messages—Used by the gateway. Sends a list of observed events to the call agent.  
Create connection—Used by the call agent. Sets up a new connection at the gateway.  
Modify connection—Used by the call agent. Modifies a gateway’s view of a connection.  
Delete connection—Used by the call agent. Terminates a connection.  
The MGCP extends SGCP to include the following commands:  
Audit endpoint—Used by the call agent. Audits information related to a given endpoint.  
Audit connection—Used by the call agent. Audits information related to a given connection.  
Restart in progress —Used by the gateway (VISM). Signals that an endpoint (or a group of  
endpoints) is brought into or taken out of service.  
Audit gateway—Used by the call agent. Identifies the status of the gateway.  
Audit line—Used by the call agent. Identifies the status of a given line.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
3-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 3 VISM Functional Description  
Call Control Function  
xGCP Extensions for AAL2 Switched PVC and AAL2 SVC Operating Modes  
VISM supports the following extensions to the xGCP protocols for AAL2 switched and AAL2 SVC  
applications:  
A new AAL2 Type 3 message type (coded ‘010001’) for telephone signal events (TSEs). The  
following are TSEs:  
ECAN off  
Request audible ring tone  
Ack continuity test  
Request stop audible tone  
Request continuity test  
An extended naming structure to include ATM endpoints. An ATM endpoint enables the following  
to be included in the definition of an endpoint:  
ATM address  
virtual path identifier (VPI)  
VCI  
VCCI  
CID  
An extended list of connection events in MGCP, known as an ATM Package. These events are:  
Setup complete (for AAL2 CID path)  
Setup failed (for AAL2 CID path)  
Enable CAS via type 3 packets  
Introduction of a Profile Type in call setup commands to describe encoding techniques.  
Endpoint Service States  
Endpoints exist in one of two service states—in-service (IS) and out-of-service (OOS). The state of an  
endpoint is determined by user configuration commands and line alarm conditions. When an endpoint is  
added, it automatically assumes the state of the line.  
When endpoints are taken OOS, the transition can be graceful or forced. If graceful, no new connections  
are permitted while ongoing connections are allowed to terminate normally. If forced, no new  
connections are permitted and all ongoing connections are terminated immediately.  
You can also bring an endpoint to the IS and OOS states with the following commands, which operate  
either on a line-by-line basis or on the entire VISM card:  
cnflnis—Configure a line as IS  
cnflnoos—Configure a line as OOS  
cnfgwis—Configure a VISM card as IS  
cnfgwoos—Configure a VISM card as OOS  
These commands allow you to specify either a graceful or forced transition.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
3-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                     
Chapter 3 VISM Functional Description  
Call Control Function  
If an alarm condition on a line is raised, all endpoints on the line are brought into a forced transition to  
OOS. An automatic return to IS is performed when the alarm is cleared, unless a specific OOS command  
is executed in the meantime.  
Restart In Progress Command  
The call agent is kept informed of the state of all endpoints with the xGCP Restart In Progress (RSIP)  
command. The following minimum requirements must be met for this process to operate:  
At least one call agent must be configured using the add media gateway controller (addmgc)  
command.  
A protocol must be added for each media gateway controller using the add media gateway group  
entry command (addmgcgrpentry) command.  
The VISM card issues an RSIP command in the following situations:  
One or more endpoints are added or deleted with the following commands:  
addendpt  
addendpts  
delendpt  
delendpts  
A line is configured as IS or OOS with one of the following commands:  
cnflnis  
cnflnoos  
The VISM card (gateway) is configured as IS or OOS with one of the following commands:  
cnfgwis  
cnfgwoos  
The VISM card is powered up or reset.  
Note  
In this case, the RSIP is delayed by a random amount (up to a configurable maximum  
duration) to avoid an avalanche of RSIPs arriving at the call agent when an entire MGX  
8000 series platform with multiple VISM cards is powered up or reset.  
When the states of multiple endpoints are changed simultaneously, the VISM card minimizes the number  
of RSIP commands through the use of the wildcard ( * ) convention of naming endpoints.  
When an RSIP is sent to call agents, VISM expects an acknowledgment. If no acknowledgment is  
received after a timeout period, the RSIP is sent again. This process is repeated a number of times, after  
which, if no acknowledgment is received, an acknowledgment is assumed. You can configure both the  
timeout period and the number of retries with the cnfxgcpretry command.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
3-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                     
Chapter 3 VISM Functional Description  
Embedded VISM Management Function  
Connection Admission Control  
The VISM connection admission control (CAC) feature calculates the effect of a new call on the  
bandwidth utilization of the ATM PVC before a new call is either admitted or rejected.  
Each call requires a connection between two endpoints and requires a certain amount of bandwidth.  
Bandwidth is expressed as cells per second (cps) and depends upon the following:  
Encapsulation method  
Coding/compression method  
Enabled/disabled VAD  
CAC maintains a table of all currently active calls and their bandwidth requirements. When a new call  
is requested, CAC calculates the total bandwidth requirements of all the current calls and adds the  
bandwidth required by the newly requested call. The new total is then compared with the preprovisioned  
bandwidth (cps) of the ATM PVC.  
If the new bandwidth total exceeds the preprovisioned bandwidth of the PVC, the call request is rejected.  
If the new bandwidth total is less than or equal to the preprovisioned bandwidth of the PVC, the call is  
accepted.  
You can specify the values of the following VAD parameters in the CAC algorithm:  
Over-subscription drop ratio  
Voice duty cycle  
VAD parameter specification allows the CAC algorithm to take into account the bandwidth savings of  
VAD and improves the CAC decision-making process. You can specify the values of these parameters at  
the card level and at the logical channel level. The default condition is for CAC to be enabled.  
Embedded VISM Management Function  
VISM management tools allow you to do the following:  
Configure VISM features  
Provision connections  
Display VISM configurations  
Display VISM statistics  
Use any of the following tools to manage and configure the VISM card:  
CLI—See Chapter 4, “Configuring VISM Features,” for a description of how to configure VISM  
using the CLI. See Chapter 5, “CLI Commands,” for a description of the syntax for each CLI  
command.  
Third-party Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) manager—Permits you to display and  
manipulate the individual MIB objects.  
Cisco WAN Manager (CWM) program—Provides a graphics-based interface on a UNIX  
workstation.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
3-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 3 VISM Functional Description  
Embedded VISM Management Function  
Figure 3-12 shows an example of a CWM VISM Card Config screen with the card elements displayed.  
Figure 3-12 VISM Card Config Screen—Card Elements Display  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
3-20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 3 VISM Functional Description  
Embedded VISM Management Function  
Figure 3-13 shows an example of a CWM VISM Card Config screen with the VISM features displayed.  
Figure 3-13 VISM Card Config Screen—VISM Features Display  
Refer to the WAN CiscoView for the MGX 8250 for more information on using CWM.  
All three VISM management tools allow you to access and manipulate the VISM Management  
Information Bases (MIBs) that contain all VISM configuration settings, operating modes, and statistics.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
3-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 3 VISM Functional Description  
Embedded VISM Management Function  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
3-22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C H A P T E R  
4
Configuring VISM Features  
The command line interface (CLI) is a DOS-like interface used to configure VISM cards. This chapter  
describes the following:  
Using the Command Line Interface  
CLI commands may be followed by a string of required or optional argument identifiers and argument  
values. The entire string, from the command to the last argument value, is referred to as a command line.  
Spaces are used to separate all elements in a command line. Type the command, any necessary argument  
identifiers and argument values, then press Enter.  
Note  
You must press the Enter key at the end of all CLI command lines to complete the command.  
For example, the Add Endpoint command, addendpt, adds an endpoint to VISM and has three required  
arguments. An endpoint defines one end of a connection. The addendpt command format is as follows:  
addendpt endpt-num ds1-num ds0-num  
When you type a command, use argument values to represent the arguments. For example, to add an  
endpoint with number 10 on DS1 number 4 and DS0 number 3, the command line is as follows:  
addendpt 10 4 3  
Some commands require you to type an argument identifier before the argument value. For example, the  
Clear Alarm command, clralm, requires you to enter an identifier, -ds1, before the argument value. The  
clralm command format is as follows:  
clralm -ds1 line-num  
To clear alarms on line 4, the command line is as follows:  
clralm -ds1 4  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Connecting to Cisco MGX 8000 Series Platforms  
VISM Command Attributes  
Use the information in Table 4-1 to determine the log file attributes, VISM card state requirements for  
command use, and personnel privileges for all VISM commands.  
Table 4-1 VISM Command Attributes—Log File, Card State, and Privilege Level  
Commands that  
begin with...  
...write to the ...are usable in ...can be used by personnel  
log file?  
what state?  
with what privilege level?  
1
?
No  
All  
All  
1
add  
chkflash1  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
No  
Active  
All  
All  
1
Active  
Active  
Active  
Active  
Active  
All  
clr  
1 to 5  
1
cnf  
Yes  
Yes  
No  
del  
1
dsp  
All  
All  
All  
All  
All  
Help1  
pinglndsp1  
tst  
No  
No  
Active  
Active  
Active  
No  
version1  
No  
1. The text shown represents the complete CLI command name.  
Note  
For a complete description of the CLI commands in this chapter, see Chapter 5, “CLI Commands.”  
Connecting to Cisco MGX 8000 Series Platforms  
The VISM card operates in the following MGX 8000 Series platforms:  
Cisco MGX 8850 Release 1, wide area switch  
Cisco MGX 8250, edge concentrator  
Cisco MGX 8230, edge concentrator  
Each platform contains a Processor Module (PXM) back card (see Figure 4-1). Connect your CLI  
command administration terminal or workstation to the PXM back card’s control port—locally or  
remotely through a modem.  
Note  
The MGX 8000 Series platform PXM back card contains all connections for managing VISM cards.  
The VISM card itself has no physical management ports.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Connecting to Cisco MGX 8000 Series Platforms  
Figure 4-1 PXM Back Card  
PXM-UI  
T1  
C
L
O
C
K
T1 clock  
M
P
Maintenance port  
Control port  
C
P
L
A
N
LAN port  
E1 clock source  
E1 CLOCK  
A
L
A
R
M
Alarm outputs  
Use any of the following devices to connect to a PXM back card:  
A simple alphanumeric terminal (such as a DEC VT100 or equivalent) connected to the control port  
of the MGX 8000 Series platform PXM back card.  
A computer emulating an alphanumeric terminal (such as the Microsoft Windows Hyper Terminal  
program) connected to the control port of the MGX 8000 Series platform PXM back card.  
A computer running a Telnet session over Ethernet and connected to the LAN port on the MGX 8000  
Series platform PXM back card.  
Logging In to PXM and VISM Cards  
Complete the following steps to log in to PXM and VISM cards:  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Physically connect your terminal or workstation to the PXM back card.  
The login prompt is displayed:  
Login:  
Type your user name and press Enter.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Connecting to Cisco MGX 8000 Series Platforms  
Note  
The default user name is cisco. You may change this username after your initial login is  
complete. Consult the system administrator for valid user names.  
The password prompt is displayed:  
password:  
Step 3  
Type your password and press Enter.  
For security, the password is displayed as asterisks:  
password: *****  
Note  
The default password is cisco. You may change this password after your initial login is  
complete. Consult the system administrator for valid passwords.  
The following prompt is displayed:  
card number [7]:  
Step 4  
Step 5  
If you know the VISM card slot number of the card you want to configure, proceed to Step 5. If you do  
not know the VISM card slot number of the card you want to configure, proceed to Step 6.  
Type the VISM card slot number and press Enter.  
The VISM card prompt is displayed. See the “VISM Card Prompt” section on page 4-5 for more  
information. You have completed logging in to the PXM and VISM cards and can now perform the  
mandatory initial VISM card configuration. Proceed to the “Initial VISM Configuration” section on  
Step 6  
Step 7  
Type the slot number of the active PXM card (either 7 or 8) and press Enter.  
The PXM card prompt is displayed:  
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a >  
Type the dspcds command to display available card types and press Enter.  
A list of available card types and associated states is displayed for the MGX 8000 Series platform with  
which you are connected. The display is similar to the following:  
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspcds  
Slot CardState  
CardType  
CardAlarm  
Redundancy  
---- ----------- --------  
--------- -----------  
1.1  
1.2  
1.3  
1.4  
1.5  
1.6  
1.7  
1.8  
1.9  
Empty  
Active  
Empty  
Empty  
Empty  
Empty  
Active  
Empty  
Active  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Minor  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
VISM-8T1  
PXM1-OC3  
VISM-8E1  
1.10 Empty  
1.11 Active  
1.12 Boot  
1.13 Active  
1.14 Active  
1.15 Empty  
1.16 Empty  
VISM-8T1  
VISM-8T1  
VISM-8T1  
VISM-8E1  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Connecting to Cisco MGX 8000 Series Platforms  
1.17 Empty  
1.18 Empty  
1.19 Empty  
1.20 Empty  
1.21 Boot  
1.22 Empty  
1.25 Reserved  
1.26 Empty  
1.27 Empty  
1.28 Active  
1.29 Empty  
1.30 Empty  
1.31 Empty  
1.32 Empty  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
VISM-8T1  
VISM-8E1  
VISM-8E1  
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a >  
Step 8  
Step 9  
Identify, from the list displayed in Step 7, the slot number of the VISM card you want to configure.  
Type the cc command (to change card), the VISM card slot number identified in Step 8, and press Enter.  
The VISM card prompt is displayed. See the “VISM Card Prompt” section on page 4-5 for more  
information.  
You have completed logging in to the PXM and VISM cards and can now perform the mandatory initial  
VISM card configuration. Proceed to the “Initial VISM Configuration” section on page 4-6.  
VISM Card Prompt  
The VISM card prompt is displayed when you successfully log in to a VISM card and has the following  
format:  
NODENAME.1.9.VISM8.a  
The VISM card prompt contains the following data:  
Name of the MGX 8000 Series platform to which you are connected  
Number of the shelf—always 1  
Slot number  
Card type  
Card state—active (a) or standby (s)  
Logging Out of VISM and PXM Cards  
Enter one of the following commands to log out of the VISM and PXM cards:  
bye  
logout  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
The CLI allows you to configure all features and functions of VISM. Configure mandatory commands  
when you require argument values that are different from the default. Configure optional commands  
when necessary.  
Perform the following tasks with CLI commands to enable your VISM card applications:  
1. Perform the mandatory initial VISM configuration.  
2. Perform the initial card-level configuration.  
3. Configure the TDM side.  
4. Configure bearer processing.  
Note  
Configure one type of signaling—CAS or CCS—for each application.  
5. Configure the ATM network side.  
6. Configure the call agent interface.  
Note  
If you are using a VoIP or an AAL2 trunking application, do not configure a call agent  
interface.  
Initial VISM Configuration  
You must execute a sequence of mandatory commands, specific to your operating mode, to make the  
VISM card fully operational. The mandatory commands for each operating mode are listed in Table 4-2  
in order of execution. The remainder of this chapter assists you with using these commands, and  
commands specific to your operating system.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
Table 4-2 Mandatory Initial VISM Configuration Command Sequence for All Operating Modes  
Operating Mode  
Command  
cnfvismmode1  
cnfvismip  
addport  
Notes  
VoIP Switching  
addrscprtn  
adddn  
adddnip  
Use this command if you are not using an external  
DNS.  
addmgc  
addmgcgrpentry  
cnfcac  
addln  
cnflnsig  
addendpt  
addcon  
cnftftpdn  
addcasvar  
cnfcasendpt  
addmgcgrpprotocol  
cnfdnssrvr  
Use this command if you are using an external DNS.  
Switched AAL2 PVC cnfvismmode1  
cnfvismip  
addport  
addrscprtn  
addmgc  
cnfcac  
addln  
cnflnsig  
addendpt  
addcon  
adddn  
cnftftpdn  
addcasvar  
cnfcasendpt  
cnfconvcci  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                                       
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
Table 4-2 Mandatory Initial VISM Configuration Command Sequence for All Operating Modes  
(continued)  
Operating Mode  
Command  
cnfvismmode1  
addport  
addrscprtn  
cnfcac  
Notes  
AAL2 Trunking  
addln  
cnflnsig  
addendpt  
addcon  
addcid  
addccs  
1. The cnfvismmode command may be mandatory or optional, depending upon the operating mode with which the VISM card  
is seen as displayed on your terminal. A VISM card that is not configured is initially displayed in the VoIP operating mode.  
Subsequent accesses to the VISM card result in the card being displayed in the VoIP operating mode or in the operating  
mode you have last configured for the card. If the card is displayed as being in the wrong operating mode, the cnfvismmode  
command is mandatory to change the operating mode. Use the dspvismparam command to verify the VISM card’s current  
operating mode.  
Initial Card Level Configuration  
You must complete the following configuration tasks when you initially configure your VISM card.  
1. Configure the operating mode.  
2. Allocate resources.  
3. Configure the connection admission control (CAC).  
4. Bring VISM into service.  
Configuring the Operating Mode  
Complete the following steps to configure the correct operating mode for your VISM card immediately  
after power is applied:  
Step 1  
Type the dspvismparam command and press Enter to determine the current VISM operating mode.  
Note  
A new VISM card (one that has not been configured) is displayed by default in VoIP  
operating mode.  
The operating mode of the VISM card is displayed in the first line of the VISM card parameter list.  
Step 2  
If the VISM card operating mode displayed in Step 1 is correct for your application, proceed to the  
“Allocating Resources” section on page 4-9. If the VISM card operating mode displayed in Step 1 is not  
correct for your application, proceed to Step 3.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                             
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
Step 3  
Type the cnfvismmode command, an oper-mode argument value, and press Enter to configure the VISM  
operating mode. Specify the oper-mode argument with one of the following values:  
1 = VoIP switching/VoIP trunking  
2 = AAL2 trunking  
3 = Switched AAL1 SVC  
7 = Switched AAL2 SVC  
8 = Switched AAL2 PVC—this mode is not supported in VISM Release 3.0  
9 = VoIP and Switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
You have completed configuring the operating mode for your VISM card. Proceed to the “Allocating  
Allocating Resources  
Complete the following steps to allocate resources—virtual ports, controller resources, and codec  
templates—to your VISM card.  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Type the addport command and press Enter to add a virtual port to your VISM card.  
This command adds an ATM port on a VISM. There are no arguments for this command. When you add  
the ATM port, the bandwidth, VPI range, and VCI range are determined. The VPI range is a single VPI  
value, the slot ID. The added port is not detected by the controller until you create a resource partition  
(refer to Step 2). The VISM ATM port is pseudo physical.  
Type the addrscprtn command, the control-id argument value 1, and press Enter to specify the  
controller resources.  
Note  
Always specify the control-id argument value as 1.  
A port can be controlled by more than one controller (for example PNNI and PAR), but supports only  
one controller at a time. VISM can create one resource partition for each controller in a non-overlapping  
way. The controller number you specify associates a resource partition to a controller. All resources of  
a port are associated with the resource partition you specify. When you add a resource partition, the  
associated controller detects the port as limited by the resource partition.  
Step 3  
Type the cnfcodectmpl command, a template-num argument value, and press Enter to specify the codec  
template used with your VISM card. Specify the template-num argument with one of the following  
values:  
1 = G.711u, G.711a, G.726-16K, G.726-24K, G.726-32K, G.726-40K, G.729a, and G.729ab codecs,  
and clear channel  
Note  
Template 1 is not supported for the VoIP operating mode.  
2 = G.711u and G.711a uncompressed codecs, and clear channel  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
3 = G.711u, G.711a, G.726-16k, G.726-24k, G.726-32k, G.726-40k, G.729a, and G.729ab codecs  
and clear channel  
Note  
Codec template number 3 = template number 1 with T.38 support added. Maximum  
channels = 120.  
4 = G.711u, G.711a, G. 726-16k, G.726-24k, G.726-32k, G.726-40k, G.729a, G.729ab, G.723.1-H,  
G.723.1a-H, G.723.1-L, G.723.1a-L codecs and clear channel  
Note  
Template 4 supports a maximum of 64 channels for VISM, and a maximum of 144  
channels for VISM-PR. The G.723.1 codecs are not supported for the VISM card.  
You have completed allocating resources to your VISM card. Proceed to the “Configuring Connection  
Configuring Connection Admission Control  
Complete the following steps, which allow you to:  
Enable or disable CAC.  
Define CAC parameters.  
Configure voiceband data policies for fax/modem carrier loss and fax/modem CAC failure events.  
Step 1  
Type the cnfcac command, a cac-enable argument value, and press Enter to enable or disable CAC on  
your VISM card. Specify the argument with one of the following values:  
1 = On  
2 = Off  
Note  
If your application does not require CAC, specify the cac-enable argument as value 2 in Step  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Type the cnfcacparams command, vad-duty-cycle and vad-tol argument values, and press Enter to  
configure card level CAC parameter values for VAD tolerance and duty cycle, which are used in CAC  
algorithms. Specify the arguments with the following values:  
vad-duty-cycle: In the range from 1 to 99 (default = 61)  
vad-tol: In the range from 0 to 10000 (default = 100)  
Type the cnfconcacparams command, lcn, vad-tol, and vad-duty-cycle argument values, and press  
Enter to configure values for VAD tolerance and duty cycle, which are used in the CAC algorithms, for  
a specified logical connection number (PVC). Specify the arguments with the following values:  
lcn: In the range from 131 to 510  
vad-tol: In the range from 1 to 10000 (default = 100)  
vad-duty-cycle: In the range from 1 to 99 (default = 61)  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
Step 4  
Type the cnfvbdpol command, carrier-loss-pol and cac-reject-pol argument values, and press Enter to  
specify card level default policies for a fax/modem carrier loss and a fax/modem CAC failure. Specify  
the arguments with the following values:  
carrier-loss-pol:  
1 = Revert to the previous codec.  
2 = Maintain the upspeed codec.  
cac-reject-pol:  
1 = Delete the connection.  
2 = Maintain the connection and revert to the previous codec.  
You have completed configuring CAC on your VISM card. Proceed to the “Placing the VISM Card In  
Placing the VISM Card In Service  
Type the cnfgwis command and press Enter to place the VISM card in service. The VISM card prompt  
terminates with an a to indicate the in-service state:  
NODENAME.1.9.VISM8.a  
Placing the VISM Card Out of Service  
Type the cnfgwoos command, a oos-method argument value, and press Enter to place the VISM card  
out of service. Specify the oos-method argument with one of the following values:  
2—Forceful  
3—Graceful  
The VISM card prompt terminates with an s to indicate the out-of-service (standby) state:  
NODENAME.1.9.VISM8.s  
Configuring the TDM Side  
You must perform the following tasks to configure the TDM side of your networking application:  
1. Configure T1 and E1 lines.  
2. Configure VISM card clocking.  
3. Configure DS0 channels.  
Configuring T1 and E1 Lines  
This section deals with the configuration of the eight physical T1/E1 ports on the VISM back card or, if  
bulk distribution is used, the equivalent ports being fed from the Service Resource Module (SRM) card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
Complete the following steps to:  
Add and configure your eight T1 or E1 line ports on the VISM back card.  
Add and configure your eight T1 and E1 line ports on the SRM card if your application requires bulk  
distribution.  
Note  
You can configure the DS0s on a line after a line is added and configured.  
Step 1  
Type the addln command, a line-num argument value, and press Enter to add a line to your VISM card.  
Specify the line-num argument value in the range 1 to 8.  
The VISM card prompt and line number are displayed.  
Step 2  
Type the cnfln command, line-num, line-code, line-length, clock-source, line-type, and  
loopback-detection argument values, and press Enter to specify the operating parameters for the line  
added in Step 1. Specify the arguments with the following values:  
line-num: In the range from 1 to 8  
line-code:  
2 = B8ZS for T1 lines  
3 = HDB3 for E1 lines  
4 = AMI for T1 or E1 lines  
line-length:  
8 = AX-SMB-8E1 and AX-R-SMB-8E1 back card types  
9 = AX-RJ48-8E1 and AX-R-RJ48-8E1 back card types  
10 to 15 = T1 back cards, where 10 = 0 to 131 ft, 11 = 131 to 162 ft, 12 = 262 to 393 ft, 13 =  
393 to 524 ft, 14 = 524 to 655 ft, and 15 = over 655 ft  
clock-source:  
1 = Loop clock  
2 = Local clock  
line-type:  
1 = DSx1ESF  
2 = DSx1D4  
3 = E1  
4 = E1CRC  
5 = E1MF  
6 = E1MFCRC  
7 = E1 Clear  
8 =  
9 =  
loopback-detection:  
1 = Disabled  
2 = Enabled  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
Step 3  
Type the cnfalm command, argument identifiers and argument values—-ds1 line-num -red red-sev -rai  
rai-sev -neu ne-alarm-up -ned ne-alarm-down -net ne-alarm-thresh -feu fe-alarm-up -fed  
fe-alarm-down -fet fe-alarm-thresh—and press Enter to configure a line for alarm condition handling.  
Specify the arguments with the following values:  
-ds1 line-num: In the range from 1 to 8  
-red red-sev:  
1 = Minor  
2 = Major  
-rai rai-sev:  
1 = Minor  
2 = Major  
-neu ne-alarm-up: In the range from 1 to 65535  
-ned ne-alarm-down: In the range from 1 to 65535  
-net ne-alarm-thresh: In the range from 1 to 65535  
-feu fe-alarm-up: In the range from 1 to 65535  
-fed fe-alarm-down: In the range from 1 to 65535  
-fet fe-alarm-thresh: In the range from 1 to 65535  
Step 4  
Type the cnflnsig command, line-num and line-signal-type argument values, and press Enter to  
configure the signaling mode for the specified line. Specify the line-num and line-signal-type arguments  
with the following values:  
line-num: In the range from 1 to 8  
line-signal-type:  
1 = CAS  
2 = CCS  
3 = No signaling  
Note  
If you choose CAS signaling for a VISM/VISM-PR E1 line, the supported operating  
modes are AAL2 trunking and VoIP trunking.  
Step 5  
Type the cnftrunkcond command, line-num and trunk-cond-enable argument values, and press Enter  
to enable or disable trunk line conditioning on a line. Specify the arguments with the following values:  
line-num: In the range from 1 to 8  
trunk-cond-enable:  
1 = On  
2 = Off  
If you enable trunk line conditioning, VISM conditions the affected DS0 when an alarm indication signal  
(AIS) is detected on the ATM side. Trunk line conditioning consists of transmitting an idle code pattern  
for 2.5 seconds followed by the seized code specified in the cnfcascode command.  
Note  
This command is not allowed if endpoints or CCS channels are enabled on the line.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
Step 6  
Type the addlnloop command, a line-num argument value, and press Enter to set a specified line to the  
local loopback state. Specify the line-num argument in the range from 1 to 8.  
Use the dellnloop command to remove the local loopback state on a VISM line.  
Note  
The VISM CLI has no command for setting a line to the remote loopback state. Use the  
cnfbert command on the PXM card to set a line to the remote loopback state.  
You have completed configuring T1 and E1 lines for your VISM card. Proceed to the “Placing T1 and  
Placing T1 and E1 Lines In Service  
Type the cnflnis command, a line-num argument value, and press Enter to place a T1 or E1 line in  
service. Specify the line-num argument in the range from 1 to 8.  
Note  
If the VISM card is rebooted, this information configuration using this command is lost.  
Placing T1 and E1 Lines Out of Service  
Type the cnflnoos command, line-num and oos-method argument values, and press Enter to place a T1  
or E1 line out of service. Specify the arguments with the following values:  
line-num: In the range from 1 to 8  
oos-method:  
2 = Forceful  
3 = Graceful  
Configuring the PXM and VISM Cards Clocking Source  
Complete the following steps to configure the clocking source on your PXM and VISM cards.  
Note  
Source Selection” section on page 4-69 for additional instructions on using the commands and  
specifying argument values to configure the clocking source on your PXM and VISM cards.  
Step 1  
Examine the entire configuration of the MGX 8000 Series platform to determine the single clock source.  
The type of equipment connected to the VISM T1 or E1 lines may dictate this choice. If the selected  
clock source is from one of the VISM T1 or E1 lines, that line must be connected to port 1 of the VISM  
back card. See Figure 1-3 on page 1-4 for more information on VISM back cards and port locations.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
Step 2  
Type the cnfclksrc command, slot-num.port-num, and clk-type argument values, and press Enter to  
configure the PXM card clock source. Specify the arguments with the following values:  
slot-num.port-num:  
slot-num = 7 or 8, port-num = 1 to n.  
Note  
Ensure that you type the period with no spaces on either side, between the slot-num  
argument value and the port-num argument value.  
clk-type argument values:  
P = Primary  
S = Secondary  
N = Null (no external clocking source; use the PXM card’s internal crystal)  
Specify the cnfclksrc command argument values according to the following rules:  
If the clock source is the external BITS clock (a T1 or E1 port on the PXM back card), specify the  
configuration as:  
cnfclksrc 7.35 P  
Note  
Type 7 for the slot number regardless of the PXM card’s location in the chassis. Type 35  
for the port number—the BITS port is always port 35.  
If the clock source is an external signal on one of the PXM OC3 ports, specify the configuration as:  
cnfclksrc 7.n P  
Note  
Type 7 for the slot number regardless of the PXM card’s location in the chassis. The n  
port parameter value is the OC3 port number in the range 1 to 4.  
If the clock source is the PXM’s internal crystal and no other clock source has been specified, do  
not configure the clock source. The crystal is the automatic default.  
If you want to change the clocking source from external to the PXM card’s internal crystal, specify  
the configuration as:  
cnfclksrc 7.X N  
Note  
Type 7 for the slot number regardless of the PXM card’s location in the chassis. The X  
argument value is the either 35 or the OC3 port number, depending upon which is the  
currently specified source. The null port number argument value cancels the previous  
configuration and returns the clocking source to the default internal crystal.  
If the clock source is from a line on a VISM card, specify the configuration as:  
cnfclksrc y.1 P  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
Note  
The y argument value is the actual slot number of the VISM card. Always type 1 for port  
argument value, which represents the line number in this configuration. VISM-PR cards  
do not have this requirement.  
Step 3  
Type the cnfln command, the line-num, line-code, line-length, clock-source, line-type, and  
loop-detection argument values, and press Enter to configure the clocking option defined in Step 2 on  
your VISM card. Specify the arguments with the following values:  
line-num: In the range from 1 to 8  
line-code:  
2 = B8ZS for T1  
3 = HDB3 for E1  
4 = AMI for T1 or E1  
line-length:  
8 = E1 lines with AX-SMB-8E1 and AX-R-SMB-8E1 back card types  
9 = E1 lines with AX-RJ48-8E1 and AX-R-RJ48-8E1 back card types  
In the range from 10 to 15 = T1 lines  
clock-source:  
1 = Loop clock—clocking from the T1 or E1 line  
Note  
If the clocking source is from a line on your VISM card, you must configure that  
line—which must be line 1—as loop clock. Configure all remaining lines on all  
remaining VISM cards as local.  
2 = Local—clocking from the PXM card  
Note  
You must configure all lines on all VISM cards as local if the clocking source to the  
VISM cards is from the PXM card.  
line-type:  
1 = DSx1ESF  
2 = DSx1D4  
3 = E1  
4 = E1CRC  
5 = E1MF  
6 = E1MFCRC  
7 = E1 clear  
loop-detection:  
1 = Disabled  
2 = Enabled  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
Note  
You must include all argument values when using the cnfln command; however, the line-num  
and clock-source are the only relevant arguments for configuring the clocking source on your  
VISM cards.  
You have completed configuring the clocking source for your PXM and VISM cards. Proceed to the  
Configuring the PXM1E or PXM45 Card as Clocking Source  
Use the cnfncdpclksrc command to configure the PXM1E or PXM45 card as the primary clock source.  
Use the following commands to display and verify your configuration:  
dspncdpclkinfo  
dspncdpclksrc  
Refer to the “Related Documentation” section on page xiv for the appropriate document to use the  
commands in this section.  
Configuring DS0 Channels  
You are now ready to configure the 24 (T1) or 31 (E1) DS0 channels on the VISM card’s T1 or E1 lines.  
Table 4-3 describes the VISM/VISM-PR DS0 density when the cards are used in combination with the  
supported codecs.  
Table 4-3 VISM/VISM-PR DS0 Density with Codec Support  
VISM  
T1  
VISM-PR  
T1  
Codec  
G.711  
G.723  
G.726  
G.729  
E1  
E1  
192  
248  
192  
248  
144  
248  
248  
144  
145  
145  
145  
145  
192  
192  
You must complete the following tasks to configure a DS0 channel:  
1. Add and configure DS1 line and DS0 endpoints.  
2. Configure CCS or CAS signaling.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
Add and Configure DS1 Lines and DS0 Endpoints  
Complete the following steps to add and configure a DS1 line and DS0 endpoints:  
Step 1  
Type the addendpt command, endpt-num, ds1-num, and ds0-num argument values, and press Enter to  
add a DS1 line and a DS0 endpoint. This step ensures that a call with a specified endpoint is tied to a  
specific line and channel. Specify the arguments with the following values.  
Note  
If you choose CAS signaling for a VISM/VISM-PR E1 line, the supported operating modes  
are AAL2 trunking and VoIP trunking.  
endpt-num:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, in the range from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, in the range from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, in the range from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, in the range from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, in the range from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, in the range from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, in the range from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, in the range from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, in the range from 1 to 144  
ds1-num: The physical line number in the range 1 to 8  
ds0-num:  
For T1 lines, from 1 to 24  
For non-CAS E1 lines, from 1 to 31  
For CAS E1 lines, from 1 to 15 and 17 to 31  
Note  
You must specify DS0 16 for E1 lines if your application requires CAS signaling.  
Step 2  
Type the addendpts command, start-endpt, start-line-num, start-ds0-num, and endpt-quantity argument  
values, and press Enter to add a number of endpoints in one command. Specify the arguments with the  
following values:  
start-endpt:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, in the range from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, in the range from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, in the range from 1 to 248  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, in the range from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, in the range from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, in the range from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, in the range from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, in the range from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, in the range from 1 to 144  
start-line-num (DS1 line): In the range from 1 to 8  
start-ds0-num (DS0 channel):  
For T1 lines, from 1 to 24  
For non-CAS E1 lines, from 1 to 31  
For CAS E1 lines, from 1 to 15 and 17 to 31  
endpt-quantity:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, in the range from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, in the range from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, in the range from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, in the range from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, in the range from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, in the range from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, in the range from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, in the range from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, in the range from 1 to 144  
Step 3  
Type the addendptloop command, an endpt-num argument value, and press Enter to place a specific  
endpoint—and so a specific DS1/DS0—into the loopback state in the TDM direction. Specify the  
endpt-num argument value from the following ranges:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, in the range from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, in the range from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, in the range from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, in the range from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, in the range from 1 to 248  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, in the range from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, in the range from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, in the range from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, in the range from 1 to 144  
Step 4  
Type the cnfds0loop command, line-num, ds0-num, and loopback-type argument values, and press Enter  
to place a specific DS1/DS0 into one of three loopback states. Specify the arguments with the following  
values:  
line-num: In the range from 1 to 8  
ds0-num:  
In the range from 1 to 31 for E1 lines  
In the range from 1 to 24 for T1 lines  
loopback-type:  
1 = No loopback  
2 = Remote loopback  
3 = Local loopback  
You have completed adding and configuring a DS1 line and DS0 endpoints. Proceed to one of the  
following sections:  
Configuring TDM Side Signaling for Applications Using CCS  
Note  
If your application requires CAS signaling, proceed to the “Configuring TDM Side Signaling for  
CCS signaling uses a dedicated channel on a DS1 line to carry the signaling for the other channels on  
the line. You must identify the signaling channel to the VISM card. CCS signaling is used for the  
following operating modes:  
VoIP trunking.  
AAL2 trunking—Signaling is transported across the trunk as Q.931 messages in ATM cells using  
AAL5.  
Switched AAL2 PVC—Signaling is backhauled to the call agent using Q.921 frames on the TDM  
side and RUDP/UDP/IP/Q.2931 on the call agent side.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
Complete the following steps to add and configure CCS signaling:  
Step 1  
Type the addccs command, line-num, ds0-num, and lcn argument values, and press Enter to add a CCS  
channel to your VISM card. Specify the arguments with the following values:  
line-num: In the range from 1 to 8  
ds0-num:  
In the range from 1 to 24 for T1  
In the range from 1 to 31 for E1  
lcn: In the range from 131 to 510  
Step 2  
Step 3  
If you are configuring CCS for the AAL2 trunking operating mode, the CCS configuration is complete.  
Proceed to the “Configuring Bearer Processing” section on page 4-27. If you are configuring CCS for  
the VoIP switching operating mode, you must create a Q.921 link access protocol for the D channel  
(LAPD) link for the channel and specify its argument values. Proceed to Step 3.  
Type the addlapd command, line-num, ds0-num, |lapd-side| and |lapd-app-type| argument values, and  
press Enter to add an ISDN PRI channel on a DS1/DS0.  
Specify the arguments with the following values:  
line-num: Type the value used in Step 1.  
ds0-num: Type the value used in Step 1.  
|lapd-side|:  
1 = Network (default)  
2 = User  
|lapd-app-type|:  
1 = PRI (default)  
2 = GR-303 (currently unsupported)  
Step 4  
Type the cnflapdtype command, line-num, ds0-num, and lapd-type argument values, and press Enter to  
specify the LAPD stack type. Specify the arguments with the following values:  
line-num: Type the value used in Step 1.  
ds0-num: Type the value used in Step 1.  
lapd-type:  
1 = ITU  
3 = ATT5ESSPRA  
4 = ATT4ESS  
6 = NTDMS100PRA  
7 = VN2 or 3  
8 = INSNet  
9 = TR6MPC  
10 = TR6PBX  
12 = AUSP  
13 = NIL  
14 = SSETSI  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
15 = BC303TMC  
16 = BC303CSC  
17 = NTDMS250  
18 = Bellcore  
19 = NI2  
Step 5  
Type the cnflapdwinsize command, line-num, ds0-num, and iframe-num argument values, and press  
Enter to specify the LAPD window size. The iframe-num value is the maximum number of outstanding  
I-frames that can be accumulated before sending an acknowledgment. Specify the arguments with the  
following values:  
line-num: Type the value used in Step 1.  
ds0-num: Type the value used in Step 1.  
iframe-num: In the range from 1 to 127  
Step 6  
Step 7  
Type the cnflapdretrans command, line-num, ds0-num, and n200 argument values, and press Enter to  
specify the maximum allowable frame retransmissions. Specify the arguments with the following values:  
line-num: Type the value used in Step 1.  
ds0-num: Type the value used in Step 1.  
n200: In the range from 1 to 10  
Type the cnflapdtimer command, line-num, ds0-num, frame-trans-time, and frame-exchange-time  
argument values, and press Enter to specify the two LAPD timers. Specify the arguments with the  
following values:  
line-num: Type the value used in Step 1.  
ds0-num: Type the value used in Step 1.  
frame-trans-time (time, at the end of which, a frame transmission can be initiated):  
1000 to 1023000 for PRI (specify in increments of 50 ms)  
100 to 350 for GR-303 (specify in increments of 50 ms)  
Note  
The specified value for frame-trans-time must be less than the specified value for  
frame-exchange-time.  
frame-exchange-time (maximum time allowed without frames being exchanged) argument values:  
1000 to 1023000 for PRI (specify in increments of 10000 ms)  
10000 to 300000 for GR-303 (specify in increments of 10000 ms)  
You have completed adding and configuring CCS. Proceed to the “Configuring Bearer Processing”  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring TDM Side Signaling for Applications Using CAS  
Note  
If your application requires CCS, see the “Configuring TDM Side Signaling for Applications Using  
CAS signaling is used for the following operating modes:  
VoIP trunking.  
VoIP switching—TDM side signaling is translated in xGCP messages to the call agent.  
AAL2 trunking—Signaling is transported across the trunk as Q.931 messages in AAL2 cells using  
AAL5.  
Switched AAL2 PVC—Signaling is backhauled to the call agent using xGCP on the TDM side and  
Reliable User Datagram Protocol (RUDP)/User Datagram Protocol (UDP)/IP/Q.2931 on the call  
agent side.  
Complete the following steps to add and configure CAS signaling.  
Note  
If you choose CAS signaling for a VISM/VISM-PR E1 line, the supported operating modes are  
AAL2 trunking and VoIP trunking. In addition Step 1 through Step 8 and Step 11 through Step 13  
are used only in the VoIP switching and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
Step 1  
Type the cnfcasparamsource command, endpt-num and cas-source argument values, and press Enter  
to configure the source of CAS-related timer parameters for a specified endpoint. Specify the arguments  
with the following values:  
endpt-num:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, in the range from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, in the range from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, in the range from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, in the range from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, in the range from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, in the range from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, in the range from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, in the range from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, in the range from 1 to 144  
cas-source:  
1 = CAS application file  
2 = Current VISM MIB file  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
Note  
The cnfcasparamsource command permits different CAS-related timer values for different  
endpoints, but all are associated with the same CAS variant.  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Type the cnfcasonhooktime command, endpt-num and onhooktime argument values, and press Enter to  
specify the minimum time an on hook-pattern must be present to be recognized as an on-hook signal.  
Specify the arguments with the following values:  
endpt-num: Type the value used in Step 1.  
onhooktime: In the range from 10 to 1000  
Type the cnfcasoffhooktime command, endpt-num and offhooktime argument values, and press Enter  
to specify the minimum time an off-hook pattern must be present to be recognized as an off-hook signal.  
Specify the arguments with the following values:  
endpt-num: Type the value used in Step 1.  
offhooktime: In the range from 10 to 1000  
Type the cnfcaswinktime command, endpt-num, min-make-time, max-make-time, and min-break-time  
argument values, and press Enter to specify the minimum and maximum make times and the minimum  
break time. A wink begins with an on-hook pattern, goes to off-hook, and returns to on-hook. Specify  
the arguments with the following values:  
endpt-num: Type the value used in Step 1.  
min-make-time: In the range from 10 to 1000  
max-make-time: In the range from 10 to 3000  
min-break-time: In the range from 10 to 1000  
Note  
All three make and break duration time argument values must be observed for the signaling  
sequence to be recognized as a wink.  
Step 5  
Step 6  
Type the cnfcasglaretime command, endpt-num and glaretime argument values, and press Enter to  
specify the glare time. Specify the arguments with the following values:  
endpt-num: Type the value used in Step 1.  
glaretime: In the range from 10 to 1000  
Type the cnfcasguardtime command, endpt-num and guardtime argument values, and press Enter to  
specify the guard time. Specify the arguments with the following values:  
endpt-num: Type the value used in Step 1.  
guardtime argument values:  
In the range from 10 to 1000  
Step 7  
Type the cnfcasdialdelay command, endpt-num and dial-delay argument values and press Enter to  
configure the CAS dial delay (wait time).  
Dial delay is the time that VISM waits before sending dialing digits after sending an off-hook event.  
Note  
The cnfcasdialdelay command applies to immediate start protocols only.  
Specify the arguments with the following values:  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
endpt-num: Type the value used in Step 1.  
dial-delay: In the range from 10 to 1000  
Step 8  
Step 9  
To configure CAS for the switched AAL2 PVC operating mode, proceed to Step 11. To configure CAS  
for the AAL2 trunking operating mode, proceed to Step 9.  
Type the cnfcascode command, endpt-num, |endpt-num|, idle-code, and seized-code argument values  
and press Enter to specify the idle and seized codes for one or more endpoints. Specify the arguments  
with the following values:  
endpt-num: Type the value used in Step 1.  
Note  
If the |endpt-num| optional argument value is used in combination with this argument,  
the endpt-num argument value is the first endpoint in a consecutive range of endpoints.  
|endpt-num|:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, in the range from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, in the range from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, in the range from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, in the range from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, in the range from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, in the range from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, in the range from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, in the range from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, in the range from 1 to 144  
Note  
The |endpt-num| optional argument value indicates the last endpoint in a consecutive  
range of endpoints.  
idle-code (4-bit idle code): In the range from 0 to 15 represents the four A, B, C, and D signaling as  
bits 3, 2, 1, and 0 respectively with bit 3 the most significant.  
seized-code (4-bit seized code): In the range from 0 to 15 represents the four A, B, C, and D  
signaling as bits 3, 2, 1, and 0 respectively with bit 3 the most significant.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
Step 10 Type the cnfds0localcas command, line-num, ds0-num, local-cas-enable, and local-cas-pattern  
argument values, and press Enter to configure a local CAS bit pattern for a T1 line and DS0.  
Note  
The cnfds0localcas command is not allowed if the line is E1 or not enabled, or the DS0 is in  
a remote loop state, or if the line signaling type is CAS.  
Specify the arguments with the following values:  
line-num: 1 to 8 (T1 lines only)  
ds0-num: 1 to 24  
local-cas-enable:  
1 = Enable  
2 = Disable  
local-cas-pattern: In the range from 1 (default) to 15  
Note  
If the local-cas-enable argument value = 1, you must specify a local-cas-pattern  
argument value.  
Step 11 Type the addcasvar command, var-name, file-name and |source| argument values, and press Enter to  
add a CAS variant to your VISM card.  
Note  
A file containing the CAS variant information must be downloaded to your MGX 8000 Series  
PXM card using a separate application (TFTP) before you can execute this command.  
Specify the arguments with the following values:  
var-name (name of the CAS variant): A text string of 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters.  
file-name:  
wink_did_dod.o = wink start  
ground_start.o = ground start  
wink_did_dod_mf.o = wink start multifrequency  
q50.o = Q.50  
fgd_ea_incoming.o = for endpoints connected to an end office  
fgd_ea_outgoing.o = for endpoints connected to an access carrier  
fgd_os_e911.o = for endpoints connected to FDG OSS (Feature group D operator services  
system.  
loop_start.o = loop start  
delay_did_dod.o = dial delay, DTMF  
delay_did_dod_mf.o = dial delay, MF  
immed_did_dod.o = immediate start  
immed_did_dod_mf.o = immediate start, MF  
In the range from 1 to 32 alphanumeric characters—user configured files only.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
|source| (CAS variant file location):  
1 = Unspecified. If TFTP domain is configured, the location is the TFTP server. If not found in  
the TFTP server, the file is treated as built-in.  
2 = User configured (built-in) file location.  
3 = External—resides on the TFTP server.  
Step 12 Type the cnfcasvar command, var-name, country-code, partial-time, critical-time, and  
interdigit-timeout argument values, and press Enter to configure a CAS variant and CAS timing  
parameters for the variant added in Step 11. Specify the arguments with the following values:  
var-name: Type the value used in Step 11.  
country-code: The two-character country code of the variant.  
partial-time (partial dial time): In the range from 10 to 10000, in increments of 10 seconds.  
critical-time (critical timing): In the range from 0 to 10000, in increments of 10 seconds.  
interdigit-timeout (interdigit timeout for MF digits): In the range from 1 to 10 seconds.  
Step 13 Type the cnfcasendpt command, endpt-num and var-name argument values, and press Enter to  
associate an endpoint with a CAS variant. Specify the arguments with the following values:  
endpt-num: Type a value used in Step 9.  
var-name: Type the value used in Step 11.  
You have completed adding and configuring CAS signaling. Proceed to the “Configuring Bearer  
Configuring Bearer Processing  
Processing of the bearer payload takes place either upon receipt of the payload from a T1 or E1 line or  
prior to transmission over a T1 or E1 line. You must complete the following tasks to configure bearer  
processing:  
1. Configure codecs.  
2. Configure ECAN.  
3. Configure jitter.  
Configuring Codecs  
Complete the following steps to assign and configure a codec template:  
Step 1  
Type the cnfcodectmpl command, a template-num argument value, and press Enter to specify a codec  
template. Specify the template-num argument value from the following:  
1 = G.711u, G.711a, G.726-16k, G.726-24k, G.726-32k, G.726-40k, G.729a, and G.729ab codecs,  
and clear channel  
Note  
Template 1 is not supported for the VoIP operating mode.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
2 = G.711u and G.711a codecs, and clear channel  
Note  
The cnfcodectmpl command is included in the “Allocating Resources” section on page 4-9  
but is included here for your convenience.  
3 = G.711u, G.711a, G.726-16k, G.726-24k, G.726-32k, G.726-40k, G.729a, and G.729ab codecs,  
clear channel, and T.38 fax transfer  
4 = G.711u, G.711a, G. 726-16k, G.726-24k, G.726-32k, G.726-40k, G.729a, G.729ab, G.723.1-H,  
G.723.1a-H, G.723.1-L, G.723.1a-L codecs and clear channel  
Step 2  
Type the cnfcodecparams command, codec-type, codec-pkt-period, |preference, codec-string, and  
iana-type| argument values, and press Enter to specify various codec parameters for use in the VoIP  
operating mode.  
The packetization period is defined in three separate commands depending upon the ATM method used:  
Use the cnfcodecparams command for VoIP switching applications. Complete this step.  
Use the addcid command for AAL2 trunking applications. See the “Configuring AAL2 Trunking  
Use the addrtpcon command for AAL2 trunking applications.  
Use the cnfprofelemvoice command for switched AAL2 PVC applications. See the “Configuring  
Specify the arguments with the following values:  
codec-type: In the range from 1 to 14.  
codec-pkt-period:  
10  
20  
30  
40  
60  
preference:  
0 = Ignore preference  
In the range from 1 (highest) to 13 (lowest).  
codec-string: In the range from 1 to 20 ASCII characters.  
iana-type (IANA registered codec type): In the range from 0 to 96.  
Step 3  
Type the cnfcodecneg command, the codec-priority argument value, and press Enter to specify a codec  
preference order when there are several codec lists—from the call agent local connection option (LCO)  
list, local MIB, or a list received from the remote gateway in the session description protocol (SDP) data.  
Specify the codec-priority argument value with one of the following:  
1 = LCO list, remote SDP data list, local MIB  
2 = LCO list, local MIB, remote SDP data list  
3 = Remote SDP data list, LCO list, local MIB  
4 = Remote SDP data list, local MIB, LCO list  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
5 = Local MIB, LCO list, remote SDP data list  
6 = Local MIB, remote SDP data list, LCO list  
You have completed assigning and configuring the codec template. Proceed to the “Configuring ECAN”  
Configuring ECAN  
Complete the following steps to enable and configure echo cancellation (ECAN) on a line-by-line basis:  
Step 1  
Type the cnfecanenable command, line-num and ecan-enable argument values, and press Enter to  
enable (or disable) ECAN for a line. Specify the arguments with the following values:  
line-num: In the range from 1 to 8.  
ecan-enable:  
1 = Disable  
2 = Enable  
Step 2  
Type the cnfecanrec command, line-num and res-echo-control argument values, and press Enter to set  
the residual echo control. Specify the arguments with the following values:  
line-num: Type the value used in Step 1.  
res-echo-control:  
1 = Cancel only  
2 = Suppress residual  
4 = Comfort noise  
Step 3  
Type the cnfecantail command, line-num and max-ecan-tail argument values, and press Enter to specify  
the ECAN algorithm’s maximum tail length. Specify the arguments with the following values:  
line-num: Type the value used in Step 1.  
max-ecan-tail (defined in milliseconds):  
24  
32  
48  
64  
80  
96  
112  
128  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
Step 4  
Type the cnferl command, the echo-ret-loss argument value, and press Enter to specify the ECAN  
algorithm’s return echo loss applied by ECAN DSPs, in decibels. Specify the echo-ret-loss argument  
with one of the following values:  
echo-ret-loss:  
1 = 0 dB  
2 = 3 dB  
3 = 6 dB  
4 = 1 dB  
Step 5  
Type the cnfconvbdpol command, lcn, carrier-loss-pol, and cac-reject-pol argument values, and press  
Enter to specify the fax/modem upspeed connection admission control (CAC) failure and carrier loss  
policies for a channel. Specify the arguments with the following values:  
lcn (logical channel number): In the range from 131 to 510.  
carrier-loss-pol (carrier loss policy):  
1 = Revert to the previous codec  
2 = Maintain the upspeed codec  
3 = Unspecified  
cac-reject-pol (CAC rejection policy):  
1 = Delete the connection  
2 = Maintain the connection  
3 = Unspecified  
You have completed enabling and configuring ECAN on your lines. Proceed to the “Configuring Jitter”  
Configuring Jitter  
You can dejitter the voice payload to improve the quality of the egress voice stream.  
Note  
If your application uses the AAL2 trunking operation mode, you cannot change the jitter parameters  
while the CIDs are active.  
Complete the following steps to specify and configure jitter mode:  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Type the cnfjtrmode command, the jitter-mode argument value, and press Enter to set the jitter mode.  
Specify the jitter-mode argument with one of the following values:  
1 = Fixed buffer size; recommended value if the jitter amount is expected to be constant or near  
constant.  
2 = Adaptive; you specify a starting buffer size and VISM adapts the buffer size to handle jitter.  
If you chose a fixed buffer size in Step 1, you have completed configuring jitter. Proceed to the  
“Configuring the ATM Network Side” section on page 4-31. If you chose an adaptive buffer size in  
Step 1, proceed to Step 3.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-30  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
Step 3  
Type the cnfjtrinitdelay command, the jitter-buffer-size argument value, and press Enter to specify the  
starting buffer size. Specify the jitter-buffer-size argument (defined in bytes) with a value from one of  
the following ranges:  
For template numbers 1, 3, and 4, in the range from 0 to 100 in increments of 10.  
For template number 2, in the range from 0 to 100 in increments of 5.  
You have completed configuring jitter. Proceed to the “Configuring the ATM Network Side” section on  
Configuring PNNI for AAL1/AAL2 SVCs  
Use the cnfpncon command to configure Private Network-to-Network Interface (PNNI) priority routing  
for AAL1/AAL2 switched virtual circuits (SVCs). Refer to Chapter 5, “CLI Commands,” for more  
information on using the cnfpncon command.  
Configuring the ATM Network Side  
Configuring the ATM network side consists of setting up ATM PVCs across the network and providing  
the mechanism by which calls are routed over the correct PVC. The PVC configuration depends on the  
VISM operating mode you require for your application.  
The Voice over IP switching operating mode requires you to set up an AAL5 PVC between the  
VISM card and the PXM card, and then to an edge router. A single PVC is set up (a secondary PVC  
may also be set up for redundancy). The PVC is used for bearer voice traffic and gateway protocol  
communication between VISM and the call agent. The router extracts the IP frames from the ATM  
cells and routes the frames accordingly.  
The AAL2 trunking operating mode requires you to set up as many as 64 AAL2 PVCs connected to  
each remote location supported by the network. The PVCs carry voice traffic and optional CAS  
signaling.  
Each PVC is set up as three segments consisting of two local segments and one network segment.  
The local segments are set up between the two VISM cards (one at the end of the PVC) and their  
respective PXM cards. The network segment is set up between the two PXM cards across the  
network. Refer to the Cisco MGX 8250 and MGX 8230 Release l installation and configuration  
guides for more information.  
In AAL2 trunking operating mode, you must bind endpoints to specific DS0s using the  
addendpoint(s) commands. You must also create CIDs (connection identifiers) for each PVC that  
binds the endpoints to the CID and a PVC. This ensures that calls arriving at a specific DS0 are  
automatically routed to the preconfigured CID and PVC over nailed-down trunks. There is no  
switched or call agent involvement.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
The switched AAL2 PVC operating mode requires you to set up as many as 64 AAL2 PVCs  
connected to each remote location supported by the network. The PVCs carry voice traffic across  
the ATM network.  
Each PVC is set up as three segments consisting of two local segments and one network segment.  
The local segments are set up between the two VISM cards (one at the end of the PVC) and their  
respective PXM cards. The network segment is set up between the two PXM cards across the  
network. Refer to the Cisco MGX 8850 Release 1 installation and configuration guides for more  
information.  
In switched AAL2 PVC operating mode, you must bind endpoints to specific DS0s using the  
addendpoint(s) commands. You must also create VCCIs (virtual circuit connection identifiers),  
which identify each PVC and associate each PVC with a specific remote ATM address. At call setup  
time, the call agent informs VISM which VCCI to use for the call and instructs VISM to set up a  
CID for transport across the VCCI. This ensures that the binding of a DS0 to a CID and PVC is  
dynamic by using of the called address.  
Configuring PVC Connections for All Operating Modes  
Complete the following steps to configure PVC connections for all operating modes:  
Step 1  
Type the addcon command, local-vci, pref-level, pvc-conn-type, conn-app, peak-cell-rate, conn-type,  
|remote-conn-id, service-type, sus-cell-rate, and max-burst-rate| argument values, and press Enter to  
add an ATM PVC between the VISM card and the MGX 8000 Series platform PXM card. Specify the  
addcon command arguments with the following values:  
local-vci: In the range from 131 to 510.  
pref-level:  
1 = Primary  
2 = Secondary (for redundancy)  
pvc-conn-type:  
1 = AAL5  
2 = AAL2  
3 = AAL1  
conn-app:  
1 = Control  
2 = Bearer  
3 = Signaling  
peak-cell-rate (defined as cells per second):  
In the range from 1 to 80000 for VoIP bearer.  
In the range from 1 to 20000 for VoIP control.  
In the range from 1 to 50000 for AAL2 T1.  
In the range from 1 to 60000 for AAL2 E1.  
In the range from 1 to 400 for AAL2 signaling (trunking).  
In the range from 1 to 90000 for AAL5 bearer.  
In the range from 1 to 10000 for AAL5 control.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-32  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
conn-type (type of connection):  
1 = Master  
2 = Slave (default)  
|remote-conn-id| (remote connection identifier):  
Type the value in the following format: nodename.slot.port.vpi.vci  
Note  
Use the optional |remote-conn-id| argument only if you selected the conn-type argument  
value of 1 (master).  
|service-type|:  
1 = Constant bit rate (CBR)  
2 = Variable bit rate real time, VBR (RT)  
3 = Variable bit rate non-real time, VBR (NRT)  
4 = VBR (RT) 3  
5 = VBR (RT) 2  
6 = VBR (NRT) 2  
7 = VBR (NRT) 3  
|sus-cell-rate| (sustainable cell rate):  
In the range from 1 to the value you specified for the peak-cell-rate argument.  
|max-burst-rate| (maximum number of cells transmitted at the peak cell rate):  
In the range from 1 to 10 times the value you specified for the sus-cell-rate argument.  
Step 2  
Type the cnfcon command, lcn, peak-cell-rate, service-type, sus-cell-rate, and max-burst-rate argument  
values and press Enter if you need to refine the configuration parameters of the connection added in Step  
1 and identify the connection by the logical channel number. Specify the arguments with the following  
values:  
lcn: Type the value you entered for the local-vci argument in Step 1.  
peak-cell-rate (defined as cells per second):  
In the range from 1 to 80000 for VoIP bearer.  
In the range from 1 to 20000 for VoIP control.  
In the range from 1 to 50000 for AAL2 T1.  
In the range from 1 to 60000 for AAL2 E1.  
In the range from 1 to 400 for AAL2 signaling (trunking).  
In the range from 1 to 90000 for AAL5 bearer.  
In the range from 1 to 10000 for AAL5 control.  
Note  
The peak-cell-rate argument value cannot be changed if the calls or connections for  
signaling and control are active.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
service-type:  
1 = Constant bit rate (CBR)  
2 = Variable bit rate real time—VBR (RT)  
3 = Variable bit rate non-real time—VBR (NRT)  
4 = VBR (RT) 3  
5 = VBR (RT) 2  
6 = VBR (NRT) 2  
7 = VBR (NRT) 3  
sus-cell-rate (sustained cell rate, defined as cells per second):  
In the range from 15 to the value you specified for the peak-cell-rate argument.  
max-burst-rate (maximum burst rate, defined as cells per second):  
In the range from 1 to 10 times the value you specified for the sus-cell-rate argument.  
Step 3  
Type the addconloop command, the lcn argument value, and press Enter to set a loopback on a VISM  
PVC with the loopback in the direction of cellbus. Specify the lcn argument value with a value in the  
range from 131 to 510.  
Note  
You can use the delconloop command to remove a loopback on a VISM PVC.  
You have completed configuring PVC connections. Proceed to one of the following sections, as  
appropriate:  
Configuring VoIP Switching/Trunking Operating Mode Parameters  
Complete the following steps to configure VoIP switching operating mode parameters:  
Step 1  
Type the cnfconprotect command, lcn, protect-enable, lock-state, and second-lcn argument values, and  
press Enter to configure primary and secondary PVCs to provide protection in the event of a PVC  
failure. Specify the argument with the following values:  
lcn: In the range from 131 to 510.  
protect-enable:  
1 = On  
2 = Off  
lock-state:  
1 = Unlock  
2 = Lock  
second-lcn (secondary LCN): In the range from 131 to 510.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-34  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
Step 2  
Type the cnfdeftos command, control-prec, control-tos, |bearer-prec|, and |bearer-tos| argument values,  
and press Enter to configure the type of service for both control and bearer IP packets.  
Note  
If you do not execute the cnfdeftos command, card level default values are used.  
Specify the arguments with the following values:  
control-prec: In the range from 0 to 7 (default = 3)  
control-tos (type of service for control packets):  
0 (default)  
1
2
4
8
bearer-prec: In the range from 0 to 7 (default = 5)  
bearer-tos (type of service for bearer packets):  
0 (default)  
1
2
4
8
Note  
The bearer-prec and bearer-tos arguments are used during call setup in cases where  
values are not supplied by a call agent.  
Step 3  
Type the cnfvoiptransparams command, dtmf-trans, cas-trans, and |event-neg-enable|, |event-neg-pol|,  
and |sid-type| argument values, and press Enter to configure the VoIP transportation characteristics  
across the network. Specify the arguments with the following values:  
dtmf-trans (DTMF tones relayed to the other endpoint):  
1 = On  
2 = Off  
cas-trans (CAS bits relayed to the other endpoint):  
1 = On  
2 = Off  
event-neg-enable (Optional):  
1 = On  
2 = Off  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
event-neg-pol (Optional; event negotiation policy):  
1 = None  
2 = Proprietary (default)  
3 = All  
sid-type (Optional; SID payload type): In the range from 0 to 255 (default = 13)  
You have completed configuring the VoIP switching operating mode parameters. Proceed to the  
Configuring AAL2 Trunking Operating Mode Parameters  
Complete the following steps to configure AAL2 trunking operating mode parameters:  
Step 1  
Type the addcid command, endpt-num, lcn, cid-num, codec-type, profile-type, profile-num, |vad-enable,  
vad-init-timer, ecan-enable, type-3-red, cas-trans, dtmf-trans, idle-code-sup, and pkt-period| argument  
values, and press Enter to add a channel identifier (CID) to an AAL2 PVC.  
The CID is a mechanism within AAL2 that allows multiple calls to be transported across a single AAL2  
PVC. The addcid command binds an endpoint to a logical channel (PVC). Specify the arguments with  
the following values:  
endpt-num (endpoint to be related to the LCN/CID pair being added):  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, in the range from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, in the range from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, in the range from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, in the range from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, in the range from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, in the range from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, in the range from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, in the range from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, in the range from 1 to 144  
lcn (LCN of the LCN/CID pair): In the range from 131 to 510.  
cid-num (CID of the LCN/CID pair): In the range from 8 to 255.  
codec-type:  
1 = G.711u  
2 = G.711a  
3 = G.726-32k  
4 = G.729a  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-36  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
5 = G.729ab  
6 = Clear channel (VAD must be off)  
7 = G.726-16k  
8 = G.726-24k  
9 = G.726-40k  
11 = G.723-H  
12 = G.723a-H  
13 = G.723.1-L  
14 = G.723.1a-L  
profile-type (used for the CID):  
1 = International Telecommunication Union (ITU) I.366.2  
3 = Custom  
profile-num:  
1 = for the ITU profile  
2 = for the ITU profile  
3 = for the ITU profile  
7 = for the ITU profile  
8 = for the ITU profile  
12 = for the ITU profile  
100 = for custom profiles  
101 = for custom profiles  
110 = for custom profiles  
200 = for custom profiles  
vad-enable:  
1 = On  
2 = Off  
vad-init-timer (holdover timer; in milliseconds): In the range from 250 to 65535 (default = 250)  
ecan-enable:  
1 = On (default)  
2 = Off  
type-3-red (triple redundancy protection for CAS type 3 packets):  
1 = On  
2 = Off  
cas-trans:  
1 = On (default)  
2 = Off  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
dtmf-trans (DTMF tone transport as AAL2 type 3 packets):  
1 = On (default)  
2 = Off  
Note  
The dtmf-trans argument value must be set to 1 (on) when the codec-type is configured  
for codecs other than G.711 and G.726.  
idle-code-sup (idle code suppression):  
1 = On  
2 = Off  
pkt-period (defined in milliseconds):  
10  
The pkt-period argument requires you to configure packetization in the following ways for the other  
two operating modes:  
Use the cnfcodedecparams for the VoIP operating mode.  
Use the cnfprofelemvoice command for the switched AAL2 PVC operating mode. See the  
information.  
Step 2  
Type the cnfaal2subcellmuxing command, the mux-enable argument value, and press Enter to enable  
or disable subcell multiplexing. Specify the mux-enable argument with one of the following values:  
1 = On  
2 = Off  
You have completed configuring the AAL2 trunking operating mode parameters.  
Configuring Switched AAL2 PVC Operating Mode Parameters  
Note  
The switched AAL2 PVC operating mode is not supported in VISM Release 3.0.  
You must complete the following tasks to configure the switched AAL2 PVC operating mode  
parameters:  
1. Configure a virtual circuit connection identifier (VCCI).  
2. Modify the AAL2 PVC profile table.  
Note  
Modifying the AAL2 PVC profile table is not mandatory.  
3. Configure AAL2 PVC parameters.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-38  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring a Virtual Circuit Connection Identifier  
Complete the following steps to configure a VCCI for the switched AAL2 PVC operating mode:  
Step 1  
Type the cnfconvcci command, lcn, vcci-num, addr-type, and |fe-addr| argument values, and press Enter  
to create a new VCCI with an associated logical channel number and a remote ATM address. Specify the  
arguments with the following values:  
lcn: In the range from 131 to 510.  
vcci-num: In the range from 0 to 65535.  
addr-type (address type):  
1 = Not applicable  
2 = Network service access point (NSAP); a 20-byte hexadecimal address  
3 = E.164 public network addressing; a 1- to 15-byte decimal address  
4 = Gateway ID; a 1- to 64-byte ASCII character address  
5 = Unspecified  
|fe-addr|: The actual remote address  
Step 2  
Repeat Step 1, as needed, to configure VCCIs on other LCNs.  
You have completed configuring VCCIs for the switched AAL2 PVC operating mode. Proceed to the  
Modifying the AAL2 PVC Operating Mode Profile Table  
A profile table is associated with each AAL2 operating mode. This profile table specifies the encoding  
format, which tells the card how to interpret the packets.  
You can use the dspaal2profile command to see the values for a profile type. Example 4-1 shows the  
default values for ITU profile type 1.  
Example 4-1 Default Values for ITU Profile 1  
nodename.1.28.VISM8.a > dspaal2profile 1 1  
UUI  
Codepoint  
Range  
Packet  
Length  
(octets) Codec  
Packet Seq. No.  
Time  
(ms)  
5
Interval  
(ms)  
SID  
No SID 1  
No SID 1  
M
0-15  
0-15  
40  
40  
PCMU  
PCMA  
5
5
5
Table 4-4 describes the fields shown in the display.  
Table 4-4 dspaal2profile Field Descriptions  
Field  
Description  
User-to-user indication.  
UUI Codepoint Range  
Packet Length (octets)  
Codec  
Packet length for the encoding format.  
Type of codec.  
SID  
Silence insertion descriptor.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
Table 4-4 dspaal2profile Field Descriptions (continued)  
Field Description  
M
Multiple of the service data unit (SDU) for the  
profile. The SDU is the smallest packet length.  
Packet Time (ms)  
Voice packetization period.  
Sequence number interval.  
Seq. No. Interval (ms)  
VISM/VISM-PR creates the profile table with the defaults that are listed in Table 4-5. This table is a  
summary of the output from the dspaal2profile command.  
Table 4-5 AAL2 Operating Mode Profiles  
UUI  
Voice  
Packet  
Period  
Sequence  
Number  
Interval  
Voice Band  
Voice Band Data Packet  
Data Codec Period  
Profile Profile  
Codepoint Packet  
Type  
ITU  
ITU  
ITU  
Number Range  
Length Voice codec VAD  
M
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
2
3
0–15  
0–15  
0–15  
0–15  
0–15  
0–15  
0–15  
0–15  
0–15  
0–15  
0–15  
0–15  
0–15  
0–15  
0–15  
0–15  
0–15  
0–15  
0–7  
40  
40  
40  
10  
15  
20  
25  
40  
10  
10  
40  
20  
10  
10  
24  
24  
20  
20  
40  
40  
40  
40  
10  
10  
G.711u  
Off  
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
G.711u  
G.711u  
G.711u  
5
5
5
G.711u  
SIDG  
SIDG  
5
G.711u  
5
G.726–16k  
G.726–24k  
G.726–32k  
G.726–40k  
G.711u  
5
5
5
5
ITU  
ITU  
7
8
SIDG  
Off  
5
G.711u  
G.711u  
5
5
G.729a  
10  
10  
5
G.729ab  
G.711u  
SID729  
Off  
G.726–32k Off  
5
G.729a  
Off  
10  
10  
30  
30  
30  
30  
5
G.729ab  
G.723.1-H  
SID729  
Off  
ITU  
12  
G.711u  
5
G.723.1a-H SID723  
G.723.1-L Off  
G.723.1a-L SID723  
Custom 100  
Custom 101  
G.711u  
SIDG  
SIDG  
Off  
G.711u  
G.711u  
5
5
8–15  
0–7  
G.726-32  
G.711u  
10  
5
8–15  
8–15  
8–15  
G.726-32  
G.729a  
Off  
10  
10  
10  
Off  
G.729ab  
SID729  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-40  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
Table 4-5 AAL2 Operating Mode Profiles (continued)  
UUI  
Voice  
Packet  
Period  
Sequence  
Number  
Interval  
Voice Band  
Voice Band Data Packet  
Data Codec Period  
Profile Profile  
Type  
Codepoint Packet  
Number Range Length Voice codec VAD  
M
1
Custom 110  
0–7  
40  
40  
30  
30  
40  
G.711u  
SIDG  
SIDG  
Off  
5
5
5
5
5
5
G.711u  
5
8–15  
8–15  
8–15  
0–15  
G.726-32  
G.729a  
2
10  
30  
30  
5
3
G.729ab  
SID729  
Off  
3
Custom 200  
Clear  
40  
G.711u  
5
channel  
Complete the following steps to assign a profile preference and to modify the packet period and SID  
values of the profile table, as necessary.  
Note  
Modifying the AAL2 PVC profile table is not mandatory. Proceed to the “Configuring AAL2 PVC  
Parameters” section on page 4-43 if the values shown in Table 4-5 are correct for your application  
and configuration requirements.  
Step 1  
Type the cnfprofparams command, profile-type, profile-num, and profile-pref argument values, and  
press Enter to specify the preference for a given profile during call setup profile negotiation. Specify  
the arguments with the following values:  
profile-type:  
1 = ITU  
3 = Custom  
profile-num:  
1 = for the ITU profile  
2 = for the ITU profile  
3 = for the ITU profile  
7 = for the ITU profile  
8 = for the ITU profile  
12 = for the ITU profile  
100 = for custom profiles  
101 = for custom profiles  
110 = for custom profiles  
200 = for custom profiles  
profile-pref:  
0 = No preference; excludes a profile from negotiation  
In the range from 1 (highest) to 9 (lowest)  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
Step 2  
Type the cnfprofelemvoice command, profile-type, profile-num, codec-type, pvoice-pkt-period, and sid  
argument values, and press Enter to configure the voice profile element for a specified profile. Specify  
the arguments with the following values:  
profile-type: Refer to the options listed in Step 1.  
profile-num: Refer to the options listed in Step 1.  
codec-type argument values:  
1 = G.711u  
2 = G.711a  
3 = G.726-32k  
4 = G.729a  
5 = G.729ab  
6 = Clear channel (VAD must be off)  
7 = G.726-16k  
8 = G.726-24k  
9 = G.726-40k  
11 = G.723.1-H  
12 = G.723.1a-H  
13 = G.723.1-L  
14 = G.723.1a-L  
pvoice-pkt-period (defined in milliseconds):  
5
10  
20  
30  
40  
60  
sid:  
1 = VAD off  
2 = VAD on  
3 = SID generic  
4 = SID 729  
5 = SID 723  
Step 3  
Type the cnfprofelemvbd command, profile-type, profile-num, codec-type, and vbd-pkt-period  
argument values, and press Enter to configure the voiceband data element for a specified profile. Specify  
the arguments with the following values:  
profile-type—Refer to the options listed in Step 1.  
profile-num—Refer to the options listed in Step 1.  
vbd-codec-type—Refer to the options listed in Step 2.  
vbd-pkt-period (defined in milliseconds):  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-42  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
5
10  
30  
Step 4  
Type the cnfprofneg command, the codec-priority argument value, and press Enter to specify the  
priority preference order for the profile lists. Profiles can be from the call agent local connection option  
(LCO) list, local MIB, or a list received from the remote gateway in the session descriptor protocol  
(SDP) data. Specify the codec-priority argument value with one of the following:  
1 = LCO list, remote SDP data list, local MIB  
2 = LCO list, local MIB, remote SDP data list  
3 = Remote SDP data list, LCO list, local MIB  
4 = Remote SDP data list, local MIB, LCO list  
5 = Local MIB, LCO list, remote SDP data list  
6 = Local MIB, remote SDP data list, LCO list  
You have completed modifying the switched AAL2 PVC operating mode profile table. Proceed to the  
Configuring AAL2 PVC Parameters  
Complete the following steps to configure AAL2 PVC parameters:  
Step 1  
Type the cnfaal2timerparams command, vad-init-timer and cid-fill-timer argument values, and press  
Enter to configure the holdover and maximum wait time arguments. Specify the arguments with the  
following values:  
vad-init-timer (defined in milliseconds): In the range from 250 to 65535.  
cid-fill-timer (defined in milliseconds): In the range from 5 to 100.  
The vad-init-timer is the holdover time before activating silence suppression. The cid-fill-timer is the  
maximum waiting time for filling up the cell when the next packet is not ready.  
Step 2  
Type the cnfaal2transparams command, dtmf-trans, cas-bits-trans, and type-3-red argument values,  
and press Enter to enable or disable three parameters regarding the transport of CAS signaling.  
dtmf-trans (transportation of DTMF digits):  
1 = On  
2 = Off  
cas-bits-trans (transportation of CAS bits):  
1 = On  
2 = Off  
type-3-red (transportation of AAL2 Type 3 redundancy packets):  
1 = On  
2 = Off  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
You have completed configuring the switched AAL2 PVC operating mode parameters. Proceed to the  
Configuring the Call Agent Interface  
Note  
The CLI call agent configuration commands are used for the VoIP switching and switched AAL2  
PVC operating modes only. If your application requires the AAL2 trunking operating mode, do not  
use the CLI call agent configuration commands described in this section.  
VISM can use one to eight call agents to accomplish the following:  
Receive backhauled signaling  
Perform call setup  
Perform call teardown  
VISM uses IP connectivity in order to communicate with the call agents (see Figure 4-2).  
Figure 4-2 VISM to Call Agent Communication  
Call Agents  
TFTP Server  
(up to 8)  
IP Connectivity  
V
ATM Network  
MGX 8850  
with VISM  
Physical connectivity is through a PVC on an MGX 8000 Series platform PXM card’s OC-3 port, to a  
router (in the IP Connectivity cloud in Figure 4-2), and then to the call agents.  
Logical IP connectivity is performed by resolving domain name and IP address associations. The  
associations are accomplished in the following ways:  
Statically, by using the CLI call agent configuration commands.  
Dynamically, by using an external domain name server (DNS), which is connected to VISM through  
IP connectivity.  
Figure 4-2 shows a TFTP server which also has an IP connection to VISM.  
You must complete the following tasks to configure the call agent interface:  
1. Configure domain names and IP addresses.  
2. Set up call agents and protocols.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-44  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
3. Configure gateway control protocols.  
4. Configure ISDN PRI backhaul (optional).  
Configuring Domain Names and IP Addresses  
Complete the following steps to configure domain names and IP addresses for VISM cards and call  
agents:  
Step 1  
Type the cnfvismdn command, the domain-name argument value, and press Enter to specify a domain  
name for a VISM card. Specify the domain-name argument with the following value:  
A text string of up to 64 alphanumeric characters; spaces are not allowed. Default = cisco.com.  
Note  
You must use the domain-name argument value you entered for Step 1 when configuring  
the call agent(s) domain-name argument in Step 3.  
Step 2  
Type the cnfvismip command, vip-addr, netmask, |bearer-ipaddr|, and |bearer-netmask| argument  
values, and press Enter to specify an IP address and a subnet mask for your VISM card. Specify the  
arguments with the following values:  
vip-addr: Type the IP address of your VISM card in dotted decimal format—nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn  
netmask (local network mask): Type 255.255.255.248  
|bearer-ipaddr| (optional): Bearer IP address in dotted decimal format: nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn  
|bearer-netmask| (optional): Bearer IP subnet mask in dotted decimal format: nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Type the cnftftpdn command, the domain-name argument value, and press Enter to set up the domain  
names and IP addresses for the call agent(s). The domain name can be a text string of 1 to 64  
alphanumeric characters.  
Repeat Step 1 through Step 3 to configure your remaining VISM cards and call agents.  
You have completed configuring domain names and IP addresses for VISM cards and call agents.  
Setting Up Call Agents and Protocols  
Complete the following steps to set up call agents and media gateway control protocols:  
Step 1  
Type the adddn command, the domain-num, domain-name, and |resol-type| argument values, and press  
Enter to add a domain name for a call agent. Specify the arguments with the following values:  
domain-num: A domain number used to identify the domain in the range 1 to 11.  
domain-name (call agent name): A text string of 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters.  
|resol-type| (the optional resolution type to configure for the specified domain name):  
1 = Internal only  
2 = External only  
3 = Internal first  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                   
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
4 = External first  
Step 2  
Step 3  
If you are not using an external DNS to resolve domain names (resol-type = 1 in Step 1), proceed to  
Step 3. If you are using an external DNS to resolve domain names, proceed to Step 3.  
Type the adddnip command, resol-num, domain-name, ip-addr, and addr-order argument values, and  
press Enter to add the IP address for the domain name you added in Step 1. Specify the arguments with  
the following values:  
resol-num (resolution number of the domain name): In the range from 1 to 88.  
domain-name (call agent name): In the range from 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters.  
ip-addr (IP address which corresponds to domain-name): IP address, which must be in the following  
format—nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn.  
addr-order (IP address resolution preference order): In the range from 1 (highest) to 8.  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Type the addmgcgrpentry command, mgc-group, mgc-num, and mgc-priority argument values, and  
press Enter to add the MGC to a redundancy group. Specify the arguments with the following values:  
mgc-group (call agent redundancy group number): In the range from 1 to 8.  
mgc-num (protocol number): In the range from 1 to 8.  
mgc-priority (preference of the MGC within the group): In the range from 1 (highest) to 8.  
Type the cnfmgcgrpparam command, mgc-group, state-change-notify, and the optional mgc-priority  
argument values, and press Enter to change the parameters of the MGC group, if needed.  
Note  
This step is optional; use only if you need to change the MGC group parameters.  
Specify the arguments with the following values:  
mgc-group (call agent redundancy group): In the range from 1 to 8.  
state-change-notify (state change message notification):  
1 = Enable (default)  
2 = Disable  
|mgc-priority| (call agent priority): In the range from 0 to 8 (default = 1)  
Step 6  
Step 7  
Type the addmgcgrpprotocol command, mgc-group and protocol-num argument values, and press  
Enter to associate a call agent redundancy group with a gateway control protocol. Specify the arguments  
with the following values:  
mgc-group (call agent redundancy group): In the range from 1 to 8.  
protocol-num (gateway control protocol): In the range from 1 to 8.  
Repeat Step 1 through Step 6 for each call agent that you need to make active in your application.  
You have completed setting up call agents and media gateway control protocols. Proceed to the  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-46  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring Gateway Control Protocols  
Complete the following steps to configure gateway control protocols.  
Note  
Use the configure gateway control CLI commands in this section only if you need to configure  
argument values for the commands that are different than the default argument values.  
Step 1  
Type the cnfxgcppeer command, mgc-num, protocol-num, and remote-udp-pnum, and press Enter to  
configure a port number for a particular call agent and protocol. The port is used to send  
gateway-initiated messages to the call agent. Specify the arguments with the following values:  
mgc-num: In the range 1 to 8.  
protocol-num: A protocol number which is displayed by using the dspmgcgrpprotocols command.  
remote-udp-pnum: The remote UDP port number used for MGCP/SGCP protocol communication  
with the call agent.  
Step 2  
Type the cnfxgcpmwd command, max-wait-delay argument value, and press Enter to specify the  
maximum waiting time before a Restart in Progress (RSIP) message is sent to the call agent. Specify the  
max-wait-delay argument value as follows:  
max-wait-delay (maximum wait time; defined in milliseconds): In the range from 0 to 600000;  
(default = 10000; 10 seconds)  
Note  
The max-wait-delay argument value sets the maximum wait time for the entire VISM  
card, not for a particular call agent.  
Step 3  
Type the cnfxgcpretry command, min-vtoca-tout, vtoca-retrans-num, and |max-vtoca-tout| argument  
values, and press Enter to specify the VISM minimum and maximum wait time, and number of retries,  
for a call agent message acknowledgment. Specify the arguments with the following values:  
min-vtoca-tout (defined in milliseconds): In the range from 1 to 100000; (default = 500)  
vtoca-retrans-num:  
Default = 3  
|max-vtoca-tout|: In the range from 0 to 100000.  
Step 4  
Type the cnfxgcpbt command, network-type, vc-type, and aal-conn-type argument values, and press  
Enter to specify the type of bearer channel VISM uses, if one is not specified by the call agent in  
protocol local connection options. Specify the arguments with the following values:  
network-type:  
1 = IP  
2 = ATM  
vc-type:  
1 = PVC  
2 = SVC  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
aal-conn-type:  
1 = AAL1  
2 = AAL2  
3 = Not applicable  
Note  
You must type 3 for the aal-conn-type argument if the network-type argument = 1.  
Step 5  
Type the addxgcppersistevt command, event-num and pkg-event argument values, and press Enter to  
designate xGCP events as persistent.  
Note  
Do not complete this step if persistent events are not required for your application.  
Specify the arguments with the following values:  
event-num: In the range from 1 to 64.  
pkg-event:  
r/co3 = VISM initiated AAL2 type 3 packet (CO3) network continuity test  
r/co4 = Network continuity test detect  
g/ft = Fax tone  
g/mt = Modem tone  
g/vbd = Voiceband data  
g/vbdt = Voiceband data termination  
l/hu, bl/hu = On hook  
l/hd, blhd = Off hook  
ms/ans, dt/ans, md/ans, mo/ans = Answer  
ms/sup, dt/sup, md/sup = Setup  
ms/rel, dt/rel, md/rel, mo/rel = Release  
ms/rtc, dt/rlc, md/rlc, mo/rlc = Release complete  
ms/res, dt/res, md/res = Resume  
ms/sus, dt/sus, md/sus = Suspend  
md/awk = Acknowledgment wink  
mo/rbz = Reverse make busy  
Step 6  
Type the cnfsrcppeer command, peer-num and udp-port-num argument values, and press Enter to  
specify the SRCP parameters for communication between VISM and the call agent. Specify the  
arguments from the following values:  
peer-num: The peer (call agent) identification number, as displayed in the dspsrcppeers command  
list; in the range from 1 to 8.  
udp-port-num: In the range from 1025 to 65535  
Note  
If you do not execute this command, the default MGCP/SGCP port number = 2428.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-48  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
Step 7  
Type the cnfsrcppeergrpparam command, the mgc-group, hbeat-int, and max-udp-size argument  
values, and press Enter to configure the SRCP heartbeat interval and maximum UDP size for a specified  
call agent redundancy group. Specify the arguments with the following values:  
mgc-group (call agent redundancy group): In the range from 1 to 8  
hbeat-int (interval between heartbeats; defined in milliseconds):  
0
In the range from 100 to 65535.  
max-udp-size (maximum allowable UDP size): In the range from 4095 to 65535.  
Step 8  
Type the cnfsrcpretry command, srcp-min-tout, max-srcp-retries, and srcp-max-tout argument values,  
and press Enter to configure the minimum and maximum timeout periods, and retry attempts, for  
transmitting SRCP commands to the call agent. Specify the arguments with the following values:  
srcp-min-tout (defined in milliseconds): In the range from 1 to 10000 (default = 500).  
max-srcp-retries: In the range from 1 to 10.  
srcp-max-tout: In the range from 1 to 10000 (default = 500).  
Step 9  
Type the cnfco4timer command, a co4-timeout argument value, and press Enter to configure CO4  
bearer continuity. Specify the argument with the following value:  
co4-timeout (defined in milliseconds): In the range from 50 to 10000 (default = 1000).  
You have completed configuring gateway control protocols. Proceed to the “Configuring ISDN PRI  
Configuring ISDN PRI Backhaul  
ISDN PRI backhaul configuration consists of setting up RUDP session structures:  
Session sets  
Session groups  
Sessions  
A session group applies to a specified call agent and allows automatic switching to another session in  
the group if an active session fails. You can configure individual sessions when you have completed  
setting up the session sets and session groups. Refer to Chapter 3, “VISM Functional Description,” for  
more information on session structures.  
Note  
Use the commands in this section only if backhauling of ISDN PRI signaling to the call agent is  
required for your application.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
Complete the following steps to configure ISDN PRI backhaul:  
Step 1  
Type the addsesset command, set-num and fault-tol-enable argument values, and press Enter to create  
a session set. Specify the arguments with the following values:  
set-num: In the range from 1 to 16  
fault-tol-enable:  
1 = Yes  
2 = No  
Step 2  
Type the addsesgrp command, group-num, set-num, and mgc-name argument values, and press Enter  
to create a session group for a session set and a call agent. Specify the arguments with the following  
values:  
group-num: In the range from 1 to 16  
set-num: In the range from 1 to 8  
mgc-name: A text string of up to 64 alphanumeric characters  
Step 3  
Type the addses command, session-num, group-num, priority, local-port-num, and remote-port-num  
argument values, and press Enter to create an ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session within a specified  
group. Specify the arguments from the following values:  
session-num: In the range from 1 to 64  
group-num: In the range from 1 to 16  
priority: In the range from 1 (highest) to 4 (lowest)  
local-port-num: The VISM port number you want to use for the session  
remote-port-num: The call agent (remote) port number you want to use for the session  
Note  
The following session configuration commands apply to a single session which is identified by the  
first argument, the session-num.  
Step 4  
Type the cnfsesack command, session-num, ack-timeout, and max-acks argument values, and press  
Enter to change the timeout period for sending out an acknowledgment and the maximum number of  
acknowledgments that can accumulated before sending them. Specify the arguments with the following  
values:  
session-num: In the range from 1 to 64  
ack-timeout (defined in milliseconds): In the range from 100 to 65535  
max-acks: In the range from 0 to 255  
Step 5  
Type the cnfsesmaxreset command, session-num and max-resets argument values, and press Enter to  
configure the maximum number of resets that VISM performs before a connection is reset. Specify the  
arguments with the following values:  
session-num: Type the value entered for the session-num argument in Step 4.  
max-resets: In the range from 0 to 255  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-50  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring VISM Features  
Step 6  
Step 7  
Step 8  
Step 9  
Type the cnfsesmaxseg command, session-num and seg-size argument values, and press Enter to  
configure the maximum segment size VISM can receive after sending a SYN message. Specify the arguments  
with the following values:  
session-num: Type the value entered for the session-num argument in Step 4.  
seg-size (defined in octets): In the range from 30 to 65535  
Type the cnfsesmaxwindow command, session-num and window-size argument values, and press Enter  
to configure the maximum number of segments that can be sent without getting an acknowledgment for a  
specific RUDP session. Specify the arguments with the following values:  
session-num: Type the value entered for the session-num argument in Step 4.  
window-size: In the range from 1 to 64  
Type the cnfsesnullsegtmout command, session-num and null-seg-tout argument values, and press  
Enter to configure the amount of idle time before sending a null segment. Specify the arguments with the  
following values:  
session-num: Type the value entered for the session-num argument in Step 4.  
null-seg-tout (defined in milliseconds): In the range from 0 to 65535  
Type the cnfsesoutofseq command, session-num and max-seq-pkts argument values, and press Enter to  
configure the maximum number of out-of-sequence packets that will be accumulated before sending an  
EACK packet. Specify the arguments with the following values:  
session-num: Type the value entered for the session-num argument in Step 4.  
max-seq-pkts: In the range from 0 to 255.  
Note  
If you specify 0 for the max-seq-pkts argument, a DACK message is sent immediately  
upon receiving an out-of-sequence packet.  
Step 10 Type the cnfsesport command, session-num, local-port-num, and remote-port-num argument values,  
and press Enter to configure the local (VISM end) and remote (call agent end) port numbers for a session  
number. Specify the arguments with the following values:  
session-num: Type the value entered for the session-num argument in Step 4.  
local-port-num: In the range from 1124 to 65535  
remote-port-num: In the range from 1124 to 65535  
This command allows the user to configure the local and remote port numbers.  
Step 11 Type the cnfsesretrans command, session-num, unack-timeout, and max-ses-retrans argument values,  
and press Enter to configure the retransmission of unacknowledged packet timeout value and the maximum  
number of consecutive retransmission attempts before the connection is considered failed. Specify the  
arguments with the following values:  
session-num: Type the value entered for the session-num argument in Step 4.  
unack-timeout (in milliseconds): In the range from 100 to 65535  
max-ses-retrans: In the range from 0 to 255  
Step 12 Type the cnfsesstatetmout command, session-num and tstate-tout argument values, and press Enter to  
configure the amount of time VISM waits for the transfer state before executing an auto reset. Specify the  
arguments with the following values:  
session-num: Type the value entered for the session-num argument in Step 4.  
tstate-tout (in milliseconds): In the range from 0 to 65535  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-51  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring Additional VISM Features  
Step 13 Type the cnfsessyncatmps command, session-num and max-sync-attempts argument values, and press  
Enter to configure the maximum number of attempts to synchronize VISM with the call agent. Specify the  
arguments with the following values:  
session-num: Type the value entered for the session-num argument in Step 4.  
max-sync-attempts: In the range from 1 to 32  
Step 14 Repeat Step 4 through Step 13 for all additional session numbers, as required for your application.  
You have completed configuring ISDN PRI backhaul.  
The basic configuration of your VISM cards is complete. Use the configuration instructions in this  
chapter to reconfigure VISM for your application needs as they change. Use the commands described in  
Chapter 5, “CLI Commands,” to further configure your VISM cards, if necessary.  
Configuring Additional VISM Features  
The following features are available for users of VISM 3.0 and higher:  
Support for the MGCP 0.1 subset of the MGCP 1.0 protocol  
Note  
The restart method (RM) is not defined as part of the MGCP 0.1 subset, and is not  
supported.  
Verified MGCP 0.1 protocol compliance  
PBX CAS event delivery to a call agent using MGCP 0.1:  
DTMF: Wink and ground start  
MF: Wink  
TFTP download of CAS variant state machine  
Note  
RFC 3064 CAS packages—BL, MS, and DT—are not supported.  
Interoperability enhancements:  
Configurable codec strings (IANA naming conventions as well as customized ones)  
Codec negotiation with configurable preference order  
Exponential backoff for:  
XGCP retry timers  
SRCP retry timers  
Configurable per CAS variant  
DTMF Relay using Cisco-rtp (FRF-11 Annex A based)  
Enhancement to Fax/modem up-speed/pass-through procedures:  
Configurable CAC failure and carrier loss policies  
Up-speed to clear channel  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-52  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring Additional VISM Features  
Added support for G.726: 16, 24, 32, and 40 kbps, with packetization periods ranging from 10 to 40  
ms  
Support for VBR-rt (variable bit rate real time) and VBR-nrt (non real time) ATM traffic classes,  
including traffic shaping to the relevant traffic descriptors  
Configurable VAD model parameter for traffic engineering  
In E1 applications, support for 31 DS0 per span and a total of 248 channels per card  
Tested CRTP support through RPM for voice and voice band data calls  
Verified bearer interoperability with 3810  
Switched PVCs using SGCP 1.5:  
SDP and SGCP extensions allowing xGCP call agent control of AAL2 bearers  
Support of SGCP 1.5 digit maps and error codes  
Support for card level coexistence of switched AAL2 mode (under Call Agent control) and trunked  
AAL2 mode on PVCs, on an endpoint (DS0) basis  
PBX CAS event delivery to a Call Agent using SGCP 1.5:  
DTMF: Wink and ground start  
MF: Wink  
TFTP download of CAS variant state machine  
Interoperability and configuration enhancements:  
Configurable codec strings (IANA naming conventions as well as customized ones)  
Profile negotiation and configurable preference order  
Configurable voice and VBD (for example, up-speed codec) per profile  
Added support for custom profile 110 and 200 (clear channel), ITU profiles 3 and 8  
User-configurable AAL2 Silence Indicator Description (SID) for all profiles  
Type 3 Packet Support for proxy ringback (xrbk), packet side bearer continuity check (co3/co4  
COT), and midcall DTMF relay  
Connection admission control (CAC) enhancements:  
Patented CAC method factoring in VAD and subcell multiplexing savings  
Configurable VAD model parameter for traffic engineering  
Configurable AAL2 cell fill timer  
AAL2 alarm enhancements: per span, VC, and per channel (CID) conditioning  
Display, clear, and reset AAL2 performance related counters  
In E1 AAL2 trunking applications, support for 31 DS0 per span and a total of 248 channels per card  
Verified bearer interoperability with 3810 and third-party vendors  
Infrastructure work and enhanced support for three operating modes: VoIP switching, AAL2  
trunking, and switched AAL2 PVC  
Graceful upgrade VISM 2.0 and 2.0(1) to VISM 2.1(0)  
The ability to enable or disable the call agent protocol SDP OST feature in the event the peer  
gateway may or may not support SDP OST. This feature allows interoperability with the Cisco  
AS5300 Universal Access Server and other equipment  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-53  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring Additional VISM Features  
The ability for VISM to perform as either the network or user side of the LAPD protocol for PRI  
backhaul  
CCS/PRI backhaul between VISM and a call agent in VoIP mode  
Support VoIP G.729ab compression  
Idle channel suppression  
Support for setting the IP precedence bit  
Support for Q.50 CAS signaling variant  
Negotiable packetization period  
AAL2 subcell multiplexing  
E1 back card support in AAL2 trunking mode  
E1 back card support (VoIP mode only)  
Provides 8 standard T1 interfaces with B8ZS, AMI and HDB3 line coding  
Support for voice over ATM using AAL2 cells (multiplexing only, no LLC/SNAP encapsulation.  
VoIP using AAL5 cells to RFC 1889  
Support for both PCM a-law and u-law  
Programmable 24, 32, 48, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128 ms near end echo cancellation  
Voice compression to G.711 and G.726-32k standards  
Nx64 clear channel (N = 1 only) support  
Voice activity detection (VAD) and comfort noise generation (CNG) using variable threshold energy  
(Cisco proprietary)  
Support for call agent Simple Gateway Control Protocol (SGCP) Version 1.0, SGCP 1.1+, and  
Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP) 0.1  
Support for CCS signaling transport across an AAL5 trunk  
Support for Fax and modem VoIP bearer transmissions  
Support for dual (redundant) virtual circuits across the packet network  
Support for full continuity testing (COT). Supports origination and terminating loopback and  
transponder COT towards the packet bearer and the TDM sides  
Support for loop timing, payload and line loopbacks  
1:N cold redundancy using SRM-3T3 capabilities (bulk mode support for T1 lines only) for  
switched calls  
1:N hot redundancy for trunking applications only  
Courtesy downing of ongoing voice calls when the VISM is taken out of service for maintenance or  
other reasons  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-54  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring Additional VISM Features  
Mid-Call DTMF  
The mid-call dual tone multifrequency (DTMF) feature enables the collection and notification of digits  
to the call agent following a call setup for an endpoint, and supports the outpulsing of DTMF digits at a  
call agent’s request. This feature is used for services that require two stage dialing, such as calling card  
applications.  
Mid-call DTMF is supported for all the CAS variants, for DTMF mode only.  
Configurable Jitter Buffer  
The configurable jitter buffer feature provides configuration of jitter buffer mode and initial delay time  
on a codec basis. Fax, modem, and CCD calls have less packet loss with the addition of this feature.  
Adjustable Gain  
The adjustable gain feature allows you to adjust gain on a DS0 channel basis for both input and output  
signals. The adjustable gain can be set when there is active call going on at the DS0 channel, and at both  
bounded non-active and unbounded endpoints.  
Adjustable Music On-Hold Threshold  
The adjustable music on-hold threshold feature allows you to adjust the dB level, on a DS0 basis, of  
when DSPs interpret TDM side silence or voice.  
CALEA  
The Commission on Accreditation for Law Enforcement Act (CALEA) feature, used with VoIP  
applications, provides data (eavesdropping) about an intercepted subject (the user/subscriber) in two  
forms for both the receive and transmit directions:  
Call identifying data  
Call content data  
The call identifying data (called number) is provided by call agents. The call content data (voice) is  
provided by the edge/access routers (7200, for example) and trunking gateways (MGX 8000 series  
platforms) in combination with VISM cards.  
The VISM CALEA implementation supports the CALEA law intercept confirmation interface.  
MGC Redundancy  
The media gateway controller (MGC) redundancy feature provides redundancy for call agents on VI SM  
cards. You can associate one or more call agents as members of a redundancy group.  
An MGC redundancy group consists of one or more MGCs (which are identified by their domain name).  
An MGC can be part of one redundancy group, although there can be multiple MGCs per redundancy  
group. At any given time, only one MGC in the redundant group is active.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-55  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring Additional VISM Features  
This feature requires you to add more than one domain name and configure these as redundant call agents  
or the same logical MGC. Only the IP addresses corresponding to each physical entity are returned by  
the DNS server. In order to allow VISMs to traverse all the IP addresses, you must identify these physical  
entities as redundant call agents.  
External DNS  
The external domain name server (DNS) feature allows VISM to use an external DNS to resolve the IP  
address you configure. The domain names can be MGCs, call agents, or trivial file transfer protocol  
(TFTP) servers used for CAS file downloads. Resolution of IP addresses can be configured with the  
following methods:  
Internal static tables only  
External DNS only  
External DNS, followed by the internal static tables if the external DNS method fails  
Internal static tables, followed by the external DNS if the internal static table method fails  
2 IP Address Support  
The 2 IP address allows you to add separate IP addresses for the control and data paths for VISM. This  
feature removes the restriction of control and data traffic going to two different domains.  
VoIP Trunking  
The Voice over IP (VoIP) trunking feature allows the VISM to connect to the PBX, or central office  
digital systems, using T1/E1 digital interfaces and converts the TDM bit stream into RTP packets, after  
ECAN and compression, and transports it over the IP network.  
No call agent is required for setting up and tearing down calls. You must configure the DS0 circuits. The  
connection between VISM and the first router will be ATM after which it will be IP only. VISM and the  
router can have one or multiple PVCs to transport the data. You have the option to configure PVC for  
bearer or control. If the PVC is configured as bearer and no control PVC exists, then PRI signal traffic  
and bearer traffic will go through this PVC. If you configure separate PVCs for control and bearer, PRI  
signaling will go through control traffic only. You can modify some of the connection parameters after  
it is added.  
CAS is transported to the far end using a Cisco proprietary format (not NSEs). PRI is transported over  
RUDP to the far end once the trunk is provisioned between the originating and terminating VISM.  
PRI transport is handled in a way identical to PRI backhaul except that the PRI traffic is sent to remote  
gateway instead of a call agent. You can configure one line for PRI trunking and another line for PRI  
backhauling.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-56  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring Additional VISM Features  
You must provision the LAPD trunk when using this feature. You must configure a line number, remote  
gateway IP address, local UDP port, and remote gateway UDP port, and then open a trunk. You must  
then configure the D-channel as a trunk or backhaul:  
To configure the D channel as trunk, use the addlapdtrunk command prior to the addlapd  
command. If the addlapd command has been previously executed for that line, the command is  
rejected.  
Note  
Two D channels on one line are not supported.  
To configure the D channel as backhaul, use the addses command prior to the addlapd command.  
If you do not configure either trunk or session, the addlapd command is rejected.  
T.38 Fax Relay  
The ITU T.38 recommendation for fax relay feature assists fax transmission over IP networks. You must  
configure T.38 parameters—fax rate, information field size, data packet size, data redundancy, and NSF  
values—to use this feature.  
Note  
You must use codec template 3 with the T.38 fax relay feature enabled. The T.38 feature supports 120  
DS0s when enabled.  
CAS Feature Enhancements  
VISM Release 2.2 allows you to configure different CAS packages on different endpoints. The following  
CAS feature enhancements are also added to this release.  
Programmable Tone Plans  
This enhancement provides you the ability to provision a tone plan in a CAS independent scenario so  
that any inband call progress tone can be played on any endpoint (CAS, CCS, or clear channel) when  
signaled by the call agent.  
VISM Release 3.0 contains the built-in (preconfigured) version 1 tone plans shown in Table 4-6, which  
you cannot modify or remove from the system.  
Table 4-6 VISM 3.0 Built-in (Preconfigured) Tone Plans  
Tone Plan  
ITU1  
Tone Plan  
Finland  
Tone Plan  
Japan  
Tone Plan  
Singapore  
Slovakia  
Slovenia  
South Africa  
Spain  
North America  
Argentina  
Australia  
Austria  
France  
Korea Republic  
Luxembourg  
Malaysia  
Germany  
Greece  
Hong Kong  
Hungary  
Iceland  
Mexico  
Belgium  
Brazil  
Netherlands  
New Zealand  
Sweden  
Switzerland  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-57  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring Additional VISM Features  
Table 4-6 VISM 3.0 Built-in (Preconfigured) Tone Plans (continued)  
Tone Plan  
Canada  
Tone Plan  
India  
Tone Plan  
Norway  
Philippines  
Poland  
Tone Plan  
Taiwan  
China  
Indonesia  
Ireland  
Israel  
Thailand  
Cyprus  
Turkey  
Czech Republic  
Denmark  
Portugal  
Russia  
United Kingdom  
United States  
Italy  
1. ITU = International Telecommunications Union (formerly CCITT).  
VISM Release 3.0 allows you to configure provisional tone plans if the built-in tone plans do not meet  
your application needs. Provisional tone plans are created by assigning new region/country, version, and  
file names, and configuring the following call progress tones:  
Ringback  
Busy  
Reorder/Congestion  
Dial  
Stutter dial  
Offhook alert/warning  
Loop Start, DID, and Delay Dial  
The exchange side (FXO) of the loop start protocol is implemented with this release. VISM can accept  
calls from, and terminate calls to, loop start PBXs. When a PBX sends a subscriber call to the gateway,  
it sends the loop close signal through the CAS signaling channel. To hang up, it sends the loop-open  
signal.  
Direct inward dial enables a caller outside a company to call internal extensions without having to go  
through an operator or an attendant. VISM has this ability—it outpulses the digit stream handed down  
by the call agent.  
Dial delay is an E&M signaling protocol similar to wink start. The originating VISM, on receiving a  
seize (AB=11) from the PBX, responds by sending the delay-dial (AB=11) signal back to the PBX.  
When the originating VISM is ready to collect the digits, it sends start-dial (AB=00) signal. This  
operation is symmetric. So the terminating VISM, on seizing a trunk, should receive AB=11 (as an  
acknowledgment that the trunk is operational). Subsequently when it receives the start signal (AB=00)  
from the connected PBX, it should outpulse the digits. The rest of the operation is similar to wink-start.  
FGD  
FGD enables long distance calls through one of the following methods:  
Preselected access carrier (AC) by dialing 1 + area code + number.  
Selecting the AC on a per call basis by dialing 101xxxx before the area code and phone number to  
within a local exchange carrier’s (LEC) network in North America.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-58  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring Additional VISM Features  
FGD supports the following protocols:  
Terminating Protocol  
Equal Access North American (EANA)  
Operator Services (OS)  
Configure Flash Hook and Glare Condition Attributes  
You can configure both flash hook and glare condition attributes with VISM Release 2.2. Flash hook  
configuration allows you to modify the duration of a flash hook. Duration shorter or longer than that  
configured are interpreted as incoming calls and disconnects. Glare condition attribute configuration  
allows you to control the CAS direction—incoming, outgoing, or bidirectional—and the glare handling  
policy—controlling or releasing.  
Configure ANI and DNIS Digit Order  
You can configure the order in which a call agent sends automatic number identification (ANI)  
digits—the caller’s number—and dial number identification service (DNIS) digits—the called  
number—to VISM during an outgoing Feature Group D (FGD) call for the endpoints of a specified  
VISM card line.  
RFC 3064 Package Support  
This release fully supports the following packages from RFC 3064:  
MS—MF single stage dialing trunks. This includes wink start and immediate start PBX DID/DOD  
trunks as well as basic R1 and FGD Terminating protocol.  
DT—Immediate start and basic DTMF and dial-pulse trunks.  
MD—North American MF FGD EANA and EAIN, which allows VISM to be at the end office, the  
carrier, or the tandem side of the circuit.  
MO—FGD Operator Services Signaling, outgoing trunks only.  
BL—DTMF and dial pulse (DP) basic PBX trunks.  
RFC 2833 Support  
Support for RFC 2833 enables VISM to support DTMF relay using named telephony events (NTEs),  
named signaling event (NSE) based relay, and Cisco-RTP based relay. For all other tones, VISM uses  
NSEs.  
VISM Network Continuity Test  
You can configure VISM network continuity testing with VISM Release 2.2(0).  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-59  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring Additional VISM Features  
Configure PVC OAM Cell Parameters  
This feature allows you to configure the transmitted and received permanent virtual circuit (PVC)  
Operations, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM) cell parameters—cell gap, recovery cell count,  
and unacknowledged cell count.  
PXM1E and PXM45 Card-Only Features  
Software Release 3.0(0) for VISM/VISM-PR introduces a new card—VISM-PR. You can use the  
VISM-PR card in combination with any of the following MGX 8000 Series switch Processor Module  
cards:  
PXM1  
PXM1E  
PXM45  
Table 4-7 describes the configuration requirements for VISM/VISM-PR in combination with the MGX  
8000 Series switches and supported processor modules.  
Table 4-7 VISM/VISM-PR and MGX 8000 Series Switch Support  
MGX 8230  
with PXM1  
MGX 8830  
with PXM1E with PXM1  
MGX 8250  
MGX 8850  
with PXM1  
MGX 8850  
with PXM1E with PXM45  
MGX 8850  
VISM Module  
MGX-VISM-8T1  
MGX-VISM-8E1  
MGX-VISM-PR-8T1  
MGX-VISM-PR-8E1  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
No  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Refer to the Cisco MGX 8850 Hardware Installation Guide, Release 3 for information on installing and  
maintaining the PXM1, PXM1E, and PXM45 cards.  
Note  
You cannot use the VISM card in combination with either the PXM1E or PXM45 card.  
The VISM-PR card supports 144 channels when used with the G.723.1 codec. The VISM card does not  
support the G.723.1 codec.  
The following software Release 3.0(0) for VISM/VISM-PR features require either the PXM1E or  
PXM45 card and are not supported if you are using PXM1 cards in your MGX 8000 Series switch  
chassis:  
Note  
Clock source configuration support and procedures are not changed from previous  
releases of software if you are using a PXM1 card in your MGX 8000 Series switch  
chassis.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-60  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring Additional VISM Features  
Call Agent-Controlled VoATM AAL1 and AAL2 SVC  
The following operating modes are supported with software Release 3.0(0) for VISM/VISM-PR:  
VoAAL1 switched virtual circuit (SVC), supported with the G.711 codec and clear channel.  
Note  
VAD is not supported in combination with AAL1 SVCs.  
VoAAL2 SVC, supported with the G.711, G.726, G.729a, G.729ab, and G.723 codecs and ITU  
profiles 1, 2, 3, 7, 8, and custom profiles 100, 101, 110, and 200.  
Note  
Note  
CAS is not supported in combination with switched virtual circuits.  
Use the cnfvismmode command to configure VISM operating modes.  
This feature requires you to use a PXM1E or PXM45 in your MGX 8000 Series switch chassis.  
AAL1 SVC-Based TDM Hairpinning  
VoAAL1 switched virtual circuit (SVC) operating mode is supported with the G.711 codec and clear  
channel. The AAL1 SVC operating mode supports TDM hairpinning.  
Note  
VAD is not supported in combination with AAL1 SVCs. CAS is not supported in  
combination with SVCs  
Use the cnfvismmode command to configure VISM operating modes.  
Note  
This feature requires you to use a PXM1E or PXM45 in your MGX 8000 Series switch chassis.  
High Complexity Codec Support for VISM-PR—G.723.1  
The VISM-PR card supports high complexity codec G.723.1 in template number 4. Template number 4  
supports all the codecs in template number 3 and the following:  
G.723.1 high rate (6.3Kbps)—G.723.1-H  
G.723.1 high rate with VAD—G.723.1a-H  
G.723.1 low rate (5.3Kbps)—G.723.1-L  
G.723.1 low rate with VAD—G.723.1a-L  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-61  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring Additional VISM Features  
The G.723.1 codec, used in combination with the VISM-PR card, supports 144 channels. Refer to  
Table 4-3 for a description of VISM-PR DS0 density when the cards are used in combination with  
supported codecs.  
Several CLI commands have been modified to allow you to use the G.723.1 codec and template  
number 4.  
Note  
The G.723.1 codecs are not supported for VISM cards.  
Announcement File System  
This release allows VISM to play prerecorded local announcements in switched VoIP connections.  
Under the control of a call agent, announcements can be played toward any IP endpoint or toward any  
VISM endpoint.  
Up to 125 different announcements may be cached on the VISM card for immediate playout. A persistent  
announcement storage area exists in the packet network. Announcements are downloaded on demand  
from the announcement storage area and remain on the VISM card until they have reached expiry or are  
replaced. If the 125 announcement maximum is reached, subsequent requests for announcements not on  
the VISM card result in the replacement of “cached” announcements.  
Announcements can be played over established connections in any VISM supported codec, but they must  
exist on the announcement file server in the desired encoding.  
Note  
You must play announcements in the exact codec in which they have been recorded.  
VISM announcements require the support of the MGCP 0.1/1.0 call agent.  
Announcement Timeouts  
VISM uses a provisionable timeout value of 5 seconds. If an announcement cannot start playing within  
the timeout value of receiving the request, the action is canceled and, if requested by the call agent, an  
“of” event is reported. If the call agent specifies a timeout value in the request, this value will be ignored.  
Announcement Direction  
Announcements can be played toward the packet network or toward the TDM network (not both). The  
direction is determined by the notation of the MGCP S: line. Announcement direction examples:  
S: a/ann(all-lines-busy.au)  
Explanation Indicates that all-lines-busy.au is to be played toward the TDM network.  
S: a/ann@connid(all-lines-busy.au)  
Explanation Indicates that all-lines-busy.au is to be played toward the packet network.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-62  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring Additional VISM Features  
Broadcast Announcements  
VISM supports announcement requests for a single endpoint or connection. The request may only  
specify a single announcement to be played on a single endpoint in a single direction. Broadcast  
announcements are not supported.  
Multiple Announcement Requests for the Same Endpoint  
If an announcement is being played on an endpoint (in one direction) and a subsequent announcement  
request is received for the same endpoint (in the same direction), the playing announcement will  
continue and the new announcement request is ignored.  
If an announcement is being played on an endpoint (in one direction) and a subsequent announcement  
request is received for the same endpoint (in the other direction), the playing announcement is stopped  
and the new announcement is then played. Events are not generated for the stopped announcement.  
Announcement File Server  
Announcements are contained in an announcement file server, which resides on an IP network reachable  
from the VISM using Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP).  
Announcement File Server Name  
You can configure the announcement file server node name on the VISM the same way that you  
configure a node name for the TFTP server.  
Announcement File Server Directory Structure  
You may use any directory or path on the file server as the main directory for storing announcement files.  
If you do not provision an announcement path prefix on VISM, the main announcement file directory is  
the default TFTP directory on the server. If a path prefix is provisioned, this prefix is used as the main  
announcement directory. If the prefix is not absolute (does not begin with a forward slash (/)), the prefix  
is relative to the default TFTP directory.  
You can configure codec subdirectories under the main announcement directory on the announcement  
file server. A codec subdirectory exists for each codec used for announcement files.The subdirectories  
may be one or more of the following:  
g711u/  
g711a/  
g726_32k/  
g726_24k/  
g726_16k/  
g729_a/  
g7231_high_rate/  
g7231_a_high_rate/  
g7231_low_rate/  
g7231_a_low_rate/  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-63  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring Additional VISM Features  
When the call agent requests that an announcement is to be played toward the TDM network on an  
unconnected endpoint, you can specify the codec to be used.  
Another level of directories might be configured to group announcement files by language. These  
directories would be specified by the call agent (or when provisioning the VISM) as part of the  
announcement file name. For example, the call agent might specify the announcement file name to be  
english/ann1.au. If the file was encoded in G.729a and the prefix was /tftpboot, the file would reside at  
/tftpboot/g729_a/english/ann1.au.  
VISM Announcement Cache Management  
VISM maintains an announcement cache in resident memory. When an announcement is requested to be  
played, it is retrieved from the announcement file server and placed in the on-board announcement  
cache. Subsequent requests for the same announcement do not require retrieval of the announcement file  
from the announcement file server.  
Note  
An announcement in one encoding is a different file than the same announcement in a different  
encoding.  
Announcement Expiry  
You can provision an announcement aging policy. Once an announcement has aged (reached expiry) in  
the on-board cache, it is refreshed—retrieved again from the announcement file server. This provides  
you with the means to balance the cost of file server access with the time before an announcement  
changed on the file server is propagated to the VISM. In addition, you can delete dynamic files from the  
announcement cache at any time.  
Permanent Announcements  
You can provision permanent announcements for VISM. A permanent announcement is retrieved from  
the announcement file server and installed permanently in the VISM announcement file cache.  
Permanent announcements are excluded from aging (and being automatically refreshed) and excluded  
from being replaced if the announcement cache becomes full. Permanent announcements can only be  
removed from the cache explicitly by using a CLI command. If VISM is reset or fails over to a standby  
card, permanent announcements are retrieved as soon as the card becomes active. The announcement  
encoding must be specified when provisioning or deleting permanent announcements.  
Use the CLI commands in Table 4-8 to configure the announcement file system feature.  
Table 4-8 Announcement File System Feature CLI Commands  
Command  
Description  
addannpermanent Configures an announcement server file and associated codec type as  
permanent.  
cnfannagetime  
Configures the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after  
it is placed into the VISM announcement cache.  
cnfanndn  
Designates an announcement file server domain name.  
cnfannpathprefix  
Designates the main prefix directory TFTP path from which to retrieve  
announcement files from the announcement file server.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-64  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring Additional VISM Features  
Table 4-8 Announcement File System Feature CLI Commands (continued)  
Command  
Description  
cnfannprefcodec  
Configures the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected  
TDM endpoints.  
cnfannreqtimeout  
delannalldynamic  
delanndynamic  
delannpermanent  
dspannagetime  
dspanncache  
Configures the expiration time for announcements to begin playing after the  
VISM receives the announcement signal (request) from the call agent.  
Deletes all announcement files and their associated codec types from the  
temporary announcement files currently saved in the VISM card.  
Deletes an announcement file and associated codec type from the temporary  
announcement files currently saved in the VISM card.  
Deletes a permanent announcement file and its associated codec type from the  
announcement file server.  
Displays the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after  
it is placed into the VISM announcement cache.  
Displays all available temporary announcement file names, and associated age  
times before being refreshed from the announcement file server.  
dspanncontrols  
Displays a summary list of all provisionable announcement file variables,  
including variables associated with all announcement file CLI commands.  
dspanndn  
Displays the announcement file server domain name.  
dspannpathprefix  
Displays the main prefix directory path from which VISM retrieves  
announcement files from the announcement file server.  
dspannpermanents Displays all available permanent announcement files with their associated  
codec types and identifying index numbers.  
dspannprefcodec  
Displays the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected TDM  
endpoints.  
dspannreqtimeout Displays the expiration time for announcements to begin playing before being  
aborted.  
Call Agent-Controlled T.38 Fax  
The call agent-controlled T.38 fax feature is an additional operational mode for MGCP 1.0 to request  
T.38. This addition allows VISM to interoperate with H.323 and non-Cisco gateways, and is supported  
for VoIP calls. This feature is activated based on the fax tone and signaling carried with the call agent.  
The modified cnft38fxlco command allows you to configure the local connection option fax preamble  
response to off. All previous options are valid.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-65  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring Additional VISM Features  
Additional Support for MGCP 1.0  
This release expands the support for the Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP) 1.0, which was  
introduced in VISM 2.2. The following are implemented for the MGCP 1.0 feature support:  
Restart in Progress command disconnect procedure wait delay timer value specification for the  
following:  
Initial  
Minimum  
Maximum  
Call agent redundancy group protocol configuration for the following:  
Quarantine handling method for persistent events  
Default quarantine handling method for each protocol  
Ability to keep events from previous lists, until explicitly requested to be removed  
Ability to send provisional responses  
Ability to send response acknowledgments  
Ability to provide a disconnect method  
Ability to cancel previously issued graceful restart commands  
Use the CLI commands in Table 4-9 to configure the MGCP 1.0 feature.  
Table 4-9 MGCP 1.0 Feature CLI Commands  
Command  
Description  
addmgcgrpprotocol  
cnfdisctimers  
Associates a call agent redundancy group to a gateway control protocol.  
Specifies the wait delay times for the disconnected procedure, restart in  
progress command—initial, minimum, and maximum timer values.  
cnfmgcgrpprotocol  
cnfxgcppeer  
Configures call agent group protocol data.  
Configures the UDP port number used to send gateway-initiated messages to  
the call agent.  
delmgcgrpprotocol  
dspdisctimers  
Deletes an MGCP from a specified call agent redundancy group.  
Displays the Restart in Progress command disconnect type method wait  
delay times.  
RSVP-Based Admission Control  
Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP)-based admission control signaling with MGCP is supported,  
which allows for quality VoIP connections. For the connections, the RSVP-MGCP interaction results in  
the following:  
Establish or originate unidirectional resource reservation for sending voice packets for connections  
established and controlled by MGCP.  
Accept unidirectional resource reservations for receiving voice packets from MGCP controlled  
connections.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-66  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring Additional VISM Features  
Tear down originated or established unidirectional resource reservations.  
Tear down accepted resource reservations.  
Note  
VISM supports RSVP in the VoIP switching operating mode only, with a 5 calls per second  
limitation; RSVP is not supported in the VoIP trunking operating mode.  
In previous releases of VISM software, the following connection data is returned in response to the call  
agent initiated DLCX, and gateway initiated DLCX or AUCX commands:  
Number of packets sent  
Number of octets sent  
Number of packets received  
Number of octets received  
VISM Release 3.0(0) provides the following additional connection data:  
Number of packets lost  
Inter-arrival jitter—If a DSP is configured to operate in the adaptive jitter buffer mode, the jitter data  
provided indicates the delay that the jitter-algorithm is adapted to. If a DSP is configured to operate  
in the fixed jitter buffer mode, the jitter data provided indicates the value that was configured when  
the channel was opened.  
Note  
For adaptive mode you can use the value to indicate that the configured initial delay value  
is too low or too high, since the algorithm adapts according to the actual network jitter.  
Average transmission delay (latency)  
Use the commands in Table 4-10 to configure the RSVP-based admission control feature.  
Table 4-10 RSVP-Based Admission Control Feature CLI Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfrsvp  
Configures RSVP for a specified connection.  
cnfrsvprefreshmiss Configures the number of times VISM waits for a missed RSVP minimum  
refresh message for a specified connection.  
Clock Slip Counters  
The clock counter information feature allows you to clear the current frame slip counters for a specified  
VISM or VISM-PR card line and display the current frame slip counters for a specified VISM or  
VISM-PR card line. Use the new clrslipcnt and dspslipcnt to use this feature.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-67  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring Additional VISM Features  
RTP Connection Statistics  
Real-Time Transport Protocol (RTP) connection statistics are collected for individual endpoints and sent  
to the call agent. Use the new dsprtpconnstat command to display collected RTP connection statistics.  
Jitter delay data collection at call completion is on a per call basis. Jitter delay data and number of  
packets sent and received, and number of octets sent and received, are reported to the call agent through  
MGCP.  
CAS Immediate Start and Ground Start Glare Handling  
CAS Immediate Start—The CAS variants immediate start and immediate start, multifrequency are  
supported. Use the addcasvar command to configure CAS variants.  
Note  
The immediate start protocol does not define glare handling procedures—do not use the immediate  
start protocol on incoming or outgoing endpoints only. Endpoints are added as bidirectional by  
default. To make them incoming or outgoing, use the cnfcasglarepolicy command. If the endpoints  
are left as bidirectional, configured for immediate start operation, and glare occurs, the results may  
be unpredictable.  
Ground Start Glare Handling—This release supports CAS glare condition handling according to  
RFC 3064. The VISM sends a NACK message in response to the call agent’s request for ringing with  
error code 401 (off hook) in the event of a glare condition.  
On receiving the request for ringing from call control, CAS transmits a seize signal to the PBX and starts  
the glare timer, returning a provisional response code to call control indicating that CAS is still  
processing the request. If the timer expires (normal case) or an incoming seizure is observed on the  
endpoint, CAS generates an asynchronous response code to call control that is comparable to an MGCP  
response code of 200 or 401, respectively.  
Grooming for Local Traffic  
VISM supports the call agent controlled grooming feature. Grooming allows VISM to avoid routing  
local traffic through the IP network. Voice packets from a local connection are switched locally in the  
ATM switch.  
A call agent determines if a call needs to be setup as local. To set up a local call, the call agent selects  
an ATM connection over a VoIP connection. The VISM card, as a gateway, receives the connection  
request message from the call agent for an ATM connection. The VISM card allows VoIP calls and  
VoAAL1 SVC calls to coexist and allows provisioning of VoIP and ATM simultaneously.  
To achieve this, VISM uses VoIP and Switched ATM AAL1 SVC as local switching mode. VISM  
receives an ATM AAL1 SVC call setup request from the call agent for local calls.  
You must use the cnfvismmode command and select the VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC operating  
mode to use the grooming feature. Using this mode does not change any other settings on your card. The  
type of connection for a call is determined by the connection request (CRCX) from the call agent or by  
the bearer type configuration.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-68  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring Additional VISM Features  
MGX 8000 Series Implementation Enhancements  
The following enhancements are supported with this release to you with additional implementation of  
your MGX 8000 Series switch:  
Additional VBR Enhancements  
Setting connections between a VISM-PR card and a RPM-PR card in your MGX 8000 Series switch  
chassis requires you to use the new VBR (NRT) 3 connection type. Use the modified addcon or cnfcon  
commands to configure this connection type. In addition, the following new connection service types  
can be configured with the modified commands in this release:  
VBR (RT) 2  
VBR (RT) 3  
VBR (NRT) 2  
Expanded Clock Source Selection  
This release supports an expanded clock source selection, which allows you to configure any VISM-PR  
card line as the clock source. You cannot delete a VISM-PR line that is configured as the clock source;  
you must configure a different line as the clock source and then you can delete the original clock source  
line. The previously released CLI commands allow you to use this feature.  
Note  
This feature requires you to use a PXM1E or PXM45 in your MGX 8000 Series switch chassis.  
Private Network-to-Network Interface Priority Routing  
This release supports the Private Network-to-Network Interface (PNNI) routing priority feature. This  
feature allows you to specify connections with a routing priority. The PNNI controller uses your  
configuration selections to route the higher priority connections before routing the lower priority  
connections. Use the cnfpncon command to configure a routing priority for a specified connection.  
Note  
This feature requires you to use a PXM1E or PXM45 in your MGX 8000 Series switch chassis.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-69  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 4 Configuring VISM Features  
Configuring Additional VISM Features  
Additional SPVC Connection Management Capabilities  
Use the PXM1E or the PXM 45 card in combination with the VISM-PR card in an MGX 8000 Series  
switch chassis to specify a connection up or down. Specifying a connection up allows you to direct traffic  
to the specified connection. Specifying a connection down allows you to prevent traffic from being  
directed to a specified connection. Use the upcon and dncon commands to use this feature.  
Note  
This feature requires you to use a PXM1E or PXM45 in your MGX 8000 Series switch chassis.  
192 T1/248 E1 DS0 Support with High Complexity Codecs on VISM-PR  
VISM-PR T1 lines support up to 192 DS0 channels and VISM-PR E1 lines support up to 248 DS0  
channels, with clear channel and the following codec types:  
G.711  
G.726  
G.729a  
G.729ab  
Table 4-3 describes the VISM/VISM-PR DS0 density when the cards are used in combination with clear  
channel and the supported codecs.  
Table 11  
VISM/VISM-PR DS0 Density with Codec Support  
VISM  
T1  
VISM-PR  
T1  
Codec  
E1  
E1  
G.711  
192  
248  
192  
248  
144  
248  
248  
248  
G.723.1  
G.726  
144  
145  
145  
145  
145  
248  
192  
G.729a/ab  
192  
Clear channel 192  
192  
Channel Alarm Enhancement  
The channel alarm enhancement feature uses the modified dspconcnt command, which allows you to  
view the channel status bit map data.  
VISM TDM Line Statistics Collection  
This release allows you to configure VISM to collect Time Division Multiplex (TDM) line statistics. Use  
the dspalmcnt command to collect and display TDM line statistics. Use the cnfalmcnt command to  
configure the thresholds for TDM line statistics.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
4-70  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
C H A P T E R  
5
CLI Commands  
Command line interface (CLI) commands allow you to configure, manage, and troubleshoot VISM to  
enable your applications.  
The VISM CLI commands are described in the remainder of this chapter and are arranged in alphabetical  
order.  
For information on how to access and use the CLI commands, see Chapter 4, “Configuring VISM  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
?
?
To display some or all commands associated with the current card, use the ? command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL1 SVC, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, AAL2 trunking,  
VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC operating modes.  
?
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
This command has no arguments.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL1 SVC, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, AAL2  
trunking, VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
Usage Guidelines  
Related Commands  
You can enter a complete or partial command name. If you do not type the name of a command, the entire  
command list is displayed.  
Command  
Description  
Help  
Displays commands associated with the current card.  
Examples  
The following example shows a list of all commands that contain the string ecan—a partial command  
name:  
? ecan  
Available commands  
------------------  
cnfecancnf  
cnfecannoise  
cnfecannr  
cnfecanrec  
cnfecantail  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addannpermanent  
addannpermanent  
To configure an announcement server file and associated codec type as permanent, use the  
addannpermanent command in the VoIP switching operating mode.  
addannpermanent ann-index ann-filename ann-codec-type  
Syntax Description  
ann-index  
Announcement file server index number which you assign to identify a  
permanent announcement server file. It can be in the range from 1 to 125.  
ann-filename  
Announcement filename. It can be from 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters,  
including the following symbols—period (.), forward slash (/), underscore  
(_), and hyphen (-).  
ann-codec-type  
Announcement filename associated codec. It can be one of the following  
values:  
1 = G.711u  
2 = G.711a  
3 = G.726-32k  
4 = G.729a  
5 = G.729ab  
7 = G.726-16k  
8 = G.726-24k  
9 = G.726-40k  
11 = G.723-H  
12 = G.723.1a-H  
13 = G.723.1-L  
14 = G.723.1a-L  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching  
The G.723.1 codecs are supported for VISM-PR cards and are not supported for VISM cards.  
The following example shows that index server number 19 is configured with the femalezero1 file in the  
G.726-40K codec:  
addannpermanent 19 femalezero1 9  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addannpermanent  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfannagetime  
Configures the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after  
it is placed into the VISM announcement cache.  
cnfanndn  
Designates an announcement file server domain name.  
cnfannpathprefix  
Designates the main prefix directory TFTP path from which to retrieve  
announcement files from the announcement file server.  
cnfannprefcodec  
cnfannreqtimeout  
delannalldynamic  
delanndynamic  
delannpermanent  
dspannagetime  
dspanncache  
Configures the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected  
TDM endpoints.  
Configures the expiration time for announcements to begin playing after the  
VISM receives the announcement signal (request) from the call agent.  
Deletes all announcement files and their associated codec types from the  
temporary announcement files currently saved in the VISM card.  
Deletes an announcement file and associated codec type from the temporary  
announcement files currently saved in the VISM card.  
Deletes a permanent announcement file and its associated codec type from the  
announcement file server.  
Displays the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after  
it is placed into the VISM announcement cache.  
Displays all available temporary announcement file names, and associated age  
times before being refreshed from the announcement file server.  
dspanncontrols  
Displays a summary list of all provisionable announcement file variables,  
including variables associated with all announcement file CLI commands.  
dspanndn  
Displays the announcement file server domain name.  
dspannpathprefix  
Displays the main prefix directory path from which VISM retrieves  
announcement files from the announcement file server.  
dspannpermanents Displays all available permanent announcement files with their associated  
codec types and identifying index numbers.  
dspannprefcodec  
Displays the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected TDM  
endpoints.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addcasvar  
addcasvar  
To add a channel associated signaling (CAS) variant to a VISM card, name the CAS variant file, and  
optionally set the source of the file, use the addcasvar command in the VoIP switching/trunking,  
switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
addcasvar var-name file-name |source|  
Syntax Description  
var-name  
file-name  
Name of the CAS variant; a text string of 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters.  
Name of the file that contains the signal definition for the CAS variant. It can be one of  
the following values:  
wink_did_dod.o = wink start  
ground_start.o = ground start  
wink_did_dod_mf.o = wink start multifrequency  
q50.o = Q.50  
basic_pbx.o =  
fgd_ea_incoming.o = for endpoints connected to an end office  
fgd_ea_outgoing.o = for endpoints connected to an access carrier  
fgd_os_e911.o = for endpoints connected to FDG OSS (Feature group D operator  
services system)  
loop_start.o = loop start  
delay_did_dod.o = dial delay, DTMF  
delay_did_dod_mf.o = dial delay, MF  
immed_did_dod.o = immediate start  
immed_did_dod_mf.o = immediate start, MF  
In the range from 1 to 32 alphanumeric characters—user-configured files only  
Immediate start is not supported in VISM Release 2.2(0).  
Note  
source  
(Optional) CAS variant file location. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = Unspecified. If TFTP domain is configured, the location is the TFTP server. If  
not found in the TFTP server, the file is treated as built-in.  
2 = User-configured (built-in) file location.  
3 = External—resides on the TFTP server.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
A file containing the variant information must be downloaded to the Cisco MGX 8000 Series platform  
PXM card, using a separate application (such as TFTP), before you can execute this command. This  
command downloads the specified file from the PXM card and configures the CAS variant on the VISM  
card based upon the information in the file. You can use this command at any time to add a new CAS  
variant.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addcasvar  
Examples  
The following example shows that a wink start CAS variant called casvar is added to a VISM card based  
upon information contained in the wink_did_dod.o file, which is located in the internal (built-in)  
location:  
addcasvar casvar wink_did_dod.o 2  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfcasvar  
Configures CAS variant and CAS timing parameters for a variant already  
created with the addcasvar command.  
delcasvar  
Deletes a CAS variant.  
dspcasvar  
Displays information about CAS variants for a given variant name.  
dsplnringback  
Displays the ringback tone method for a specified line on the current VISM  
card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addccs  
addccs  
To add a common channel signaling (CCS) channel (D channel) to a VISM card, use the addccs  
command in the switched AAL2 PVC and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
addccs line-num ds0-num lcn  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
ds0-num  
Line number of the channel to be added in the range from 1 to 8.  
DS0 number of the channel to be added. It can be a value from one of the following  
ranges:  
1 to 24 for T1 lines  
1 to 31 for E1 lines  
lcn  
Logical channel number of the CCS channel to be added in the range from 131 to  
510.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Switched AAL2 PVC and AAL2 trunking  
To use this command, you must select CCS signaling on the specified line with the cnflnsig command.  
When you execute this command, a value called ds0IfIndex is displayed, which is used to identify the  
CCS channel in subsequent CCS-related commands.  
Examples  
The following example shows that a CCS D channel is added to line 1, DS0 20, logical channel number  
200:  
addccs 1 20 200  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
delccs  
Deletes the association between a CCS (DS0) channel and its corresponding virtual  
channel.  
dspccs  
Displays the properties of a previously added CCS channel.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addcid  
addcid  
To add an AAL2 channel identifier (CID) on a VISM card, use the addcid command in the AAL2  
trunking operating mode.  
addcid endpt-num lcn cid-num codec-type profile-type profile-num |vad-enable vad-init-timer  
ecan-enable type-3-red cas-trans dtmf-trans idle-code-sup pkt-period|  
Syntax Description  
endpt-num  
The endpoint number which is to be related to the LCN/CID pair being added. It  
can be a value from one of the following ranges:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, from 1 to 144  
lcn  
The logical channel number (LCN) of the LCN/CID pair in the range from 131 to  
510.  
cid-num  
The channel identification number of the LCN/CID pair in the range from 8 to 255.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addcid  
codec-type  
The type of coding/decoding to be performed on the data stream. It can be one of  
the following values:  
1 = G.711u  
2 = G.711a  
3 = G.726-32k  
4 = G.729a  
5 = G.729ab  
6 = Clear channel (VAD must be off)  
7 = G.726-16k  
8 = G.726-24k  
9 = G.726-40k  
11 = G.723-H  
12 = G.723a-H  
13 = G.723.1-L  
14 = G.723.1a-L  
profile-type  
profile-num  
(Optional) The profile type to be used for the CID. It can be one of the following  
values:  
1 = International Telecommunication Union (ITU) I.366.2  
3 = Custom  
Note  
If profile-type and profile-num argument values are both 1, you cannot turn  
VAD on.  
(Optional) Number of the profile. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = ITU profile type  
2 = ITU profile type  
3 = ITU profile type  
7 = ITU profile type  
8 = ITU profile type  
12 = ITU profile type  
100 = custom profile types  
101 = custom profile types  
110 = custom profile types  
200 = custom profile types  
|vad-enable|  
(Optional) Enables or disables voice activity detection (VAD). It can be one of the  
following values:  
1 = On  
2 = Off  
Note  
If you type 1 for both the profile-type and profile-num argument values,  
VAD cannot be turned on.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addcid  
|vad-init-timer| (Optional) The VAD initial (holdover) timer in the range from 250 to 65535 ms.  
Default = 250.  
|ecan-enable|  
(Optional) Enables or disables echo cancellation (ECAN). It can be one of the  
following values:  
1 = On  
2 = Off  
|type-3-red|  
(Optional) Enables or disables triple redundancy protection for type 3 packets. It  
can be one of the following values:  
1 = On  
2 = Off  
Note  
If you select 1 for this argument value, either the cas-trans or dtmf-trans  
argument value must be set to 1 (on).  
|cas-trans|  
(Optional) Enables or disables channel associated signaling (CAS) transport as  
AAL2 type3 packets. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = On (Default)  
2 = Off  
This parameter does not affect any inbound signaling.  
|dtmf-trans|  
(Optional) Enables or disables DTMF tone transport as AAL2 type 3 packets. It can  
be one of the following values:  
1 = On (Default)  
2 = Off  
Note  
The dtmf-trans argument value must be set to 1 (on) when the codec-type  
is configured for codecs other than G.711 and G.726.  
|idle-code-sup| (Optional) Enables or disables idle code suppression for the CID. It can be one of  
the following values:  
1 = On  
2 = Off  
|pkt-period|  
(Optional) Packetization period (defined in milliseconds). Applies only to G.729a  
compression. It can be the following value:  
10  
Note  
The pkt-period argument applies only to G.729a compression (codec-type  
argument value = 4). If you have selected any other compression value,  
ignore this argument.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
AAL2 trunking  
This command establishes a relationship between an endpoint and an LCN/CID pair. The endpoint is  
bound to a DS0 and the CID binds a DS0 to a logical channel—ensuring an endpoint-to-endpoint trunk.  
The following conditions must be met before you use this command:  
A previously added endpoint must exist.  
PVC must be of bearer type and provisioned using the addcon command.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addcid  
The current DSP template must contain the desired codec type.  
This command can be used on an endpoint that has no associated CAS variant. However, if a CAS variant  
is specified for the endpoint, it must be Q.50 variant (file q50.o)—the only CAS variant supported by  
this command.  
The G.723.1 codecs are supported for VISM-PR cards and are not supported for VISM cards.  
Examples  
The following example creates a CID for endpoint 10, LCN 140, with a CID number of 10. The codec  
type is 2 (G.711a), profile type is 1 (ITU), profile number is 1 (ITU), VAD is 1 (on), VAD holdover is  
300 milliseconds, type 3 redundancy is 1 (on), CAS transport is 1 (on), DTMF transport is 1 (on), idle  
code suppression is 1 (on) and the packet period is 10 milliseconds.  
addcid 10 140 10 2 1 1 1 300 1 1 1 10  
Related Commands  
Command  
delcid  
Description  
Deletes the association between an endpoint and an LCN/CID pair.  
Displays the argument values of an AAL2 CID on a VISM card.  
Displays all the AAL2 CIDs for a specified LCN on a VISM card.  
dspcid  
dspcids  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addcon  
addcon  
To add a permanent virtual circuit (PVC) connection between a VISM card and any service module (SM)  
or PXM card, use the addcon command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and  
AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
addcon local-vci pref-level pvc-conn-type conn-app peak-cell-rate conn-type |remote-conn-id  
service-type sus-cell-rate max-burst-rate|  
Syntax Description  
local-vci  
pref-level  
Local virtual channel identifier (VCI) to be used for the connection in the range  
from 131 to 510. The value you enter for this argument is also used as the LCN.  
Preference level of the local VCI. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = Primary  
2 = Secondary  
pvc-conn-type  
conn-app  
AAL type of connection. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = AAL5  
2 = AAL2  
3 = AAL1  
The connection’s application. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = Control  
2 = Bearer  
3 = Signaling  
Note  
If the connection is used for bearer and signaling, specify 2 for bearer.  
peak-cell-rate  
Peak cell rate (described in cells per second). It can be a value from one of the  
following ranges:  
1 to 80000 for VoIP bearer  
1 to 20000 for VoIP control  
1 to 50000 for AAL2 T1  
1 to 60000 for AAL2 E1  
1 to 400 for AAL2 signaling (trunking)  
1 to 90000 for AAL5 bearer  
1 to 10000 for AAL5 control  
Note  
The peak-cell-rate argument value must be 15 or greater if the  
service-type argument value is a variable bit rate selection.  
conn-type  
Connection type. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = Master  
2 = Slave (Default)  
remote-conn-id  
(Optional) Remote connection identifier. Specify this argument with the  
following format: nodename.slot.port.vpi.vci  
Note  
This argument is used only when the conn-type argument is set to 1  
(master).  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addcon  
service-type  
(Optional) Service type. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = Constant bit rate (CBR)  
2 = Variable bit rate real time, VBR (RT)  
3 = Variable bit rate non-real time, VBR (NRT)  
4 = VBR (RT) 3  
5 = VBR (RT) 2  
6 = VBR (NRT) 2  
7 = VBR (NRT) 3  
Note  
Use value 7 for VISM-PR to RPM-PR connections.  
sus-cell-rate  
(Optional) Sustainable cell rate (defined in cells per second). It can be in the  
range from 15 to the value you configured for the peak-cell-rate argument value.  
Note  
This argument value is required if the service-type argument value is in  
the range from 2 to 7.  
max-burst-rate  
(Optional) Maximum burst size—maximum number of cells transmitted at the  
peak cell rate. It can be in the range from 1 cell to 10 times the value you  
configured for the sus-cell-rate argument value.  
Note  
This argument value is required if the service-type argument value is in  
the range from 2 to 7.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
You must execute the addport and addrscprtn commands before you use this command.  
If you are using this command with the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode and dual PVCs, you  
must add the primary channel before the secondary channel.  
If you are using this command with the AAL2 trunking operating mode, the pvc-conn-type argument  
value must be 1 (AAL5) for signaling and 2 (AAL2) for a bearer channel.  
This command requires you to configure the PVC connections in the following ways for the different  
operating modes:  
VoIP switching/trunking operating mode addcon command configuration requirements:  
One AAL5 PVC connection with an optional secondary AAL5 PVC connection.  
AAL2 trunking operating mode addcon command configuration requirements:  
One AAL2 connection and up to 63 additional optional AAL2 connections to each remote  
location.  
Up to eight AAL5 connections for CCS signaling across the trunk, if your application requires  
CCS.  
Switched AAL2 PVC operating mode addcon command configuration requirements:  
One AAL2 connection.  
One AAL5 connection for communication with the call agent and external DNS.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addcon  
Examples  
The following example adds a master connection as the primary channel using AAL2 for bearer traffic.  
The local VCI is 160 and the remote end is named node1 in slot 4, port 2 with a VPI/VCI of 223/223.  
The service type is CBR, the sustainable call rate is 500 cps, and the maximum burst rate is 6000 cells.  
addcon 160 1 2 2 1000 1 node1.4.2.223.223 1 500 6000  
After you execute this command, a typical local connection ID appears as node 1.5.1.0.160, where 160  
is the added LCN.  
Related Commands  
Command  
cnfcalea  
cnfcon  
Description  
Enables or disables the CALEA feature on the current VISM card.  
Configures a connection between a VISM card and an MGX 8000 Series platform  
PXM card.  
cnfconprotect  
delcon  
Configures protection on a connection (PVC).  
Deletes a connection (PVC) between a VISM card and a Cisco MGX 8000 Series  
platform PXM card.  
dspcalea  
dspcon  
Displays the CALEA feature configuration status of the current VISM card.  
Displays the parameters for a specified channel.  
dspcons  
Displays channel information for all configured connections on a VISM card.  
dspvismparam Displays the current VISM card configuration.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addconloop  
addconloop  
To set a cellbus connection to local loopback state on a current card, use the addconloop command in  
the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
addconloop lcn  
Syntax Description  
lcn  
Logical channel number of the CCS channel to be added in the range from 131 to 510.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example places the channel number 132 in loopback state:  
addconloop 132  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
delconloop  
Deletes a local loopback state on a VISM line.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
adddn  
adddn  
To add a domain name (call agent name, TFTP server name, domain name server (DNS) name, or  
announcement server name) and optionally configure the resolution type of the domain name, use the  
adddn command in the VoIP switching/trunking, and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
adddn domain-num domain-name |resol-type|  
Syntax Description  
domain-num  
domain-name  
resol-type  
Domain number used to identify the domain in the range from 1 to 11.  
Call agent name. A text string of 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters.  
(Optional) Resolution type to configure for the specified domain name. It can be  
one of the following values:  
1 = Internal only. You must statistically provision all IP addresses on the VISM  
card for the domain name. The VISM card does not resolve the domain name  
using an external domain name server (DNS).  
2 = External only. The VISM card attempts to resolve the domain name using  
an external DNS. Statistically configured IP addresses for this domain name  
are not used.  
3 = Internal first. The VISM card attempts to resolve the domain name using  
an external DNS. The VISM card uses the statistically provisioned IP  
addresses for this domain name before using IP addresses from external  
resolution.  
4 = External first. The VISM card attempts to resolve the domain name using  
an external DNS. The VISM card uses IP addresses from external resolution  
before using the statistically provisioned IP addresses.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that a call agent domain name, main, with a domain number of 3 is  
assigned the internal first resolution type (3):  
adddn 3 main 3  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
adddnip  
Adds the IP addresses for a domain name that you added by using the adddn  
command.  
cnfdn  
Configures the resolution type of a specified domain name.  
Designates a domain name as a DNS.  
cnfdnssrvr  
deldn  
Deletes a domain name.  
deldnip  
Deletes a statistically provisioned IP address of a domain name.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
adddn  
Command  
dspdn  
Description  
Displays the argument values of a call agent’s domain number.  
dspdnallips  
Displays all statistically provisioned IP addresses and externally resolved IP  
addresses for all domain names configured on the current VISM card.  
dspdnips  
Displays all statistically provisioned and externally resolved IP addresses  
configured for a specified domain name.  
dspdns  
Displays the configuration data of all domain names of a call agent.  
dspdnssrvr  
Displays the domain name of the configured DNS of the current VISM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
adddnip  
adddnip  
To add the IP addresses for a domain name that you added by using the adddn command, use the  
adddnip command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating  
modes.  
adddnip resol-num domain-name ip-addr addr-order  
Syntax Description  
resol-num  
domain-name  
ip-addr  
Resolution number of the domain name. It can be in the range from 1 to 88.  
Call agent name. A text string of 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters.  
IP address which corresponds to the domain-name argument value. It must be in the  
following format: nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn.  
addr-order  
IP address resolution preference order in the range from 1 (highest) to 8.  
Note  
The preference order must be unique for all IP addresses in the call agent  
name you specify with the domain-name argument.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that resolution number 22 is configured for domain name callagent35,  
with IP address 209.165.200.224, and an address resolution preference order of 7 (low):  
adddnip 22 callagent35 209.165.200.224 7  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
adddn  
Adds a domain name (call agent name) and optionally configures the resolution  
type of the domain name.  
cnfdn  
Configures the resolution type of a specified domain name.  
Designates a domain name as a DNS.  
cnfdnssrvr  
deldn  
Deletes a domain name.  
deldnip  
dspdnallips  
Deletes a statistically provisioned IP address of a domain name.  
Displays all statistically provisioned IP addresses and externally resolved IP  
addresses for all domain names configured on the current VISM card.  
dspdnips  
Displays all statistically provisioned and externally resolved IP addresses  
configured for a specified domain name.  
dspdns  
Displays the configuration data of all domain names of a call agent.  
dspdnssrvr  
Displays the domain name of the configured DNS of the current VISM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addendpt  
addendpt  
To add an endpoint on a VISM card line, use the addendpt command in the VoIP switching/trunking,  
switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
addendpt endpt-num ds1-num ds0-num  
Syntax Description  
endpt-num  
Endpoint number. It can be a value from one of the following ranges:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, from 1 to 144  
ds1-num  
ds0-num  
Physical line number in the range from 1 to 8.  
DS0 configured for the endpt-num value. It can be a value from one of the following  
ranges:  
For T1 lines, from 1 to 24  
For non-CAS E1 lines, from 1 to 31  
For CAS E1 lines, from 1 to 15 and 17 to 31  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
The endpoint on VISM is a logical port that consists of one DS0. The argument values entered in this  
command create an endpoint ID (endpt-num) which is required by the call agent for sending the xGCP  
Create Connection command (CRCX) to a VISM card. You can only configure bearer DS0s as endpoints  
to a previously added line.  
Note  
The endpoint number is not equal to the DS0 number of the associated time slot. For example,  
endpoint 1 could be associated with DS011.  
If your application requires the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode, you must add the IP address  
for VISM with the cnfvismip command before endpoints can be added.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addendpt  
This command sends an RSIP message to each associated call agent indicating that the endpoint is in  
service.  
Examples  
The following example adds an endpoint with the number 120, on line 5, DS0 number 5:  
addendpt 120 5 5  
Related Commands  
Command  
addendpts  
delendpt  
dspendpt  
dspendpts  
Description  
Adds multiple sequential endpoints to a VISM card.  
Deletes a specified endpoint on a VISM card.  
Displays information about a specified endpoint on a VISM card.  
Displays information about all the endpoints on a VISM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addendptloop  
addendptloop  
To place an endpoint in a loopback condition in the TDM direction, use the addendptloop command in  
the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
addendptloop endpt-num  
Syntax Description  
endpt-num  
Endpoint number. It can be a value from one of the following ranges:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, from 1 to 144  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example adds an endpoint loopback to endpoint 120:  
addendptloop 120  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
delendptloop  
Takes an endpoint out of a loopback condition.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addendpts  
addendpts  
To add multiple consecutive number of endpoints with a single command, use the addendpts command  
in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, AAL2 trunking, and switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
operating modes.  
addendpts start-endpt start-line-num start-ds0-num endpt-quantity  
Syntax Description  
start-endpt  
First endpoint number of a range of consecutive endpoints. It can be a value from  
one of the following ranges:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, from 1 to 144  
Line number to which the endpoints are added. In the range from 1 to 8.  
start-line-num  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addendpts  
start-ds0-num  
endpt-quantity  
DS0 number to which the endpoints are added. It can be a value from one of the  
following ranges:  
1 to 24 for T1 lines  
1 to 31 for non-CAS E1 lines  
1 to 15 and 17 to 31 for CAS E1 lines  
The quantity of endpoints added. It can be a value from one of the following  
ranges:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, from 1 to 144  
Command Modes  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, AAL2 trunking, and switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
Usage Guidelines  
Note  
If you are running a VoIP application, you must use the cnfvismip command before you can add  
endpoints.  
This command adds a specified number of consecutive endpoints starting at a specified endpoint number,  
line number, and DS0 number. As endpoints are added, the command uses the next available (not added)  
endpoint numbers and DS0s. The command does not wrap around DS0 and endpoint numbers.  
Note  
The endpoint number is not equal to the DS0 number of the associated time slot. For example,  
endpoint 1 could be associated with DS011.  
Ensure that there are enough lines and DS0s before you add endpoints with this command. If you attempt  
to add more endpoints than are available, only the available endpoints are added. For example, if T1 line  
1 is the only line enabled and you attempt to add 25 endpoints, only 24 endpoints are added. Your  
terminal display shows the actual number of endpoints added.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addendpts  
This command sends an RSIP message to each associated call agent indicating that the endpoints are in  
service.  
Examples  
The following example shows that 12 consecutive endpoints are added to line 1, starting at endpoint  
number 6, DS0 number 12:  
addendpts 6 1 12 12  
Related Commands  
Command  
delendpts  
dspendpts  
Description  
Deletes a consecutive number of endpoints on the VISM card.  
Displays information about all endpoints on a VISM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addlapd  
addlapd  
To add a Link Access Protocol D channel (LAPD) from a specified DS0 to a VISM card, use the addlapd  
command in VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
addlapd line-num ds0-num |lapd-side lapd-app-type|  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
ds0-num  
Line number of the channel to which you want to add an ISDN D channel. In the  
range from 1 to 8.  
DS0 number of the channel to which you want to add an ISDN D channel. It can  
be a value from one of the following ranges:  
1 to 24 for T1 lines  
1 to 31 for E1 lines  
lapd-side  
(Optional) The side of the LAPD link. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = Network (Default)  
2 = User  
lapd-app-type  
(Optional) Application type of the LAPD ISDN D channel. It can be one of the  
following values:  
1 = PRI (Default)  
2 = GR-303 (currently unsupported)  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking  
You must complete the following before using this command:  
Specify the line as CCS.  
Ensure that the DS0 is available.  
Create a session group and session to a call agent.  
Use this command when the specified channel is backhauled to the call agent.  
Examples  
The following example shows that an ISDN PRI D channel is added to line 2 and DS0 7 on the network  
side:  
addlapd 2 7 1 1  
Related Commands  
Command  
dellapd  
Description  
Deletes an LAPD.  
dsplapd  
dsplapds  
Displays information about an LAPD.  
Displays information about all LAPD.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addlapdtrunk  
addlapdtrunk  
To add a Link Access Protocol D channel (LAPD) trunk to a specific VISM card line, use the  
addlapdtrunk command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
addlapdtrunk line-num lapd-rudp-num  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number of the T1 or E1 line in the range from 1 to 8.  
LAPD RUDP number in the range from 1 to 64.  
lapd-rudp-num  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the LAPD RUDP number 1 is added to VISM card line number 2:  
addlapdtrunk 2 1  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addrtpcon  
Adds a static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
addrudptrunk  
clrrtpcnt  
Adds an ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session for an LAPD trunk connection.  
Clears the RTP counters (statistics) for a specific static RTP connection.  
cnflapdtrunkpvc  
Assigns the PVC trunk type that carries LAPD messages for the current VISM  
card.  
cnflntrunkcond  
Enables or disables line conditioning on a VISM card line if a network alarm  
is encountered.  
cnfrtpcon  
Modifies an existing static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
cnfrudptrunkrmtip Modifies the remote IP address of VISM used in the ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP  
trunk for a specified session.  
dellapdtrunk  
delrtpcon  
Deletes an LAPD configured line.  
Deletes a static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
Deletes an ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session that is associated with an LAPD.  
Displays data about an LAPD.  
delrudptrunk  
dsplapd  
dsplapdtrunkpvc  
Displays the assigned PVC trunk type that carries LAPD trunk messages for  
the current VISM card.  
dsplapdtrunks  
dsprtpcnt  
Displays the configuration data of all LAPD trunks.  
Displays the bearer counters (statistics) for a specific RTP VoIP trunking  
connection.  
dsprtpcon  
dsprtpcons  
Displays the configuration data of a specific static RTP VoIP trunking  
connection.  
Displays the configuration data of all static RTP VoIP trunking connections.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addlapdtrunk  
Command  
Description  
dsprudptrunk  
Displays the configuration data of a specified ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP  
session.  
dsprudptrunks  
Displays the configuration data of all ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP sessions.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addln  
addln  
To add a T1 or E1 line to a VISM card, use the addln command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched  
AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
addln line-num  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number of the T1 or E1 line to be added in the range from 1 to 8.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that line number 1 is added to a VISM card:  
addln 1  
Related Commands  
Command  
cnfln  
Description  
Configures line characteristics for a specified line.  
Deletes a DS1 line on a VISM card.  
Displays the characteristics of a specified line.  
delln  
dspln  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addlnloop  
addlnloop  
To set a specified line of the current card to the local loopback state, use the addlnloop command in the  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
addlnloop line-num  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
line-num  
Line number of the T1 or E1 line to be added in the range from 1 to 8.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
Usage Guidelines  
Note  
The VISM CLI has no specific command for setting a line to a remote loopback state. To set a line  
to remote loopback state, use the cnfbert command on the PXM card. Refer to MGX 8000 Series  
platform command line interface guides for more information.  
Examples  
The following example adds a local line loopback state to line 1:  
addlnloop 1  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dellnloop  
Deletes a T1 or E1 local line loopback state for the VISM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addmgcgrpentry  
addmgcgrpentry  
To configure a call agent as part of a media gateway controller (MGC) redundancy group and assign a  
priority value for the call agent, use the addmgcgrpentry command in the VoIP switching/trunking and  
switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
addmgcgrpentry mgc-group mgc-num mgc-preference  
Syntax Description  
mgc-group  
mgc-num  
Call agent redundancy group number. It can be in the range from 1 to 8.  
Call agent identification number. It can be in the range from 1 to 8.  
mgc-preference  
Call agent preference value—The preference of the MGC within the  
group. It can be in the range from 1 (highest) to 8. (Default = 1)  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
You must add a call agent to a call agent redundancy group regardless of the absence of additional call  
agents in the redundancy group.  
Use the dspmgcgrpparams command to verify call agent redundancy group configuration data.  
Examples  
The following example shows that call agent redundancy group number 1 is configured with the call  
agent number 5, and assigned a priority level of 3:  
addmgcgrpentry 1 5 3  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addmgcgrpprotocol  
cnfmgcgrpentry  
Associates a call agent redundancy group to a gateway control protocol.  
Modifies the call agent priority level of a call agent within a call agent  
redundancy group.  
cnfmgcgrpparam  
cnfsrcppeer  
Modifies a call agent redundancy group state change notification policy  
and priority level.  
Configures the SRCP parameters when SRCP is the selected protocol for  
communication between the VISM card and call agent.  
cnfsrcppeergrpparam  
Modifies the SRCP heartbeat interval and maximum UDP size for a  
specified call agent redundancy group.  
delmgcgrpentry  
delmgcgrpprotocol  
dspmgcgrpparams  
dspmgcgrpprotocols  
dspmgcgrps  
Deletes a call agent from a call agent redundancy group.  
Deletes an MGCP from a specified call agent redundancy group.  
Displays all configured call agent redundancy group parameters.  
Displays all configured call agent redundancy group protocols.  
Displays all configured call agent redundancy groups.  
dspsrcppeergrpparams Displays the SRCP parameters for all call agent redundancy groups that  
have SRCP added.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-30  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addmgcgrpprotocol  
addmgcgrpprotocol  
To associate a call agent redundancy group with a gateway control protocol (xGCP) and configure call  
agent group protocol control data, use the addmgcgrpprotocol command in the VoIP switching/trunking  
and switched AAL2 PVC operating mode.  
addmgcgrpprotocol red-mgc-group protocol-num quar-persist default-quar del-negated prov-resp  
resp-ack disc-proc-enable cancel-grace  
Syntax Description  
red-mgc-group  
protocol-num  
Call agent redundancy group number. It can be in the range from 1 to 8.  
Protocol number. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = MGCP 0.1  
2 = SGCP 1.1+  
3 = SRCP 1.0.2  
4 = SGCP 1.5  
5 = MGCP 1.0  
quar-persist  
default-quar  
(Optional) Sets the quarantine handling method for persistent events. It can  
be one of the following values:  
1 = Quarantine persistent events (Default)  
2 = Do not quarantine persistent events  
(Optional) Sets the default quarantine handling method for each protocol. It  
can be one of the following values:  
1 = Step, process (Default for MGCP 1.0)  
2 = Step, discard (Default for MGCP 0.1, SGCP 1.1+, SRCP 1.0.2, and  
SGCP 1.5)  
3 = Loop, process  
4 = Loop, discard  
Note  
Step = one notification command is generated per notification  
request. Loop = multiple notification commands are generated per  
notification request.  
del-negated  
prov-resp  
(Optional)  
1 = Delete events from the previous list which are not present in the  
current list.  
2 = Delete events from the previous list, only if the event is present in  
the current list with a hyphen (-) as the parameter.  
(Optional) Enables or disables the sending of a provisional response. It can  
be one of the following values:  
1 = On (Default for MGCP 1.0)  
2 = Off (Default for MGCP 0.1, SGCP 1.1+, SRCP 1.0.2, and SGCP 1.5)  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addmgcgrpprotocol  
resp-ack  
(Optional) Enables or disables sending a response acknowledgment. It can  
be one of the following values:  
1 = On (Default for MGCP 1.0)  
2 = Off (Default for MGCP 0.1, SGCP 1.1+, SRCP 1.0.2, and SGCP 1.5)  
disc-proc-enable  
(Optional) Enables or disables the disconnect method, which indicates that  
the endpoint has become disconnected and is now trying to establish  
connectivity. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = On (Default for MGCP 1.0)  
2 = Off (Default for MGCP 0.1, SGCP 1.1+, SRCP 1.0.2, and SGCP 1.5)  
cancel-grace  
(Optional) Enables or disables VISM cancelling a previously issued graceful  
restart in progress command. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = On (Default for MGCP 1.0)  
2 = Off (Default for MGCP 0.1, SGCP 1.1+, SRCP 1.0.2, and SGCP 1.5)  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
This command allows you to add multiple protocols to the same redundancy group.  
The following example shows that call agent redundancy group number 3 is assigned gateway control  
protocol number 2, SGCP 1.1+:  
addmgcgrpprotocol 3 2  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addmgcgrpentry  
Configures call agents as part of an MGC redundancy group and assigns a  
priority value for a call agent.  
cnfdisctimers  
Specifies the wait delay times for the disconnected procedure, restart in  
progress command—initial, minimum, and maximum timer values.  
cnfmgcgrpentry  
cnfmgcgrpparam  
Modifies the call agent priority level of a call agent within a call agent  
redundancy group.  
Modifies a call agent redundancy group state change notification policy and  
priority level.  
cnfmgcgrpprotocol  
cnfsrcppeer  
Configures call agent group protocol data.  
Configures the SRCP parameters when SRCP is the selected protocol for  
communication between the VISM card and call agent.  
cnfsrcppeergrpparam  
Modifies the SRCP heartbeat interval and maximum UDP size for a  
specified call agent redundancy group.  
delmgcgrpentry  
delmgcgrpprotocol  
dspdisctimers  
Deletes a call agent from a call agent redundancy group.  
Deletes an MGCP from a specified call agent redundancy group.  
Displays the Restart in Progress command disconnect type method wait  
delay times.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-32  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addmgcgrpprotocol  
Command  
Description  
dspmgcgrpparams  
dspmgcgrpprotocols  
dspmgcprps  
Displays all configured call agent redundancy group parameters.  
Displays all configured call agent redundancy group protocols.  
Displays all configured call agent redundancy groups.  
dspsrcppeergrpparams Displays the SRCP parameters for all call agent redundancy groups that  
have SRCP added.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addport  
addport  
To add a virtual port between the VISM and PXM cards, use the addport command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 SVC, AAL2 SVC, and AAL1/VoIP  
(for TDM grooming) operating modes.  
addport  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
This command has no arguments.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 SVC, AAL2 SVC, and  
AAL1/VoIP (for TDM grooming)  
Usage Guidelines  
Note  
This command automatically associates the VISM card and the virtual port with the MGX 8000 Series  
platform.  
If the VISM card is reset after executing this command but before executing the addrscprtn  
command, an error message is displayed. The error has no effect on the system and can be ignored.  
The port number is set to one of the following when you use this command:  
1—for PXM1 cards  
255—for PXM1E cards  
Examples  
The following example shows that a virtual port has been added between the VISM and PXM cards:  
addport  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
delport  
Deletes a VISM port on the packet network side.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-34  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addrscprtn  
addrscprtn  
To add a resource partition for a virtual port, use the addrscprtn command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 SVC, AAL2 SVC, and AAL1/VoIP  
(for TDM grooming) operating modes.  
addrscprtn control-id  
Syntax Description  
control-id  
The controller identification number to which the resource partition is added. It can  
be one of the following:  
1—for a PXM1 card  
2—for a PXM1E or PXM45 card  
In the range from 3 to 255  
Command Modes  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, AAL2 trunking, AAL1 SVC, AAL2 SVC, and  
AAL1/VoIP (for TDM grooming)  
Usage Guidelines  
Note  
You must configure a virtual port with the addport command before you use this command.  
If the VISM card is reset after executing an addport command but before using this command, an  
error message is displayed. The error has no effect on the system and can be ignored.  
If you are using a PXM1 card, this command adds an entry with resource partition number 1. If you are  
using a PXM1E card, this command adds the entries with resource partition numbers 225 and 2,  
respectively.  
Examples  
The following example shows that a resource partition is added to controller number 2:  
addrscprtn 1  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
delrscprtn  
dsprscprtn  
Deletes a resource partition.  
Displays information about a resource partition.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addrtpcon  
addrtpcon  
To add a static Real-Time Transport Protocol (RTP) VoIP trunking connection, use the addrtpcon  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
addrtpcon conn-num endpt-num local-rtp-port remote-rtp-port remote-ip-addr codec-type  
|vt-pkt-period bearer-prec bearer-tos conn-mode ecan-enable vad-enable vad-timer cas-trans  
dtmf-trans idle-code-sup|  
Syntax Description  
conn-num  
endpt-num  
Connection identification number. It can be in the range from 1 to 248.  
Endpoint number. It can be a value from one of the following ranges:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, from 1 to 144  
local-rtp-port  
remote-rtp-port  
remote-ip-addr  
Static RTP local port number. It can be an even number in the range from 49648  
to 50142.  
Note  
The odd numbers within the local-rtp-port range are reserved for  
Real-Time Conferencing Protocol (RTCP) ports.  
Static RTP remote port number. It can be an even number in the range from  
16384 to 50142.  
Note  
The odd numbers within the remote-rtp-port range are reserved for  
RTCP ports.  
IP address of the remote VISM card, in dotted decimal format  
(nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn).  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-36  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addrtpcon  
codec-type  
The type of coding/decoding to be performed on the data stream. It can be one  
of the following values:  
1 = G.711u  
2 = G.711a  
3 = G.726-32k  
4 = G.729a  
5 = G.729ab  
6 = Clear channel (VAD must be off)  
7 = G.726-16k  
8 = G.726-24k  
9 = G.726-40k  
11 = G.723.1-H  
12 = G.723.1a-H  
13 = G.723.1-L  
14 = G.723.1a-L  
vt-pkt-period  
(Optional) Packetization period (defined in milliseconds). It can be one of the  
following values:  
10  
20  
30  
40  
60  
bearer-prec  
bearer-tos  
(Optional) Bearer precedence. It can be in the range from 0 to 7. (Default = 5)  
(Optional) Bearer type of service (ToS). It can be one of the following values:  
0 (Default)  
1
2
4
8
conn-mode  
(Optional) Connection mode. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = VISM sends packets  
2 = VISM receives packets  
3 = VISM sends and receives packets (Default)  
4 = Inactive; VISM does not send or receive packets  
ecan-enable  
(Optional) Enables or disables echo cancellation (ECAN). It can be one of the  
following values:  
1 = On (Default)  
2 = Off  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addrtpcon  
vad-enable  
(Optional) Enables or disables voice activity detection (VAD). It can be one of  
the following values:  
1 = On  
2 = Off (Default)  
vad-timer  
cas-trans  
(Optional) The VAD holdover timer (defined in milliseconds) in the range from  
250 to 65535.  
(Optional) Enables or disables CAS signaling transport. It can be one of the  
following values:  
1 = On (Default)  
2 = Off  
dtmf-trans  
(Optional) Enables or disables DTMF tone transport. It can be one of the  
following values:  
1 = On (Default)  
2 = Off  
Note  
The dtmf-trans argument value must be set to 1 (on) when the  
codec-type is configured for codecs other than G.711 and G.726.  
idle-code-sup  
(Optional) Enables or disables idle code suppression for the channel identifier  
(CID). It can be one of the following values:  
1 = On  
2 = Off (Default)  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking  
The G.723.1 codecs are supported for VISM-PR cards and are not supported for VISM cards.  
The following example shows that the RTP trunking connection 26 is added and configured with  
endpoint number 200, static RTP local port number 50000, static RTP remote port number 49648, remote  
IP address 209.165.200.224, G.726/32 codec type, 20-ms packetization period, bearer precedence of 3,  
bearer ToS of 1, VISM sends and receives packets, ECAN and VAD enabled, 400-ms VAD holdover  
time, CAS transportation enabled, DTMF tone transportation, idle code suppression for CID enabled:  
addrtpcon 26 200 50000 49648 209.165.200.224 3 20 3 1 3 1 1 400 1 1 1  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addlapdtrunk  
addrudptrunk  
clrrtpcnt  
Adds an LAPD trunk to a specific VISM card line.  
Adds an ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session for an LAPD trunk connection.  
Clears the RTP counters (statistics) for a specific static RTP connection.  
cnflapdtrunkpvc  
Assigns the PVC trunk type that carries LAPD messages for the current VISM  
card.  
cnflntrunkcond  
Enables or disables line conditioning on a VISM card line if a network alarm  
is encountered.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-38  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addrtpcon  
Command  
Description  
cnfrtpcon  
Modifies an existing static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
cnfrudptrunkrmtip Modifies the remote IP address of VISM used in the ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP  
trunk for a specified session.  
dellapdtrunk  
delrtpcon  
Deletes an LAPD configured line.  
Deletes a static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
Deletes an ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session that is associated with an LAPD.  
Displays data about an LAPD.  
delrudptrunk  
dsplapd  
dsplapdtrunkpvc  
Displays the assigned PVC trunk type that carries LAPD trunk messages for  
the current VISM card.  
dsplapdtrunks  
dsprtpcnt  
Displays the configuration data of all LAPD trunks.  
Displays the bearer counters (statistics) for a specific RTP VoIP trunking  
connection.  
dsprtpcon  
Displays the configuration data of a specific static RTP VoIP trunking  
connection.  
dsprtpconnstat  
dsprtpcons  
Displays the RTP connection statistics for a specified endpoint.  
Displays the configuration data of all static RTP VoIP trunking connections.  
dsprudptrunk  
Displays the configuration data of a specified ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP  
session.  
dsprudptrunks  
Displays the configuration data of all ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP sessions.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addrudptrunk  
addrudptrunk  
To add an ISDN PRI backhaul Reliable User Datagram Protocol (RUDP) session for a Link Access  
Protocol D channel (LAPD) trunk connection, use the addrudptrunk command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking operating mode.  
addrudptrunk session-num lport-num rport-num remote-ip-addr  
Syntax Description  
session-num  
lport-num  
Identifying session number in the range from 1 to 64.  
Local port number. It can be in the range from 1124 to 49151.  
Remote port number. It can be in the range from 1124 to 49151.  
rport-num  
remote-ip-addr  
IP address of the remote VISM card, in dotted decimal format  
(nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn).  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session number 40 is added to the  
LAPD trunk connection with local port 1024, remote port 2006, and remote IP address 209.165.200.244:  
addrudptrunk 40 1024 2006 209.165.200.244  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addlapdtrunk  
addrtpcon  
Adds an LAPD trunk to a specific VISM card line.  
Adds a static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
Clears the RTP counters (statistics) for a specific static RTP connection.  
clrrtpcnt  
cnflapdtrunkpvc  
Assigns the PVC trunk type that carries LAPD messages for the current VISM  
card.  
cnflntrunkcond  
cnfrtpcon  
Enables or disables line conditioning on a VISM card line if a network alarm  
is encountered.  
Modifies an existing static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
cnfrudptrunkrmtip Modifies the remote IP address of VISM used in the ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP  
trunk for a specified session.  
dellapdtrunk  
delrtpcon  
Deletes an LAPD configured line.  
Deletes a static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
Deletes an ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session that is associated with an LAPD.  
Displays data about an LAPD.  
delrudptrunk  
dsplapd  
dsplapdtrunkpvc  
Displays the assigned PVC trunk type that carries LAPD trunk messages for  
the current VISM card.  
dsplapdtrunks  
Displays the configuration data of all LAPD trunks.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-40  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addrudptrunk  
Command  
Description  
dsprtpcnt  
Displays the bearer counters (statistics) for a specific RTP VoIP trunking  
connection.  
dsprtpcon  
Displays the configuration data of a specific static RTP VoIP trunking  
connection.  
dsprtpcons  
Displays the configuration data of all static RTP VoIP trunking connections.  
dsprudptrunk  
Displays the configuration data of a specified ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP  
session.  
dsprudptrunks  
Displays the configuration data of all ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP sessions.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addses  
addses  
To add a PRI backhaul session between a VISM card and a call agent, use the addses command in the  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
addses session-num group-num priority local-port-num remote-port-num  
Syntax Description  
session-num  
group-num  
Identifying session number in the range from 1 to 64.  
Note Up to 64 sessions can be created in a session group.  
Identifying session group number to which the session is added in the range  
from 1 to 16.  
Note  
Currently, only group 1 is supported.  
priority  
Priority level; determines which session becomes active if a session fails within  
the same group. It can be in the range from 1 (highest) to 4 (lowest).  
local-port-num  
remote-port-num  
Local port number. The VISM port number used for the session. It can be in the  
range from 1124 to 65535.  
Remote port number. The call agent port number used for the session. It can be  
in the range from 1124 to 65535.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
You must add a session group for the session before you use this command.  
The following example shows that PRI backhaul session number 4 is added to session group 2 between  
the VISM card and the callagent1 call agent:  
addses 4 2 2 1124 1124  
Related Commands  
Command  
delses  
Description  
Deletes a PRI backhaul session.  
dspses  
Displays information about a PRI backhaul session.  
Displays information about all PRI backhaul sessions.  
dspsess  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-42  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addsesgrp  
addsesgrp  
To add a PRI backhaul session group between a VISM card and a call agent, use the addsesgrp command  
in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
addsesgrp group-num set-num mgc-name  
Syntax Description  
group-num  
set-num  
Identifying session group number in the range from 1 to 16.  
In the range from 1 to 8.  
Note  
Currently, only session set number 1 is supported.  
mgc-name  
Domain name of the call agent, a text string from 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Specify the following:  
The set number to which the group belongs.  
The call agent the group’s sessions are to be associated.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the PRI backhaul session group 2 is added between the VISM card  
and the Jack call agent to session set number 1:  
addsesgrp 2 1 Jack  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
delsesgrp  
Deletes a PRI backhaul session group.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addsesset  
addsesset  
To add a PRI backhaul session set between a VISM card and a call agent, use the addsesset command  
in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
addsesset set-num fault-tol-enable  
Syntax Description  
set-num  
In the range from 1 to 16.  
Note  
Currently, only session set number 1 is supported.  
fault-tol-enable  
Enable or disables fault tolerance. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = Yes  
2 = No  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
The set-num argument value must be set to 1.  
The following example shows that the PRI backhaul session set number 1 is added between a VISM card  
and a call agent:  
addsesset 1  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
delsesset  
Deletes a PRI backhaul session set.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-44  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addtoneplan  
addtoneplan  
To add a provisional tone plan to the current VISM card, use the addtoneplan command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
addtoneplan tonep-region tonep-version tonep-file  
Syntax Description  
tonep-region  
Tone plan country or region which you want to add to VISM. It can be in the  
range from 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters and can contain underscores ( _ ).  
This value is case sensitive.  
tonep-version  
tonep-file  
Tone plan version number of the tone plan country or region you are adding to  
VISM. It can be in the range from 1 to 65535.  
Tone plan file name (names are located in the TFTP server /TFTPBOOT  
directory). It can be in the range from 1 to 32 alphanumeric characters and can  
contain underscores ( _ ), dashes ( - ), and dots ( . ).  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
You must complete the following steps before using this command:  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Place the new tone plan in the TFTP server /TFTPBOOT directory.  
Use the adddn command to add the TFTP server domain name to the VISM card.  
Use the adddnip command to add the IP address of the TFTP server domain name.  
Use the cnftftpdn command to configure the parameters of the TFTP server domain name.  
The addition and configuration of the TFTP domain name is complete. You can now use the  
addtoneplan command.  
Note  
Provisional tone plans are those that you create. Built-in, or preconfigured, tone plans cannot be  
added with this command. Built-in tone plans are added to the system automatically upon boot up.  
You can add a maximum of 32 provisional tone plans to the system. You must create provisional tone  
plan files with the following format:  
System Section  
version 1  
description “Tone Plan defined for xxxx”  
Tone Section  
dial_tone 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7  
busy_tone 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0  
stutter_tone 1, 2, 3  
dtmf_digit 1, 2  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addtoneplan  
There is no restriction on the file name or extension of your tone plan definition file, but it must not  
exceed the maximum input size of the CLI command. Both the “System Section” and the “Tone Section”  
terms are mandatory keywords when creating tone plans. Use the “System Section” to define tone plans.  
Use the “Tone Section” to define call progress tones. Specify each tone on a separate line and use white  
spaces as delimiters. The syntax of the tone plan definition file defines call progress tones and must be  
specified in the following order and on the same line (see Table 5-1 for syntax value options):  
tone-name num-of-freq-comp comp-1-freq comp-1-amp |comp-2-freq comp-2-amp| cadence-1-on  
cadence-1-off |cadence-2-on cadence-2-off cadence-3-on cadence-3-off cadence-4-on  
cadence-4-off|  
Table 5-1 Tone Plan Definition File Syntax  
Syntax Item  
Description  
tone-name  
Identifies the tone. It can be one of the following values:  
dial_tone  
stutter_tone  
busy_tone  
fast_busy_tone  
ring_back_tone  
alert_tone  
num-of-freq-comp  
Number of frequency components. It can be one of the following values:  
1
2
Note  
You must specify the frequency and amplitude of all frequency  
components using the following four arguments.  
comp-1-freq  
comp-1-amp1  
Frequency of component 1, specified in Hz.  
Amplitude of component 1, specified according to the following formula:  
46348 * 10 to the power of dbm0/20  
It can be in the range from 1 to 65535.  
comp-2-freq  
comp-2-amp1  
(Optional) Frequency of component 2, specified in Hz.  
(Optional) Amplitude of component 2, specified according to the following  
formula:  
46348 * 10 to the power of dbm0/20  
It can be in the range from 1 to 65535.  
cadence-1-on  
cadence-1-off  
cadence-2-on  
cadence-2-off  
The first on time that the tone plays, defined in milliseconds.  
The first off time that the tone does not play, defined in milliseconds.  
(Optional) The second on time that the tone plays, defined in milliseconds.  
(Optional) The second off time that the tone does not play, defined in  
milliseconds.  
cadence-3-on  
cadence-3-off  
(Optional) The third on time that the tone plays, defined in milliseconds.  
(Optional) The third off time that the tone does not play, defined in  
milliseconds.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-46  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addtoneplan  
Table 5-1 Tone Plan Definition File Syntax (continued)  
Syntax Item  
Description  
cadence-4-on  
cadence-4-off  
(Optional) The fourth on time that the tone plays, defined in milliseconds.  
(Optional) The fourth off time that the tone does not play, defined in  
milliseconds.  
1. To specify amplitudes of DTMF and MFR1 tones, you must use the following syntax: dtmf_digit amp-low amp-high or  
mf_r1_digit amp-low amp-high. The amp-low value = low group frequency. The amp-high value = high group frequency.  
Note  
If you do not specify the amplitudes of DTMF or MFR1 tones, the default value of 16384  
(–9 dBm) is applied.  
The appropriate tone plan file, with associated region and version, is downloaded, parsed, and stored in  
memory when you use this command.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the tone plan file name singp_3, with region singapore and version  
number 11, is added to the current VISM card:  
addtoneplan singapore 11 singp_3  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnflnringback  
Configures the ringback tone method for a specified line on the current VISM  
card.  
cnflntoneplan  
Assigns a tone plan to a specified VISM card line.  
cnflntonetimeout  
Modifies the timeout periods of all call progress tones supported by VISM on  
a specified VISM card line.  
dellntoneplan  
deltoneplan  
Deletes the tone plan configuration of a specified VISM card line.  
Deletes a previously added tone plan from the current VISM card.  
dsplnringback  
Displays the ringback tone method for a specified line on the current VISM  
card.  
dsplntoneplan  
Displays the tone plan configuration of a specified VISM card line.  
dsplntonetimeout  
Displays the configured timeout periods for all call progress tones of a  
specified VISM card line.  
dsptonebuiltinplans Displays all preconfigured (built-in) tone plans on the current VISM card.  
dsptoneplan  
Displays the tone configuration of a specified tone plan—either a  
preconfigured (built-in) or user-added tone plan.  
dsptoneplans  
Displays the tone configuration of all tone plans—either preconfigured  
(built-in) or user-added tone plans.  
dsptoneprovplans  
Displays all user-added (provisional) tone plans.  
dsptoneregionplans Displays a list of all tone plans for the countries and regions whose name  
partially or completely matches the name you supply.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addxgcppersistevt  
addxgcppersistevt  
To add persistent xGCP (various gateway control protocol) events, use the addxgcppersistevt command  
in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
addxgcppersistevt event-num pkg-event  
Syntax Description  
event-num  
pkg-event  
The persistent event index package event number in the range from 1 to 64.  
The xGCP package and event string listed as persistent. It can be one of the  
following:  
r/co3 = VISM initiated AAL2 type 3 packet (CO3) network continuity test  
r/co4 = Network continuity test detect  
g/ft = Fax tone  
g/mt = Modem tone  
g/vbd = Voiceband data  
g/vbdt = Voiceband data termination  
l/hu, bl/hu = On hook  
l/hd, blhd = Off hook  
ms/ans, dt/ans, md/ans, mo/ans = Answer  
ms/sup, dt/sup, md/sup = Setup  
ms/rel, dt/rel, md/rel, mo/rel = Release  
ms/rtc, dt/rlc, md/rlc, mo/rlc = Release complete  
ms/res, dt/res, md/res = Resume  
ms/sus, dt/sus, md/sus = Suspend  
md/awk = Acknowledgment wink  
mo/rbz = Reverse make busy  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
This command notifies the call agent of the specified event without the need for a xGCP notification  
request. There are no persistent xGCP events by default. Only valid xGCP strings (described in the  
pkg-event syntax description list) can be configured with this command.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the persistent event index number 1 is added for the voiceband data  
package:  
addxgcppersistevt 1 g/vbd  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-48  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
addxgcppersistevt  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfcasflashtime  
Configures the minimum and maximum CAS on-hook time periods for  
incoming flash hooks on a specified endpoint.  
cnfcasglareattrib  
cnfcaspackage  
cnflndigitorder  
Configures the direction of CAS calls and the glare policy for a specified  
endpoint.  
Configures MGCP packages to notify persistent observed CAS events in the  
context of incoming and outgoing CAS calls on a specified endpoint.  
Assigns the order in which ANI digits and DNIS digits are dialed during an  
outgoing FGD call on the endpoints of a specified VISM card line.  
delxgcppersistevt  
dspcasglareattrib  
Deletes a persistent xGCP event.  
Displays the direction of CAS calls and the glare policy for a specified  
endpoint.  
dspcaspackage  
Displays the MGCP packages configured to notify persistent observed CAS  
events in the context of incoming and outgoing CAS calls on a specified  
endpoint.  
dspcastimers  
Displays the currently configured CAS timers for a specified endpoint.  
dsplndigitorder  
Displays the order in which ANI digits and DNIS digits are dialed during an  
outgoing FGD call on the endpoints of a specified VISM card line.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cc  
cc  
To navigate from the current (logged on) card to another card in the MGX 8000 Series platform, use the  
cc command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating  
modes.  
cc slot-num  
Syntax Description  
slot-num  
The slot number in the MGX 8000 Series platform that contains the card you want to  
access and configure. It can be in the range from 1 to 32.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
When you execute this command, the card residing in the slot identified by the slot-num value becomes  
active and is identified in the command line prompt. If there is no card in the slot identified by the  
slot-num value, an error message is displayed on your terminal.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the card in slot 22 was active, and now the card in slot 11 is active:  
node1.1.22.VISM.a > cc 11  
node1.1.11.VISM.a >  
Related Commands  
There are no related commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-50  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
chkflash  
chkflash  
To verify the integrity of a VISM card’s flash memory, use the chkflash command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
chkflash  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example verifies the current VISM card’s flash memory:  
chkflash  
Related Commands  
There are no related commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-51  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
clralm  
clralm  
To clear alarms on a specific VISM card line, use the clralm command in the VoIP switching/trunking,  
switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
clralm -ds1 line-num  
Syntax Description  
-ds1  
The mandatory line-num argument identifier.  
line-num  
Line number in which to clear alarms. In the range from 1 to 8.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
This command clears alarms caused by the collection of statistical data. Alarms caused by network  
failure cannot be cleared by using this command. For example, an alarm caused by a collection of bipolar  
errors can be cleared, but an alarm caused by a line failure cannot. Alarms that occur after you execute  
this command are not affected.  
Examples  
The following example shows that any alarms caused by statistical data are cleared from line 1:  
clralm -ds1 1  
Related Commands  
Command  
clralms  
dspalm  
Description  
Clears alarms on a VISM card.  
Displays the alarms associated with a specified line.  
Displays all alarms for the selected line type (T1 or E1) on a card.  
dspalms  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-52  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
clralmcnt  
clralmcnt  
To clear the alarm counters and statistics on a specified VISM line, use the clralmcnt command in the  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
clralmcnt -ds1 line-num  
Syntax Description  
-ds1  
line-num  
The mandatory line-num argument identifier.  
Line number for which to clear alarm counters and statistics. In the range from 1 to 8.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
All counters are reset to 0 when you use this command.  
The following example clears alarm counters and statistics from line 1:  
clralmcnt -ds1 1  
Related Commands  
Command  
clralmcnts  
dspalmcnt  
Description  
Clears all alarm counters and statistics on a VISM card.  
Displays the alarm counters and statistics on a line.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-53  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
clralmcnts  
clralmcnts  
To clear all the alarm counters and statistics on a VISM card, use the clralmcnts command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
clralmcnts  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
All counters are reset to 0 after you execute this command. The terminal display does not indicate a  
response to this command.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the alarm counters and statistics are removed for the current VISM  
card:  
clralmcnts  
Related Commands  
Command  
clralmcnt  
dspalmcnt  
Description  
Clears the alarm counters and statistics on a VISM line.  
Displays the alarm counters and statistics for the current VISM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-54  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
clralms  
clralms  
To clear alarms on a VISM card, use the clralms command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched  
AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
clralms  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
This command can clear alarms caused only by the collection of statistical data. Alarms caused by  
network failure cannot be cleared. For example, an alarm caused by a collection of bipolar errors can be  
cleared, but an alarm caused by a line failure cannot. Alarms occurring after this command executes are  
not affected.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the alarms are cleared on the current VISM card:  
clralms  
Related Commands  
Command  
clralm  
Description  
Clears alarms on a specific line of a VISM card.  
Displays the alarms associated with a specified line.  
Displays all alarms for the selected line type on a VISM card.  
dspalm  
dspalms  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-55  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
clrcacfailcntrs  
clrcacfailcntrs  
To reset all connection admission control (CAC) failure statistics to 0, use the clrcacfailcntrs command  
in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
clrcacfailcntrs  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
This command is used for debugging purposes to reset counters and isolate any VISM CAC-related  
failures. Counter values more than zero indicate that the gateway is low on resources.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the CAC failure statistics are reset to 0:  
clrcacfailcntrs  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspcacfailcntrs  
Displays all CAC failure statistics that are reset to 0.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-56  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
clrmngcidcnt  
clrmngcidcnt  
To clear AAL2 channel identifier (CID) counters, use the clrmngcidcnt command in the switched AAL2  
PVC and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
clrmngcidcnt endpt-num  
Syntax Description  
endpt-num  
The endpoint number for which the AAL2 counters are cleared. It can be a value from  
one of the following ranges:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, from 1 to 144  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
Switched AAL2 PVC and AAL2 trunking  
Indicate the endpoint number you want to clear AAL2 counters for with the endpt-num argument value.  
The following example shows that the AAL2 counters for endpoint number 140 are cleared:  
clrmngcidcnt 140  
Related Commands  
Command  
dspcid  
Description  
Displays a VISM card’s AAL2 channel identifier.  
Displays a VISM card’s AAL2 channel identifiers for a specified LCN.  
dspcids  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-57  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
clrrtpcnt  
clrrtpcnt  
To clear the Real-Time Transport Protocol (RTP) counters (statistics) for a specific static RTP  
connection, as shown by the dsprtpcnt command, use the clrrtpcnt command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking operating mode.  
clrrtpcnt conn-num  
Syntax Description  
conn-num  
Connection identification number. It can be in the range from 1 to 248.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the RTP counters for static RTP connection number 49 are cleared:  
clrrtpcnt 49  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addlapdtrunk  
addrtpcon  
Adds an LAPD trunk to a specific VISM card line.  
Adds a static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
Adds an ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session for an LAPD trunk connection.  
addrudptrunk  
cnflapdtrunkpvc  
Assigns the PVC trunk type that carries LAPD messages for the current VISM  
card.  
cnflntrunkcond  
Enables or disables line conditioning on a VISM card line if a network alarm is  
encountered.  
cnfrtpcon  
Modifies an existing static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
cnfrudptrunkrmtip Modifies the remote IP address of VISM used in the ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP  
trunk for a specified session.  
dellapdtrunk  
delrtpcon  
Deletes an LAPD configured line.  
Deletes a static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
Deletes an ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session that is associated with an LAPD.  
Displays data about an LAPD.  
delrudptrunk  
dsplapd  
dsplapdtrunkpvc  
Displays the assigned PVC trunk type that carries LAPD trunk messages for the  
current VISM card.  
dsplapdtrunks  
dsprtpcnt  
Displays the configuration data of all LAPD trunks.  
Displays the bearer counters (statistics) for a specific RTP VoIP trunking  
connection.  
dsprtpcon  
Displays the configuration data of a specific static RTP VoIP trunking  
connection.  
dsprtpconnstat  
Displays the RTP connection statistics for a specified endpoint.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-58  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
clrrtpcnt  
Command  
Description  
dsprtpcons  
dsprudptrunk  
Displays the configuration data of all static RTP VoIP trunking connections.  
Displays the configuration data of a specified ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP  
session.  
dsprudptrunks  
Displays the configuration data of all ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP sessions.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-59  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
clrsarcnt  
clrsarcnt  
To clear the segmentation and reassembly (SAR) counters on a channel, use the clrsarcnt command in  
the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
clrsarcnt lcn  
Syntax Description  
lcn  
Logical channel number for which the SAR counters are to be cleared, in the range  
from 131 to 510.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Indicate the channel number you want to clear SAR counters for with an lcn argument value.  
The following example shows that the SAR counters are cleared on channel 140:  
clrsarcnt 140  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspsarcnt  
Display the values of the SAR counters for a specified channel.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-60  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
clrsarcnts  
clrsarcnts  
To clear all segmentation and reassembly (SAR) counters on a VISM card, use the clrsarcnts command  
in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
clrsarcnts  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures when you use this command.  
The following example shows that all SAR counters on the current VISM card are cleared:  
clrsarcnts  
Related Commands  
Command  
clrsarcnt  
dspsarcnt  
dspsarcnts  
Description  
Clears the SAR counters on a specified channel.  
Displays the SAR counter values for a specified channel.  
Displays the SAR counter values for a VISM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-61  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
clrsarmsgcnt  
clrsarmsgcnt  
To clear the control message counters from a VISM card, use the clrsarmsgcnt command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
clrsarmsgcnt  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures when you use this command.  
The following example shows that the SAR control message counters are cleared from the current VISM  
card:  
clrsarmsgcnt  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspsarmsgcnt  
Displays the SAR control message counter values for a VISM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-62  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
clrscrn  
clrscrn  
To clear the control terminal screen, use the clrscrn command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched  
AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
clrscrn  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
After you execute this command, only the current command line prompt appears on the screen.  
The following example shows that your control terminal screen is cleared, other than the current  
command line prompt:  
clrscrn  
Related Commands  
There are no related commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-63  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
clrslipcnt  
clrslipcnt  
To clear current clock slip counters for a specified VISM card line, use the clrslipcnt command in the  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL1 SVC, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, AAL2  
trunking, VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC trunking operating modes.  
clrslipcnt line-num  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
line-num  
Line number of the DS1 line for which you want to clear current clock slip counters.  
It can be in the range from 1 to 8.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL1 SVC, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, AAL2  
trunking, VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the current clock slip counters for line 3 of the current VISM card are  
cleared:  
clrslipcnt 3  
Line 3 Slip Counters:  
Uncontrolled Slip:  
Frame Slip:  
Tx Slip  
0
0
Rx Slip  
0
2
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
Displays the current clock slip counters for a specified VISM card line.  
dspslipcnt  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-64  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
clrtaskinfo  
clrtaskinfo  
To reset the values displayed by the dsptaskinfo command, use the clrtaskinfo command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
clrtaskinfo  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
When you execute this command, the values are reset to 0 and the collection of the task information  
statistics begins again.  
Examples  
The following example shows that values displayed by the dsptaskinfo command are reset:  
clrtaskinfo  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dsptaskinfo  
Displays information about currently operating tasks.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-65  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfaal2subcellmuxing  
cnfaal2subcellmuxing  
To enable or disable AAL2 subcell multiplexing, use the cnfaal2subcellmuxing command in the AAL2  
trunking operating mode.  
cnfaal2subcellmuxing mux-enable  
Syntax Description  
mux-enable  
Enables or disables AAL2 subcell multiplexing. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = On  
2 = Off  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
AAL2 trunking  
When you enable multiplexing, multiple CPS packets are multiplexed onto a single AAL2 connection  
without partial fill (unless there is a timeout). When you disable multiplexing, each CPS packet fills one  
or two cells (with padding).  
Note  
The field length for each CPS packet can be up to 64 bytes.  
When the multiplexing type is changed if CIDs are present, the card is reset and existing  
CIDs/connections are restored with the multiplexing type.  
Examples  
The following example shows that subcell multiplexing is disabled:  
cnfaal2subcellmuxing 2  
Related Commands  
There are no related commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-66  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfaal2timerparams  
cnfaal2timerparams  
To configure the holdover time for VAD in milliseconds before activating silence suppression on an  
AAL2 PVC, use the cnfaal2timerparams command in the switched AAL2 PVC operating mode.  
cnfaal2timerparams vad-init-timer cid-fill-time  
Syntax Description  
vad-init-timer  
cid-fill-timer  
The VAD holdover timer (defined in milliseconds) in the range from 250 to 65535.  
Maximum wait time for cell content filling when the next packet is not ready  
(defined in milliseconds), in the range from 5 to 100.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Switched AAL2 PVC  
If AAL2 subcell multiplexing is disabled with the cnfaal2subcellmuxing command, executing this  
command produces no affect.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the VAD holdover timer is set for 500 ms, and will wait up to 50 ms  
for a cell to fill when the next packet is not ready:  
cnfaal2timerparams 500 50  
Related Commands  
There are no related commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-67  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfaal2transparams  
cnfaal2transparams  
To configure the transportation of DTMF and CAS bits to another endpoint and enable or disable type 3  
packet triple redundancy feature, use the cnfaal2transparams command in the switched AAL2 PVC  
operating mode.  
cnfaal2transparams dtmf-trans cas-bits-trans type-3-red  
Syntax Description  
dtmf-trans  
Enables or disables DTMF tone transport as AAL2 type 3 packets. It can be one of  
the following values:  
1 = On. DTMF relay using RFC 2833.  
2 = Off. DTMF pass through.  
Note  
The dtmf-trans argument value must be set to 1 (on) if you are using codecs  
other than G.711 and G.726.  
cas-bits-trans  
type-3-red  
Enables or disables CAS bits transportation. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = On  
2 = Off  
Enables or disables triple redundancy protection for type 3 packets. It can be one  
of the following values:  
1 = On  
2 = Off  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
Switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.  
The following example shows that DTMF tone transportation, CAS bits transportation, and triple  
redundancy protection are enabled:  
cnfaal2transparams 1 1 1  
Related Commands  
There are no related commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-68  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfadapgain  
cnfadapgain  
To enable or disable the DSP adaptive gain feature, use the cnfadapgain command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnfadapgain adap-gain-enable  
Syntax Description  
adap-gain-enable  
Enables or disables adaptive gain. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = On  
2 = Off  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.  
The following example shows that the adaptive gain feature is enabled:  
cnfadapgain 1  
Related Commands  
There are no related commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-69  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfalm  
cnfalm  
To configure the alarm parameters for a specified line, use the cnfalm command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnfalm -ds1 line-num -red red-sev -rai rai-sev -neu ne-alarm-up -ned ne-alarm-down  
-net ne-alarm-thresh -feu fe-alarm-up -fed fe-alarm-down -fet fe-alarm-thresh  
Syntax Description  
-ds1  
The mandatory line-num argument identifier.  
line-num  
-red  
Line number on which to configure alarm parameters. In the range from 1 to 8.  
The mandatory red-sev argument identifier.  
red-sev  
Red alarm severity level. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = Minor  
2 = Major  
-rai  
The mandatory rai-sev argument identifier.  
rai-sev  
RAI alarm severity level. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = Minor  
2 = Major  
-neu  
The mandatory ne-alarm-up argument identifier.  
ne-alarm-up  
-ned  
Near end alarm up count (defined in milliseconds), in the range from 1 to 65535.  
The mandatory ne-alarm-down argument identifier.  
ne-alarm-down  
Near end alarm down count (defined in milliseconds), in the range from 1 to  
65535.  
-net  
The mandatory ne-alarm-thresh argument identifier.  
ne-alarm-thresh  
-feu  
Near end alarm threshold (defined in milliseconds), in the range from 1 to 65535.  
The mandatory fe-alarm-up argument identifier.  
fe-alarm-up  
-fed  
Far end alarm up count (defined in milliseconds), in the range from 1 to 65535.  
The mandatory fe-alarm-down argument identifier.  
fe-alarm-down  
Far end alarm down count (defined in milliseconds), in the range from 1 to  
65535.  
-fet  
The mandatory fe-alarm-thresh argument identifier.  
fe-alarm-thresh  
Far end alarm threshold (defined in milliseconds), in the range from 1 to 65535.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.  
The following example shows that line 2 is configured with a red severity alarm of major, and an RAI  
severity of minor:  
cnfalm -ds1 2 -red 1 -rai 1  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-70  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfalm  
Related Commands  
Command  
clralm  
Description  
Clears alarms from a specific line of a VISM card  
Clears all alarms from a VISM card.  
clralms  
dspalm  
Displays the alarms associated with a specified line of a VISM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-71  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfalmcnt  
cnfalmcnt  
To configure the collection of Time Division Multiplex (TDM) line statistics, use the cnfalmcnt  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnfalmcnt -ds1 line-num -sev alarm-severity -lcv15 lcv-15min -lcv24 lcv-24hr -les15 les-15min  
-les24 les-24hr -lses15 lses-15min -lses24 lses-24hr -crc15 crc-15min -crc24 crc-24hr -crces15  
crces-15min -crces24 crces-24hr -crcses15 crcses-15min -crcses24 crcses-24hr -sefs15  
sefs-15min -sefs24 sefs-24hr -aiss15 aiss-15min -aiss24 aiss-24hr -uas15 uas-15min -uas24  
uas-24hr  
Syntax Description  
-ds1  
The mandatory line-num argument identifier.  
line-num  
Line number of the T1 or E1 line for which you want to display alarms. It can be  
in the range from 1 to 8.  
-sev  
The alarm-severity argument identifier.  
alarm-severity  
Alarm severity. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = Minor  
2 = Major  
-lcv15  
The lcv-15min argument identifier.  
lcv-15min  
The number of line code violations encountered by the line interface in the current  
15-minute interval. It can be in the range from 0 to 2147483647.  
-lcv24  
The lcv-24hr argument identifier.  
lcv-24hr  
The number of line code violations in the last 24-hour period encountered by the  
interface. It can be in the range from 0 to 2147483647.  
-les15  
The les-15min argument identifier.  
les-15min  
The line code violation errored seconds in the last 15 minutes encountered by the  
interface. It can be in the range from 0 to 2147483647.  
-les24  
The les-24min argument identifier.  
les-24hr  
The line code violation errored seconds in the last 24 hours encountered by the  
interface. It can be in the range from 0 to 2147483647.  
-lses15  
The lses-15min argument identifier.  
lses-15min  
The line code violation severely errored seconds in the last 15 minutes encountered  
by the interface. It can be in the range from 0 to 2147483647.  
-lses24  
The lses-24hr argument identifier.  
lses-24hr  
The line code violation severely errored seconds in the last 24 hours encountered  
by the interface. It can be in the range from 0 to 2147483647.  
-crc15  
The crc-15min argument identifier.  
crc-15min  
The number of CRC code violations in the last 15 minutes encountered by the  
interface. It can be in the range from 0 to 2147483647.  
-crc24  
The crc-24hr argument identifier.  
crc-24hr  
The number of CRC code violations in the last 24 hours encountered by the  
interface. It can be in the range from 0 to 2147483647.  
-crces15  
The crces-15min argument identifier.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-72  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfalmcnt  
crces-15min  
The number of CRC code violated errored seconds in the last 15 minutes  
encountered by the interface. It can be in the range from 0 to 2147483647.  
-crses24  
The crcses-24hr argument identifier.  
crses-24hr  
The number of CRC code violated errored seconds in the last 24 hours encountered  
by the interface. It can be in the range from 0 to 2147483647. It can be in the range  
from 0 to 2147483647.  
-crcses15  
The crcses-15min argument identifier.  
crcses-15min  
The number of CRC code violated severely errored seconds in the last 15 minutes  
encountered by the interface. It can be in the range from 0 to 2147483647.  
-sefs15  
The sefs-15min argument identifier.  
sefs-15min  
The number of severely errored framing seconds encountered in the last 15 minutes  
by the interface. It can be in the range from 0 to 2147483647.  
-sefs24  
The sefs-24hr argument identifier.  
sefs-24hr  
The number of severely errored framing seconds encountered in the last 24 hours  
by the interface. It can be in the range from 0 to 2147483647.  
-aiss15  
The aiss-15min argument identifier.  
aiss-15min  
The number of AIS severely errored seconds in the last 15 minutes encountered by  
the interface. It can be in the range from 0 to 2147483647.  
-aiss24  
The aiss-24hr argument identifier.  
aiss-24hr  
The number of AIS severely errored seconds in the last 24 hours encountered by  
the interface. It can be in the range from 0 to 2147483647.  
-uas15  
The uas-15min argument identifier.  
uas-15min  
The number of unavailable seconds in the last 15 minutes encountered by the  
interface. It can be in the range from 0 to 2147483647.  
-uas24  
The uas-24hr argument identifier.  
uas-24hr  
The number of unavailable seconds in the last 24 hours encountered by the  
interface. It can be in the range from 0 to 2147483647.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Values higher than 2,147,483,647 for the argument values are truncated.  
The following line statistics are collected:  
Line code violations encountered by the line interface in the current 15-minute interval.  
Line code violations in the last 15-minute period encountered by the interface.  
Line code violations in the last 24-hour period encountered by the interface.  
Line code violations Errored Seconds encountered by the interface.  
Line code violations Errored Seconds in the last 15 minutes encountered by the interface.  
Line code violations Errored Seconds in the last 24 hours encountered by the interface.  
Line code violations Severely Errored Seconds encountered by the interface.  
Line code violations Severely Errored Seconds in the last 15 minutes encountered by the interface.  
Line code violations Severely Errored Seconds in the last 24 hours encountered by the interface.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-73  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfalmcnt  
CRC code violations encountered by the interface.  
CRC code violations in the last 15 minutes encountered by the interface.  
CRC code violations in the last 24 hours encountered by the interface.  
CRC code violated Errored Seconds encountered by the interface.  
CRC code violated Errored Seconds in the last 15 minutes encountered by the interface.  
CRC code violated Errored Seconds in the last 24 hours encountered by the interface.  
P Bit code violations Severely Errored Seconds encountered by the interface.  
CRC code violated Severely Errored Seconds in the last 15 minutes encountered by the interface.  
CRC code violated Severely Errored Seconds in the last 24 hours encountered by the interface.  
Severely Errored Framing Seconds encountered by the interface.  
Severely Errored Framing Seconds in the last 15 minutes encountered by the interface.  
Severely Errored Framing Seconds in the last 24 hours encountered by the interface.  
AIS Severely Errored Seconds encountered by the interface.  
AIS Severely Errored Seconds in the last 15 minutes encountered by the interface.  
AIS Severely Errored Seconds in the last 24 hours encountered by the interface.  
Unavailable Seconds encountered by the interface.  
Unavailable Seconds in the last 15 minutes encountered by the interface.  
Unavailable Seconds in the last 24 hours encountered by the interface.  
Percentage of LCV Error Free Seconds.  
Loss of Signal detected with or without integrating to LOS alarm.  
Out of Frame detected with or without integrating to OOF alarm.  
Yellow Alarms detected with or without integrating to RAI alarm.  
Framing Pattern Errors encountered by a DS1 interface.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the TDM line statistics for major alarms are collected for line number  
7:  
cnfalmcnt -ds1 7 -sev 2  
Related Commands  
Command  
dspalmcnf  
dspalmcnt  
Description  
Displays the threshold data about the alarm statistics being collected.  
Displays the alarm counters and statistics on a line.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-74  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfannagetime  
cnfannagetime  
To configure the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after it is placed into the  
VISM announcement cache, use the cnfannagetime command in the VoIP switching operating mode.  
cnfannagetime nonpann-age-time  
Syntax Description  
nonpann-age-time  
Nonpermanent announcement age time (defined in minutes). It can be in the  
range from 0 to 65535.  
Note  
0 = Infinite amount of time; the nonpermanent announcement remains  
valid until you replace it, if necessary.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching  
When a nonpermanent announcement enters the announcement cache, it remains valid, as is, until the  
time you select for the nonpann-age-time argument value expires. When the time expires, the  
nonpermanent announcement is refreshed from the announcement file server. Requests to play a  
nonpermanent announcement do not affect its age time or cause the file to be refreshed.  
Examples  
The following example shows that nonpermanent announcements are configured to expire two hours  
after being placed into the VISM announcement cache:  
cnfannagetime 120  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addannpermanent  
Configures an announcement server file and associated codec type as  
permanent.  
cnfanndn  
Designates an announcement file server domain name.  
cnfannpathprefix  
Designates the main prefix directory TFTP path from which to retrieve  
announcement files from the announcement file server.  
cnfannprefcodec  
cnfannreqtimeout  
delannalldynamic  
delanndynamic  
delannpermanent  
dspannagetime  
Configures the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected  
TDM endpoints.  
Configures the expiration time for announcements to begin playing after the  
VISM receives the announcement signal (request) from the call agent.  
Deletes all announcement files and their associated codec types from the  
temporary announcement files currently saved in the VISM card.  
Deletes an announcement file and associated codec type from the temporary  
announcement files currently saved in the VISM card.  
Deletes a permanent announcement file and its associated codec type from the  
announcement file server.  
Displays the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after  
it is placed into the VISM announcement cache.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-75  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfannagetime  
Command  
Description  
dspanncache  
Displays all available temporary announcement file names, and associated age  
times before being refreshed from the announcement file server.  
dspanncontrols  
Displays a summary list of all provisionable announcement file variables,  
including variables associated with all announcement file CLI commands.  
dspanndn  
Displays the announcement file server domain name.  
dspannpathprefix  
Displays the main prefix directory path from which VISM retrieves  
announcement files from the announcement file server.  
dspannpermanents Displays all available permanent announcement files with their associated  
codec types and identifying index numbers.  
dspannprefcodec  
Displays the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected TDM  
endpoints.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-76  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfanndn  
cnfanndn  
To designate the announcement file server domain name, use the cnfanndn command in the VoIP  
switching operating mode.  
cnfanndn ann-domain-name  
Syntax Description  
ann-domain-name The announcement file server domain name. In the range from 1 to 64  
alphanumeric characters. You may also use forward slashes (/), backward  
slashes (\), periods, hyphens, and underscores when creating an  
announcement file server domain name.  
Note  
Do not use forward slashes (/) or hyphens as the last character in an  
announcement file server name. Do not use spaces in an  
announcement file server domain name.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching  
You must add the announcement file server name as a regular node name using the VISM XDNS  
commands before you use this command.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the announcement file server is configured with the name  
announceserver3:  
cnfanndn announceserver3  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addannpermanent  
Configures an announcement server file and associated codec type as  
permanent.  
cnfannagetime  
Configures the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after  
it is placed into the VISM announcement cache.  
cnfannpathprefix  
cnfannprefcodec  
cnfannreqtimeout  
delannalldynamic  
delanndynamic  
delannpermanent  
Designates the main prefix directory TFTP path from which to retrieve  
announcement files from the announcement file server.  
Configures the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected  
TDM endpoints.  
Configures the expiration time for announcements to begin playing after the  
VISM receives the announcement signal (request) from the call agent.  
Deletes all announcement files and their associated codec types from the  
temporary announcement files currently saved in the VISM card.  
Deletes an announcement file and associated codec type from the temporary  
announcement files currently saved in the VISM card.  
Deletes a permanent announcement file and its associated codec type from the  
announcement file server.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-77  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfanndn  
Command  
Description  
dspannagetime  
Displays the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after  
it is placed into the VISM announcement cache.  
dspanncache  
Displays all available temporary announcement file names, and associated age  
times before being refreshed from the announcement file server.  
dspanncontrols  
Displays a summary list of all provisionable announcement file variables,  
including variables associated with all announcement file CLI commands.  
dspanndn  
Displays the announcement file server domain name.  
dspannpathprefix  
Displays the main prefix directory path from which VISM retrieves  
announcement files from the announcement file server.  
dspannpermanents Displays all available permanent announcement files with their associated  
codec types and identifying index numbers.  
dspannprefcodec  
dspannreqtimeout  
Displays the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected TDM  
endpoints.  
Displays the expiration time for announcements to begin playing before being  
aborted.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-78  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfannpathprefix  
cnfannpathprefix  
To designate the main prefix directory Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) path from which to retrieve  
announcement files from the announcement file server, use the cnfannpathprefix command in the VoIP  
switching operating mode.  
cnfannpathprefix ann-prefix-path  
Syntax Description  
ann-prefix-path  
The main directory TFTP path. In the range from the null string to 64  
alphanumeric characters.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching  
The prefix directory path is prefixed to the codec directory and the filename. The path prefix will be  
relative to the default TFTP directory on the announcement file server. Examples of valid prefix  
directory paths are:  
<null string>  
vism_ann  
cisco/vism_ann  
/cisco/vism_ann  
Note  
The /cisco/vism_ann path starts at the root directory on the announcement file server  
because it begins with a backslash (/).  
If you do not use this command, the default TFTP directory on the announcement file server is used as  
the prefix directory path.  
You can use any directory or path on the announcement file server as the main directory for storing  
announcement files. Take into consideration the following guidelines when you use this command:  
If you do not configure an announcement path prefix on the VISM, the main announcement file  
directory is the default TFTP directory on the server.  
If you configure a path prefix, it is used as the main announcement directory.  
If the path prefix is not absolute (does not begin with /), then the prefix is relative to the default TFTP  
directory.  
You must configure codec subdirectories under the main announcement directory on the announcement  
file server. One or more of the following codec subdirectories, for each encoding, are used for  
announcement files:  
g711u/  
g711a/  
g726_32k/  
g726_24k/  
g726_16k/  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-79  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfannpathprefix  
g729_a/  
g7231_high_rate/  
g7231_a_high_rate/  
g7231_low_rate/  
g7231_a_low_rate/  
Note  
VISM supports G.729ab for connections and endpoints. If an announcement is to be played on a  
connection or endpoint provisioned for G.729ab, it must be recorded in G.729a.  
For example, if the announcement server all-lines-busy.au file is encoded in both g711a and g729a, the  
following pathnames and files exist on the file server (assuming the default TFTP directory is tftpboot):  
/tftpboot/g711_a/all-lines-busy.au  
/tftpboot/g729_a/all-lines-busy.au  
When the call agent requests that the announcement server all-lines-busy.au file be played toward one  
end of an established call, the VISM determines the codec being used for that call and plays the  
corresponding announcement file.  
When the call agent requests that an announcement be played toward the TDM network on an  
unconnected endpoint, the codec used is specified by the VISM announcement preferred codec, configured  
with the cnfannprefcodec command.  
You can configure another level of directories to group announcement files by language. Specify these  
directories by the call agent (or when provisioning the VISM) as part of the announcement file name.  
For example, the call agent might specify the english/ann1.au announcement file name. If the file is  
encoded in G.729a and the prefix is /tftpboot, the file is located at /tftpboot/g729_a/english/ann1.au.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the /cisco/vism_ann path is designated as the prefix directory path  
from which to retrieve announcement files from the announcement file server:  
cnfannpathprefix /cisco/vism_ann  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addannpermanent  
Configures an announcement server file and associated codec type as  
permanent.  
cnfannagetime  
Configures the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after  
it is placed into the VISM announcement cache.  
cnfanndn  
Designates an announcement file server domain name.  
cnfannprefcodec  
Configures the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected  
TDM endpoints.  
cnfannreqtimeout  
delannalldynamic  
delanndynamic  
Configures the expiration time for announcements to begin playing after the  
VISM receives the announcement signal (request) from the call agent.  
Deletes all announcement files and their associated codec types from the  
temporary announcement files currently saved in the VISM card.  
Deletes an announcement file and associated codec type from the temporary  
announcement files currently saved in the VISM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-80  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfannpathprefix  
Command  
Description  
delannpermanent  
Deletes a permanent announcement file and its associated codec type from the  
announcement file server.  
dspannagetime  
dspanncache  
Displays the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after  
it is placed into the VISM announcement cache.  
Displays all available temporary announcement file names, and associated age  
times before being refreshed from the announcement file server.  
dspanncontrols  
Displays a summary list of all provisionable announcement file variables,  
including variables associated with all announcement file CLI commands.  
dspanndn  
Displays the announcement file server domain name.  
dspannpathprefix  
Displays the main prefix directory path from which VISM retrieves  
announcement files from the announcement file server.  
dspannpermanents Displays all available permanent announcement files with their associated  
codec types and identifying index numbers.  
dspannprefcodec  
Displays the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected TDM  
endpoints.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-81  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfannprefcodec  
cnfannprefcodec  
To configure the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected Time Division Multiplex  
(TDM) endpoints, use the cnfannprefcodec command in the VoIP switching operating mode.  
cnfannprefcodec ann-codec-type  
Syntax Description  
ann-codec-type  
It can be one of the following values:  
1 = G.711u  
2 = G.711a  
3 = G.726-32k  
4 = G.729a  
5 = G.729ab  
7 = G.726-16k  
8 = G.726-24k  
9 = G.726-40k  
11 = G.723.1-H  
12 = G.723.1a-H  
13 = G.723.1-L  
14 = G.723.1a-L  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching  
The G.723.1 codecs are supported for VISM-PR cards and are not supported for VISM cards.  
The following example shows that the G.723.1-H codec type is configured for announcements played on  
unconnected TDM endpoints:  
cnfannprefcodec 11  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addannpermanent  
Configures an announcement server file and associated codec type as  
permanent.  
cnfannagetime  
Configures the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after  
it is placed into the VISM announcement cache.  
cnfanndn  
Designates an announcement file server domain name.  
cnfannpathprefix  
Designates the main prefix directory TFTP path from which to retrieve  
announcement files from the announcement file server.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-82  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfannprefcodec  
Command  
Description  
cnfannreqtimeout  
Configures the expiration time for announcements to begin playing after the  
VISM receives the announcement signal (request) from the call agent.  
delannalldynamic  
delanndynamic  
delannpermanent  
dspannagetime  
dspanncache  
Deletes all announcement files and their associated codec types from the  
temporary announcement files currently saved in the VISM card.  
Deletes an announcement file and associated codec type from the temporary  
announcement files currently saved in the VISM card.  
Deletes a permanent announcement file and its associated codec type from the  
announcement file server.  
Displays the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after  
it is placed into the VISM announcement cache.  
Displays all available temporary announcement file names, and associated age  
times before being refreshed from the announcement file server.  
dspanncontrols  
Displays a summary list of all provisionable announcement file variables,  
including variables associated with all announcement file CLI commands.  
dspanndn  
Displays the announcement file server domain name.  
dspannpathprefix  
Displays the main prefix directory path from which VISM retrieves  
announcement files from the announcement file server.  
dspannpermanents Displays all available permanent announcement files with their associated  
codec types and identifying index numbers.  
dspannprefcodec  
Displays the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected TDM  
endpoints.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-83  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfannreqtimeout  
cnfannreqtimeout  
To configure the expiration time for announcements to begin playing after the VISM receives the  
announcement signal (request) from the call agent, use the cnfannreqtimeout command in the VoIP  
switching operating mode. Requests are aborted when the expiration time is reached and the  
announcement has not started.  
cnfannreqtimeout ann-req-time  
Syntax Description  
ann-req-time  
The expiration time for a dynamic play announcement request (defined in  
seconds). It can be in the range from 0 to 15. (Default = 5)  
Note  
If ann-req-time = 0, the expiration time is not set, no expiration occurs,  
and requests are not aborted.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching  
If the call agent signals the announcement to be played toward the packet network on a connection that  
is not in a send mode, the request is deferred until the call agent modifies the connection. Once the  
connection is placed in send mode, the expiration timer is started.  
Examples  
The following example shows that announcements must begin playing within 12 seconds after the VISM  
receives the announcement signal from the call agent, after which time, requests are aborted:  
cnfannreqtimeout 12  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addannpermanent  
Configures an announcement server file and associated codec type as  
permanent.  
cnfannagetime  
Configures the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after  
it is placed into the VISM announcement cache.  
cnfanndn  
Designates an announcement file server domain name.  
cnfannpathprefix  
Designates the main prefix directory TFTP path from which to retrieve  
announcement files from the announcement file server.  
cnfannprefcodec  
delannalldynamic  
delanndynamic  
delannpermanent  
dspannagetime  
Configures the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected  
TDM endpoints.  
Deletes all announcement files and their associated codec types from the  
temporary announcement files currently saved in the VISM card.  
Deletes an announcement file and associated codec type from the temporary  
announcement files currently saved in the VISM card.  
Deletes a permanent announcement file and its associated codec type from the  
announcement file server.  
Displays the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after  
it is placed into the VISM announcement cache.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-84  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfannreqtimeout  
Command  
Description  
dspanncache  
Displays all available temporary announcement file names, and associated age  
times before being refreshed from the announcement file server.  
dspanncontrols  
Displays a summary list of all provisionable announcement file variables,  
including variables associated with all announcement file CLI commands.  
dspanndn  
Displays the announcement file server domain name.  
dspannpathprefix  
Displays the main prefix directory path from which VISM retrieves  
announcement files from the announcement file server.  
dspannpermanents Displays all available permanent announcement files with their associated  
codec types and identifying index numbers.  
dspannprefcodec  
dspannreqtimeout  
Displays the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected TDM  
endpoints.  
Displays the expiration time for announcements to begin playing before being  
aborted.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-85  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcac  
cnfcac  
To enable or disable the connection admission control (CAC) feature on a VISM card, use the cnfcac  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnfcac cac-enable  
Syntax Description  
cac-enable  
Enables or disables CAC. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = On  
2 = Off  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
If you enable CAC with this command, you can then use the cnfconcac command to enable CAC on  
PVCs.  
Examples  
The following example shows that CAC is disabled for the current card:  
cnfcac 1  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfconcac  
Enables CAC on an already added connection.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-86  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcacparams  
cnfcacparams  
To configure connection admission control (CAC) features on a card, use the cnfcacparams command  
in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnfcacparams vad-duty-cycle vad-tol  
Syntax Description  
vad-duty-cycle  
vad-tol  
VAD duty cycle—the ratio of speech and holdover duration to total duration  
expressed as a percentage. Holdover is the period after silence begins and silence  
suppression is turned on. In VISM, the holdover time is 250 ms. A typical value  
for this parameter is 61, which means that 61% of the time is taken by speech and  
holdover. It can be in the range from 1 to 99. (Default = 61)  
VAD tolerance—the expression for VAD “over-subscription drop ratio” where:  
tolerance = 10000 x over-subscription drop ratio (expressed as a percentage). A  
typical value for VAD tolerance is 10. Some examples are:  
10000 (tolerance) = 1% (over subscription drop ratio)  
100 = 0.01%  
10 = 0.001%  
1 = 0.0001%  
It can be in the range from 0 to 10000. (Default = 100)  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.  
The following example shows that VAD is configured for a duty cycle of 50 and a tolerance of 500:  
cnfcacparams 50 500  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfcac  
Enables or disables the CAC feature on a VISM card  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-87  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcalea  
cnfcalea  
To enable or disable the Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act (CALEA) feature on the  
current VISM card, use the cnfcalea command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC,  
and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnfcalea calea-enable  
Syntax Description  
calea-enable  
Enables or disables the CALEA feature. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = On  
2 = Off (Default)  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
You must ensure that you are using the VISM software version that supports CALEA in order to use the  
CALEA feature. The CALEA implementation supports the CALEA law intercept confirmation interface.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the CALEA feature is enabled on the current VISM card:  
cnfcalea 1  
Related Commands  
Command  
addcon  
cnfcon  
Description  
Adds a PVC connection between a VISM card and any SM or PXM card.  
Configures a connection between a VISM card and an MGX 8000 Series  
platform PXM card.  
dspcalea  
Displays the CALEA feature configuration status of the current VISM card.  
Displays the current VISM card configuration.  
dspvismparam  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-88  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcascode  
cnfcascode  
To configure channel associated signaling (CAS) idle code and seized code parameters for an endpoint,  
use the cnfcascode command in the AAL2 trunking operating mode.  
cnfcascode endpt-num idle-code seized-code |endpts-num|  
Syntax Description  
endpt-num  
The endpoint number which is to be configured with CAS idle code and seized code  
values. It can be a value from one of the following ranges:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, from 1 to 144  
Note  
If the second (optional) endpt-num argument is specified, this argument value  
is the first endpoint in a consecutive number of endpoints.  
idle-code  
The 4-bit idle code. The value can be in the range from 0 to 15 and represents the four  
signaling bits—A, B, C, and D—in binary, as bits 3, 2, 1, and 0 respectively, with bit  
3 the most significant.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-89  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcascode  
seized-code  
endpts-num  
The 4-bit seized code. The value can be in the range from 0 to 15 and represents the  
four signaling bits—A, B, C, and D—in binary, as bits 3, 2, 1, and 0 respectively, with  
bit 3 the most significant.  
(Optional) An optional argument value which indicates the last endpoint in a  
consecutive range of endpoints. It can be a value from one of the following ranges:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, from 1 to 144  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
AAL2 trunking  
You must add the line associated with the endpt-num argument value before you use this command.  
The following example shows that the idle code is binary 0100 (argument value = 4, so that A = 0, B = 1,  
C = 0, D = 0), the seized code is binary 1001 (argument value = 9, so that A = 1, B = 0, C = 0, D = 1),  
for endpoints 1 to 4:  
cnfcascode 1 4 9 4  
Related Commands  
There are no related commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-90  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcasdialdelay  
cnfcasdialdelay  
To configure the VISM wait time (dial delay) for outpulsing digits to the PBX after sending an off-hook  
event, use the cnfcasdialdelay command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
operating modes.  
cnfcasdialdelay endpt-num dial-delay  
Syntax Description  
endpt-num  
The endpoint number to which the outpulsing digits wait time is configured. It can be  
a value from one of the following ranges:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, from 1 to 144  
dial-delay  
The wait time (defined in milliseconds) for outpulsing digits to the PBX after sending  
an off-hook event. It can be in the range from 10 to 1000. (Default = 500)  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
You can execute this command if the following conditions are met:  
The endpoint represented by the endpt-num argument value has been previously added.  
The associated DS0 is configured for CAS.  
The protocol is immediate start.  
The MIB was chosen as the source in the cnfcasparamsource command.  
Examples  
The following example shows that endpoint 100 is configured with a dial delay (wait time) of 50 ms:  
cnfcasdialdelay 100 50  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-91  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcasdialdelay  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspcastimers  
Displays an endpoint’s currently configured CAS timers.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-92  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcasendpt  
cnfcasendpt  
To associate an endpoint with a channel associated signaling (CAS) variant name, use the cnfcasendpt  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
cnfcasendpt endpt-num var-name  
Syntax Description  
endpt-num  
The endpoint number which is to be associated with the CAS variant identified by the  
var-name argument value. It can be a value from one of the following ranges:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, from 1 to 144  
Name of the CAS variant; a text string from 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters.  
var-name  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking  
The endpoint and CAS variant must be previously added before you execute this command.  
If there is no connection on an endpoint when the endpoint is associated with a CAS variant, use the  
cnfcasendpt command again to change the CAS variant. However, if there is a connection on an  
endpoint, you must delete the endpoint, add it back, and then execute the cnfcasendpt command to  
change the CAS variant.  
Examples  
The following example shows that endpoint number 3 is associated with the q50.o CAS variant:  
cnfcasendpt 3 q50.o  
Related Commands  
There are no related commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-93  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcasflashtime  
cnfcasflashtime  
To configure the minimum and maximum channel associated signaling (CAS) on-hook time periods for  
incoming flash hooks on a specified endpoint, use the cnfcasflashtime command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnfcasflashtime endpt-num min-flash-time max-flash-time  
Syntax Description  
endpt-num  
The endpoint number which is to be configured with a minimum and maximum  
flash time. It can be a value from one of the following ranges:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, from 1 to 144  
min-flash-time  
max-flash-time  
The minimum flash time (defined in milliseconds); in the range from 50 to  
1550. (Default = 300)  
The maximum flash time (defined in milliseconds); in the range from 50 to  
1550. (Default = 1400)  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Use this command to allow VISM to distinguish flash hooks from disconnects by configuring the  
on-hook flash duration. An on-hook event with a duration that falls in the configured range is interpreted  
as a flash hook. An on-hook event with a duration shorter than the configured range is ignored. An  
on-hook event longer than the configured range is interpreted as a disconnect.  
Examples  
The following example shows that endpoint number 90 is configured with a 400-ms minimum CAS  
on-hook flash time and a 1000-ms maximum CAS on-hook flash time:  
cnfcasflashtime 90 400 1000  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-94  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcasflashtime  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addxgcppersistevt  
cnfcasglareattrib  
Adds persistent xGCP events.  
Configures the direction of CAS calls and the glare policy for a specified  
endpoint.  
cnfcaspackage  
dspcasglareattrib  
dspcaspackage  
Configures MGCP packages to notify persistent observed CAS events in the  
context of incoming and outgoing CAS calls on a specified endpoint.  
Displays the direction of CAS calls and the glare policy for a specified  
endpoint.  
Displays the MGCP packages configured to notify persistent observed CAS  
events in the context of incoming and outgoing CAS calls on a specified  
endpoint.  
dspcastimers  
Displays the currently configured CAS timers for a specified endpoint.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-95  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcasglareattrib  
cnfcasglareattrib  
To configure the direction of channel associated signaling (CAS) calls and the glare (dual seizure event)  
policy for a specified endpoint, use the cnfcasglareattrib command in the VoIP switching/trunking,  
switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnfcasglareattrib endpt-num cas-direction glare-pol  
Syntax Description  
endpt-num  
Endpoint number which is to be configured with CAS call direction and a glare  
policy. It can be a value from one of the following ranges:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, from 1 to 144  
CAS bits flow direction. It can be one of the following values:  
cas-direction  
glare-pol  
1 = Incoming and outgoing  
2 = Incoming  
3 = Outgoing  
Glare condition policy. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = Controlling  
2 = Releasing  
Note  
You can assign a glare-pol argument value of 2 only if the cas-direction  
argument is assigned a value of 1.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Use this command to assist in controlling TDM glare events. Use the cas-direction argument to allow or  
disallow glare events. Use the glare-pol argument value to configure the resolution of glare events if you  
allow them to occur. Resolution of glare events is either to enable VISM to release a call and accept a  
call from the PBX, or wait for the PBX to release a call and enable VISM to continue with a call.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-96  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcasglareattrib  
Examples  
The following example shows that endpoint number 136 is configured with the incoming CAS bits flow  
direction and the controlling glare condition policy:  
cnfcasglareattrib 136 2 1  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addxgcppersistevt  
cnfcasflashtime  
Adds persistent xGCP events.  
Configures the minimum and maximum CAS on-hook time periods for  
incoming flash hooks on a specified endpoint.  
cnfcaspackage  
cnflndigitorder  
Configures MGCP packages to notify persistent observed CAS events in the  
context of incoming and outgoing CAS calls on a specified endpoint.  
Assigns the order in which ANI digits and DNIS digits are dialed during an  
outgoing FGD call on the endpoints of a specified VISM card line.  
delxgcppersistevt  
dspcasglareattrib  
Deletes a persistent xGCP event.  
Displays the direction of CAS calls and the glare policy for a specified  
endpoint.  
dspcaspackage  
Displays the MGCP packages configured to notify persistent observed CAS  
events in the context of incoming and outgoing CAS calls on a specified  
endpoint.  
dspcastimers  
Displays the currently configured CAS timers for a specified endpoint.  
dsplndigitorder  
Displays the order in which ANI digits and DNIS digits are dialed during an  
outgoing FGD call on the endpoints of a specified VISM card line.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-97  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcasglaretime  
cnfcasglaretime  
To configure the channel associated signaling (CAS) glare time for an endpoint, use the cnfcasglaretime  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
cnfcasglaretime endpt-num glaretime  
Syntax Description  
endpt-num  
The endpoint number which is to be configured with a glare time, identified by the  
glaretime argument value. It can be a value from one of the following ranges:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, from 1 to 144  
glaretime  
The glare time (defined in milliseconds); in the range from 10 to 1000.  
(Default = 500)  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
A glare condition occurs when two stations attempt to call each other simultaneously. Glare condition  
resolution involves a terminating VISM, which, upon receiving an off-hook event from the call agent,  
starts a timer and verifies that the terminating PBX is also attempting an off-hook event. If so, off-hook  
events from the call agent are ignored for the duration of the timer—the value you indicated with the  
glaretime argument value.  
To use this command, you must ensure that the endpoint indicated by the endpt-num argument value has  
been previously added, and that the associated DS0 is configured for CAS.  
Note  
To use this command, you must choose the MIB as the source in the cnfcasparamsource command.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-98  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcasglaretime  
Examples  
The following example shows that endpoint 100 is configured with a CAS glare time value of 50 ms:  
cnfcasglaretime 100 50  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspcastimers  
Displays an endpoint’s currently configured CAS timers.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-99  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcasguardtime  
cnfcasguardtime  
To configure the channel associated signaling (CAS) guard time for an endpoint, use the  
cnfcasguardtime command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
cnfcasguardtime endpt-num guardtime  
Syntax Description  
endpt-num  
The endpoint number which is to be configured with a guard time, identified by the  
guardtime argument value. It can be a value from one of the following ranges:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, from 1 to 144  
guardtime  
The guard time (defined in milliseconds); in the range from 10 to 1000.  
(Default = 800)  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Guard time is the minimum duration between the end of one call and the beginning of the next call. When  
a delete connection (DLCX) command is received from a call agent, VISM starts a timer—set by the  
value you indicate for the guardtime argument—and ignores any off-hook events until the timer has  
expired.  
To use this command, you must ensure that the endpoint indicated by the endpt-num argument value has  
been previously added, and that the associated DS0 is configured for CAS.  
Note  
To use this command, you must choose the MIB as the source in the cnfcasparamsource command.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-100  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcasguardtime  
Examples  
The following example shows that endpoint number 100 is configured with a CAS guard time of 500 ms:  
cnfcasguardtime 100 500  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspcastimers  
Displays an endpoint’s currently configured CAS timers.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-101  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcasoffhooktime  
cnfcasoffhooktime  
To configure a minimum presence time, on an endpoint, for a CAS off-hook pattern to be recognized as  
an off-hook signal, use the cnfcasoffhooktime command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched  
AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
cnfcasoffhooktime endpt-num offhooktime  
Syntax Description  
endpt-num  
The endpoint number which is to be configured with a guard time, identified by the  
offhooktime argument value. It can be a value from one of the following ranges:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, from 1 to 144  
The off-hook time (defined in milliseconds); in the range from 10 to 1000.  
offhooktime  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
To use this command, you must ensure that the endpoint indicated by the endpt-num argument value has  
been previously added, and that the associated DS0 is configured for CAS.  
Note  
To use this command, you must choose the MIB as the source in the cnfcasparamsource command.  
Examples  
The following example shows that endpoint 100 is configured with a CAS offhook time of 500 ms:  
cnfcasoffhooktime 100 500  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspcastimers  
Displays an endpoint’s currently configured CAS timers.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-102  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcasonhooktime  
cnfcasonhooktime  
To configure a minimum presence time, on an endpoint, for a CAS on-hook pattern to be recognized as  
an on-hook signal, use the cnfcasonhooktime command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched  
AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
cnfcasonhooktime endpt-num onhooktime  
Syntax Description  
endpt-num  
The endpoint number which is to be configured with a guard time, identified by the  
onhooktime argument value. It can be a value from one of the following ranges:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, from 1 to 144  
onhooktime  
The on-hook time (defined in milliseconds); in the range from 10 to 1000.  
(Default = 300)  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
To use this command, you must ensure that the endpoint indicated by the endpt-num argument value has  
been previously added, and that the associated DS0 is configured for CAS.  
Note  
To use this command, you must choose the MIB as the source in the cnfcasparamsource command.  
Examples  
The following example shows that endpoint 100 is configured with an on-hook time of 500 ms:  
cnfcasonhooktime 100 500  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-103  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcasonhooktime  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspcastimers  
Displays an endpoint’s currently configured CAS timers.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-104  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcaspackage  
cnfcaspackage  
To configure the Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP) packages to notify persistent observed  
channel associated signaling (CAS) events in the context of incoming and outgoing CAS calls on a  
specified endpoint, use the cnfcaspackage command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2  
PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnfcaspackage endpt-num in-package out-package  
Syntax Description  
endpt-num  
The endpoint number which is to be configured with the source location. It can  
be a value from one of the following ranges:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, from 1 to 144  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-105  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcaspackage  
in-package  
Package name to be used for persistent events observed on an incoming  
telephony call. It can be one of the following values:  
MS = PBX DID/DOD trunks and incoming or outgoing MF wink start  
trunks  
DT = DTMF and dial pulse1 trunks (except basic PBX)  
MD = North American MF Feature Group D EANA and EAIN  
MO = FGD Operator Services Signaling outgoing trunks only  
BL = DTMF and dial pulse1 basic PBX trunks  
L = Line  
H = Handset  
Basic = It can be one of the following:  
G—generic  
D—DTMF  
M—MF  
T—Trunk  
L—Line  
H—Handset  
R—RTP  
A—Announcement Server  
Script—Script  
Note  
If you set the package to anything other than basic on an endpoint with  
this command, persistent events observed on that endpoint are encoded  
as an event in that package if the event is defined in that package, or  
dropped if they are not defined in that package. Packages N and S are  
not supported.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-106  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcaspackage  
out-package  
Package name to be used for persistent events observed on an outgoing  
telephony call. It can be one of the following values:  
MS = PBX DID/DOD trunks and incoming or outgoing MF wink start  
trunks  
DT = DTMF and dial pulse1 trunks (except basic PBX)  
MD = North American MF Feature Group D EANA and EAIN  
MO = FGD Operator Services Signaling outgoing trunks only  
BL = DTMF and dial pulse1 basic PBX trunks  
L = Line  
H = Handset  
Basic = It can be from the following:  
G—generic  
D—DTMF  
M—MF  
T—Trunk  
L—Line  
H—Handset  
R—RTP  
A—Announcement Server  
Script—Script  
Note  
If you set the package to anything other than basic on an endpoint with  
this command, persistent events observed on that endpoint are encoded  
as an event in that package if the event is defined in that package, or  
dropped if they are not defined in that package. Packages N and S are  
not supported.  
1. Dial pulse is not supported in VISM.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
This command enables RFC 3064 support.  
The following example shows that the MGCP packages for endpoint number 83 are configured with  
mgcplin as the MGCP incoming package name and mgcplout as the MGCP outgoing package name:  
cnfcaspackage 83 mgcp1in mgcp1out  
Related Commands  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-107  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcaspackage  
Command  
Description  
addxgcppersistevt  
cnfcasflashtime  
Adds persistent xGCP events.  
Configures the minimum and maximum CAS on-hook time periods for  
incoming flash hooks on a specified endpoint.  
cnfcasglareattrib  
cnflndigitorder  
Configures the direction of CAS calls and the glare policy for a specified  
endpoint.  
Assigns the order in which ANI digits and DNIS digits are dialed during an  
outgoing FGD call on the endpoints of a specified VISM card line.  
delxgcppersistevt  
dspcasglareattrib  
Deletes a persistent xGCP event.  
Displays the direction of CAS calls and the glare policy for a specified  
endpoint.  
dspcaspackage  
Displays the MGCP packages configured to notify persistent observed CAS  
events in the context of incoming and outgoing CAS calls on a specified  
endpoint.  
dspcastimers  
Displays the currently configured CAS timers for a specified endpoint.  
dsplndigitorder  
Displays the order in which ANI digits and DNIS digits are dialed during an  
outgoing FGD call on the endpoints of a specified VISM card line.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-108  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcasparamsource  
cnfcasparamsource  
To configure channel associated signaling (CAS)-related timer source parameters for an endpoint, use  
the cnfcasparamsource command in the switched AAL2 PVC operating mode.  
cnfcasparamsource endpt-num cas-source  
Syntax Description  
endpt-num  
The endpoint number which is to be configured with the source location,  
identified by the cas-source argument value. It can be a value from one of the  
following ranges:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, from 1 to 144  
cas-source  
The CAS-related timer parameters source location. It can be one of the  
following values:  
1 = CAS application file (Default)  
2 = Current VISM MIB  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Switched AAL2 PVC  
You can configure different CAS-related timer values for different endpoints; however, the endpoints  
must all be associated with the same CAS variant.  
To use this command, you must ensure that the endpoint indicated by the endpt-num argument value has  
been previously added, and that the associated DS0 is configured for CAS.  
Examples  
The following example shows that endpoint number 100 is configured with CAS-related timer values  
located in the current VISM card’s MIB:  
cnfcasparamsource 100 2  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-109  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcasparamsource  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
Displays an endpoint’s currently configured CAS-related timer source.  
dspcasparamsource  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-110  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcasvar  
cnfcasvar  
To configure a previously added channel associated signaling (CAS) variant timing parameters, use the  
cnfcasvar command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
cnfcasvar var-name country-code partial-time critical-time interdigit-timeout  
Syntax Description  
var-name  
Name of a previously added CAS variant; a text string of 1 to 64 alphanumeric  
characters.  
country-code  
partial-time  
The country code of the variant. The value must be a two-character text string.  
The partial dial time (defined in seconds) in the range from 10 to 10000—in  
increments of 10.  
critical-time  
The critical timing (defined in seconds) in the range from 0 to 10000—in  
increments of 10.  
interdigit-timeout The interdigit timeout value for MF digits (defined in seconds) in the range from  
1 to 10.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.  
The following example shows that the var1 CAS variant for the nz country code is configured with a  
partial timeout of 10 seconds, a critical timing of 10 seconds, and an MF interdigit timeout of 2 seconds:  
cnfcasvar var1 nz 10 10 2  
Related Commands  
Command  
addcasvar  
delcasvar  
dspcasvar  
Description  
Adds a CAS variant to a VISM card.  
Deletes a CAS variant from a VISM card.  
Displays information about CAS variants for a given variant name.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-111  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcaswinktime  
cnfcaswinktime  
To configure the channel associated signaling (CAS) wink time parameters—minimum and maximum  
make times, and minimum break time—for an endpoint, use the cnfcaswinktime command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
cnfcaswinktime endpt-num min-make-time max-make-time min-break-time  
Syntax Description  
endpt-num  
The endpoint number which is to be configured with wink time parameters.  
Endpoint number. It can be a value from one of the following ranges:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, from 1 to 144  
min-make-time  
max-make-time  
min-break-time  
The minimum make duration time (defined in milliseconds) of the wink. It can  
be in the range from 10 to 1000. (Default = 100)  
The maximum make duration time (defined in milliseconds) of the wink. It can  
be in the range from 10 to 3000. (Default = 1000)  
The minimum break duration time (defined in milliseconds) of the wink. It can  
be in the range from 10 to 1000. (Default = 20)  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
A wink is composed of the following sequential events:  
1. On-hook pattern  
2. Off-hook pattern  
3. Return to an on-hook pattern  
The minimum and maximum make times are the minimum and maximum durations that the off-hook  
pattern persists. The minimum break time is the minimum duration that the on-hook pattern persists  
following the return to on-hook.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-112  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcaswinktime  
To use this command, you must ensure that the endpoint indicated by the endpt-num argument value has  
been previously added, and that the associated DS0 is configured for CAS.  
Note  
To use this command, you must choose the MIB as the source in the cnfcasparamsource command.  
Examples  
The following example shows that endpoint 100 is configured with a wink time specification of 100 ms  
for the minimum make time, 500 ms for the maximum wake time, and 100 ms for the minimum break  
time:  
cnfcaswinktime 100 500 100  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspcastimers  
Displays an endpoint’s currently configured CAS timers.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-113  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcasxgcp  
cnfcasxgcp  
To configure channel associated signaling (CAS) variant retransmission parameters, use the cnfcasxgcp  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
cnfcasxgcp var-name retrans-time start-retrans-time retrans-num  
Syntax Description  
var-name  
Name of the CAS variant to be configured with retransmission parameters; a  
text string of 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters.  
retrans-time  
start-retrans-time  
retrans-num  
The retransmission time (defined in milliseconds). It can be in the range from  
10 to 10000.  
The initial retransmission time (defined in milliseconds). It can be in the range  
from 10 to 10000.  
Maximum number of retransmission retries. It can be in the range from 0 to 10.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the var1 CAS variant is configured for 100 ms retransmission time,  
100 ms initial retransmission time, and up to two retransmission attempts:  
cnfcasxgcp var1 100 100 10 2  
Related Commands  
Command  
addcasvar  
delcasvar  
dspcasvar  
Description  
Adds a CAS variant to a VISM card.  
Deletes a CAS variant from a VISM card.  
Displays information about CAS variants for a given variant name.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-114  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfclksrc  
cnfclksrc  
To configure the PXM1, PXM1E, PXM45, VISM, or VISM-PR card clock source, use the cnfclksrc  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnfclksrc slot-num.port-num clk-type  
Syntax Description  
slot-num.port-num  
The chassis PXM card slot number and port number for which you want to  
configure the clocking source.  
The slot-num can be one of the following values:  
7
8
The port-num can be in the range from 1 to n, as appropriate for the physical  
installation.  
Note  
Ensure that you type the period with no spaces on either side, between  
the slot-num argument value and the port-num argument value.  
clk-type  
Clock type. It can be one of the following values:  
P = Primary  
S = Secondary  
N = Null. No external clocking source; use the PXM card’s internal  
crystal.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Specify the cnfclksrc command argument values according to the following rules:  
To configure any line except for line 1 of a VISM card, you must use a VISM-PR card in  
combination with a PXM1E or PXM45 in your MGX 8000 Series switch chassis.  
If the clock source is the external BITS clock (a T1 or E1 port on the PXM back card), specify the  
configuration as:  
cnfclksrc 7.35 p  
Note  
Type 7 for the slot number regardless of the PXM card’s location in the chassis. Type 35  
for the port number—the BITS port is always port 35.  
If the clock source is an external signal on one of the PXM OC3 ports, specify the configuration as:  
cnfclksrc 7.n p  
Note  
Type 7 for the slot number regardless of the PXM card’s location in the chassis. The n  
port parameter value is the OC3 port number in the range 1 to 4.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-115  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfclksrc  
If the clock source is the PXM’s internal crystal and no other clock source has been specified, do  
not configure the clock source. The crystal is the automatic default.  
If you want to change the clocking source from external to the PXM card’s internal crystal, specify  
the configuration as:  
cnfclksrc 7.X n  
Note  
Type 7 for the slot number regardless of the PXM card’s location in the chassis. The X  
argument value is the either 35 or the OC3 port number, depending upon which is the  
currently specified source. The null port number argument value cancels the previous  
configuration and returns the clocking source to the default internal crystal.  
If the clock source is from a line on a VISM card, specify the configuration as:  
cnfclksrc Y.1 p  
Note  
The Y argument value is the actual slot number of the VISM card. Always type 1 for port  
argument value, which represents the line number in this configuration.  
Refer to the Cisco MGX 8850 Installation and Configuration Guide and the Cisco MGX 8000 Series  
Switch Command Reference for information on the following PXM card clocking commands:  
cnfcbclk  
cnfextclk  
cnfsrmclksrc  
dspcbclk  
dspclkinfo  
dspclksrc  
dspcurclk  
Examples  
The following example shows that the clock source is configured for slot number 8, port number 35, and  
is secondary:  
cnfclksrc 8.35 s  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfln  
Configures line characteristics for a specified line.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-116  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfco4timer  
cnfco4timer  
To configure the bearer continuity test CO4 timer value, use the cnfco4timer command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
cnfco4timer co4-timeout  
Syntax Description  
co4-timeout  
It can be a value (defined in milliseconds) in the range from 50 to 10000. (Default =  
1000)  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
A timer is started when a CO3 or xRBK message is sent. If a CO4 message is not received before the  
timeout expires, a VISM initiated DLCX message is sent to the call agent.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the bearer continuity test CO4 timer expires at 10000 ms:  
cnfco4timer 10000  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspco4timer  
Displays the bearer continuity test CO4 timer value.  
dspvismparam Displays the current VISM card configuration.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-117  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcodecjtrdelay  
cnfcodecjtrdelay  
To configure the jitter delay mode and initial delay value for a specified codec, use the cnfcodecjtrdelay  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnfcodecjtrdelay codec-type jitter-mode jitter-delay  
Syntax Description  
codec-type  
Type of coding/decoding to be performed on the data stream. It can be one of the  
following values:  
1 = G.711u  
2 = G.711a  
3 = G.726-32k  
4 = G.729a  
5 = G.729ab  
6 = Clear channel (VAD must be off)  
7 = G.726-16k  
8 = G.726-24k  
9 = G.726-40k  
11 = G.723.1-H  
12 = G.723.1a-H  
13 = G.723.1-L  
14 = G.723.1a-L  
jitter-mode  
jitter-delay  
Jitter delay mode. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = Fixed. Cisco recommends fixed mode if latency jitter is constant.  
2 = Adaptive. Cisco recommends adaptive if latency jitter is variable.  
Initial jitter delay (defined in milliseconds). It can be a value from one of the  
following ranges:  
For codec templates 1, 3, and 4, in the range from 0 to 100 in increments of 10.  
For codec template 2, in the range from 0 to 100 in increments of 5.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Cisco recommends that you configure the jitter-delay argument to 20 ms when using DSP firmware  
versions 3.4 and 3.6.  
The G.723.1 codecs are supported for VISM-PR cards and are not supported for VISM cards.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-118  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcodecjtrdelay  
Examples  
The following example shows that codec G.726, 24 kbps is configured with an adaptable jitter mode and  
an initial jitter delay of 55 ms:  
cnfcodecjtrdelay 8 2 55  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspcodecjtrdelays  
Displays the configured codec jitter delay modes and associated jitter initial  
delays.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-119  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcodecneg  
cnfcodecneg  
To configure the priority order of the lists of codec list priority order, use the cnfcodecneg command in  
the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
cnfcodecneg codec-priority  
Syntax Description  
codec-priority  
The codec list priority scheme. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = LCO list, remote SDP data list, local MIB  
2 = LCO list, local MIB, remote SDP data list  
3 = Remote SDP data list, LCO list, local MIB  
4 = Remote SDP data list, local MIB, LCO list  
5 = Local MIB, LCO list, remote SDP data list  
6 = Local MIB, remote SDP data list, LCO list  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Codec lists include the following:  
Call agent provided list in a local connection option (LCO)  
Remote gateway provided list in the Session Description Protocol (SDP) data  
Local MIB provided list  
Examples  
The following example shows that the LCO list is the first priority, SDP data list is the second, and the  
list from the local MIB is the last priority:  
cnfcodecneg 1  
Related Commands  
There are no related commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-120  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcodecparams  
cnfcodecparams  
To configure codec parameters—codec packetization period, preference, Internet Assigned Numbers  
Authority (IANA) registered codec type and xGCP codec string—for AAL1 and IP calls, use the  
cnfcodecparams command in the VoIP switching operating mode.  
cnfcodecparams codec-type codec-pkt-period |preference codec-string iana-type|  
Syntax Description  
codec-type  
The type of coding/decoding to be performed on the data stream. It can be one  
of the following values:  
1 = G.711u  
2 = G.711a  
3 = G.726-32k  
4 = G.729a  
5 = G.729ab  
6 = Clear channel (VAD must be off)  
7 = G.726-16k  
8 = G.726-24k  
9 = G.726-40k  
11 = G.723.1-H  
12 = G.723.1a-H  
13 = G.723.1-L  
14 = G.723.1a-L  
codec-pkt-period  
Packetization period (defined in milliseconds). It can be one of the following  
values:  
10 (Default)  
20  
30  
40  
60  
preference  
(Optional) Preference level of the codec you identified with the codec-num  
argument value. It can be a value from the following list:  
0 = Ignore preference  
Note  
A preference value of 0 results in the codec being excluded from the  
list of supported codecs during codec negotiation via xGCP.  
In the range from 1 (highest) to 13 (lowest)  
codec-string  
iana-type  
(Optional) The xGCP codec string. It can be from 1 to 20 ASCII characters.  
(Optional) IANA registered codec type. It can be in the range from 0 to 96.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-121  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcodecparams  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching  
The packetization period parameter is required but the remaining parameters are optional. The  
parameters of any codec can be configured regardless of whether the current codec template supports  
that codec.  
If you are using template 2, the G.726 and G.729 codec types are ignored and replaced with clear  
channel.  
The G.723.1 codecs are supported for VISM-PR cards and are not supported for VISM cards.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the codec with identification number 3 is configured with a  
packetization period of 20 ms, has the highest priority, is not an IANA registered codec, and is  
represented by the string geeseven:  
cnfcodecparams 3 20 1 0 geeseven  
Related Commands  
There are no related commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-122  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcodectmpl  
cnfcodectmpl  
To assign a codec template to an entire VISM card, use the cnfcodectmpl command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnfcodectmpl template-num  
Syntax Description  
template-num  
Template number assigned to the current VISM card. It can be one of the following  
values:  
1 = G.711u, G.711a, G.726-16k, G.726-24k, G.726-32k, G.726-40k, G.729a,  
and G.729ab codecs, and clear channel  
Note  
Template 1 is limited to 145 DS0s for VISM and 248 DS0s for VISM-PR.  
2 = G.711u and G.711a uncompressed codecs, and clear channel  
3 = G.711u, G.711a, G.726-16k, G.726-24k, G.726-32k, G.726-40k, G.729a,  
and G.729ab codecs and clear channel  
Note  
Codec template number 3 = template number 1 with T.38 support added.  
Template 3 is limited to 120 DS0s for VISM and 248 for VISM-PR.  
4 = G.711u, G.711a, G. 726-16k, G.726-24k, G.726-32k, G.726-40k, G.729a,  
G.729ab, G.723.1-H, G.723.1a-H, G.723.1-L, G.723.1a-L codecs and clear  
channel  
Note  
Template 4 supports a maximum of 144 channels for VISM-PR.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
The following list describes the maximum number of channels supported by the different templates:  
Template 1: 145 T1 channels, or 145 E1 channels.  
Template 2: 192 T1 channels, or 248 E1 channels.  
Template 3: 120 T1 channels, or 120 E1 channels.  
Templates define allowable voice encoding types.  
The execution of this command requires your confirmation because the card resets after you execute this  
command.  
This command is not allowed if CIDs are present.  
The G.723.1 codecs are supported for VISM-PR cards and are not supported for VISM cards.  
Examples  
The following example shows that template number 1 is assigned to the current VISM card:  
cnfcodectmpl 1  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-123  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcodectmpl  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspcodectmpls Displays all entries in the VISM card’s codec template table.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-124  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcompvad  
cnfcompvad  
To enable or disable voice activity detection (VAD) on a T1 or E1 line, use the cnfcompvad command  
in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnfcompvad line-num vad-enable  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number of the line on which to configure VAD in the range from 1 to 8.  
Enables or disables VAD. It can be one of the following values:  
vad-enable  
1 = On  
2 = Off  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.  
The following example shows that line number 3 does not have VAD enabled:  
cnfcompvad 3 2  
Related Commands  
There are no related commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-125  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcon  
cnfcon  
To configure a connection between a VISM card and an MGX 8000 Series platform PXM card, use the  
cnfcon command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating  
modes.  
cnfcon lcn peak-cell-rate service-type |sus-cell-rate max-burst-rate|  
Syntax Description  
lcn  
Logical channel number of the connection; in the range from 131 to 510.  
peak-cell-rate  
Peak cell rate (described in cells per second). It can be a value from one of the  
following ranges:  
1 to 80000 for VoIP bearer  
1 to 20000 for VoIP control  
1 to 50000 for AAL2 T1  
1 to 60000 for AAL2 E1  
1 to 400 for AAL2 signaling (trunking)  
1 to 90000 for AAL5 bearer  
1 to 10000 for AAL5 control  
Note  
The peak-cell-rate argument value must be 15 or greater if the  
service-type argument value is a variable bit rate selection.  
service-type  
Service type. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = Constant bit rate (CBR)  
2 = Variable bit rate real time—VBR (RT)  
3 = Variable bit rate non-real time—VBR (NRT)  
4 = VBR (RT) 3  
5 = VBR (RT) 2  
6 = VBR (NRT) 2  
7 = VBR (NRT) 3  
Note  
Use values 4 to 7 for VISM-PR to RPM-PR connections.  
sus-cell-rate  
(Optional) Sustainable cell rate. It can be in the range from 1 to the value you  
configured for the peak-cell-rate argument value.  
Note  
This argument value is required if the service-type argument value is in  
the range from 2 to 7.  
max-burst-rate  
(Optional) Maximum burst size—maximum number of cells transmitted at the  
peak cell rate. It can be in the range from 1 cell to 10 times the value you  
configured for the sus-cell-rate argument value.  
Note  
This argument value is required if the service-type argument value is in  
the range from 2 to 7.  
Command Modes  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-126  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfcon  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.  
The following example shows that an LCN 160 connection is configured as CBR, with a peak cell rate  
of 20000 cps, a sustained cell rate of 5000 cps, and a maximum burst rate of 10000 cps:  
cnfcon 160 20000 1 5000 10000  
Related Commands  
Command  
addcon  
delcon  
Description  
Adds a PVC connection between a VISM card and any SM or PXM card.  
Deletes a PVC connection between a VISM card and an MGX 8000 Series  
platform PXM card.  
dspvismparam  
Displays the current VISM card configuration.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-127  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfconcac  
cnfconcac  
To configure connection admission control (CAC) on a previously added connection, use the cnfconcac  
command in the AAL2 trunking operating mode.  
cnfconcac lcn conn-type  
Syntax Description  
lcn  
Logical channel number of the connection; in the range from 131 to 510.  
Connection type. It can be one of the following values:  
conn-type  
1 = Master  
2 = Slave (Default)  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
AAL2 trunking  
You must use the cnfcac command prior to using this command to enable CAC at the card level. If the  
PVC has been configured as master, CAC functionality is applied to the master end of the PVC only.  
Examples  
The following example shows that CAC is configured at the master end of LCN 131:  
cnfconcac 131 1  
Related Commands  
Command  
cnfcac  
Description  
Enables or disables the CAC feature on a VISM card.  
Displays CAC configuration data for a connection.  
dspconcac  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-128  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfconcacparams  
cnfconcacparams  
To configure connection admission control (CAC) features on a PVC, use the cnfconcacparams  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnfconcacparams lcn vad-tol vad-duty-cycle  
Syntax Description  
lcn  
Logical channel number of the connection; in the range from 131 to 510.  
vad-tol  
VAD tolerance—the expression for VAD “over-subscription drop ratio” where:  
tolerance = 10000 x over-subscription drop ratio (expressed as a percentage). A  
typical value for VAD tolerance is 10. Some examples are:  
10000 (tolerance) = 1% (over subscription drop ratio)  
100 = 0.01%  
10 = 0.001%  
1 = 0.0001%  
It can be in the range from 0 to 10000. (Default = 100)  
vad-duty-cycle  
VAD duty cycle—the ratio of speech and holdover duration to total duration  
expressed as a percentage. Holdover is the period after silence begins and silence  
suppression is turned on. In VISM, the holdover time is 250 ms. A typical value  
for this parameter is 61 which means that 61% of the time is taken by speech and  
holdover. It can be in the range from 1 to 99. (Default = 61)  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.  
The following example shows that VAD is configured on LCN 150 with a VAD tolerance of 500 and a  
VAD duty cycle of 50:  
cnfconcacparams 150 500 50  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfcac  
Enables or disables the CAC feature on a VISM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-129  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfconcacpol  
cnfconcacpol  
To configure the policies for fax/modem upspeed connection admission control (CAC) failure and  
fax/modem carrier loss for calls added to a particular IP or AAL2 LCN, use the cnfconcacpol command  
in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnfconcacpol lcn carrier-loss-pol cac-reject-pol  
Syntax Description  
lcn  
Logical channel number of the connection; in the range from 131 to 510.  
Carrier loss policy. It can be one of the following values:  
carrier-loss-pol  
1 = Revert to the previous codec  
2 = Maintain the upspeed codec  
3 = Unspecified  
Note  
If you select 3 (unspecified), the card level default is used.  
cac-reject-pol  
CAC rejection policy. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = Delete the connection  
2 = Maintain the connection  
3 = Unspecified  
Note  
If you select 3 (unspecified), the card level default is used.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
If you select 3 (unspecified) for the carrier-loss-pol or cac-reject-pol argument values, the card level  
default are used.  
Examples  
The following example shows that LCN 131 is configured with a carrier loss policy of 1 (if carrier is lost,  
the LCN reverts to the previous codec) and a CAC rejection policy of 2 (the LCN connection is  
maintained):  
cnfconcacpol 131 1 2  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfconvbdpol  
Configures the policies for fax/modem upspeed CAC failure and fax/modem  
carrier loss for calls added to a particular IP or AAL2 LCN.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-130  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfconprotect  
cnfconprotect  
To configure protection on a PVC, use the cnfconprotect command in the VoIP switching/trunking  
operating mode.  
cnfconprotect lcn protect-enable lock-state second-lcn  
Syntax Description  
lcn  
Primary logical channel number of the connection (PVC); in the range from 131 to  
510.  
protect-enable  
Enables or disables PVC protection. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = On  
2 = Off  
lock-state  
PVC lock state. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = Unlock  
2 = Lock  
second-lcn  
Secondary (fallback) logical channel number of the connection (PVC); in the range  
from 131 to 510.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking  
You must use the addcon command to add the primary and secondary PVCs before using this command,  
and ensure that both channels have the same peak-cell-rate argument value.  
Protect the primary channel using the cnfconprotect command and configure the secondary (fallback)  
LCN.  
The primary channel can be locked so that it is inoperative and forces a switchover to the secondary  
channel. If the primary channel is locked and the secondary channel fails, the connection fails.  
If the primary PVC is protected, automatic switchover to a specified secondary PVC occurs if a primary  
PVC fails.  
A protected channel cannot be deleted. To delete the channel, use the cnfconprotect command to  
unprotect the primary channel, delete the secondary channel, and then delete the primary channel.  
Examples  
The following example shows that LCN 132 is protected and unlocked, and LCN 217 is the secondary  
(fallback) LCN:  
cnfconprotect 132 1 1 217  
Related Commands  
There are no related commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-131  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfconvbdpol  
cnfconvbdpol  
To configure the policies for fax/modem upspeed connection admission control (CAC) failure and  
fax/modem carrier loss for calls added to a particular IP or AAL2 LCN, use the cnfconvbdpol command  
in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnfconvbdpol lcn carrier-loss-pol cac-reject-pol  
Syntax Description  
lcn  
Logical channel number of the connection; in the range from 131 to 510.  
Carrier loss policy. It can be one of the following values:  
carrier-loss-pol  
1 = Revert to the previous codec  
2 = Maintain the upspeed codec  
3 = Unspecified  
Note  
If you select 3 (unspecified), the card level default is used.  
cac-reject-pol  
CAC rejection policy. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = Delete the connection  
2 = Maintain the connection  
3 = Unspecified  
Note  
If you select 3 (unspecified), the card level default is used.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
If you select 3 (unspecified) for the carrier-loss-pol or cac-reject-pol argument values, the card level  
default are used.  
Examples  
The following example shows that LCN 131 is configured with a carrier loss policy of 1 (if carrier is lost,  
the LCN reverts to the previous codec) and a CAC rejection policy of 2 (the LCN connection is  
maintained):  
cnfconvbdpol 131 1 2  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfconcacpol  
Configures the policies for fax/modem upspeed CAC failure and fax/modem carrier  
loss for calls added to a particular IP or AAL2 LCN.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-132  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfconvcci  
cnfconvcci  
To associate a virtual circuit connection identifier (VCCI) and a remote address with an LCN, use the  
cnfconvcci in the switched AAL2 PVC operating mode.  
cnfconvcci lcn vcci-num addr-type |fe-addr|  
Syntax Description  
lcn  
Logical channel number of the connection; in the range from 131 to 510.  
VCCI number. It can be in the range from 0 to 65535.  
vcci-num  
addr-type  
Address type of the VCCI. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = Not applicable  
Note  
This address type disassociates a VCCI, far end address type, and far end  
address from an LCN.  
2 = NSAP (20-byte hexadecimal address)  
3 = E.164 (1- to 15-byte decimal address)  
4 = Gateway ID (1- to 64-byte ASCII character address)  
5 = Unspecified  
fe-addr  
(Optional) Far end IP address. This argument is optional if the addr-type value = 1 or  
5. This argument is mandatory if the addr-type value = 2, 3, or 4.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Switched AAL2 PVC  
The VCCI number does not need to be unique for the not applicable (1) address type, and the far end  
address is not used.  
The combination of VCCI number and far end address must be unique for the following address types:  
NSAP (2)  
E.164 (3)  
Gateway ID (4)  
The VCCI number must be unique for the unspecified (5) address type, even though the far end address  
is not used.  
Examples  
The following example shows that LCN 131 is not associated with a VCCI or far end address:  
cnfconvcci 131 1  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspcon  
Displays the parameters for a specified LCN.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-133  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfdeftos  
cnfdeftos  
To configure the type of service (ToS) parameters for both control and bearer IP packets, use the  
cnfdeftos command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
cnfdeftos control-prec control-tos |bearer-prec bearer-tos|  
Syntax Description  
control-prec  
control-tos  
Control precedence. It can be in the range from 0 to 7. (Default = 3)  
Control ToS (conforms to RFC 1349). It can be one of the following values:  
0 = Default  
1
2
4
8
bearer-prec  
bearer-tos  
(Optional) Bearer precedence (conforms to RFC 791). It can be in the range from  
0 to 7. (Default = 5)  
(Optional) Bearer ToS. It can be one of the following values:  
0 = Default  
1
2
4
8
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking  
The ToS bearer parameters—configured with the bearer-prec and bearer-tos arguments—are used  
during call setup in cases where the parameters are not supplied by the call agent. If you do not use this  
command, the card level default values are applied.  
Examples  
The following example shows that bearer IP packets are configured with a control precedence of 3 and  
a control ToS of 2, and the control IP packets are configured with a bearer precedence of 2 and a bearer  
ToS of 4:  
cnfdeftos 3 2 2 4  
Related Commands  
There are no related commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-134  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfdisctimers  
cnfdisctimers  
To specify the wait delay times for the disconnected procedure, restart in progress command—initial,  
minimum, and maximum timer values—use the cnfdisctimers command in the VoIP switching/trunking,  
switched AAL1 SVC, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, AAL2 trunking, VoIP and switched  
ATM AAL1 SVC operating modes.  
cnfdisctimers init-wait-time min-wait-time max-wait-time  
Syntax Description  
init-wait-time  
min-wait-time  
max-wait-time  
Initial disconnect waiting delay time (defined in seconds). In the range from 1 to  
100.  
Minimum disconnect waiting delay time (defined in seconds). In the range from 0  
to 100.  
Maximum disconnect waiting delay time (defined in seconds). In the range from 1  
to 5000.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL1 SVC, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, AAL2  
trunking, VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
You must use the cnfmgcgrpprotocol command and select the disconnect type method for Restart in  
Progress commands before you can use this command.  
The following example shows that an initial disconnect waiting time of 30 seconds, a minimum  
disconnect waiting time of 0 seconds, and a maximum disconnect waiting time of 120 seconds is  
configured for the current VISM card:  
cnfdisctimers 30 0 120  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addmgcgrpprotocol  
cnfmgcgrpprotocol  
cnfxgcppeer  
Associates a call agent redundancy group to a gateway control protocol.  
Configures call agent group protocol data.  
Configures the UDP port number used to send gateway-initiated messages to  
the call agent.  
delmgcgrpprotocol  
dspdisctimers  
Deletes an MGCP from a specified call agent redundancy group.  
Displays the Restart in Progress command disconnect type method wait  
delay times.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-135  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfdn  
cnfdn  
To configure the resolution type of a specified domain name, use the cnfdn command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnfdn domain-num resol-type  
Syntax Description  
domain-num  
resol-type  
Domain number used to identify the domain in the range from 1 to 11.  
(Optional) Resolution type to configure for the specified domain name. It can be one  
of the following values:  
1 = Internal only. You must statistically provision all IP addresses on the VISM  
card for the domain name. The VISM card does not resolve the domain name  
using an external domain name server (DNS).  
2 = External only. The VISM card attempts to resolve the domain name using an  
external DNS. Statistically configured IP addresses for this domain name are not  
used.  
3 = Internal first. The VISM card attempts to resolve the domain name using an  
external DNS. The VISM card uses the statistically provisioned IP addresses for  
this domain name before using IP addresses from external resolution.  
4 = External first. The VISM card attempts to resolve the domain name using an  
external DNS. The VISM card uses IP addresses from external resolution before  
using the statistically provisioned IP addresses.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the domain name represented by domain number 2 is configured for  
external-only resolution type:  
cnfdn 2 2  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
adddn  
Adds a domain name (call agent name) and optionally configures the resolution type  
of the domain name.  
adddnip  
Adds the IP addresses for a domain name that you added by using the adddn  
command.  
cnfdnssrvr  
deldn  
Designates a domain name as a DNS.  
Deletes a domain name.  
deldnip  
Deletes a statistically provisioned IP address of a domain name.  
dspdnallips  
Displays all statistically provisioned IP addresses and externally resolved IP  
addresses for all domain names configured on the current VISM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-136  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfdn  
Command  
Description  
dspdnips  
Displays all statistically provisioned and externally resolved IP addresses configured  
for a specified domain name.  
dspdns  
Displays the configuration data of all domain names of a call agent.  
dspdnssrvr  
Displays the domain name of the configured DNS of the current VISM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-137  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfdnssrvr  
cnfdnssrvr  
To designate a domain name as a domain name server (DNS), use the cnfdnssrvr command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnfdnssrvr dns-domain-name  
Syntax Description  
dns-domain-name Domain name which you want to designate, or remove, as a DNS. It can be one  
of the following:  
A text string of 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters.  
NULL = removes the configured DNS from VISM.  
NULL is case sensitive.  
Note  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
You must configure the domain name for internal-only resolution and provision at least one IP address  
for the domain name.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the callagent99 domain name is configured as the DNS:  
adddn 1 callagent99 1  
adddnip 1 callagent99 209.165.200.224  
cnfdnssrvr callagent99  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
adddn  
Adds a domain name (call agent name) and optionally configures the resolution  
type of the domain name.  
adddnip  
Adds the IP addresses for a domain name that you added by using the adddn  
command.  
cnfdn  
Configures the resolution type of a specified domain name.  
Deletes a domain name.  
deldn  
deldnip  
dspdnallips  
Deletes a statistically provisioned IP address of a domain name.  
Displays all statistically provisioned IP addresses and externally resolved IP  
addresses for all domain names configured on the current VISM card.  
dspdnips  
Displays all statistically provisioned and externally resolved IP addresses  
configured for a specified domain name.  
dspdns  
Displays the configuration data of all domain names of a call agent.  
dspdnssrvr  
Displays the domain name of the configured DNS of the current VISM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-138  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfdpvcoamparams  
cnfdpvcoamparams  
To configure the transmitted and received permanent virtual circuit (PVC) Operations, Administration,  
and Maintenance (OAM) cell parameters, use the cnfdpvcoamparams command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnfdpvcoamparams cell-gap recov-cell-num unack-cell-num  
Syntax Description  
cell-gap  
Intercell gap—the time between cells (defined in milliseconds). It can be in  
the range from 10 to 5000. (Default = 500)  
recov-cell-num  
Recovery indication cell count—the number of cells that must be received  
before a PVC is considered recovered from a failure. It can be in the range  
from 1 to 20. (Default = 3)  
unack-cell-num  
Unacknowledge indication cell count—the number of cells that must be  
unacknowledged before a PVC is declared as failed. It can be in the range  
from 1 to 20. (Default = 5)  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the transmitted and received PVC OAM parameters are configured  
with a 20 ms intercell gap, a 5-cell recovery indication cell count, and a 10-cell unacknowledge  
indication cell count:  
cnfdpvcoamparams 20 5 10  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspdpvcoamparams  
Displays the transmitted and received PVC OAM cell parameters.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-139  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfds0gain  
cnfds0gain  
To configure the adjustable gain for a specified DS0, use the cnfds0gain command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnfds0gain line-num ds0-num input-gain output-atten  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
ds0-num  
Line number of the DS0 that you want to configure the adjustable gain. In the range  
from 1 to 8.  
DS0 number on which to configure adjustable gain. It can be a value from one of  
the following ranges:  
1 to 24 for T1 lines  
1 to 31 for E1 lines  
input-gain  
Input gain (defined in decibels). It can be in the range from –60 to 140 in  
increments of 10.  
output-atten  
Output attenuation (defined in decibels). It can be in the range from 0 to 140 in  
increments of 10.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking.  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the VISM card line number 2, DS0 number 13, is configured with a  
–10-dB input gain value and a 60-dB output attenuation value:  
cnfds0gain 2 13 -10 60  
Related Commands  
Command  
cnfgain  
Description  
Configures the adjustable gain for a VISM card.  
Configures the adjustable gain for all DS0s on a specified VISM card line.  
Displays the adjustable gain values for a specified DS0.  
Displays the adjustable gain for a specified VISM card.  
Displays the adjustable gain for a specified VISM card line.  
cnflngain  
dspds0gain  
dspgain  
dsplngain  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-140  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfds0localcas  
cnfds0localcas  
To configure a local channel associated signaling (CAS) 4-bit pattern for a T1 line and DS0, use the  
cnfds0localcas command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
operating modes.  
cnfds0localcas line-num ds0-num local-cas-enable |local-cas-pattern|  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
ds0-num  
T1 line number on which to configure a local CAS bit pattern; in the range  
from 1 to 8.  
DS0 number on which to configure a local CAS bit pattern. It can be a value  
from one of the following ranges:  
1 to 24 for T1 lines  
1 to 31 for E1 lines  
local-cas-enable  
local-cas-pattern  
Enables or disables the local CAS pattern indicated by the local-cas-pattern  
argument. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = Enabled  
2 = Disabled  
(Optional) The local 4-bit pattern expressed as a number in the range from 1  
(default) to 15. The value specifies, in binary, the value of the A, B, C, and D  
signaling bits.  
Note  
If local CAS is enabled (local-cas-enable argument = 1), this argument  
is mandatory.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
If a DS0 is configured for local CAS, the framer forces the CAS bits to a value defined by the  
local-cas-pattern argument in this command.  
This command is not allowed if any of the following conditions are present:  
The line signaling type is CAS.  
The line is not enabled.  
The DS0 is in a remote loop state.  
Note  
This command is allowed for T1 lines only.  
Examples  
The following example shows that T1 line 2, DS0 number 12 is configured with a local 4-bit pattern  
represented by a value of 3 (0011 in binary):  
cnfds0localcas 2 12 1 3  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-141  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfds0localcas  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspds0localcasstatus  
Displays the currently configured local CAS status for a line and DS0.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-142  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfds0loop  
cnfds0loop  
To configure a loopback type for a specified line and DS0, use the cnfds0loop command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnfds0loop line-num ds0-num loopback-type  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
ds0-num  
Line number of the channel to be configured for a loopback type; in the range from  
1 to 8.  
DS0 number of the channel to be configured for a loopback type. It can be a value  
from one of the following ranges:  
1 to 24 for T1 lines  
1 to 31 for E1 lines  
loopback-type  
The type of loopback to be used on the channel. It can be one of the following  
values:  
1 = No loopback  
2 = Remote loopback  
3 = Local loopback  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the loopback type of line 2, DS0 12 is configured as remote:  
cnfds0loop 2 12 2  
Related Commands  
There are no related commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-143  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfds0musicthreshold  
cnfds0musicthreshold  
To configure the music on-hold threshold for a specified DS0, use the cnfds0musicthreshold command  
in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnfds0musicthreshold line-num ds0-num music-thresh  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
ds0-num  
Line number for which you want to configure the music on-hold threshold.  
In the range from 1 to 8.  
DS0 number for which you want to configure the music on-hold threshold.  
It can be a value from one of the following ranges:  
1 to 24 for T1 lines  
1 to 31 for E1 lines  
music-thresh  
Music on-hold threshold (defined in decibels). It can be in the range from  
–70 to –30.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the VISM card line number 2, DS0 number 30 is configured with a  
–45 dB music on-hold threshold value:  
cnfds0musicthreshold 2 30 -45  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnflnmusicthreshold  
cnfmusicthreshold  
Configures the music on-hold threshold for all DS0s on a specified line.  
Configures the music on-hold threshold value for the current VISM card.  
dspds0musicthreshold Displays the music on-hold threshold value for a specified DS0.  
dsplnmusicthreshold  
Displays the music on-hold threshold values for the DS0s on a specified  
line.  
dspmusicthreshold  
Displays the music on-hold threshold values for the current VISM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-144  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfecanenable  
cnfecanenable  
To enable or disable echo cancellation on a line, use the cnfecanenable command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnfecanenable line-num ecan-enable  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number of the channel to be configured for a loopback type; in the range from 1  
to 8.  
ecan-enable  
Enables or disables echo cancellation. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = On  
2 = Off  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that ECAN is enabled on line 2 of the current VISM card:  
cnfecanenable 2 1  
Related Commands  
Command  
cnfecanrec  
cnfecantail  
dsplndsp  
Description  
Configures the residual echo control for DSPs on a VISM card that is used for ECAN.  
Configures the maximum tail length for DSPs on a VISM card that is used for ECAN.  
Displays the DSP information for a line.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-145  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfecanrec  
cnfecanrec  
To configure residual echo control for digital signal processors (DSPs) on a VISM card line that is used  
for echo cancellation, use the cnfecanrec command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2  
PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnfecanrec line-num res-echo-control  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number to configure with residual echo control; in the range from 1 to 8.  
Residual echo control for a VISM card line. It can be one of the following values:  
res-echo-control  
1 = Cancel only  
2 = Suppress residual  
4 = Comfort noise  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
This command applies to DSPs processing data on a specified line.  
The following example shows that line 1 of the current VISM card is configured with comfort noise  
residual echo control:  
cnfecanrec 1 4  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfecanenable  
cnfecantail  
Enables or disables ECAN on a specified VISM card line.  
Configures the maximum tail length for DSPs on a VISM card that is used for  
echo cancellation.  
dsplndsp  
Displays the DSP information for a specified VISM card line.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-146  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfecantail  
cnfecantail  
To configure the maximum tail length for digital signal processors (DSPs) on a VISM card that is used  
for echo cancellation, use the cnfecantail command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2  
PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnfecantail line-num max-ecan-tail  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number to configure maximum ECAN tail length; in the range from 1 to 8.  
max-ecan-tail  
Maximum tail length (defined in milliseconds). It can be one of the following  
values:  
24  
32 (Default)  
48  
64  
80  
96  
112  
128  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
This command applies to DSPs processing data on a specified line.  
The following example shows that line 3 of the current VISM card is configured with a maximum ECAN  
tail length of 96 ms:  
cnfecantail 3 96  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfecanenable Enables or disables ECAN on a specified VISM card line.  
cnfecanrec  
dsplndsp  
Configures the residual echo control for DSPs on a VISM card that is used for  
ECAN.  
Displays the DSP information for a specified VISM card line.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-147  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfendptcadence  
cnfendptcadence  
To configure cadence (digit tone) times for an endpoint, use the cnfendptcadence command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnfendptcadence endpt-num tone-on-time tone-off-time  
Syntax Description  
endpt-num  
Endpoint number. It can be a value from one of the following ranges:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, from 1 to 144  
tone-on-time  
Length of time (defined in milliseconds) a digit tone is generated. It can be in the  
range from 2 to 9999. (Default = 75)  
tone-off-time Length of time (defined in milliseconds) silence is maintained between digit tone  
generation. It can be in the range from 0 to 9999. (Default = 75)  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that endpoint 20 is configured with 100 ms digit tone generation time  
length and 100 ms silence time length between generated tones:  
cnfendptcadence 20 100 100  
Related Commands  
There are no related commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-148  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnferl  
cnferl  
To configure a digital signal processor (DSP) return echo loss value, use the cnferl command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnferl echo-ret-loss  
Syntax Description  
echo-ret-loss Echo return loss to be applied by echo cancellation DSPs. It can be one of the  
following values:  
1 = 0 dB  
2 = –3 dB  
3 = –6 dB  
4 = –10 dB  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures when using this command.  
The following example shows that a 6-dB echo return loss value is configured for the current VISM  
card’s echo cancellation DSP:  
cnferl 3  
Related Commands  
There are no related commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-149  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfgain  
cnfgain  
To configure the adjustable gain for a VISM card, use the cnfgain command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnfgain input-gain output-atten  
Syntax Description  
input-gain  
Input gain (defined in decibels). It can be in the range from –60 to 140 in increments  
of 10.  
output-atten  
Output attenuation (defined in decibels). It can be in the range from 0 to 140 in  
increments of 10.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
This command allows you to configure the gain for an entire VISM card. The values you configure with  
this command are permanent and remain on the VISM card after any resets.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the current VISM card is configured with a –10-dB input gain value  
and a 60-dB output attenuation value:  
cnfgain -10 60  
Related Commands  
Command  
cnfds0gain  
cnflngain  
dspds0gain  
dspgain  
Description  
Configures the adjustable gain for a specified DS0.  
Configures the adjustable gain for all DS0s on a specified VISM card line.  
Displays the adjustable gain values for a specified DS0.  
Displays the adjustable gain for a specified VISM card.  
Displays the adjustable gain for all DS0s on a specified VISM card line.  
dsplngain  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-150  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfgwis  
cnfgwis  
To configure an out-of-service VISM card to the in-service state, use the cnfgwis command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking operating mode.  
cnfgwis  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking  
This command causes an RSIP notification to be sent to the call agent.  
The following example shows that the current VISM card is configured to the in-service state:  
cnfgwis  
The VISM card prompt terminates with an a to indicate the in-service state:  
NODENAME.1.9.VISM8.a  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfgwoos  
Configures an in-service VISM card to the out-of-service state.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-151  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfgwoos  
cnfgwoos  
To configure an in-service VISM card to the out-of-service state, use the cnfgwoos command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
cnfgwoos oos-method  
Syntax Description  
oos-method  
VISM card’s method of reaching the out-of-service state. It can be one of the  
following values:  
2 = Forceful. Existing connections are deleted and the VISM card transitions to the  
“commandedOutOfService” state. New connection requests are rejected.  
3 = Graceful. Existing connections are not released and allowed to terminate  
naturally. Immediately after this command is executed, the VISM card transitions  
to the “pendingOutOfService state”. New connection requests are rejected. The  
VISM card transitions to the ‘commandedOutOfService’ state only when all  
ongoing connections are deleted by the call agent.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Associated call agents are notified of VISM card state changes with an RSIP notification.  
The following example shows that the current VISM card is placed in the out-of-service state forcefully:  
cnfgwoos 2  
The VISM card prompt terminates with an s to indicate the out-of-service (standby) state:  
NODENAME.1.9.VISM8.s  
Related Commands  
Command  
cnfgwis  
Description  
Configures an out-of-service VISM card to the in-service state.  
Displays the current user-configured service states of the gateway.  
dspgwstate  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-152  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfjtrinitdelay  
cnfjtrinitdelay  
To configure the initial jitter buffer delay size, use the cnfjtrinitdelay command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating mode.  
cnfjtrinitdelay jitter-buffer-size  
Syntax Description  
jitter-buffer-size  
Jitter buffer size setting (defined in milliseconds). It can be a value from one of  
the following ranges:  
For template numbers 1, 3, and 4, in the range from 0 to 100 in increments  
of 10.  
For template number 2, in the range from 0 to 100 in increments of 5.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Determine the current jitter delay mode you configured with the cnfjtrmode command. If the mode is  
set to fixed (set by the command) the jitter buffer size is fixed at the value you indicate for the  
jitter-buffer-size argument for the duration of the call. If the mode is set to adaptive, the jitter buffer size  
is set initially to the value you indicate for the jitter-buffer-size argument and the digital signal processor  
(DSP) adapts the jitter buffer size to an optimal size.  
Changing the jitter-buffer-size argument value does not affect existing channel identifiers (CIDs). The  
new value is sent to the DSPs only when CIDs are open.  
Table 5-2 lists the default codec type initial delay values in milliseconds.  
Table 5-2 Codec Type Default Values  
Codec Type  
G.711u  
Delay Mode  
Fixed  
Initial Delay (ms)  
100  
100  
60  
G.711a  
Fixed  
G.726-32k  
G.729a  
Adaptive  
Adaptive  
Adaptive  
Fixed  
60  
G.729ab  
60  
Clear channel  
G.726-16k  
G.726-24k  
G.726-40k  
G.723.1-H1  
G.723.1a-H1  
G.723.1-L1  
G.723.1a-L1  
100  
60  
Adaptive  
Adaptive  
Adaptive  
60  
60  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-153  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfjtrinitdelay  
1. The G.723.1 codecs are supported for VISM-PR  
cards and are not supported for VISM cards.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the jitter buffer size is set to 70 milliseconds:  
cnfjtrinitdelay 70  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfjtrmode  
dspcarddsp  
Sets the jitter delay algorithm to fixed or adaptive.  
Displays all current card level parameters for ECAN and voice compression  
DSPs.  
dspcodecjtrdelays Displays the configured codec jitter delay modes and associated jitter initial  
delays.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-154  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfjtrmode  
cnfjtrmode  
To configure the jitter algorithm with a fixed or adaptive buffer, use the cnfjtrmode command in the  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnfjtrmode jitter-mode  
Syntax Description  
jitter-mode  
Jitter delay mode. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = Fixed. Cisco recommends fixed mode if latency jitter is constant.  
2 = Adaptive. Cisco recommends adaptive if latency jitter is variable.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Changing the jitter-mode argument value does not affect any existing CIDs. The value is sent to the  
DSPs only when CIDs are open.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the jitter delay mode is set to adaptive:  
cnfjtrmode 2  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfjtrinitdelay  
dspcarddsp  
Configures the jitter buffer size.  
Displays all current card-level parameters for ECAN and voice compression  
DSPs.  
dspcodecjtrdelays  
Displays the configured codec jitter delay modes and associated jitter initial  
delays.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-155  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnflapdretrans  
cnflapdretrans  
To configure a maximum number of frame retransmissions for a previously added Link Access Protocol  
D channel (LAPD), use the cnflapdretrans command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
cnflapdretrans line-num ds0-num n200  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
ds0-num  
Line number of the D channel to be configured. In the range from 1 to 8.  
DS0 number that was specified in the addlapd command. It can be a value  
from one of the following ranges:  
1 to 24 for T1 lines  
1 to 31 for E1 lines  
n200  
Maximum frame retransmissions in the range from 1 to 10.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that line 2, DS0 12 is configured with a maximum number of 10 frame  
retransmission attempts:  
cnflapdretrans 2 12 10  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnflapdtimer  
cnflapdtype  
cnflapdwinsize  
Configures two LAPD timers for a previously added LAPD.  
Configures the various types of LAPD stacks for a previously added LAPD.  
Configures the maximum number of outstanding (unacknowledged) I-frames.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-156  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnflapdtimer  
cnflapdtimer  
To configure two LAPD timers for a previously added Link Access Protocol D channel (LAPD), use the  
cnflapdtimer command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
cnflapdtimer line-num ds0-num frame-trans-time frame-exchange-time  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
ds0-num  
Line number of the D channel to be configured. In the range from 1 to 8.  
DS0 number that was specified in the addlapd command. It can be a value  
from one of the following ranges:  
1 to 24 for T1 lines  
1 to 31 for E1 lines  
frame-trans-time  
T200 timer. Time (defined in milliseconds) between frame transmission  
initiations. It can be a value from one of the following ranges:  
1000 to 1023000 for PRI—in increments of 50  
100 to 350 for GR-303—in increments of 50  
Note  
This value must be less than the value you specify for the  
frame-exchange-time argument value.  
frame-exchange-time  
T203 timer. Maximum time (defined in milliseconds) allowed without a  
frame being exchanged. It can be a value from one of the following ranges:  
1000 to 1023000 for PRI (default = 1000)—in increments of 1000  
10000 to 300000 for GR-303 (default is 30000)—in increments of  
10000  
Note  
This value must be greater than the value you specify for the  
frame-trans-time argument value.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI command procedures.  
The following example shows that line 2, DS0 12 is configured with 10000 ms between frame  
transmission initiations (timer T200) and 20000 ms as a maximum time allowed without a frame being  
exchanged (timer T203):  
cnflapdtimer 2 12 10000 20000  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnflapdretrans  
Configures a maximum number of frame retransmissions for a previously added  
LAPD.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-157  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnflapdtimer  
Command  
Description  
cnflapdtype  
cnflapdwinsize  
Configures the various types of LAPD stacks for a previously added LAPD.  
Configures a maximum allowed number of outstanding (unacknowledged)  
I-frames on a previously added LAPD.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-158  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnflapdtrunkpvc  
cnflapdtrunkpvc  
To assign the permanent virtual circuit (PVC) trunk type that carries Link Access Protocol D channel  
(LAPD) messages for the current VISM card, use the cnflapdtrunkpvc command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnflapdtrunkpvc lapd-trunk-type  
Syntax Description  
lapd-trunk-type  
LAPD trunk PVC type. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = Control  
2 = Bearer (Default)  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the current VISM card is assigned the control PVC trunk type to carry  
LAPD messages:  
cnflapdtrunkpvc 1  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addlapdtrunk  
addrtpcon  
Adds an LAPD trunk to a specific VISM card line.  
Adds a static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
addrudptrunk  
clrrtpcnt  
Adds an ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session for an LAPD trunk connection.  
Clears the RTP counters (statistics) for a specific static RTP connection.  
cnflntrunkcond  
Enables or disables line conditioning on a VISM card line if a network alarm  
is encountered.  
cnfrtpcon  
Modifies an existing static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
cnfrudptrunkrmtip Modifies the remote IP address of VISM used in the ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP  
trunk for a specified session.  
dellapdtrunk  
delrtpcon  
Deletes an LAPD configured line.  
Deletes a static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
Deletes an ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session that is associated with an LAPD.  
Displays data about an LAPD.  
delrudptrunk  
dsplapd  
dsplapdtrunkpvc  
Displays the assigned PVC trunk type that carries LAPD trunk messages for  
the current VISM card.  
dsplapdtrunks  
dsprtpcnt  
Displays the configuration data of all LAPD trunks.  
Displays the bearer counters (statistics) for a specific RTP VoIP trunking  
connection.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-159  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnflapdtrunkpvc  
Command  
Description  
dsprtpcon  
Displays the configuration data of a specified static RTP VoIP trunking  
connection.  
dsprtpcons  
Displays the configuration data of all static RTP VoIP trunking connections.  
dsprudptrunk  
Displays the configuration data of a specified ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP  
session.  
dsprudptrunks  
Displays the configuration data of all ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP sessions.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-160  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnflapdtype  
cnflapdtype  
To configure the various types of Link Access Protocol D channel (LAPD) stacks for a previously added  
LAPD, use the cnflapdtype command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
cnflapdtype line-num ds0-num lapd-type  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number of the D channel to be configured. In the range from 1 to 8.  
ds0-num  
DS0 number that was specified in the addlapd command. It can be a value from one of  
the following ranges:  
1 to 24 for T1 lines  
1 to 31 for E1 lines  
lapd-type  
Type of LAPD stack to configure on the specified line and DS0. It can be one of the  
following values:  
1 = ITU  
3 = ATT5ESSPRA  
4 = ATT4ESS  
6 = NTDMS100PRA  
7 = VN2 or 3  
8 = INSNet  
9 = TR6MFC  
10 = TR6PBX  
12 = AUSP  
13 = NIL  
14 = SSETSI  
15 = BC303TMC  
16 = BC303CSC  
17 = NTDMS250  
18 = Bellcore  
19 = NI2  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that line 2, DS0 12 is configured with the AUSP LAPD stack type:  
cnflapdtype 2 12 12  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-161  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnflapdtype  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnflapdretrans  
Configures a maximum number of frame retransmissions for a previously added  
LAPD.  
cnflapdtimer  
Configures two LAPD timers for a previously added LAPD.  
cnflapdwinsize  
Configures a maximum number of outstanding (unacknowledged) I-frames for a  
previously added LAPD.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-162  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnflapdwinsize  
cnflapdwinsize  
To configure a maximum number of outstanding (unacknowledged) I-frames, use the cnflapdwinsize  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
cnflapdwinsize line-num ds0-num iframe-num  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
ds0-num  
Line number of the D channel to be configured. In the range from 1 to 8.  
DS0 number that was specified in the addlapd command. It can be a value from one  
of the following ranges:  
1 to 24 for T1 lines  
1 to 31 for E1 lines  
iframe-num  
Maximum number of outstanding (unacknowledged) I-frames that can be  
accumulated before sending an acknowledgment. It can be in the range from 1 to 127.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that line 2, DS0 12 is configured with an LAPD window size of 10—a  
maximum number of 10 I-frames can be accumulated before sending an acknowledgment:  
cnflapdwinsize 2 12 10  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnflapdretrans  
Configures a maximum number of frame retransmissions for a previously added  
LAPD.  
cnflapdtimer  
cnflapdtype  
Configures two LAPD timers for a previously added LAPD.  
Configures the various types of LAPD stacks for a previously added LAPD.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-163  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfln  
cnfln  
To configure characteristics for a VISM card line, use the cnfln command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnfln line-num line-code line-length clock-source line-type loop-detection  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
line-code  
Line number with which to configure characteristics. In the range from 1 to 8.  
Line coding method. It can be one of the following values:  
2 = Bipolar 8-zero substitution (B8ZS), for T1  
3 = High-density bipolar 3 (HDB3), for E1  
4 = Alternate mark inversion (AMI), for T1 or E1  
line-length  
Line length. It can be one of the following values:  
8 = For E1 cards with an SMB back card  
9 = For E1 cards with an RJ48 back card  
10 = 0 to 131 feet, for T1  
11 = 131 to 262 feet, for T1  
12 = 262 to 393 feet, for T1  
13 = 393 to 524 feet, for T1  
14 = 524 to 655 feet, for T1  
15 = More than 655 feet, for T1  
clock-source  
Clock source. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = Loop clock. The loop clock source is from the line specified by the  
line-num argument. The local clock source is from the MGX 8000 Series  
platform.  
2 = Local clock. The local clock source is from the MGX 8000 Series platform.  
Note  
Options,” for clocking rules.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-164  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfln  
line-type  
Line type. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = DSx1ESF  
2 = DSx1D4  
3 = E1  
4 = E1CRC  
5 = E1MF  
6 = E1MFCRC  
7 = E1 Clear  
8 =  
9 =  
loop-detection  
Loopback code detection. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = Disabled  
2 = Enabled  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
You must add the line indicated by the line-num argument value with the addln command before using  
this command. You must include all argument values when using this command; however, the line-num  
and clock-source arguments are the only relevant arguments for configuring the clocking source on your  
VISM cards.  
Examples  
The following example shows that line 2 is configured with HDB3 coding, SMB E1 back card line  
length, loop clocking, E1 line type, and loopback detection disabled:  
cnfln 2 3 8 1 3 1  
Related Commands  
Command  
addln  
Description  
Adds a T1 or E1 line to a VISM card.  
Deletes a DS1 line on a VISM card.  
delln  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-165  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnflndigitorder  
cnflndigitorder  
To assign the order in which automatic number identification (ANI) digits—the caller’s number—and  
dialed number identification service (DNIS) digits—the called number—are dialed during an outgoing  
Feature Group D (FGD) call on the endpoints of a specified VISM card line, use the cnflndigitorder  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnflndigitorder line-num digit-order  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number for which to configure dialed digit order. In the range from 1 to 8.  
ANI and DNIS digit order. It can be one of the following values:  
digit-order  
1 = ANI digits followed by DNIS digits.  
2 = DNIS digits followed by ANI digits.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
The ANI and DNIS digits are sent as part of the MGCP setup message.  
The following example shows that the current VISM card’s line number 7 is assigned a digit order of  
DNIS digits first, followed by ANI digits, for digits dialed during an outgoing FGD call:  
cnflndigitorder 7 2  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfcasflashtime  
Configures the minimum and maximum CAS on-hook time periods for  
incoming flash hooks on a specified endpoint.  
cnfcasglareattrib  
cnfcaspackage  
Configures the direction of CAS calls and the glare policy for a specified  
endpoint.  
Configures MGCP packages to notify persistent observed CAS events in the  
context of incoming and outgoing CAS calls on a specified endpoint.  
delxgcppersistevt  
dspcasglareattrib  
Deletes a persistent xGCP event.  
Displays the direction of CAS calls and the glare policy for a specified  
endpoint.  
dspcaspackage  
Displays the MGCP packages configured to notify persistent observed CAS  
events in the context of incoming and outgoing CAS calls on a specified  
endpoint.  
dspcastimers  
Displays the currently configured CAS timers for a specified endpoint.  
dsplndigitorder  
Displays the order in which ANI digits and DNIS digits are dialed during an  
outgoing FGD call on the endpoints of a specified VISM card line.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-166  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnflngain  
cnflngain  
To configure the adjustable gain for all DS0s on a specified VISM card line, use the cnflngain  
(Configure Line Gain) command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2  
trunking operating modes.  
cnflngain line-num input-gain output-atten  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number that you want to configure the adjustable gain. In the range from 1 to 8.  
input-gain  
Input gain (defined in decibels). It can be in the range from –60 to 140 in increments  
of 10.  
output-atten  
Output attenuation (defined in decibels). It can be in the range from 0 to 140 in  
increments of 10.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the VISM card line number 2 is configured with a –10-dB input gain  
value and a 60-dB output attenuation value:  
cnfgain 2 -10 60  
Related Commands  
Command  
cnfds0gain  
cnfgain  
Description  
Configures the adjustable gain for a specified DS0.  
Configures the adjustable gain for a VISM card.  
Configures the adjustable gain for a specified VISM card line.  
Displays the adjustable gain values for a specified DS0.  
Displays the adjustable gain for a specified VISM card.  
cnfplngain  
dspds0gain  
dspgain  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-167  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnflnis  
cnflnis  
To configure an out-of-service VISM card line to the in-service state, use the cnflnis command in the  
VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
cnflnis line-num  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number you want to bring to the in-service state. In the range from 1 to 8.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking  
The configured in-service state is not maintained after a VISM card reboot. If you reboot a VISM card  
previously configured to the in-service state with this command, you must use this command again to  
configure the associated lines back to the in-service state, as needed.  
Examples  
The following example shows that line 2 is configured with the in-service state:  
cnflnis 2  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnflnoos  
Configures an in-service VISM card line to the out-of-service state.  
dspgwstate Displays the current user-configured service state of the gateway.  
dsplnstate Displays the service state of a VISM card line with respect to the xGCP protocol.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-168  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnflnmusicthreshold  
cnflnmusicthreshold  
To configure the music on-hold threshold for all DS0s on a specified line, use the cnflnmusicthreshold  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnflnmusicthreshold line-num music-thresh  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number for which you want to configure the music on-hold threshold.  
In the range from 1 to 8.  
music-thresh  
Music on-hold threshold (defined in decibels). It can be in the range from  
–70 to –30.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the VISM card line number 3 DS0s are configured with –45 dB music  
on-hold threshold:  
cnflnmusicthreshold 3 -45  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfds0musicthreshold  
cnfmusicthreshold  
Configures the music on-hold threshold for a specified DS0.  
Configures the music on-hold threshold value for the current VISM card.  
dspds0musicthreshold Displays the music on-hold threshold value for a specified DS0.  
dsplnmusicthreshold  
Displays the music on-hold threshold values for the DS0s on a specified  
line.  
dspmusicthreshold  
Displays the music on-hold threshold values for the current VISM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-169  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnflnoos  
cnflnoos  
To configure an in-service VISM card line to the out-of-service state, use the cnflnoos command in the  
VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
cnflnoos line-num oos-method  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number you want to bring to the out-of-service state. In the range from 1 to 8.  
oos-method  
VISM card’s method of reaching the out-of-service state. It can be one of the  
following values:  
2 = Forceful. Existing connections are deleted and the VISM card transitions to the  
‘commandedOutOfService’ state. New connection requests are rejected.  
3 = Graceful. Existing connections are not released and allowed to terminate  
naturally. Immediately after this command is executed, the VISM card transitions  
to the ‘pendingOutOfService state’. New connection requests are rejected. The  
VISM card transitions to the ‘commandedOutOfService’ state only when all  
ongoing connections are deleted by the call agent.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking  
The configured in-service state is not maintained after a VISM card reboot. If you reboot a VISM card  
previously configured to the out-of-service state with this command, you must use this command again  
to configure the associated lines back to the out-of-service state, as needed.  
Examples  
The following example shows that line 3 is configured to the out-of-service state gracefully:  
cnflnoos 3 3  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnflnis  
Configures an out-of-service VISM card line to the in-service state.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-170  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnflnringback  
cnflnringback  
To configure the ringback tone method for a specified line on the current VISM card, use the  
cnflnringback command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
cnflnringback line-num ringb-method  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number for which you want to configure the ringback method. In the  
range from 1 to 8.  
ringb-method  
Ringback tone method. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = Proxy (Default).  
The VISM sends the appropriate packet—Named Signaling Event (NSE),  
NSE, Network Transmission Element (NTE), or AAL2 type 3—for the  
ringback tone to the originating VISM which generates the ringback tone  
toward the TDM network.  
2 = Inband.  
The VISM generates the inband ringback tone toward the originating  
VISM over the packet network and the originating VISM plays the  
ringback tone.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
The ringback method is used when a call agent requests the terminating VISM to play the ringback tone  
remotely (toward the packet network).  
Examples  
The following example shows that the current VISM card line 4 is configured with the inband ringback  
tone method:  
cnflnringback 4 2  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addtoneplan  
cnflntoneplan  
cnflntonetimeout  
Adds a tone plan to the current VISM card.  
Assigns a tone plan to a specified VISM card line.  
Modifies the timeout periods of all call progress tones supported by VISM on  
a specified VISM card line.  
dellntoneplan  
deltoneplan  
Deletes the tone plan configuration of a specified VISM card line.  
Deletes a previously added tone plan from the current VISM card.  
dsplnringback  
Displays the ringback tone method for a specified line on the current VISM  
card.  
dsplntoneplan  
Displays the tone plan configuration of a specified VISM card line.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-171  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnflnringback  
Command  
Description  
dsplntonetimeout  
Displays the configured timeout periods for all call progress tones of a  
specified VISM card line.  
dsptonebuiltinplans Displays all preconfigured (built-in) tone plans on the current VISM card.  
dsptoneplan  
Displays the tone configuration of a specified tone plan—either a  
preconfigured (built-in) or user-added tone plan.  
dsptoneplans  
Displays the tone configuration of all tone plans—either preconfigured  
(built-in) or user-added tone plans.  
dsptoneprovplans  
Displays all user-added (provisional) tone plans.  
dsptoneregionplans Displays a list of all tone plans for the countries and regions whose name  
partially or completely matches the name you supply.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-172  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnflnsig  
cnflnsig  
To configure the signaling mode for a VISM card line, use the cnflnsig command in the AAL2 trunking  
operating mode.  
cnflnsig line-num line-signal-type  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number you want to bring to the out-of-service state. In the range from 1 to  
8.  
line-signal-type  
Signaling type of the line. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = Channel associated signaling (CAS)  
2 = Common channel signaling (CCS)  
3 = No signaling  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
AAL2 trunking  
You are required to confirm your entry when using this command to ensure that the signaling type is not  
changed while endpoints are configured for the line indicated by the line-num argument.  
This command is not allowed when CIDs or CCS channels are present.  
You must configure the line type as either E1MF or E1MFCRC for E1 lines; otherwise, this command  
is invalid and does not process.  
Examples  
The following example shows that line 3 is configured for CCS:  
cnflnsig 3 2  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspln  
Displays the characteristics of a VISM card line.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-173  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnflntoneplan  
cnflntoneplan  
To assign a built-in or provisional tone plan to a specified VISM card line, use the cnflntoneplan  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
cnflntoneplan line-num tonep-region tonep-version  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number for which you want to assign a tone plan. In the range from 1 to 8.  
tonep-region  
Tone plan country or region which you want to assign to a VISM card line. It  
can be in the range from 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters and can contain  
underscores ( _ ). This value is case sensitive.  
tonep-version  
Tone plan version number of the tone plan country or region you want to assign  
to a VISM card line. It can be in the range from 1 to 65535.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
If you are assigning a provisional tone plan to a VISM card line, you must use the addtoneplan  
command before you use this command. The command allows you to assign a new tone plan (overwrite  
a previous configuration) to a VISM card line.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the VISM card line 2 is assigned the tone plan identified by tone plan  
region sing_3 and tone plan version 2:  
cnflntoneplan 2 sing_3 2  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addtoneplan  
cnflnringback  
Adds a tone plan to the current VISM card.  
Configures the ringback tone method for a specified line on the current VISM  
card.  
cnflntonetimeout  
Modifies the timeout periods of all call progress tones supported by VISM on  
a specified VISM card line.  
dellntoneplan  
deltoneplan  
Deletes the tone plan configuration of a specified VISM card line.  
Deletes a previously added tone plan from the current VISM card.  
dsplnringback  
Displays the ringback tone method for a specified line on the current VISM  
card.  
dsplntoneplan  
Displays the tone plan configuration of a specified VISM card line.  
dsplntonetimeout  
Displays the configured timeout periods for all call progress tones of a  
specified VISM card line.  
dsptonebuiltinplans Displays all preconfigured (built-in) tone plans on the current VISM card.  
dsptoneplan  
Displays the tone configuration of a specified tone plan—either a  
preconfigured (built-in) or user-added tone plan.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-174  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnflntoneplan  
Command  
Description  
dsptoneplans  
Displays the tone configuration of all tone plans—either preconfigured  
(built-in) or user-added tone plans.  
dsptoneprovplans  
Displays all user-added (provisional) tone plans.  
dsptoneregionplans Displays a list of all tone plans for the countries and regions whose name  
partially or completely matches the name you supply.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-175  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnflntonetimeout  
cnflntonetimeout  
To modify the timeout periods of call progress tones supported by VISM on a specified VISM card line,  
use the cnflntonetimeout command in the VoIP switching/trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2  
SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, and VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC operating modes.  
cnflntonetimeout line-num remote-ringb-tout local-ringb-tout busy-tout reorder-tout dial-tout  
stutter-tout offhook-tout  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number for which you want to modify tone timeout periods (defined in  
seconds). In the range from 1 to 8.  
remote-ringb-tout  
local-ringb-tout  
busy-tout  
Remote ringback tone timeout period (defined in seconds). It can be in the  
range from 0 to 3600. (Default = 180)  
Local ringback tone timeout period (defined in seconds). It can be in the range  
from 0 to 3600. (Default = 180)  
Busy tone timeout period (defined in seconds). It can be in the range from 0 to  
3600. (Default = 30)  
reorder-tout  
dial-tout  
Reorder tone timeout period (defined in seconds). It can be in the range from  
0 to 3600. (Default = 30)  
Dial tone timeout period (defined in seconds). It can be in the range from 0 to  
3600. (Default = 16)  
stutter-tout  
offhook-tout  
Stutter dial tone timeout period (defined in seconds). It can be in the range  
from 0 to 3600. (Default = 16)  
Offhook tone timeout period (defined in seconds). It can be in the range from  
0 to 3600. (Default = 5)  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking, AAL1 switching, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, and VoIP and  
switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
You can configure timeout periods of the following tones:  
Ringback  
Busy  
Reorder (also known as the fastbusy or the network congestion tone)  
Dial  
Stutter dial  
Offhook alert  
Note  
A tone timeout argument value set to 0 indicates an infinite timeout—the tone will play indefinitely  
unless it is stopped by an event.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-176  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnflntonetimeout  
Examples  
The following example shows that the VISM card line number 7 is configured with a 200-second remote  
ringback tone timeout period, a 180-second local ringback tone timeout period, a 210-second busy tone  
timeout period, a 400-second reorder tone timeout period, a 1000-second dial tone timeout period, a  
2000-second stutter dial tone timeout period, and a 500-second offhook tone timeout period:  
cnflntonetimeout 7 200 180 210 400 1000 2000 3000 500  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addtoneplan  
cnflnringback  
Adds a tone plan to the current VISM card.  
Configures the ringback tone method for a specified line on the current VISM  
card.  
cnflntoneplan  
dellntoneplan  
deltoneplan  
Assigns a tone plan to a specified VISM card line.  
Deletes the tone plan configuration of a specified VISM card line.  
Deletes a previously added tone plan from the current VISM card.  
dsplnringback  
Displays the ringback tone method for a specified line on the current VISM  
card.  
dsplntoneplan  
Displays the tone plan configuration of a specified VISM card line.  
dsplntonetimeout  
Displays the configured timeout periods for all call progress tones of a  
specified VISM card line.  
dsptonebuiltinplans Displays all preconfigured (built-in) tone plans on the current VISM card.  
dsptoneplan  
Displays the tone configuration of a specified tone plan—either a  
preconfigured (built-in) or user-added tone plan.  
dsptoneplans  
Displays the tone configuration of all tone plans—either preconfigured  
(built-in) or user-added tone plans.  
dsptoneprovplans  
Displays all user-added (provisional) tone plans.  
dsptoneregionplans Displays a list of all tone plans for the countries and regions whose name  
partially or completely matches the name you supply.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-177  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnflntrunkcond  
cnflntrunkcond  
To enable or disable line conditioning on a VISM card line if a network alarm is encountered, use the  
cnflntrunkcond command in the VoIP switching/trunking and VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
operating modes.  
cnflntrunkcond line-num cond-enable  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number for which you want enable or disable line conditioning. In the  
range from 1 to 8.  
cond-enable  
Line trunk conditioning status. It can be one of the following options:  
1 = Enable. VISM performs trunk conditioning on each affected DS0 if an  
alarm occurs on the ATM side.  
2 = Disable. VISM sends an alarm indication signal (AIS), blue alarm, or  
RAI to the line if an alarm occurs on the ATM side.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking and VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
Trunk conditioning consists of sending 0x7f or 0xff on the affected DS0s for T1 or E1 respectively. In  
addition, in the case of T1, the idle code pattern is transmitted for 2 to 5 seconds followed by the seized  
code pattern, as specified in the cnfcascode command.  
This command is not allowed if endpoints or CCS channels are enabled on the line.  
Examples  
The following example shows that line 2 is configured with line conditioning if an AAL2 alarm is  
encountered:  
cnflntrunkcond 2 1  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addlapdtrunk  
addrtpcon  
Adds an LAPD trunk to a specific VISM card line.  
Adds a static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
addrudptrunk  
clrrtpcnt  
Adds an ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session for an LAPD trunk connection.  
Clears the RTP counters (statistics) for a specific static RTP connection.  
cnflapdtrunkpvc  
Assigns the PVC trunk type that carries LAPD messages for the current VISM  
card.  
cnfrtpcon  
Modifies an existing static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
cnfrudptrunkrmtip Modifies the remote IP address of VISM used in the ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP  
trunk for a specified session.  
dellapdtrunk  
delrtpcon  
Deletes an LAPD configured line.  
Deletes a static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
delrudptrunk  
Deletes an ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session that is associated with an LAPD.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-178  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnflntrunkcond  
Command  
Description  
dsplapd  
Displays data about an LAPD.  
dsplapdtrunkpvc  
Displays the assigned PVC trunk type that carries LAPD trunk messages for  
the current VISM card.  
dsplapdtrunks  
dsprtpcnt  
Displays the configuration data of all LAPD trunks.  
Displays the bearer counters (statistics) for a specific RTP VoIP trunking  
connection.  
dsprtpcon  
Displays the configuration data of a specific static RTP VoIP trunking  
connection.  
dsprtpcons  
Displays the configuration data of all static RTP VoIP trunking connections.  
dsprudptrunk  
Displays the configuration data of a specified ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP  
session.  
dsprudptrunks  
Displays the configuration data of all ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP sessions.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-179  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfmgcgrpentry  
cnfmgcgrpentry  
To modify the call agent priority level of a call agent within a call agent redundancy group, use the  
cnfmgcgrpentry command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
operating modes.  
cnfmgcgrpentry mgc-group mgc-num mgc-preference  
Syntax Description  
mgc-group  
mgc-num  
Call agent redundancy group number. It can be in the range from 1 to 8.  
Call agent identification number. It can be in the range from 1 to 8.  
mgc-preference  
Call agent priority value. It can be in the range from 1 (highest) to 8  
(lowest).  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the call agent redundancy group number 1, call agent number 2, is  
configured with a priority level of 4:  
cnfmgcgrpentry 1 2 4  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addmgcgrpentry  
Configures call agents as part of an MGC redundancy group and assigns a  
priority value for a call agent.  
addmgcgrpprotocol  
cnfmgcgrpparam  
Associates a call agent redundancy group to a gateway control protocol.  
Modifies a call agent redundancy group state change notification policy  
and priority level.  
cnfsrcppeer  
Configures the SRCP parameters when SRCP is the selected protocol for  
communication between the VISM card and call agent.  
cnfsrcppeergrpparam  
Modifies the SRCP heartbeat interval and maximum UDP size for a  
specified call agent redundancy group.  
delmgcgrpentry  
delmgcgrpprotocol  
dspmgcgrpparams  
dspmgcgrpprotocols  
dspmgcgrps  
Deletes a call agent from a call agent redundancy group.  
Deletes an MGCP from a specified call agent redundancy group.  
Displays all configured call agent redundancy group parameters.  
Displays all configured call agent redundancy group protocols.  
Displays all configured call agent redundancy groups.  
dspsrcppeergrpparams Displays the SRCP parameters for all call agent redundancy groups that  
have SRCP added.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-180  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfmgcgrpparam  
cnfmgcgrpparam  
To modify a call agent redundancy group state change notification policy and priority level, use the  
cnfmgcgrpparam command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
operating modes.  
cnfmgcgrpparam mgc-group state-change-notify |mgc-pref|  
Syntax Description  
mgc-group  
Call agent redundancy group number. It can be in the range from 1 to 8.  
state-change-notify  
State change notification. Determines if messages, such as RSIPs, are sent  
to notify the call agent of a VISM card state change. It can be one of the  
following values:  
1 = Enable (Default)  
2 = Disable  
mgc-pref  
(Optional) Call agent priority value. It can be one of the following:  
0 = No gateway initiated requests or commands are sent.  
In the range from 1 (highest) to 8 (lowest). (Default = 1)  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that call agent redundancy group number 1 is associated with the call  
agent and is assigned a priority level of 5:  
cnfmgcgrpparam 1 2 5  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addmgcgrpprotocol  
cnfmgcgrpentry  
Associates a call agent redundancy group to a gateway control protocol.  
Modifies the call agent priority level of a call agent within a call agent  
redundancy group.  
cnfsrcppeer  
Configures the SRCP parameters when SRCP is the selected protocol for  
communication between the VISM card and call agent.  
cnfsrcppeergrpparam  
Modifies the SRCP heartbeat interval and maximum UDP size for a  
specified call agent redundancy group.  
delmgcgrpentry  
Deletes a call agent from a call agent redundancy group.  
delmgcgrpprotocol  
dspmgcgrpparams  
dspmgcgrpprotocols  
Deletes an MGCP from a specified call agent redundancy group.  
Displays all configured call agent redundancy group parameters.  
Displays all configured call agent redundancy group protocols.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-181  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfmgcgrpparam  
Command  
Description  
Displays all configured call agent redundancy groups.  
dspmgcgrps  
dspsrcppeergrpparams Displays the SRCP parameters for all call agent redundancy groups that  
have SRCP added.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-182  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfmgcgrpprotocol  
cnfmgcgrpprotocol  
To configure a call agent redundancy group protocol for a previously configured redundancy group, use  
the cnfmgcgrpprotocol command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL1 SVC, switched  
AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, AAL2 trunking, VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC operating  
modes.  
cnfmgcgrpprotocol red-mgc-group protocol-num |quar-persist default-quar del-negated prov-resp  
resp-ack disc-proc-enable cancel-grace|  
Syntax Description  
red-mgc-group  
protocol-num  
Call agent redundancy group number. It can be in the range from 1 to 8.  
Protocol number. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = MGCP 0.1  
2 = SGCP 1.1+  
3 = SRCP 1.0.2  
4 = SGCP 1.5  
5 = MGCP 1.0  
In the range from 6 to 8—as displayed by the dspmgcgrpprotocols  
command.  
quar-persist  
default-quar  
(Optional) Sets the quarantine handling method for persistent events. It can be  
one of the following values:  
1 = Quarantine persistent events (Default)  
2 = Do not quarantine persistent events  
(Optional) Sets the default quarantine event handling method for each  
protocol. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = Step, process (Default for MGCP 1.0)  
2 = Step, discard (Default for MGCP 0.1, SGCP 1.1+, SRCP 1.0.2, and  
SGCP 1.5)  
3 = Loop, process  
4 = Loop, discard  
Note  
Step = one notification command is generated per notification request.  
Loop = multiple notification commands are generated per notification  
request.  
del-negated  
prov-resp  
(Optional)  
1 = Delete events from the previous list which are not present in the current  
list.  
2 = Delete events from the previous list, only if the event is present in the  
current list with a hyphen (-) as the parameter.  
(Optional) Enables or disables the sending of a provisional response. It can be  
one of the following values:  
1 = On (Default for MGCP 1.0)  
2 = Off (Default for MGCP 0.1, SGCP 1.1+, SRCP 1.0.2, and SGCP 1.5)  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-183  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfmgcgrpprotocol  
resp-ack  
(Optional) Enables or disables sending a response acknowledgment. It can be  
one of the following values:  
1 = On (Default for MGCP 1.0)  
2 = Off (Default for MGCP 0.1, SGCP 1.1+, SRCP 1.0.2, and SGCP 1.5)  
disc-proc-enable  
(Optional) Enables or disables the disconnect method, which indicates that the  
endpoint has become disconnected and is now trying to establish connectivity.  
It can be one of the following values:  
1 = On (Default for MGCP 1.0)  
2 = Off (Default for MGCP 0.1, SGCP 1.1+, SRCP 1.0.2, and SGCP 1.5)  
cancel-grace  
(Optional) Enables or disables VISM cancelling a previously issued graceful  
restart command. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = On (Default for MGCP 1.0)  
2 = Off (Default for MGCP 0.1, SGCP 1.1+, SRCP 1.0.2, and SGCP 1.5)  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL1 SVC, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, AAL2  
trunking, VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
Use this command to change the protocol for a redundancy group that has previously been assigned a  
protocol with the addmgcgrpprotocol command.  
The following example shows that redundancy group number 7 is assigned the SRCP 1.0.2 protocol, and  
quarantines persistent events with the loop, process handling method. All optional arguments are  
enabled.  
cnfmgcgrpprotocol 7 3 1 3 1 1 1 1 1  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addmgcgrpprotocol Associates a call agent redundancy group to a gateway control protocol.  
cnfdisctimers  
cnfxgcppeer  
Specifies the wait delay times for the disconnected procedure, restart in  
progress command—initial, minimum, and maximum timer values.  
Configures the UDP port number used to send gateway-initiated messages to  
the call agent.  
delmgcgrpprotocol Deletes an MGCP from a specified call agent redundancy group.  
dspdisctimers  
Displays the Restart in Progress command disconnect type method wait delay  
times.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-184  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfmidcalltimers  
cnfmidcalltimers  
To configure the midcall dual tone multifrequency (DTMF) feature partial and critical timers for a  
specified VISM card line, use the cnfmidcalltimers command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched  
AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnfmidcalltimers line-num dtmf-part-timer dtmf-crit-timer  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number for which you want to configure midcall DTMF timers. It can be in  
the range from 1 to 8.  
dtmf-part-timer  
dtmf-crit-timer  
Partial digit timer for midcall DTMF digit reporting (defined in seconds). It can  
be in the range from 10 to 10000. (Default = 16)  
Critical digit timer for midcall DTMF digit reporting (defined in seconds). It can  
be in the range from 0 to 10000. (Default = 4)  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Use this command for CAS and non-CAS endpoints when you want to use midcall DTMF digit  
reporting.  
When you use this command, the partial digit timer starts when the first digit is entered, and restarts  
when each new digit is entered until a digit map match or mismatch occurs.  
When you use a digit map, the critical digit timer starts when the last digit is received—when no more  
digits are required for a digit map match. When the time expires, the digit map match is assumed to be  
complete. When you are not using a digit map, the critical digit timer starts immediately (and not  
restarted) and is cancelled as soon as a digit is entered.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the current VISM card line number 3 is configured with a 20-second  
partial digit timer and a 4-second critical digit timer for midcall DTMF digit reporting:  
cnfmidcalltimers 3 20 4  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspmidcalltimers Displays the configured partial and critical timer values for midcall DTMF digit  
reporting.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-185  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfmusicthreshold  
cnfmusicthreshold  
To configure the music on-hold threshold value for the current VISM card, use the cnfmusicthreshold  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnfmusicthreshold music-thresh  
Syntax Description  
music-thresh  
Music on-hold threshold (defined in decibels). It can be in the range from  
–70 to –30.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
This command allows you to adjust the threshold level detected by DSPs to interpret TDM side silence  
or voice.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the current VISM card is configured with a –45-dB music on-hold  
threshold value:  
cnfmusicthreshold -45  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfds0musicthreshold  
cnflnmusicthreshold  
Configures the music on-hold threshold for a specified DS0.  
Configures the music on-hold threshold for all DS0s on a specified line.  
dspds0musicthreshold Displays the music on-hold threshold value for a specified DS0.  
dsplnmusicthreshold  
Displays the music on-hold threshold values for the DS0s on a specified  
line.  
dspmusicthreshold  
Displays the music on-hold threshold values for the current VISM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-186  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfnwcot  
cnfnwcot  
To configure VISM for a gateway-initiated network continuity test, use the cnfnwcot command in the  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
cnfnwcot co3test-enable  
Syntax Description  
co3test-enable  
Enables or disables the VISM-initiated CO3 network continuity test. It can be  
one of the following values:  
1 = On  
2 = Off (Default)  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
This command configures VISM for gateway-initiated network continuity testing. When enabled, and  
after VISM receives the remote SDP information, VISM sends an Named Signaling Event (NSE) or  
AAL2 type 3 packet (CO3) towards the network. If the other gateway does not respond with a NSE/Type  
3 packet (CO4), the connection is deleted. VISM interprets that the gateway initiated DLCX, with a  
reason code of “Network cont. failed,” is sent to the call agent.  
Examples  
The following example shows that VISM is configured for a gateway-initiated network continuity test:  
cnfnwcot 1  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfco4timer  
dspco4timer  
dspnwcot  
Configures the bearer continuity test CO4 timer value.  
Displays the bearer continuity test CO4 timer value.  
Displays the status—enabled or disabled—of the gateway initiated network  
continuity test configuration for VISM.  
dspvismparam  
Displays the current VISM card configuration.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-187  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfpncon  
cnfpncon  
To set priority routing for a specified connection, use the cnfpncon command in the switched AAL1  
SVC, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, AAL2 trunking, and switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
operating modes.  
cnfpncon lcn route-priority  
Syntax Description  
lcn  
The logical channel number. It can be in the range from 131 to 510.  
Route priority. It can be in the range from 1 to 15 (lowest). (Default = 8)  
route-priority  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
Switched AAL1 SVC, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, AAL2 trunking, and switched ATM  
AAL1 SVC  
The Private Network-to-Network Interface (PNNI) routing priority feature requires you to use a PXM1E  
or PXM45 in your MGX 8000 Series switch chassis.  
The following example shows that the priority routing for connection 145 is set to the lowest priority:  
cnfpncon 145 15  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspcon  
Displays the parameters for a specified channel.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-188  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfprofelemvbd  
cnfprofelemvbd  
To configure the voiceband data (VBD) profile element for a profile, use the cnfprofelemvbd command  
in the switched AAL2 PVC operating mode.  
cnfprofelemvbd profile-type profile-num vbd-codec-type vbd-pkt-period  
Syntax Description  
profile-type  
profile-num  
The profile type to be used for the CID. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = International Telecommunication Union (ITU) I.366.2  
3 = Custom  
Number of the profile. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = ITU profile type  
2 = ITU profile type  
3 = ITU profile type  
7 = ITU profile type  
8 = ITU profile type  
12 = ITU profile type  
100 = custom profile type  
101 = custom profile type  
110 = custom profile type  
200 = custom profile type  
vbd-codec-type The type of coding/decoding to be performed on the data stream. It can be one of  
the following values:  
1 = G.711u  
2 = G.711a  
3 = G.726-32k  
6 = Clear channel (VAD must be off)  
7 = G.726-16k  
8 = G.726-24k  
9 = G.726-40k  
11 = G.723.1-H  
13 = G.723.1-L  
vbd-pkt-period  
Packetization period (defined in milliseconds). It can be one of the following  
values:  
5
10  
30  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-189  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfprofelemvbd  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Switched AAL2 PVC  
Use the dspaal2profile command to identify valid combinations of codec type, packetization period, and  
silence insertion descriptor.  
The G.723.1 codecs are supported for VISM-PR cards and are not supported for VISM cards.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the ITU profile type, profile number 1 is configured with G.711a  
codec type and a 5-ms packetization period:  
cnfprofelemvbd 1 1 2 5  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfprofelemvoice  
dspaal2profile  
dspprofparams  
Configures the voice profile element for a profile.  
Displays AAL2 profile type and profile number data.  
Displays the profile elements and the preferences for all profiles.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-190  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfprofelemvoice  
cnfprofelemvoice  
To configure the profile voice element, use the cnfprofelemvoice command in the switched AAL2 PVC  
operating mode.  
cnfprofelemvoice profile-type profile-num codec-type pvoice-pkt-period sid  
Syntax Description  
profile-type  
profile-num  
The profile type to be used for the CID. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = International Telecommunication Union (ITU) I.366.2  
3 = Custom  
Number of the profile. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = ITU profile type  
2 = ITU profile type  
3 = ITU profile type  
7 = ITU profile type  
8 = ITU profile type  
12 = ITU profile type  
100 = custom profile type  
101 = custom profile type  
110 = custom profile type  
200 = custom profile type  
codec-type  
The type of coding/decoding to be performed on the data stream. It can be one of  
the following values:  
1 = G.711u  
2 = G.711a  
3 = G.726-32k  
4 = G.729a  
5 = G.729ab  
6 = Clear channel (VAD must be off)  
7 = G.726-16k  
8 = G.726-24k  
9 = G.726-40k  
11 = G.723.1-H  
12 = G.723.1a-H  
13 = G.723.1-L  
14 = G.723.1a-L  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-191  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfprofelemvoice  
pvoice-pkt-period Packetization period (defined in milliseconds). It can be one of the following  
values:  
5
10  
20  
30  
40  
60  
sid  
Silence insertion descriptor (SID). It can be one of the following values:  
1 = VAD off  
2 = VAD on  
3= SID generic  
4 = SID 729  
5 = SID 723  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Switched AAL2 PVC  
Use the dspaal2profile command to identify valid combinations of codec type, packetization period, and  
SID.  
The G.723.1 codecs are supported for VISM-PR cards and are not supported for VISM cards.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the ITU profile type on profile number 1 is configured with the  
G.711a codec type, a packetization period of 5 ms, and VAD enabled:  
cnfprofelemvoice 1 1 2 5 2  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfprofelemvbd  
dspaal2profile  
dspprofparams  
Configures the VBD profile element for a profile.  
Displays information about a specified AAL2 profile type and profile number.  
Displays the profile elements and preferences for all profiles.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-192  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfprofneg  
cnfprofneg  
To configure the profile list priority order, use the cnfprofneg command in the switched AAL2 PVC  
operating mode.  
cnfprofneg codec-priority  
Syntax Description  
codec-priority  
The codec list priority scheme. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = Local connection options (LCO) list, remote Session Descriptor Protocol  
(SDP) data list, local MIB  
2 = LCO list, local MIB, remote SDP data list  
3 = Remote SDP data list, LCO list, local MIB  
4 = Remote SDP data list, local MIB, LCO list  
5 = Local MIB, LCO list, remote SDP data list  
6 = Local MIB, remote SDP data list, LCO list  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
Switched AAL2 PVC  
This command determines which list to use for determining the relative profile preferences.  
The following example shows that the codec list priority configuration uses the LCO list first, the remote  
SDP data list second, and the local MIB last:  
cnfprofneg 1  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspvismparam  
Displays the current VISM card configuration.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-193  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfprofparams  
cnfprofparams  
To configure a profile preference, use the cnfprofparams command in the switched AAL2 PVC and  
AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnfprofparams profile-type profile-num profile-pref  
Syntax Description  
profile-type  
profile-num  
The profile type to be used for the CID. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = International Telecommunication Union (ITU) I.366.2  
3 = Custom  
Number of the profile. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = ITU profile type  
2 = ITU profile type  
3 = ITU profile type  
7 = ITU profile type  
8 = ITU profile type  
12 = ITU profile type  
100 = custom profile types  
101 = custom profile types  
110 = custom profile types  
200 = custom profile types  
profile-pref  
Profile preference. It can be one of the following values:  
0 = No preference; exclude the profile from xGCP profile negotiation  
In the range from 1 (highest preference; default) to 10 (lowest preference)  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
Switched AAL2 PVC and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the ITU profile type, profile number 1 is configured with the midrange  
preference level of 4:  
cnfprofparams 1 1 4  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspprofparams  
Displays the profile elements and preferences for all profiles.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-194  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfrsvp  
cnfrsvp  
To configure Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP) for a specified connection, use the cnfrsvp  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking and VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC operating modes.  
cnfrsvp lcn rsvp-enable  
Syntax Description  
lcn  
rsvp-enable  
The logical channel number. It can be in the range from 131 to 510.  
Enables or disables RSVP. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = On  
2 = Off  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that RSVP is enabled for LCN 146:  
cnfrsvp 146 1  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfrsvprefreshmiss  
Configures the number of times VISM waits for a missed RSVP minimum  
refresh message for a specified connection.  
dsprsvpif  
Displays the RSVP status of a specified connection.  
dsprsvpreq  
dsprsvpreqs  
dsprsvpresv  
dsprsvpresvs  
dsprsvpsenders  
Displays the data associated with a specified RSVP request.  
Displays all RSVP-known requests on the current VISM card.  
Displays all data associated with an RSVP bandwidth reservation.  
Displays all incoming RSVP-known reservations on the current VISM card.  
Displays all data associated with a specified RSVP path state.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-195  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfrsvprefreshmiss  
cnfrsvprefreshmiss  
To configure the number of times VISM waits for a missed Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP)  
minimum refresh message—a path or reservation message—(this is in addition to the time configured  
for minimum refreshes) for a specified connection, use the cnfrsvprefreshmiss command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking and VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC operating modes.  
cnfrsvprefreshmiss lcn refresh-miss-num  
Syntax Description  
lcn  
The logical channel number. It can be in the range from 131 to 510.  
refresh-miss-num The successive number of refresh message wait times that VISM allows before  
deleting the soft-state for the connection. It can be in the range from 1 to 8.  
(Default = 4)  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking, VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
VISM expects refresh messages at regular intervals, which are passed to VISM from the remote packet  
module (RPM). If no refresh messages are sent to the VISM, VISM deletes the soft-state for the  
corresponding connection. However, you can use this command to extend the wait time by configuring  
the number of wait times VISM allows before tearing down a connection.  
Examples  
The following example shows that LCN 142 is configured to wait for 7 refresh time frames before  
allowing a connection to be torn down:  
cnfrsvprefreshmiss 142 7  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfrsvp  
Configures RSVP for a specified connection.  
dsprsvpif  
Displays the RSVP status of a specified connection.  
Displays the data associated with a specified RSVP request.  
Displays all RSVP-known requests on the current VISM card.  
Displays all data associated with an RSVP bandwidth reservation.  
Displays all incoming RSVP-known reservations on the current VISM card.  
Displays all data associated with a specified RSVP path state.  
dsprsvpreq  
dsprsvpreqs  
dsprsvpresv  
dsprsvpresvs  
dsprsvpsenders  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-196  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfrtcprepint  
cnfrtcprepint  
To configure the Real Time Control Protocol (RTCP) report interval for a VISM card, use the  
cnfrtcprepint command in the VoIP switching/trunking and VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
operating modes.  
cnfrtcprepint report-interval |report-mult|  
Syntax Description  
report-interval  
report-mult  
Interval (defined in milliseconds) between RTCP report packets sent to peer VoIP  
endpoints. It can be in the range from 500 to 1500, in increments of 10.  
(Optional) Interval multiplier for the report-interval argument value. Use this  
argument if you need to configure the report-interval argument value higher than  
the maximum (1500 ms). It can be in the range from 1 to 10. (Default = 3)  
Note  
If report-interval = 1500 and report-mult = 3, then 1000 * 3 = 4500. So,  
the interval time between RTCP report packets sent to peer VoIP  
endpoints is configured as 4500 ms.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking and VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the RTCP report packet interval is configured at 1000 ms:  
cnfrtcprepint 1000  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspvismparam  
Displays current VISM card configuration.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-197  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfrtpcon  
cnfrtpcon  
To modify an existing static Real-Time Transport Protocol (RTP) VoIP trunking connection, use the  
cnfrtpcon command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
cnfrtpcon conn-num codec-type conn-mode |vt-pkt-period bearer-prec bearer-tos vad-enable  
vad-timer ecan-enable cas-trans dtmf-trans idle-code-sup|  
Syntax Description  
conn-num  
codec-type  
Connection identification number. It can be in the range from 1 to 248.  
The type of coding/decoding to be performed on the data stream. It can be one of  
the following values:  
1 = G.711u  
2 = G.711a  
3 = G.726-32K  
4 = G.729a  
5 = G.729ab  
6 = Clear channel (VAD must be off)  
7 = G.726-16k  
8 = G.726-24k  
9 = G.726-40k  
11 = G.723.1-H  
12 = G.723.1a-H  
13 = G.723.1-L  
14 = G.723.1a-L  
conn-mode  
(Optional) Connection mode. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = VISM sends packets  
2 = VISM receives packets  
3 = VISM sends and receives packets (Default)  
4 = Inactive; VISM does not send or receive packets  
vt-pkt-period  
(Optional) Packetization period (defined in milliseconds). It can be one of the  
following values:  
10  
20  
30  
40  
60  
bearer-prec  
(Optional) Bearer precedence. It can be in the range from 0 to 7. (Default = 5)  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-198  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfrtpcon  
bearer-tos  
(Optional) Bearer type of service (ToS). It can be one of the following values:  
0 (Default)  
1
2
4
8
vad-enable  
(Optional) Enables or disables voice activity detection (VAD). It can be one of  
the following values:  
1 = On  
2 = Off (Default)  
vad-timer  
(Optional) The VAD holdover timer (defined in milliseconds) in the range from  
250 to 65535.  
ecan-enable  
(Optional) Enables or disables echo cancellation (ECAN). It can be one of the  
following values:  
1 = On (Default)  
2 = Off  
cas-trans  
(Optional) Enables or disables CAS signaling transportation. It can be one of the  
following values:  
1 = On (Default)  
2 = Off  
dtmf-trans  
(Optional) Enables or disables DTMF tone transportation. It can be one of the  
following values:  
1 = On (Default)  
2 = Off  
Note  
The dtmf-trans argument value must be set to 1 (on) when the codec-type  
is configured for codecs other than G.711 and G.726.  
idle-code-sup  
(Optional) Enables or disables idle code suppression for the CID. It can be one  
of the following values:  
1 = On  
2 = Off (Default)  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking  
The G.723.1 codecs are supported for VISM-PR cards and are not supported for VISM cards.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-199  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfrtpcon  
Examples  
The following example shows that the RTP trunking connection 26 is configured (modified) with  
G.726/32 codec type. VISM is also configured to send and receive packets and has a 20-ms packetization  
period, a bearer precedence of 3, a bearer ToS of 1, with VAD enabled, and a 400-ms VAD holdover time.  
Also, ECAN, CAS, DTMF tone transport, idle code suppression for CID, and redundancy are enabled:  
cnfrtpcon 26 3 3 20 3 1 1 400 1 1 1 1 1  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addlapdtrunk  
addrtpcon  
Adds an LAPD trunk to a specific VISM card line.  
Adds a static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
addrudptrunk  
clrrtpcnt  
Adds an ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session for an LAPD trunk connection.  
Clears the RTP counters (statistics) for a specific static RTP connection.  
cnflapdtrunkpvc  
Assigns the PVC trunk type that carries LAPD messages for the current VISM  
card.  
cnflntrunkcond  
Enables or disables line conditioning on a VISM card line if a network alarm  
is encountered.  
cnfrudptrunkrmtip Modifies the remote IP address of VISM used in the ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP  
trunk for a specified session.  
dellapdtrunk  
delrtpcon  
Deletes an LAPD configured line.  
Deletes a static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
Deletes an ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session that is associated with an LAPD.  
Displays data about an LAPD.  
delrudptrunk  
dsplapd  
dsplapdtrunkpvc  
Displays the assigned PVC trunk type that carries LAPD trunk messages for  
the current VISM card.  
dsplapdtrunks  
dsprtpcnt  
Displays the configuration data of all LAPD trunks.  
Displays the bearer counters (statistics) for a specific RTP VoIP trunking  
connection.  
dsprtpcon  
Displays the configuration data of a specific static RTP VoIP trunking  
connection.  
dsprtpconnstat  
dsprtpcons  
Displays the RTP connection statistics for a specified endpoint.  
Displays the configuration data of all static RTP VoIP trunking connections.  
dsprudptrunk  
Displays the configuration data of a specified ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP  
session.  
dsprudptrunks  
Displays the configuration data of all ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP sessions.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-200  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfrtprxtimer  
cnfrtprxtimer  
To enable or disable the receipt of Real-Time Transport Protocol (RTP) messages on a VISM card, use the  
cnfrtprxtimer command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
cnfrtprxtimer rx-timer  
Syntax Description  
rx-timer  
Enables or disables the receipt of RTP messages. It can be one of the following  
values:  
1 = Disable  
2 = Enable  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking  
If you enable the receipt of RTP messages (rx-timer = 2) and no RTP messages are received on a  
particular connection for 5 seconds, the gateway initiates a connection deletion. You cannot configure  
the 5-second time limit.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the receipt of RTP messages is enabled for the current VISM card:  
cnfrtprxtimer 2  
Related Commands  
There are no related commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-201  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfrudptrunkrmtip  
cnfrudptrunkrmtip  
To modify the remote IP address of VISM used in the ISDN PRI backhaul Reliable User Datagram  
Protocol (RUDP) trunk for a specified session, use the cnfrudptrunkrmtip command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking operating mode.  
cnfrudptrunkrmtip session-num remote-ip-addr  
Syntax Description  
session-num  
ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session. It can be in the range from 1 to 64.  
remote-ip-addr  
IP address of the remote VISM card, in dotted decimal format  
(nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn).  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the remote IP address, 209.165.200.224, of VISM used in RUDP is  
modified to session number 22:  
cnfrudptrunkrmtip 22 209.165.200.224  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addlapdtrunk  
addrtpcon  
Adds an LAPD trunk to a specific VISM card line.  
Adds a static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
addrudptrunk  
clrrtpcnt  
Adds an ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session for an LAPD trunk connection.  
Clears the RTP counters (statistics) for a specific static RTP connection.  
cnflntrunkcond  
Enables or disables line conditioning on a VISM card line if a network alarm is  
encountered.  
cnfrtpcon  
Modifies an existing static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
Deletes an LAPD configured line.  
dellapdtrunk  
delrtpcon  
Deletes a static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
Deletes an ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session that is associated with an LAPD.  
Displays data about an LAPD.  
delrudptrunk  
dsplapd  
dsplapdtrunkpvc Displays the assigned PVC trunk type that carries LAPD trunk messages for the  
current VISM card.  
dsplapdtrunks  
dsprtpcnt  
Displays the configuration data of all LAPD trunks.  
Displays the bearer counters (statistics) for a specific RTP VoIP trunking  
connection.  
dsprtpcon  
dsprtpcons  
Displays the configuration data of a specific static RTP VoIP trunking  
connection.  
Displays the configuration data of all static RTP VoIP trunking connections.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-202  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfrudptrunkrmtip  
Command  
Description  
dsprudptrunk  
dsprudptrunks  
Displays the configuration data of a specified ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session.  
Displays the configuration data of all ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP sessions.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-203  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfsesack  
cnfsesack  
To configure the timeout period before sending an acknowledgment, and the maximum number of  
acknowledgments that can be accumulated, use the cnfsesack command in the VoIP switching/trunking  
operating mode.  
cnfsesack session-num ack-timeout max-acks  
Syntax Description  
session-num  
ack-timeout  
Identifying session number in the range from 1 to 64.  
Timeout period (defined in milliseconds) to send an acknowledgment. It can  
be in the range from 100 to 65535.  
max-acks  
Maximum number of acknowledgments that can be accumulated before  
sending an acknowledgment. It can be in the range from 0 to 255.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Use this command for a previously added PRI backhaul session.  
The following example shows that session 2 is configured with an acknowledgment period of 500 ms  
and the maximum number of accumulated acknowledgments can be 10:  
cnfsesack 2 500 10  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfsesmaxreset  
Configures the maximum number of resets that a VISM card performs before  
a connection is reset.  
cnfsesmaxseg  
Configures the maximum segment size, in octets, that can be received by a  
VISM card after sending a synchronize message.  
cnfsesmaxwindow  
Configures the maximum number of segments (window) that can be sent  
before receiving an acknowledgment.  
cnfsesnullsegtmout  
cnfsesoutofseq  
Configures the idle time before sending a null segment.  
Configures the maximum number of out-of-sequence packets that can be  
accumulated before sending an EACK packet.  
cnfsesport  
Configures the port numbers of a previously added PRI backhaul session.  
cnfsesretrans  
Configures the timeout period for unacknowledged packets and the number  
of retransmissions.  
cnfsesstatetmout  
cnfsessyncatmps  
Configures the number of milliseconds that VISM waits for a transfer state  
before executing an auto reset.  
Configures the maximum number of call agent synchronization attempts.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-204  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfsesmaxreset  
cnfsesmaxreset  
To configure the maximum number of resets that a VISM card performs before a connection is reset, use  
the cnfsesmaxreset command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
cnfsesmaxreset session-num max-resets  
Syntax Description  
session-num  
max-resets  
Identifying session number in the range from 1 to 64.  
Maximum number of resets that the VISM card performs before a  
connection is reset. It can be in the range from 0 to 255. (Default = 3)  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Use this command for a previously added PRI backhaul session.  
The following example shows that 25 is the maximum number of resets configured for session number 2:  
cnfsesmaxreset 2 25  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfsesack  
Configures the timeout period before sending an acknowledgment, and the  
maximum number of acknowledgments that can be accumulated.  
cnfsesmaxseg  
Configures the maximum segment size, in octets, that can be received by a  
VISM card after sending a synchronize message.  
cnfsesmaxwindow  
Configures the maximum number of segments (window) that can be sent  
before receiving an acknowledgment.  
cnfsesnullsegtmout  
cnfsesoutofseq  
Configures the idle time before sending a null segment.  
Configures the maximum number of out-of-sequence packets that can be  
accumulated before sending an EACK packet.  
cnfsesport  
Configures the port numbers of a previously added PRI backhaul session.  
cnfsesretrans  
Configures the timeout period for unacknowledged packets and the number  
of retransmissions.  
cnfsesstatetmout  
cnfsessyncatmps  
Configures the number of milliseconds that VISM waits for a transfer state  
before executing an auto reset.  
Configures the maximum number of call agent synchronization attempts.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-205  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfsesmaxseg  
cnfsesmaxseg  
To configure the maximum segment size, in octets, that can be received by a VISM card after sending a  
synchronize message, use the cnfsesmaxseg command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
cnfsesmaxseg session-num seg-size  
Syntax Description  
session-num  
seg-size  
Identifying session number in the range from 1 to 64.  
Maximum segment size, in octets, that can be received by a VISM card after  
sending a synchronize message. It can be in the range from 30 to 65535.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Use this command for a previously added PRI backhaul session.  
The following example shows that a maximum 1000-octet segment size is configured for session number  
2:  
cnfsesmaxseg 2 1000  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfsesack  
Configures the timeout period before sending an acknowledgment, and the  
maximum number of acknowledgments that can be accumulated.  
cnfsesmaxreset  
Configures the maximum number of resets that a VISM card performs before  
a connection is reset.  
cnfsesmaxwindow  
Configures the maximum number of segments (window) that can be sent  
before receiving an acknowledgment.  
cnfsesnullsegtmout  
cnfsesoutofseq  
Configures the idle time before sending a null segment.  
Configures the maximum number of out-of-sequence packets that can be  
accumulated before sending an EACK packet.  
cnfsesport  
Configures the port numbers of a previously added PRI backhaul session.  
cnfsesretrans  
Configures the timeout period for unacknowledged packets and the number  
of retransmissions.  
cnfsesstatetmout  
cnfsessyncatmps  
Configures the number of milliseconds that VISM waits for a transfer state  
before executing an auto reset.  
Configures the maximum number of call agent synchronization attempts.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-206  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfsesmaxwindow  
cnfsesmaxwindow  
To configure the maximum number of segments (window) that can be sent before receiving an  
acknowledgment, use the cnfsesmaxwindow command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
cnfsesmaxwindow session-num window-size  
Syntax Description  
session-num  
window-size  
Identifying session number in the range from 1 to 64.  
Maximum number of segments that can be sent before receiving an  
acknowledgment. It can be in the range from 1 to 64.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Use this command for a previously added PRI backhaul session.  
The following example shows that a maximum number of 44 segments can be sent for session number 2  
before receiving an acknowledgment:  
cnfsesmaxwindow 2 44  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfsesack  
Configures the timeout period before sending an acknowledgment, and the  
maximum number of acknowledgments that can be accumulated.  
cnfsesmaxreset  
cnfsesmaxseg  
Configures the maximum number of resets that a VISM card performs before  
a connection is reset.  
Configures the maximum segment size, in octets, that can be received by a  
VISM card after sending a synchronize message.  
cnfsesnullsegtmout  
cnfsesoutofseq  
Configures the idle time before sending a null segment.  
Configures the maximum number of out-of-sequence packets that can be  
accumulated before sending an EACK packet.  
cnfsesport  
Configures the port numbers of a previously added PRI backhaul session.  
cnfsesretrans  
Configures the timeout period for unacknowledged packets and the number  
of retransmissions.  
cnfsesstatetmout  
cnfsessyncatmps  
Configures the number of milliseconds that VISM waits for a transfer state  
before executing an auto reset.  
Configures the maximum number of call agent synchronization attempts.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-207  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfsesnullsegtmout  
cnfsesnullsegtmout  
To configure the timeout period, in milliseconds, of idle time before a null segment is sent, use the  
cnfsesnullsegtmout command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
cnfsesnullsegtmout session-num null-seg-tout  
Syntax Description  
session-num  
null-seg-tout  
Identifying session number in the range from 1 to 64.  
Timeout period (defined in milliseconds) of idle time before a null segment  
is sent. It can be in the range from 0 to 65535.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Use this command for a previously added PRI backhaul session.  
The following example shows that the idle timeout period is configured at 1000 ms for session number 2:  
cnfsesnullsegtmout 2 1000  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfsesack  
Configures the timeout period before sending an acknowledgment, and the  
maximum number of acknowledgments that can be accumulated.  
cnfsesmaxreset  
cnfsesmaxseg  
cnfsesoutofseq  
Configures the maximum number of resets that a VISM card performs before  
a connection is reset.  
Configures the maximum segment size, in octets, that can be received by a  
VISM card after sending a synchronize message.  
Configures the maximum number of out-of-sequence packets that can be  
accumulated before sending an EACK packet.  
cnfsesport  
Configures the port numbers of a previously added PRI backhaul session.  
cnfsesretrans  
Configures the timeout period for unacknowledged packets and the number  
of retransmissions.  
cnfsesstatetmout  
cnfsessyncatmps  
Configures the number of milliseconds that VISM waits for a transfer state  
before executing an auto reset.  
Configures the maximum number of call agent synchronization attempts.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-208  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfsesoutofseq  
cnfsesoutofseq  
To configure the maximum number of out-of-sequence packets that can be accumulated before sending  
an EACK packet, use the cnfsesoutofseq command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
cnfsesoutofseq session-num max-seq-pkts  
Syntax Description  
session-num  
max-seq-pkts  
Identifying session number in the range from 1 to 64.  
The maximum number of out-of-sequence packets that can be accumulated  
before an EACK packet is transmitted. It can be in the range from 0 to 255.  
Note  
If you specify 0, a DACK message is sent immediately upon  
receiving an out-of-sequence packet.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Use this command for a previously added PRI backhaul session.  
The following example shows that a maximum of 10 out-of-sequence packets can be accumulated before  
an EACK packet is transmitted for session number 2:  
cnfsesoutofseq 2 10  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfsesack  
Configures the timeout period before sending an acknowledgment, and the  
maximum number of acknowledgments that can be accumulated.  
cnfsesmaxreset  
cnfsesmaxseg  
Configures the maximum number of resets that a VISM card performs before  
a connection is reset.  
Configures the maximum segment size, in octets, that can be received by a  
VISM card after sending a synchronize message.  
cnfsesnullsegtmout  
cnfsesport  
Configures the idle time before sending a null segment.  
Configures the port numbers of a previously added PRI backhaul session.  
cnfsesretrans  
Configures the timeout period for unacknowledged packets and the number  
of retransmissions.  
cnfsesstatetmout  
cnfsessyncatmps  
Configures the number of milliseconds that VISM waits for a transfer state  
before executing an auto reset.  
Configures the maximum number of call agent synchronization attempts.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-209  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfsesport  
cnfsesport  
To configure the port numbers of a previously added PRI backhaul session, use the cnfsesport command  
in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
cnfsesport session-num local-port-num remote-port-num  
Syntax Description  
session-num  
Identifying session number in the range from 1 to 64.  
local-port-num  
Local port number. The VISM port number used for the session. It can be in  
the range from 1124 to 65535.  
remote-port-num  
Remote port number. The call agent port number used for the session. It can  
be in the range from 1124 to 65535.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that session number 4 is configured with local (VISM) port number 1200  
and remote (call agent) port number 1204:  
cnfsesport 4 1200 1204  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfsesack  
Configures the timeout period before sending an acknowledgment, and the  
maximum number of acknowledgments that can be accumulated.  
cnfsesmaxreset  
cnfsesmaxseg  
Configures the maximum number of resets that a VISM card performs before  
a connection is reset.  
Configures the maximum segment size, in octets, that can be received by a  
VISM card after sending a synchronize message.  
cnfsesnullsegtmout  
cnfsesoutofseq  
Configures the idle time before sending a null segment.  
Configures the maximum number of out-of-sequence packets that can be  
accumulated before sending an EACK packet.  
cnfsesretrans  
Configures the timeout period for unacknowledged packets and the number  
of retransmissions.  
cnfsesstatetmout  
cnfsessyncatmps  
Configures the number of milliseconds that VISM waits for a transfer state  
before executing an auto reset.  
Configures the maximum number of call agent synchronization attempts.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-210  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfsesretrans  
cnfsesretrans  
To configure the timeout period for unacknowledged packets and number of retransmissions, use the  
cnfsesretrans command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
cnfsesretrans session-num unack-timeout max-ses-retrans  
Syntax Description  
session-num  
Identifying session number in the range from 1 to 64.  
unack-timeout  
Timeout period (defined in milliseconds) to send an acknowledgment. It can  
be in the range from 100 to 65535. (Default = 600)  
max-ses-retrans  
The maximum number of retransmissions. It can be in the range from 0 to  
255. (Default = 3)  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Use this command for a previously added PRI backhaul session.  
When the maximum retransmissions have been made and there is still no acknowledgment, the session  
is considered failed.  
Examples  
The following example shows that session number 2 is configured with a timeout period for  
unacknowledged packets of 1000 ms and a maximum number of retransmission attempts of 20:  
cnfsesretrans 2 1000 20  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfsesack  
Configures the timeout period before sending an acknowledgment, and the  
maximum number of acknowledgments that can be accumulated.  
cnfsesmaxreset  
cnfsesmaxseg  
Configures the maximum number of resets that a VISM card performs before  
a connection is reset.  
Configures the maximum segment size, in octets, that can be received by a  
VISM card after sending a synchronize message.  
cnfsesnullsegtmout  
cnfsesoutofseq  
Configures the idle time before sending a null segment.  
Configures the maximum number of out-of-sequence packets that can be  
accumulated before sending an EACK packet.  
cnfsesport  
Configures the port numbers of a previously added PRI backhaul session.  
cnfsesstatetmout  
Configures the number of milliseconds that VISM waits for a transfer state  
before executing an auto reset.  
cnfsessyncatmps  
Configures the maximum number of call agent synchronization attempts.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-211  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfsesstatetmout  
cnfsesstatetmout  
To configure the number of milliseconds that VISM waits for a transfer state before executing an auto  
reset, use the cnfsesstatetmout command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
cnfsesstatetmout session-num tstate-tout  
Syntax Description  
session-num  
tstate-tout  
Identifying session number in the range from 1 to 64.  
Transfer state timeout. The maximum number of milliseconds that VISM  
waits for a transfer state before executing an auto reset. It can be in the range  
from 0 to 65535. (Default = 2000)  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Use this command for a previously added PRI backhaul session.  
The following example shows that session number 2 is configured with a 500-ms transfer state timeout:  
cnfsesstatetmout 2 500  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfsesack  
Configures the timeout period before sending an acknowledgment, and the  
maximum number of acknowledgments that can be accumulated.  
cnfsesmaxreset  
cnfsesmaxseg  
cnfsesoutofseq  
Configures the maximum number of resets that a VISM card performs before  
a connection is reset.  
Configures the maximum segment size, in octets, that can be received by a  
VISM card after sending a synchronize message.  
Configures the maximum number of out-of-sequence packets that can be  
accumulated before sending an EACK packet.  
cnfsesport  
Configures the port numbers of a previously added PRI backhaul session.  
cnfsesretrans  
Configures the timeout period for unacknowledged packets and number of  
retransmissions.  
cnfsessyncatmps  
Configures the maximum number of call agent synchronization attempts.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-212  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfsessyncatmps  
cnfsessyncatmps  
To configure the maximum number of attempts to synchronize with the call agent, use the  
cnfsessyncatmps command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
cnfsessyncatmps session-num max-sync-attempts  
Syntax Description  
session-num  
Identifying session number in the range from 1 to 64.  
max-sync-attempts  
The maximum number of attempts to synchronize with the call agent. It can  
be in the range from 1 to 32.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Use this command for a previously added PRI backhaul session.  
The following example shows that session number 2 is configured with a maximum of 10  
synchronization attempts with the call agent:  
cnfsessyncatmps 2 10  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfsesack  
Configures the timeout period before sending an acknowledgment, and the  
maximum number of acknowledgments that can be accumulated.  
cnfsesmaxreset  
cnfsesmaxseg  
cnfsesoutofseq  
Configures the maximum number of resets that a VISM card performs before  
a connection is reset.  
Configures the maximum segment size, in octets, that can be received by a  
VISM card after sending a synchronize message.  
Configures the maximum number of out-of-sequence packets that can be  
accumulated before sending an EACK packet.  
cnfsesport  
Configures the port numbers of a previously added PRI backhaul session.  
cnfsesretrans  
Configures the timeout period for unacknowledged packets and number of  
retransmissions.  
cnfsesstatetmout  
Configures the number of milliseconds that VISM waits for a transfer state  
before executing an auto reset.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-213  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfsrcppeer  
cnfsrcppeer  
To configure the port for the call agent configured with the Simple Resource Control Protocol  
(SRCP)—when SRCP is the selected protocol for communication between the VISM card and call agent,  
use the cnfsrcppeer command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
cnfsrcppeer peer-num udp-port-num  
Syntax Description  
peer-num  
Peer (call agent) identification number. It can be a value from 1 to 8.  
udp-port-num  
User Datagram Protocol (UDP) port number. It can be in the range from 1025 to  
65535.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking  
If you do not use this command, the default MGCP/SGCP port number, 2428, is used for the  
upd-port-num argument value.  
Examples  
The following example shows that peer identification number 2 is configured with UDP port number  
1160:  
cnfsrcppeer 2 1160  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addmgcgrpentry  
Configures call agents as part of an MGC redundancy group and assigns a  
priority value for a call agent.  
addmgcgrpprotocol  
cnfmgcgrpentry  
Associates a call agent redundancy group to a gateway control protocol.  
Modifies the call agent priority level of a call agent within a call agent  
redundancy group.  
cnfmgcgrpparam  
Modifies a call agent redundancy group state change notification policy  
and priority level.  
cnfsrcppeergrpparam  
Modifies the SRCP heartbeat interval and maximum UDP size for a  
specified call agent redundancy group.  
delmgcgrpentry  
delmgcgrpprotocol  
dspmgcgrpparams  
dspmgcgrpprotocols  
dspmgcgrps  
Deletes a call agent from a call agent redundancy group.  
Deletes an MGCP from a specified call agent redundancy group.  
Displays all configured call agent redundancy group parameters.  
Displays all configured call agent redundancy group protocols.  
Displays all configured call agent redundancy groups.  
dspsrcppeergrpparams Displays the SRCP parameters for all call agent redundancy groups that  
have SRCP added.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-214  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfsrcppeergrpparam  
cnfsrcppeergrpparam  
To modify the Simple Resource Control Protocol (SRCP) heartbeat interval and maximum User  
Datagram Protocol (UDP) size for a specified call agent redundancy group, use the  
cnfsrcppeergrpparam command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2  
trunking operating modes.  
cnfsrcppeergrpparam red-mgc-group hbeat-int max-udp-size  
Syntax Description  
red-mgc-group  
hbeat-int  
Call agent redundancy group number. It can be in the range from 1 to 8.  
Interval between heartbeats (defined in milliseconds). It can be one of the  
following values:  
0
In the range from 100 to 65535  
max-udp-size  
Maximum allowable UDP size. It can be in the range from 4095 to 65535.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that call agent redundancy group number 3 is configured with a 250-ms  
SRCP heartbeat interval and 50000-byte maximum UDP size:  
cnfsrcppeergrpparam 3 250 50000  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addmgcgrpentry  
Configures call agents as part of an MGC redundancy group and assigns a  
priority value for a call agent.  
addmgcgrpprotocol  
cnfmgcgrpentry  
Associates a call agent redundancy group to a gateway control protocol.  
Modifies the call agent priority level of a call agent within a call agent  
redundancy group.  
cnfmgcgrpparam  
cnfsrcppeer  
Modifies a call agent redundancy group state change notification policy  
and priority level.  
Configures the SRCP parameters when SRCP is the selected protocol for  
communication between the VISM card and call agent.  
delmgcgrpentry  
Deletes a call agent from a call agent redundancy group.  
delmgcgrpprotocol  
dspmgcgrpparams  
dspmgcgrpprotocols  
Deletes an MGCP from a specified call agent redundancy group.  
Displays all configured call agent redundancy group parameters.  
Displays all configured call agent redundancy group protocols.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-215  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfsrcppeergrpparam  
Command  
Description  
Displays all configured call agent redundancy groups.  
dspmgcgrps  
dspsrcppeergrpparams Displays the SRCP parameters for all call agent redundancy groups that  
have SRCP added.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-216  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfsrcpretry  
cnfsrcpretry  
To configure the VISM card level Simple Resource Control Protocol (SRCP) retry count, minimum  
timeout, and maximum timeout, use the cnfsrcpretry command in the VoIP switching/trunking and  
switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
cnfsrcpretry srcp-min-tout max-srcp-retries |srcp-max-tout|  
Syntax Description  
srcp-min-tout  
max-srcp-retries  
srcp-max-tout  
Minimum SRCP timeout (defined in milliseconds). It can be in the range from  
1 to 10000. (Default = 500)  
Maximum number of SRCP retries. It can be in the range from 0 to 10.  
(Default = 3).  
(Optional) Maximum SRCP timeout (defined in milliseconds). It can be in the  
range from 1 to 10000. (Default = 500)  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
If you assign a value to the optional srcp-max-tout argument, VISM exponentially increases the timeout  
value between the minimum and maximum timeouts. If you do not assign a maximum timeout, the  
srcp-max-tout argument value is set equal to the srcp-min-tout argument value, which disables the  
exponential back off.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the current VISM card is configured with a 100-ms minimum SRCP  
timeout period, a maximum of 5 SRCP retry attempts, and 1000-ms maximum SRCP timeout period:  
cnfsrcpretry 100 5 1000  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspsrcpretry  
Displays the VISM card level SRCP retry parameters—retry count, minimum  
timeout, and maximum timeout.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-217  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnft38fxlco  
cnft38fxlco  
To configure the fax handling instructions for a specified line, use the cnft38fxlco command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking operating mode.  
cnft38fxlco line-num fx-lco  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
fx-lco  
Line number of the channel, in the range from 1 to 8.  
Local connection option fax preamble response. It can be one of the following  
values:  
1 = VISM controlled T.38, then fax pass through. Upon detecting a fax  
preamble, VISM first attempts to complete a fax relay on the connection.  
If fax relay is unsuccessful due to a lack of local resources, T.38  
connection admission control (CAC) failure, or the remote side did not  
acknowledge the 200 Named Signaling Event (NSE), VISM follows the  
procedure for fax passthrough. If fax relay is successful, the connection is  
returned to voice mode when the fax end of transfer occurs.  
2 = VISM controlled T.38 only. Upon detecting a fax preamble, VISM  
attempts to complete a fax relay on the connection. If fax relay is  
unsuccessful, the connection is returned to voice mode. If the fax relay is  
successful, the connection is returned to voice mode when the fax end of  
transfer occurs.  
3 = Passthrough, then VISM controlled T.38. Upon detecting a fax  
preamble, VISM first attempts the procedure for fax passthrough. If fax  
passthrough is unsuccessful due to a lack of local resources or an upspeed  
CAC failure, VISM attempts the fax relay procedure. If both fax  
passthrough and fax relay fail, the connection is returned to voice mode.  
If either fax passthrough or fax relay are successful, the connection is  
returned to voice mode when the fax end of transfer occurs.  
4 = Passthrough only. Upon detecting a fax preamble, VISM attempts the  
fax passthrough procedure.  
5 = Off.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the fax preamble response configured for line number 4 is first the  
fax passthrough and then VISM controlled T.38:  
cnft38fxlco 4 3  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-218  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnft38fxlco  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfcodectmpl  
cnft38nsetimeout  
Assigns a codec template to an entire VISM card.  
Configures a specified line with a length of time in which to wait for a remote  
acknowledgment of the offer to switch to fax transfer mode.  
cnft38params  
dspcodectmpls  
dspt38fxlco  
Configures the T.38 fax transfer parameters for a specified line.  
Displays all entries in the codec template table.  
Displays the fax handling instructions configured for a specified line.  
Displays the fax handling instructions for all lines on the current VISM card.  
dspt38fxlcos  
dspt38nsetimeout  
Displays a specified configured line with a length of time in which to wait for  
a remote acknowledgment of the offer to switch to fax transfer mode.  
dspt38nsetimeouts Displays all configured lines with a length of time in which to wait for a remote  
acknowledgment of the offer to switch to fax transfer mode.  
dspt38params  
Displays the T.38 fax transfer parameters for a specified line.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-219  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnft38nsetimeout  
cnft38nsetimeout  
To configure a specified line with a length of time in which to wait for a remote acknowledgment of the  
offer to switch to fax transfer mode, use the cnft38nsetimeout command in the VoIP switching/trunking  
operating mode.  
cnft38nsetimeout line-num nse-ack-timer  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number of the channel, in the range from 1 to 8.  
nse-ack-timer  
Named Signaling Event (NSE) acknowledgment timeout value (defined in  
milliseconds). It can be in the range from 250 to 10000, in increments of 250.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that line number 2 is configured with an NSE acknowledgment timeout  
value of 600 ms:  
cnft38nsetimeout 2 600  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfcodectmpl  
cnft38fxlco  
Assigns a codec template to an entire VISM card.  
Configures the fax handling instructions for a specified line.  
Configures the T.38 fax transfer parameters for a specified line.  
Displays all entries in the codec template table.  
cnft38params  
dspcodectmpls  
dspt38fxlco  
Displays the fax handling instructions configured for a specified line.  
Displays the fax handling instructions for all lines on the current VISM card.  
dspt38fxlcos  
dspt38nsetimeout  
Displays a specified configured line with a length of time in which to wait for  
a remote acknowledgment of the offer to switch to fax transfer mode.  
dspt38nsetimeouts Displays all configured lines with a length of time in which to wait for a remote  
acknowledgment of the offer to switch to fax transfer mode.  
dspt38params  
Displays the T.38 fax transfer parameters for a specified line.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-220  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnft38params  
cnft38params  
To configure the T.38 fax transfer parameters for a specified line, use the cnft38params command in the  
VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
cnft38params line-num max-xmit-rate |info-fld-size d-pkt-size ls-data-red hs-data-red tcf-method  
err-corr-enable nsf-oride-enable nsf-ccode nsf-vendor|  
Syntax Description|  
line-num  
Line number of the channel, in the range from 1 to 8.  
max-xmit-rate  
Maximum fax transmission rate (defined in bits per second). It can be one of the  
following values:  
1 = 2400  
2 = 4800  
3 = 7200  
4 = 9600  
5 = 12000  
6 = 14400 (Default)  
info-fld-size  
d-pkt-size  
(Optional) Fax information field size (defined in bytes). It can be in the range  
from 20 to 48. (Default = 48)  
(Optional) Primary high-speed data packet size (defined in milliseconds). It can  
be one of the following values:  
10  
20  
30  
40 (Default)  
Note  
Cisco recommends that you select 30 ms for this argument value;  
14400 bps fax transfers with a high speed data packet size higher than  
30 ms may fail.  
ls-data-red  
(Optional) Extent of the Internet fax protocol (IFP) packet transmission  
redundancy for the low-speed control data exchanged during the first phase of a  
T.38 fax relay connection. It can be in the range from 0 to 5. (Default = 5)  
The ls-data-red argument has the following two different meanings, which  
depend upon the value of the err-corr-enable argument:  
If the err-corr-enable argument = 1, the ls-data-red argument represents the  
maximum number of forward error correction (FEC) messages within a User  
Datagram Protocol (UDP) Transport Layer (TL) (UDPTL) packet carrying  
low-speed data.  
If the err-corr-enable argument = 2, the ls-data-red argument represents the  
maximum number of prior IFP packets within a UDPTL packet carrying  
low-speed data, but does not include the primary IFP packet.  
hs-data-red  
(Optional) Extent of the IFP packet transmission redundancy for the high-speed  
control and image data exchanged following the initial low-speed phase of a T.38  
fax relay connection. It can be in the range from 0 to 2. (Default = 2)  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-221  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnft38params  
tcf-method  
(Optional) Training check field (TCF) verification method for UDP based fax  
transport. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = Local—for TCP-based fax transport or UDP-based fax transport.  
The local TCF method implies that the media gateways are actively involved  
in the training and data rate management procedure, including the generation  
of the TCF signal. Data rate management is performed by one of the media  
gateways on the basis of local results, which are forwarded over the IP  
network by the other media gateway. The data rate management gateway  
generates the TCF training signal toward its group 3 fax terminal.  
2 = Network—for UDP-based fax transport.  
The network TCF method implies that the data rate management is  
performed end-to-end between the group 3 fax terminals. The TCF training  
signal is passed by the IP network.  
err-corr-enable  
nsf-oride-enable  
(Optional) Forward error correction scheme for UDP-based fax transport. It can  
be one of the following values:  
1 = On (Default)  
2 = Off  
(Optional) VISM nonstandard facilities (NSF) code override of NSF,  
nonstandard facilities command (NSC), and nonstandard facilities setup (NSS)  
T.30 signals. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = On (Default)  
If you enable NSF override, the group 3 fax machines are prevented from  
synchronizing with each other on the basis of a protocol other than the ITU-T  
recommendations.  
2 = Off  
If you disable NSF override, the group 3 fax machines synchronize to the  
standard T-series protocol.  
nsf-ccode  
(Optional) Country code in the NFS code which identifies the country where the  
NFS fax equipment was manufactured, defined as one byte. Refer to ITU T.38 for  
a complete description. It can be in the range from 0 to 65535. (Default = 181)  
nsf-vendor  
(Optional) Vendor code of the NFS fax equipment manufacturer, defined as two  
bytes. It can be in the range from 0 to 65535. (Default = 18)  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the T.38 fax transfer parameters for a line number 2 are configured  
with a maximum fax transmission rate of 7200 bps, a fax information field size of 28 bytes, a primary  
high-speed data packet size of 20 ms, a low-speed packet transmission redundancy of 3, a high-speed  
packet transmission redundancy of 0, the network TCF verification method, UDP error correction  
enabled, NFS code VISM override enabled, a country code of 500, and a vendor code of 4000:  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-222  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnft38params  
cnft38params 2 3 28 20 3 0 2 1 1 500 4000  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfcodectmpl  
cnft38fxlco  
Assigns a codec template to an entire VISM card.  
Configures the fax handling instructions for a specified line.  
cnft38nsetimeout  
Configures a specified line with a length of time in which to wait for a remote  
acknowledgment of the offer to switch to fax transfer mode.  
dspcodectmpls  
dspt38fxlco  
Displays all entries in the codec template table.  
Displays the fax handling instructions configured for a specified line.  
Displays the fax handling instructions for all lines on the current VISM card.  
dspt38fxlcos  
dspt38nsetimeout  
Displays a specified configured line with a length of time in which to wait for  
a remote acknowledgment of the offer to switch to fax transfer mode.  
dspt38nsetimeouts Displays all configured lines with a length of time in which to wait for a remote  
acknowledgment of the offer to switch to fax transfer mode.  
dspt38params  
Displays the T.38 fax transfer parameters for a specified line.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-223  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnftftpdn  
cnftftpdn  
To select the Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) domain name, use the cnftftpdn command in the  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
cnftftpdn domain-name  
Syntax Description  
domain-name  
The TFTP domain name. A text string of 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
The domain name must have been added to the MGC table using the adddn command. When selected  
as a TFTP server, the domain name cannot be used as the call agent domain name.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the configured TFTP domain name is south:  
cnftftpdn south  
Related Commands  
There are no related commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-224  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnflntrunkcond  
cnflntrunkcond  
To enable or disable trunk conditioning for a specified VISM card line, use the cnflntrunkcond  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnflntrunkcond line-num trunk-cond-enable  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number of the current VISM card line for which you want to condition a  
line. It can be in the range from 1 to 8.  
trunk-cond-enable  
Enables or disables trunk conditioning on a line. It can be one of the following  
values:  
1 = On  
2 = Off  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
If you enable trunk line conditioning, VISM conditions the affected DS0 when an alarm indication signal  
(AIS), a blue alarm, is detected on the ATM side. Trunk line conditioning consists of transmitting an idle  
code pattern for 2.5 seconds followed by the seized code specified in the cnfcascode command.  
Note  
This command is not allowed if endpoints or CCS channels are enabled on the line.  
Examples  
The following example shows that trunk conditioning is enabled for line number 6 on the current VISM  
card:  
cnflntrunkcond 6 1  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfcascode  
Configures CAS idle code and seized code parameters for an endpoint.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-225  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfvbdcodec  
cnfvbdcodec  
To configure voiceband data (VBD) upspeed codec on the current VISM card, use the cnfvbdcodec  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
cnfvbdcodec upspeed-codec  
Syntax Description  
upspeed-codec  
Upspeed codec. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = G.711u (Default for T1 VISM cards)  
2 = G.711a (Default for E1 VISM cards)  
3 = G.726-32k  
4 = Clear channel  
5 = G.723.1-H (Valid for template number 4 only)  
6 = G.723.1-L (Valid for template number 4 only)  
7 = G.726-16k  
8 = G.726-24k  
9 = G.726-40k  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking  
VISM uses the configured codec even if, for example, the configured codec is G.726-32k and VISM is  
preconfigured with G.711. In this case, an actual downspeed would be performed.  
If you configure clear channel, VISM does support a mixed system clock—VISM cannot be originated  
at a T1 line and terminated at an E1 line, or originated at an E1 line and terminated at a T1 line.  
When VISM is configured with clear channel, the codec is not used in the fax/modem upspeed session  
because VISM cannot detect any tones using clear channel.  
AAL2 modes obtain the upspeed codec from the AAL2 profile table. AAL1 does not support  
compression and therefore does not require upspeed.  
The G.723.1 codecs are supported for VISM-PR cards and are not supported for VISM cards.  
Note  
Cisco recommends that you do not use upspeed-codec argument values 5 or 6 with this command.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the VBD upspeed codec is configured as G.711u:  
cnfvbdcodec 1  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspvbdcodec  
Displays the upspeed codec used for voiceband data (VBD).  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-226  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfvbdpol  
cnfvbdpol  
To configure VISM card level voiceband data (VBD) policies—fax/modem carrier loss and fax/modem  
upspeed connection admission control (CAC) failure—use the cnfvbdpol command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnfvbdpol carrier-loss-pol cac-reject-pol  
Syntax Description  
carrier-loss-pol  
cac-reject-pol  
Carrier loss policy. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = Revert to the previous codec  
2 = Maintain the upspeed codec  
CAC rejection policy. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = Delete the connection  
2 = Maintain the connection  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the current VISM card reverts to the previous codec for fax/modem  
carrier loss events and maintains the connection during upspeed CAC failure events:  
cnfvbdpol 1 2  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspvbdpol  
Displays the current VISM card level policies for fax/modem upspeed CAC  
failure and fax/modem carrier loss for call events.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-227  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfvismdn  
cnfvismdn  
To configure the current VISM card domain name, use the cnfvismdn command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
cnfvismdn domain-name  
Syntax Description  
domain-name  
Current VISM card domain name. A text string of 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters.  
(Default = cisco.com)  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Ensure that you configure the same domain name for the VSC as you do for the VISM card.  
The domain name you configure is used when you create an endpoint identification number for each  
endpoint on a VISM card. The endpoint identification number is used to address SGCP/MGCP  
commands to a specific endpoint.  
If you do not use this command, the default domain name is used.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the current VISM card is configured with the domain name north:  
cnfvismdn north  
Related Commands  
Command  
cnfvismip  
dspvismdn  
Description  
Configures the current VISM card IP address.  
Displays the domain name of the current VISM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-228  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfvismip  
cnfvismip  
To configure the current VISM card control IP address and subnet mask, and optionally, the bearer IP  
address and subnet mask, use the cnfvismip command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched  
AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
cnfvismip vip-addr netmask |bearer-ipaddr bearer-netmask|  
Syntax Description  
vip-addr  
netmask  
Control IP address of the current VISM card, in dotted decimal format  
(nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn).  
Control local network subnet mask, in dotted decimal format (nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn).  
It should be assigned the value 255.255.255.248.  
bearer-ipaddr  
(Optional) Bearer IP address, in dotted decimal format (nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn).  
(Optional) Bearer IP subnet mask, in dotted decimal format (nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn).  
bearer-netmask  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
You must configure the control IP address with this command before adding endpoints.  
The VISM card control IP address is used to communicate with the VSC and as an identification for VoIP  
endpoints.  
The configured VISM card IP address and subnet mask values are stored on the MGX 8000 Series  
platform PXM card hard disk and retrieved for subsequent configuration commands.  
If you do not specify a bearer IP address and subnet mask, the control IP address and subnet mask are  
used as both control and bearer.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the current VISM card is configured with control IP address  
209.165.200.224 and subnet mask 255.255.255.248:  
cnfvismip 209.165.200.224 255.255.255.248  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspvismip  
Displays the current VISM card IP address.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-229  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfvismmode  
cnfvismmode  
To configure the initial operating mode for a VISM card, use the cnfvismmode command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnfvismmode oper-mode  
Syntax Description  
oper-mode  
VISM card operating mode. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = VoIP switching/VoIP trunking  
2 = ATM Adaptation Layer Type 2 (AAL2) trunking  
3 = Switched ATM AAL1 switched virtual circuit (SVC)  
7 = Switched ATM AAL2 SVC  
8 = Switched ATM AAL2 permanent virtual circuit (PVC)  
9 = VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL1 SVC, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, AAL2  
trunking, VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
You should delete all connections, ports, and resource partitions (if any) before using this command.  
Existing configurations on a VISM card are cleared when you use this command on the card.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the current VISM card is configured for the VoIP switching/trunking  
operating mode:  
cnfvismmode 1  
Related Commands  
There are no related commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-230  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfvoiptimerparam  
cnfvoiptimerparam  
To configure the holdover time for voice activity detection (VAD) before silence compression is  
activated, use the cnfvoiptimerparam command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
cnfvoiptimerparam vad-timer  
Syntax Description  
vad-timer  
The VAD holdover timer (defined in milliseconds) in the range from 250 to  
65535.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the VAD holdover timer is configured for 360 ms:  
cnfvoiptimerparam 360  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfvoiptransparams  
dspvoipparams  
Configures the VoIP transportation parameters.  
Displays the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode parameters.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-231  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfvoiptransparams  
cnfvoiptransparams  
To configure the VoIP transportation parameters—enable dual tone multifrequency (DTMF) and channel  
associated signaling (CAS) bits transportation to the other endpoint, configure the Named Signaling  
Event (NSE) triple redundancy feature for NSE packets, and optionally configure the event negotiation  
policy and silence insertion descriptor (SID) payload type—use the cnfvoiptransparams command in  
the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
cnfvoiptransparams dtmf-trans cas-trans |event-neg-enable event-neg-pol sid-type|  
Syntax Description  
dtmf-trans  
Enables or disables DTMF tone transportation. It can be one of the following  
values:  
1 = On  
2 = Off  
Note  
The dtmf-trans argument value must be set to 1 (on) when you are using  
codecs other than G.711 and G.726.  
cas-trans  
Enables or disables CAS signaling transportation. It can be one of the following  
values:  
1 = On  
2 = Off  
event-neg-enable  
event-neg-pol  
(Optional) Enables or disables whether VISM should negotiate how to send  
events. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = On. Attempt to negotiate how to send events.  
2 = Off. Do not attempt to negotiate how to send events.  
(Optional) Event negotiation policy. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = None. Call agent driven.  
2 = Proprietary (Default). Call agent driven and VISM proprietary events.  
3 = All. Call agent driven and all event codecs specified by VISM.  
sid-type  
(Optional) SID payload type. It can be in the range from 0 to 255. (Default = 13)  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that DTMF and CAS bit transportation are enabled and the NSE  
redundancy feature is not enabled:  
cnfvoiptransparams 1 1 2  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-232  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfvoiptransparams  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfvoiptimerparam Configures the holdover time for VAD before silence compression is activated.  
dspvoipparams  
Displays the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode parameters.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-233  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfxgcpbt  
cnfxgcpbt  
To configure a default bearer type—if one is not specified by the call agent by the xGCP local connection  
options—for the current VISM card, use the cnfxgcpbt command in the VoIP switching/trunking,  
switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
cnfxgcpbt network-type vc-type aal-conn-type  
Syntax Description  
network-type  
vc-type  
Network type. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = IP  
2 = ATM  
Virtual circuit type. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = Permanent virtual circuit (PVC)  
2 = Switched virtual circuit (SVC)  
aal-conn-type  
Connection type. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = ATM Adaptation Layer Type 1 (AAL1)  
2 = ATM Adaptation Layer Type 2 (AAL2)  
3 = Not applicable  
Note  
You must select 3 (not applicable) if you selected a network-type  
argument value of 1 (IP).  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
If the default bearer types (network, VC, or connection) are specified as part of the local connection  
options, those types take precedence over the types specified in this command.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the current VISM card is configured for the IP network type and for  
PVC:  
cnfxgcpbt 1 1 3  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspxgcpbt  
Displays the default network, VC, and connection types configured for the  
current VISM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-234  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfxgcpinteropsdpost  
cnfxgcpinteropsdpost  
To enable or disable the Session Descriptor Protocol (SDP) OST interoperability in the call control protocol,  
use the cnfxgcpinteropsdpost command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
cnfxgcpinteropsdpost sdp-ost-enable  
Syntax Description  
sdp-ost-enable  
Enables or disables SDP OST interoperability. It can be one of the following  
values:  
1 = On (default)  
2 = Off  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking  
When a CRCX or MDCX command is received from the call agent, VISM can respond by building SDP  
OST (O =, S =, and T = lines).  
If a peer gateway does not support SDP OST, this command can be used to prevent VISM from building  
SDP OST lines.  
Examples  
The following example shows that SDP OST interoperability is disabled:  
cnfxgcpinteropsdpost 2  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspxgcpinterops Displays the SDP OST interoperability feature configuration.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-235  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfxgcpmwd  
cnfxgcpmwd  
To configure the maximum waiting delay (MWD) value used for sending a Restart in Progress (RSIP)  
message to the call agent, use the cnfxgcpmwd command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating  
mode.  
cnfxgcpmwd max-wait-delay  
Syntax Description  
max-wait-delay  
Maximum wait delay time (defined in milliseconds) to send an RSIP message to  
the call agent. It can be in the range from 0 to 600000. (Default = 10000)  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Use this command to limit the number of RSIP messages sent to the call agent when an MGX 8000 Series  
platform configured with multiple VISM cards is started or reset. Each VISM card waits a random  
amount of time (up to a maximum specified by this command) before sending an RSIP message.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the maximum waiting delay time to send RSIP messages to the call  
agent is 300 ms:  
cnfxgcpmwd 300  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspxgcpcnf  
Displays previously configured SGCP/MGCP timeout and retry count values.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-236  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfxgcppeer  
cnfxgcppeer  
To configure the User Datagram Protocol (UDP) port number used to send gateway-initiated messages  
to the call agent, use the cnfxgcppeer command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2  
PVC operating modes.  
cnfxgcppeer mgc-num protocol-num remote-udp-pnum  
Syntax Description  
mgc-num  
A number by which the call agent is identified in the range from 1 to 8.  
Protocol number. It can be one of the following values:  
protocol-num  
1 = MGCP 0.1  
2 = SGCP 1.1+  
4 = SGCP 1.5  
5 = MGCP 1.0  
remote-udp-pnum  
UDP port number. In the range from 1025 to 65535. (Default = 2427)  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that call agent 1 is configured with protocol number 3 and remote UDP  
port number 1168:  
cnfxgcppeer 1 3 1168  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfdisctimers  
Specifies the wait delay times for the disconnected procedure, restart in  
progress command—initial, minimum, and maximum timer values.  
cnfmgcgrpprotocol Configures call agent group protocol data.  
dspdisctimers  
Displays the Restart in Progress command disconnect type method wait delay  
times.  
dspxgcppeers  
Displays all UDP peer ports used by SGCP and MGCP.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-237  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
cnfxgcpretry  
cnfxgcpretry  
To configure VISM minimum and maximum request timeouts and retransmission attempts for  
communication with the associated call agent, use the cnfxgcpretry command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
cnfxgcpretry min-vtoca-tout vtoca-retrans-num |max-vtoca-tout|  
Syntax Description  
min-vtoca-tout  
Minimum time (defined in milliseconds) VISM waits for an acknowledgment  
message from the call agent. It can be in the range from 1 to 100000.  
(Default = 500)  
vtoca-retrans-num  
max-vtoca-tout  
Number of times that a call agent retransmits an unacknowledged message  
before determining that VISM is unreachable. (Default = 3)  
(Optional) Maximum time (defined in milliseconds) VISM waits for an  
acknowledgment message from the call agent. It can be in the range from 0 to  
100000.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
If you indicate a value for the optional max-vtoca-tout argument, VISM exponentially increases the  
timeout value between the minimum and maximum timeouts. If a maximum value is not specified, the  
max-vtoca-tout value is set equal to the min-vtoca-tout value, which disables the exponential backoff.  
Examples  
The following example shows that VISM will wait a minimum time of 1000 ms and a maximum time of  
2000 ms for an acknowledgment message from the call agent, and three call agent retransmission  
attempts will occur before VISM is determined to be unreachable:  
cnfxgcpretry 1000 3 2000  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspxgcpcnf  
Displays previously configured SGCP and MGCP timeout and retransmission  
attempt values.  
dspxgcpretry  
Displays the current xGCP retransmission attempt, minimum timeout, and  
maximum timeout values.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-238  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
delannalldynamic  
delannalldynamic  
To delete all announcement files and their associated codec types from the temporary announcement files  
currently saved in the VISM card, use the delannalldynamic command in the VoIP switching operating  
mode.  
delannalldynamic  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching  
This command does not report an error if no announcement files are found.  
The following example shows that all announcement files and their associated codec types are deleted  
from the temporary announcement files currently saved in the VISM card:  
delannalldynamic  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addannpermanent Configures an announcement server file and associated codec type as  
permanent.  
cnfannagetime  
Configures the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after  
it is placed into the VISM announcement cache.  
cnfanndn  
Designates an announcement file server domain name.  
cnfannpathprefix  
Designates the main prefix directory TFTP path from which to retrieve  
announcement files from the announcement file server.  
cnfannprefcodec  
cnfannreqtimeout  
delanndynamic  
delannpermanent  
dspannagetime  
dspanncache  
Configures the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected  
TDM endpoints.  
Configures the expiration time for announcements to begin playing after the  
VISM receives the announcement signal (request) from the call agent.  
Deletes an announcement file and associated codec type from the temporary  
announcement files currently saved in the VISM card.  
Deletes a permanent announcement file and its associated codec type from the  
announcement file server.  
Displays the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after  
it is placed into the VISM announcement cache.  
Displays all available temporary announcement file names, and associated age  
times before being refreshed from the announcement file server.  
dspanncontrols  
dspanndn  
Displays a summary list of all provisionable announcement file variables,  
including variables associated with all announcement file CLI commands.  
Displays the announcement file server domain name.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-239  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
delannalldynamic  
Command  
Description  
dspannpathprefix  
Displays the main prefix directory path from which VISM retrieves  
announcement files from the announcement file server.  
dspannpermanents Displays all available permanent announcement files with their associated  
codec types and identifying index numbers.  
dspannprefcodec  
Displays the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected TDM  
endpoints.  
dspannreqtimeout Displays the expiration time for announcements to begin playing before being  
aborted.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-240  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
delanndynamic  
delanndynamic  
To delete an announcement file and associated codec type from the temporary announcement files  
currently saved in the VISM card, use the delanndynamic command in the VoIP switching operating  
mode.  
delanndynamic ann-filename codec-type  
Syntax Description  
ann-filename  
codec-type  
Announcement file filename. It can be from 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters,  
including the following symbols—period (.), forward slash (/), underscore (_),  
and hyphen (-).  
The type of coding/decoding to be performed on the data stream. It can be one of  
the following values:  
1 = G.711u  
2 = G.711a  
3 = G.726-32k  
4 = G.729a  
5 = G.729ab  
7 = G.726-16k  
8 = G.726-24k  
9 = G.726-40k  
11 = G.723-H  
12 = G.723a-H  
13 = G.723.1-L  
14 = G.723.1a-L  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching  
This command does not report an error if the requested file identified by the ann-filename argument is  
not found.  
The G.723.1 codecs are supported for VISM-PR cards and are not supported for VISM cards.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the femalezero1 announcement file and its associated codec type of  
G.726-40k is deleted from the temporary announcement files currently saved in the VISM card:  
delanndynamic femalezero1 9  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-241  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
delanndynamic  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addannpermanent  
Configures an announcement server file and associated codec type as  
permanent.  
cnfannagetime  
Configures the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after  
it is placed into the VISM announcement cache.  
cnfanndn  
Designates an announcement file server domain name.  
cnfannpathprefix  
Designates the main prefix directory TFTP path from which to retrieve  
announcement files from the announcement file server.  
cnfannprefcodec  
cnfannreqtimeout  
delannalldynamic  
delannpermanent  
dspannagetime  
dspanncache  
Configures the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected  
TDM endpoints.  
Configures the expiration time for announcements to begin playing after the  
VISM receives the announcement signal (request) from the call agent.  
Deletes all announcement files and their associated codec types from the  
temporary announcement files currently saved in the VISM card.  
Deletes a permanent announcement file and its associated codec type from the  
announcement file server.  
Displays the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after  
it is placed into the VISM announcement cache.  
Displays all available temporary announcement file names, and associated age  
times before being refreshed from the announcement file server.  
dspanncontrols  
Displays a summary list of all provisionable announcement file variables,  
including variables associated with all announcement file CLI commands.  
dspanndn  
Displays the announcement file server domain name.  
dspannpathprefix  
Displays the main prefix directory path from which VISM retrieves  
announcement files from the announcement file server.  
dspannpermanents Displays all available permanent announcement files with their associated  
codec types and identifying index numbers.  
dspannprefcodec  
dspannreqtimeout  
Displays the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected TDM  
endpoints.  
Displays the expiration time for announcements to begin playing before being  
aborted.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-242  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
delannpermanent  
delannpermanent  
To delete a permanent announcement file and its associated codec type from the announcement file  
server, use the delannpermanent command in the VoIP switching operating mode.  
delannpermanent pann-index  
Syntax Description  
pann-index  
Permanent announcement server file identification index number. It can be in  
the range from 1 to 125.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching  
Use the dspannpermanents command to display a list of available permanent announcement server file  
names.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the permanent announcement server file and its associated codec type  
identified by the announcement server file identification index number 19 is deleted from the  
announcement file server:  
delannpermanent 19  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addannpermanent Configures an announcement server file and associated codec type as  
permanent.  
cnfannagetime  
Configures the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after  
it is placed into the VISM announcement cache.  
cnfanndn  
Designates an announcement file server domain name.  
cnfannpathprefix  
Designates the main prefix directory TFTP path from which to retrieve  
announcement files from the announcement file server.  
cnfannprefcodec  
cnfannreqtimeout  
delannalldynamic  
delanndynamic  
dspannagetime  
dspanncache  
Configures the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected  
TDM endpoints.  
Configures the expiration time for announcements to begin playing after the  
VISM receives the announcement signal (request) from the call agent.  
Deletes all announcement files and their associated codec types from the  
temporary announcement files currently saved in the VISM card.  
Deletes an announcement file and associated codec type from the temporary  
announcement files currently saved in the VISM card.  
Displays the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after it  
is placed into the VISM announcement cache.  
Displays all available temporary announcement file names, and associated age  
times before being refreshed from the announcement file server.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-243  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
delannpermanent  
Command  
Description  
dspanncontrols  
Displays a summary list of all provisionable announcement file variables,  
including variables associated with all announcement file CLI commands.  
dspanndn  
Displays the announcement file server domain name.  
dspannpathprefix  
Displays the main prefix directory path from which VISM retrieves  
announcement files from the announcement file server.  
dspannpermanents Displays all available permanent announcement files with their associated  
codec types and identifying index numbers.  
dspannprefcodec  
Displays the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected TDM  
endpoints.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-244  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
delcasvar  
delcasvar  
To delete a channel associated signaling (CAS) variant, use the delcasvar command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking operating mode.  
delcasvar var-name  
Syntax Description  
var-name  
Name of the CAS variant you want to delete; a text string of 1 to 64 alphanumeric  
characters.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the CAS variant identified by the name var1 is deleted:  
delcasvar var1  
Related Commands  
Command  
addcasvar  
cnfcasvar  
dspcasvar  
Description  
Adds a CAS variant to a VISM card.  
Configures the CAS variant timing parameters.  
Displays information about CAS variants for a given variant name.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-245  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
delccs  
delccs  
To delete the association between a common channel signaling (CCS) DS0 channel and the  
corresponding virtual channel, use the delccs command in the AAL2 trunking operating mode.  
delccs line-num ds0-num  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
ds0-num  
Line number of the channel, in the range from 1 to 8.  
DS0 number of the channel. It can be a value from one of the following ranges:  
1 to 24 for T1 lines  
1 to 31 for E1 lines  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
AAL2 trunking  
The original association is configured with the addccs command.  
The following example shows that the CCS channel on line 2, DS0 12 is deleted:  
delccs 2 12  
Related Commands  
There are no related commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-246  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
delcid  
delcid  
To delete the association between an endpoint and an LCN/CID pair, use the delcid command in the  
AAL2 trunking operating mode.  
delcid lcn cid-num  
Syntax Description  
lcn  
The logical channel number of the LCN/CID pair in the range from 131 to 510.  
The channel identification number of the LCN/CID pair in the range from 8 to 255.  
cid-num  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the endpoint association for LCN 140 and CID 12 is deleted:  
delcid 140 12  
Related Commands  
Command  
addcid  
Description  
Adds an AAL2 CID on a VISM card.  
dspcid  
Displays the data of an AAL2 CID on a VISM card.  
Displays the CID, endpoint, and AAL2 data for a specified line.  
dsplncids  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-247  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
delcon  
delcon  
To delete a PVC between a VISM card and an MGX 8000 Series shelf PXM card, use the delcon  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
delcon lcn  
Syntax Description  
lcn  
Logical channel number of the PVC to be deleted, in the range from 131 to 510.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
You cannot delete a connection if it is protected or if CIDs are present.  
The following example shows that the PVC connection for LCN 140 is deleted:  
delcon 140  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addcon  
Adds a PVC connection between a VISM card and any SM or PXM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-248  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
delconloop  
delconloop  
To delete a local loopback state on a connection to the cellbus, use the delconloop command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
delconloop lcn  
Syntax Description  
lcn  
Logical channel number of the connection from which you want to delete the local  
loopback state, in the range from 131 to 510.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the local loopback state is deleted from LCN 140:  
delconloop 140  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addconloop  
Sets a cellbus connection to the local loopback state.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-249  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
deldn  
deldn  
To delete a domain name, use the deldn command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2  
PVC operating modes.  
deldn domain-name-num  
Syntax Description  
domain-name-num  
Domain name number. It can be in the range from 1 to 11.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
If the domain name you want to delete is the last entry in the domain table and if the domain name exists  
in the list of call agents that VISM maintains (as displayed by the dspmgcs command), deletion is not  
allowed.  
You must manually delete all statistically provisioned IP addresses for the domain name before you can  
delete the domain name.  
You should not delete a domain name if it is used as one of the following:  
Media Gateway Controller (MGC)  
Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server  
Domain name server (DNS)  
Announcement server  
Examples  
The following example shows that the domain name represented by domain name number 12 is deleted:  
deldn 12  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
adddn  
Adds a domain name (call agent name) and optionally configures the  
resolution type of the domain name.  
adddnip  
Adds the IP addresses for a domain name that you added by using the adddn  
command.  
cnfdn  
Configures the resolution type of a specified domain name.  
Designates a domain name as a DNS.  
cnfdnssrvr  
deldnip  
Deletes a statistically provisioned IP address of a domain name.  
dspdnallips  
Displays all statistically provisioned IP addresses and externally resolved IP  
addresses for all domain names configured on the current VISM card.  
dspdnips  
Displays all statistically provisioned and externally resolved IP addresses  
configured for a specified domain name.  
dspdns  
Displays the configuration data of all domain names of a call agent.  
dspdnssrvr  
Displays the domain name of the configured DNS of the current VISM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-250  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
deldnip  
deldnip  
To delete a statistically provisioned IP address of a domain name, use the deldnip command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
deldnip resol-num  
Syntax Description  
resol-num  
Resolution number of the domain name. It can be in the range from 1 to 88.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
You cannot delete IP addresses that use external resolution of the domain name. You should not delete  
the last IP address of a given domain name if it is used as one of the following:  
Media Gateway Controller (MGC)  
Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server  
Domain name server (DNS)  
Announcement server  
Examples  
The following example shows that the IP address associated with the resolution number 46 is deleted  
from a domain name:  
deldnip 46  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
adddn  
Adds a domain name (call agent name) and optionally configures the resolution type  
of the domain name.  
adddnip  
Adds the IP addresses for a domain name that you added by using the adddn  
command.  
cnfdn  
Configures the resolution type of a specified domain name.  
Designates a domain name as a DNS.  
Deletes a domain name.  
cnfdnssrvr  
deldn  
dspdnallips  
Displays all statistically provisioned IP addresses and externally resolved IP  
addresses for all domain names configured on the current VISM card.  
dspdnips  
Displays all statistically provisioned and externally resolved IP addresses configured  
for a specified domain name.  
dspdns  
Displays the configuration data of all domain names of a call agent.  
dspdnssrvr  
Displays the domain name of the configured DNS of the current VISM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-251  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
delendpt  
delendpt  
To delete a specified endpoint on a VISM card line, use the delendpt command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
delendpt endpt-num  
Syntax Description  
endpt-num  
Endpoint number. It can be a value from one of the following ranges:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, from 1 to 144  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
An endpoint cannot be deleted if CIDs are present.  
This command results in a graceful transition to out of service and an RSIP to be sent to each associated  
call agent indicating the endpoint out-of-service state.  
Examples  
The following example shows that endpoint number 120 is deleted:  
delendpt 120  
Related Commands  
Command  
addendpt  
dspendpt  
dspendpts  
Description  
Adds an endpoint on a VISM card.  
Displays data about a specified endpoint on a VISM card.  
Displays information about all endpoints on a VISM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-252  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
delendptloop  
delendptloop  
To take an endpoint out of the loopback condition, use the delendptloop command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
delendptloop endpt-num  
Syntax Description  
endpt-num  
Endpoint number which is to be deleted. It can be a value from one of the following  
ranges:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, from 1 to 144  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the loopback state is deleted from endpoint number 120:  
delendptloop 120  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addendptloop  
Places an endpoint in the loopback condition in the TDM direction.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-253  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
delendpts  
delendpts  
To delete a range of consecutive endpoints on a VISM card, use the delendpts command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
delendpts start-endpt endpt-quantity  
Syntax Description  
start-endpt  
Beginning endpoint number of a range of consecutive endpoints. It can be a value  
from one of the following ranges:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, from 1 to 144  
endpt-quantity  
The quantity of endpoints deleted. It can be a value from one of the following  
ranges:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, from 1 to 144  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-254  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
delendpts  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
This command results in a graceful transition to the out-of-service state for each deleted endpoint and  
an RSIP to be sent to each associated call agent indicating the out-of-service state of the endpoints.  
If the specified range of endpoints to be deleted contains gaps, the gaps are not counted. For example, if  
the current endpoints are 3, 4, 7, 8, 9 10, 11,12 and the command specifies a start at 4 and a number of  
5, the endpoints deleted are 4, 7, 8, 9, and 10.  
Examples  
The following example shows that 10 endpoints are deleted, starting with endpoint number 120:  
delendpts 120 10  
Related Commands  
Command  
addendpt  
dspendpt  
dspendpts  
Description  
Adds an endpoint on a VISM card.  
Displays data about a specified endpoint on a VISM card.  
Displays data about all endpoints on a VISM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-255  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dellapd  
dellapd  
To delete an Link Access Protocol D channel (LAPD), use the dellapd command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking operating mode.  
dellapd line-num ds0-num  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
ds0-num  
Line number of the channel from which to delete an LAPD, in the range from 1 to 8.  
DS0 number of the channel from which to delete an LAPD. It can be a value from one  
of the following ranges:  
1 to 24 for T1 lines  
1 to 31 for E1 lines  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the D channel for line number 2, DS0 number 14 is deleted:  
dellapd 2 14  
Related Commands  
Command  
addlapd  
dsplapd  
dsplapds  
Description  
Adds an LAPD from a specified DS0 to a VISM card.  
Displays data about an LAPD.  
Displays data about all LAPDs.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-256  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dellapdtrunk  
dellapdtrunk  
To delete a Link Access Protocol D channel (LAPD) configured line, use the dellapdtrunk command in  
the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
dellapdtrunk line-num  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number to delete. In the range from 1 to 8.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking  
You must use the dellapd command to delete the corresponding LAPD channel before you can delete  
the LAPD trunk.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the LAPD configured line, line number 7, is deleted:  
dellapdtrunk 7  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addlapdtrunk  
addrtpcon  
Adds an LAPD trunk to a specific VISM card line.  
Adds a static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
addrudptrunk  
clrrtpcnt  
Adds an ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session for an LAPD trunk connection.  
Clears the RTP counters (statistics) for a specific static RTP connection.  
cnflapdtrunkpvc  
Assigns the PVC trunk type that carries LAPD messages for the current VISM  
card.  
cnflntrunkcond  
Enables or disables line conditioning on a VISM card line if a network alarm is  
encountered.  
cnfrtpcon  
Modifies an existing static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
cnfrudptrunkrmtip Modifies the remote IP address of VISM used in the ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP  
trunk for a specified session.  
delrtpcon  
Deletes a static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
delrudptrunk  
dsplapd  
Deletes an ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session that is associated with an LAPD.  
Displays data about an LAPD.  
dsplapdtrunkpvc  
Displays the assigned PVC trunk type that carries LAPD trunk messages for the  
current VISM card.  
dsplapdtrunks  
dsprtpcnt  
Displays the configuration data of all LAPD trunks.  
Displays the bearer counters (statistics) for a specific RTP VoIP trunking  
connection.  
dsprtpcon  
dsprtpcons  
Displays the configuration data of a specific static RTP VoIP trunking  
connection.  
Displays the configuration data of all static RTP VoIP trunking connections.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-257  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dellapdtrunk  
Command  
Description  
dsprudptrunk  
Displays the configuration data of a specified ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP  
session.  
dsprudptrunks  
Displays the configuration data of all ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP sessions.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-258  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
delln  
delln  
To delete a DS1 line on a VISM card, use the delln command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched  
AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
delln ds1-num  
Syntax Description  
ds1-num  
Physical line number in the range from 1 to 8.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
You must delete endpoints and CCS channels from the line before the line can be deleted.  
The following example shows that line number 4 is deleted:  
delln 4  
Related Commands  
Command  
addln  
Description  
Adds a T1 or E1 line to a VISM card.  
cnfln  
Configures characteristics for a VISM card line.  
Displays the characteristics of a specified VISM card line.  
Displays the characteristics for all lines on a VISM card.  
dspln  
dsplns  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-259  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dellnloop  
dellnloop  
To delete the T1 or E1 local line loopback state for a VISM card, use the dellnloop command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dellnloop ds1-num  
Syntax Description  
ds1-num  
DS1 line number on the VISM card for which the local loop is to be deleted, in the  
range from 1 to 8.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the local loopback for line 6 is deleted:  
dellnloop 6  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspln  
Displays the data configured on a specified line.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-260  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dellntoneplan  
dellntoneplan  
To delete a built-in or provisional tone plan configuration from a specified VISM card line, use the  
dellntoneplan command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
dellntoneplan line-num  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number of the channel for which you want to delete the configured tone  
plan. It can be in the range from 1 to 8.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the tone plan configuration for line number 5 is deleted:  
dellntoneplan 5  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addtoneplan  
cnflnringback  
Adds a tone plan to the current VISM card.  
Configures the ringback tone method for a specified line on the current VISM  
card.  
cnflntoneplan  
Assigns a tone plan to a specified VISM card line.  
cnflntonetimeout  
Modifies the timeout periods of all call progress tones supported by VISM on  
a specified VISM card line.  
deltoneplan  
Deletes a previously added tone plan from the current VISM card.  
dsplnringback  
Displays the ringback tone method for a specified line on the current VISM  
card.  
dsplntoneplan  
Displays the tone plan configuration of a specified VISM card line.  
dsplntonetimeout  
Displays the configured timeout periods for all call progress tones of a  
specified VISM card line.  
dsptonebuiltinplans Displays all preconfigured (built-in) tone plans on the current VISM card.  
dsptoneplan  
Displays the tone configuration of a specified tone plan—either a  
preconfigured (built-in) or user-added tone plan.  
dsptoneplans  
dsptoneprovplans  
Displays the tone configuration of all tone plans—either preconfigured  
(built-in) or user-added tone plans.  
Displays all user-added (provisional) tone plans.  
dsptoneregionplans Displays a list of all tone plans for the countries and regions whose name  
partially or completely matches the name you supply.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-261  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
delmgc  
delmgc  
To delete a call agent from a VISM card’s list of configured call agents, use the delmgc command in the  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
delmgc mgc-num  
Syntax Description  
mgc-num  
A number by which the call agent is identified, as displayed by the dspmgcs  
command, in the range from 1 to 8.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the call agent identified by the number 3 is deleted:  
delmgc 3  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfmgcgrpparam  
Modifies a call agent redundancy group state change notification policy and  
priority level.  
dspmgcs  
Displays configuration data on all configured call agents.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-262  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
delmgcgrpentry  
delmgcgrpentry  
To delete a call agent from a call agent redundancy group, use the delmgcgrpentry command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
delmgcgrpentry mgc-group mgc-num  
Syntax Description  
mgc-group  
mgc-num  
Call agent redundancy group number. It can be in the range from 1 to 8.  
Call agent identification number. It can be in the range from 1 to 8.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
The last call agent within a call agent redundancy group cannot be deleted if there are protocols  
associated with the call agent redundancy group.  
A call agent redundancy group is deleted when the last call agent has been deleted from a group.  
Use the dspmgcgrpparams CLI to verify your configuration.  
Examples  
The following example shows that call agent number 2 is deleted from call agent redundancy group  
number 1:  
delmgcgrpentry 1 2  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addmgcgrpentry  
Configures call agents as part of an MGC redundancy group and assigns a  
priority value for a call agent.  
addmgcgrpprotocol  
cnfmgcgrpparam  
Associates a call agent redundancy group to a gateway control protocol.  
Modifies a call agent redundancy group state change notification policy  
and priority level.  
cnfmgcgrpentry  
cnfsrcppeer  
Modifies the call agent priority level of a call agent within a call agent  
redundancy group.  
Configures the SRCP parameters when SRCP is the selected protocol for  
communication between the VISM card and call agent.  
cnfsrcppeergrpparam  
Modifies the SRCP heartbeat interval and maximum UDP size for a  
specified call agent redundancy group.  
delmgcgrpprotocol  
dspmgcgrpparams  
dspmgcgrpprotocols  
dspmgcgrps  
Deletes an MGCP from a specified call agent redundancy group.  
Displays all configured call agent redundancy group parameters.  
Displays all configured call agent redundancy group protocols.  
Displays all configured call agent redundancy groups.  
dspsrcppeergrpparams Displays the SRCP parameters for all call agent redundancy groups that  
have SRCP added.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-263  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
delmgcgrpprotocol  
delmgcgrpprotocol  
To delete a Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP) from a specified call agent redundancy group, use  
the delmgcgrpprotocol command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating  
modes.  
delmgcgrpprotocol mgc-group protocol-num  
Syntax Description  
mgc-group  
Call agent redundancy group number. It can be in the range from 1 to 8.  
Protocol number. It can be one of the following values:  
protocol-num  
1 = MGCP 0.1  
2 = SGCP 1.1+  
3 = SRCP 1.0.2  
4 = SGCP 1.5  
5 = MGCP 1.0  
In the range from 6 to 8, as displayed by the dspmgcgrpprotocols command.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that protocol number 2 is deleted from call agent redundancy group  
number 3:  
delmgcgrpprotocol 3 2  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addmgcgrpentry  
Configures call agents as part of an MGC redundancy group and assigns a  
priority value for a call agent.  
addmgcgrpprotocol  
cnfdisctimers  
Associates a call agent redundancy group to a gateway control protocol.  
Specifies the wait delay times for the disconnected procedure, restart in  
progress command—initial, minimum, and maximum timer values.  
cnfmgcgrpentry  
cnfmgcgrpparam  
Modifies the call agent priority level of a call agent within a call agent  
redundancy group.  
Modifies a call agent redundancy group state change notification policy  
and priority level.  
cnfmgcgrpprotocol  
cnfsrcppeer  
Configures call agent group protocol data.  
Configures the SRCP parameters when SRCP is the selected protocol for  
communication between the VISM card and call agent.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-264  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
delmgcgrpprotocol  
Command  
Description  
cnfsrcppeergrpparam  
Modifies the SRCP heartbeat interval and maximum UDP size for a  
specified call agent redundancy group.  
delmgcgrpentry  
dspdisctimers  
Deletes a call agent from a call agent redundancy group.  
Displays the Restart in Progress command disconnect type method wait  
delay times.  
dspmgcgrpparams  
dspmgcgrpprotocols  
dspmgcgrps  
Displays all configured call agent redundancy group parameters.  
Displays all configured call agent redundancy group protocols.  
Displays all configured call agent redundancy groups.  
dspsrcppeergrpparams Displays the SRCP parameters for all call agent redundancy groups that  
have SRCP added.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-265  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
delport  
delport  
To delete the VISM port on the packet network side, use the delport command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
delport  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
You should execute this command before you remove the VISM card.  
Usage Guidelines  
Caution  
If you remove a VISM card with an undeleted port, subsequent cards inserted into the same slot may  
not operate correctly. You should delete the resource partition and all PVCs before deleting the port.  
When you use this command, the entry with the following port numbers is deleted in the following  
manner:  
Entry 1 is deleted from a PXM1 card  
Entry 255 is deleted from a PXM1E card  
Examples  
The following example shows that the VISM port on the packet network side is deleted:  
delport  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspport  
Displays data about the virtual port that was created using the addport command.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-266  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
delrscprtn  
delrscprtn  
To delete a resource partition which was created by the addrscprtn command, use the delrscprtn  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
delrscprtn  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the current resource partition is deleted:  
delrscprtn  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addrscprtn  
Adds a resource partition for a virtual port.  
dspsrcppeers Displays the peer configuration data for all known SRCP peers (call agents).  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-267  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
delrtpcon  
delrtpcon  
To delete a static Real-Time Transport Protocol (RTP) VoIP trunking connection, use the delrtpcon  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
delrtpcon conn-num  
Syntax Description  
conn-num  
Connection identification number. It can be in the range from 1 to 248.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the static RTP connection number 200 is deleted:  
delrtpcon 200  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addlapdtrunk  
addrtpcon  
Adds an LAPD trunk to a specific VISM card line.  
Adds a static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
addrudptrunk  
clrrtpcnt  
Adds an ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session for an LAPD trunk connection.  
Clears the RTP counters (statistics) for a specific static RTP connection.  
cnflapdtrunkpvc  
Assigns the PVC trunk type that carries LAPD messages for the current VISM  
card.  
cnflntrunkcond  
Enables or disables line conditioning on a VISM card line if a network alarm  
is encountered.  
cnfrtpcon  
Modifies an existing static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
cnfrudptrunkrmtip Modifies the remote IP address of VISM used in the ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP  
trunk for a specified session.  
dellapdtrunk  
delrudptrunk  
dsplapd  
Deletes an LAPD configured line.  
Deletes an ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session that is associated with an LAPD.  
Displays data about an LAPD.  
dsplapdtrunkpvc  
Displays the assigned PVC trunk type that carries LAPD trunk messages for  
the current VISM card.  
dsplapdtrunks  
dsprtpcnt  
Displays the configuration data of all LAPD trunks.  
Displays the bearer counters (statistics) for a specified RTP VoIP trunking  
connection.  
dsprtpcon  
Displays the configuration data of a specified static RTP VoIP trunking  
connection.  
dsprtpconnstat  
dsprtpcons  
Displays the RTP connection statistics for a specified endpoint.  
Displays the configuration data of all static RTP VoIP trunking connections.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-268  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
delrtpcon  
Command  
Description  
dsprudptrunk  
Displays the configuration data of a specified ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP  
session.  
dsprudptrunks  
Displays the configuration data of all ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP sessions.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-269  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
delrudptrunk  
delrudptrunk  
To delete an ISDN PRI backhaul Reliable User Datagram Protocol (RUDP) session that is associated  
with a Link Access Protocol D channel (LAPD), use the delrudptrunk command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking operating mode.  
delrudptrunk session-num  
Syntax Description  
session-num  
Identifying session number in the range from 1 to 64.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking  
You must use the dellapdtrunk command to delete the LAPD trunk before you delete the RUDP trunk.  
The following example shows that the ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session number 51, which is  
associated with an LAPD, is deleted:  
delrudptrunk 51  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addlapdtrunk  
addrtpcon  
Adds an LAPD trunk to a specific VISM card line.  
Adds a static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
addrudptrunk  
clrrtpcnt  
Adds an ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session for an LAPD trunk connection.  
Clears the RTP counters (statistics) for a specific static RTP connection.  
cnflapdtrunkpvc  
Assigns the PVC trunk type that carries LAPD messages for the current VISM  
card.  
cnflntrunkcond  
Enables or disables line conditioning on a VISM card line if a network alarm  
is encountered.  
cnfrtpcon  
Modifies an existing static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
cnfrudptrunkrmtip Modifies the remote IP address of VISM used in the ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP  
trunk for a specified session.  
dellapdtrunk  
delrtpcon  
Deletes an LAPD configured line.  
Deletes a static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
Displays data about an LAPD.  
dsplapd  
dsplapdtrunkpvc  
Displays the assigned PVC trunk type that carries LAPD trunk messages for  
the current VISM card.  
dsplapdtrunks  
dsprtpcnt  
Displays the configuration data of all LAPD trunks.  
Displays the bearer counters (statistics) for a specified RTP VoIP trunking  
connection.  
dsprtpcon  
Displays the configuration data of a specified static RTP VoIP trunking  
connection.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-270  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
delrudptrunk  
Command  
Description  
dsprtpcons  
dsprudptrunk  
Displays the configuration data of all static RTP VoIP trunking connections.  
Displays the configuration data of a specified ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP  
session.  
dsprudptrunks  
Displays the configuration data of all ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP sessions.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-271  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
delses  
delses  
To delete a PRI backhaul session, use the delses command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched  
AAL2 PVC operating mode.  
delses session-num  
Syntax Description  
session-num  
Identifying session number in the range from 1 to 64.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that session number 3 is deleted:  
delses 3  
Related Commands  
Command  
addses  
Description  
Adds a PRI backhaul session between a VISM card and a call agent.  
Displays data about an individual PRI backhaul session.  
Displays data about all PRI backhaul sessions.  
dspses  
dspsess  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-272  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
delsesgrp  
delsesgrp  
To delete a PRI backhaul session group, use the delsesgrp command in the VoIP switching/trunking and  
switched AAL2 PVC operating mode.  
delsesgrp group-num  
Syntax Description  
group-num  
Identifying session group number in the range from 1 to 16.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
You must delete all sessions in the session group before you use this command to delete the session  
group.  
Examples  
The following example shows that session group number 2 is deleted:  
delsesgrp 2  
Related Commands  
Command  
addsesgrp  
dspsesgrp  
dspsesgrps  
Description  
Adds a PRI backhaul session group between a VISM card and a call agent.  
Displays data about a PRI backhaul session group.  
Displays data about all PRI backhaul session groups.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-273  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
delsesset  
delsesset  
To delete a PRI backhaul session set, use the delsesset command in the VoIP switching/trunking and  
switched AAL2 PVC operating mode.  
delsesset set-num  
Syntax Description  
set-num  
Identifying session set number. It can be in the range from 1 to 16.  
Note Currently, only session set number 1 is supported.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
You must delete all session groups in the session set before you use this command to delete the session  
set.  
Examples  
The following example shows that session set number 1 is deleted:  
delsesset 1  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addsesset  
Adds a PRI backhaul session set between a VISM card and a call agent.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-274  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
deltoneplan  
deltoneplan  
To delete a provisional tone plan from the system, use the deltoneplan command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
deltoneplan tonep-region tonep-version  
Syntax Description  
tonep-region  
tonep-version  
Tone plan country or region which you want to delete from VISM. It can be in  
the range from 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters. This argument is case  
sensitive.  
Tone plan version number of the tone plan country or region you want to delete  
from VISM. It can be in the range from 1 to 65535.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
If the tone plan you want to delete is assigned to a VISM card line, you cannot delete the tone plan. Use  
the dellntoneplan command to remove a tone plan assignment from a VISM card line.  
This command does not delete the tone plan file from the TFTP server, which allows you to use the  
addtoneplan command to add the tone plan back into the system, as needed.  
Note  
You cannot delete built-in tone plans from the system with this command.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the tone plan identified by the tone plan region name singapore and  
tone plan version number 11 is deleted from the current VISM card:  
deltoneplan singapore 11  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addtoneplan  
cnflnringback  
Adds a tone plan to the current VISM card.  
Configures the ringback tone method for a specified line on the current VISM  
card.  
cnflntoneplan  
Assigns a tone plan to a specified VISM card line.  
cnflntonetimeout  
Modifies the timeout periods of all call progress tones supported by VISM on  
a specified VISM card line.  
dellntoneplan  
dsplnringback  
Deletes the tone plan configuration of a specified VISM card line.  
Displays the ringback tone method for a specified line on the current VISM  
card.  
dsplntoneplan  
Displays the tone plan configuration of a specified VISM card line.  
dsplntonetimeout  
Displays the configured timeout periods for all call progress tones of a  
specified VISM card line.  
dsptonebuiltinplans Displays all preconfigured (built-in) tone plans on the current VISM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-275  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
deltoneplan  
Command  
Description  
dsptoneplan  
Displays the tone configuration of a specified tone plan—either a  
preconfigured (built-in) or user-added tone plan.  
dsptoneplans  
Displays the tone configuration of all tone plans—either preconfigured  
(built-in) or user-added tone plans.  
dsptoneprovplans  
Displays all user-added (provisional) tone plans.  
dsptoneregionplans Displays a list of all tone plans for the countries and regions whose name  
partially or completely matches the name you supply.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-276  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
delxgcpcon  
delxgcpcon  
To delete an xGCP connection specified by the xGCP connection identification number, use the  
delxgcpcon command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating mode.  
delxgcpcon conn-id  
Syntax Description  
conn-id  
Connection identification number. It can be in the range of hexadecimal numbers  
from 0 to f.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the connection represented by the hexadecimal connection  
identification B is configured for gateway-initiated DLCX commands:  
delxgcpcon b  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspxgcpcon  
Displays the attributes associated with a call agent established connection.  
dspxgcpcons Displays the xGCP connection ID, endpoint name, and call ID corresponding to each  
call agent established connection on the gateway.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-277  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
delxgcppersistevt  
delxgcppersistevt  
To delete a persistent xGCP event, use the delxgcppersistevt command in the VoIP switching/trunking  
and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
delxgcppersistevt event-num  
Syntax Description  
event-num  
The persistent event index package event number in the range from 1 to 16.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the persistent xGCP event represented by event number 1 is deleted:  
delxgcppersistevt 1  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addxgcppersistevt  
Adds persistent xGCP events.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-278  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dncon  
dncon  
To configure a specified connection down, preventing traffic from being passed to the specified  
connection, use the dncon command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL1 SVC, switched  
AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, AAL2 trunking, VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC operating  
modes.  
dncon lcn  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
lcn  
The logical channel number. It can be in the range from 131 to 510.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL1 SVC, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, AAL2  
trunking, VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
If you use this command and the previous channel state is active (up), a connection down trap is sent.  
The following example shows that connection 188 is configured to be administratively down and no  
traffic is passed to it:  
dncon 188  
Related Commands  
Command  
dspcon  
upcon  
Description  
Displays the parameters for a specified channel.  
Configures a specified connection up, allowing traffic to be passed to the specified  
connection.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-279  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspaal2params  
dspaal2params  
To display AAL2 configuration parameters, use the dspaal2params command in the switched AAL2  
PVC and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspaal2params  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
Switched AAL2 PVC and AAL2 trunking  
Use this command to display the following AAL2 configuration parameters:  
DTMF relay status  
CAS bit transport status  
Type3 redundancy status  
VAD timer value  
CID fill timer value  
Examples  
The following example shows that the AAL2 configuration parameters are displayed:  
dspaal2params  
AAL2 DTMF RELAY:  
Off  
AAL2 CAS BITS TRANSPORT: Off  
AAL2 TYPE3 REDUNDANCY:  
AAL2 VAD TIMER:  
AAL2 CID FILL TIMER:  
On  
250  
30  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfaal2timerparams Configures the holdover time for VAD before activating silence suppression  
on an AAL2 PVC.  
cnfaal2transparams  
Configures the transportation of DTMF and CAS bits to another endpoint  
and enables or disables the type 3 packet triple redundancy feature.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-280  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspaal2profile  
dspaal2profile  
To display data about a specified AAL2 profile type and profile number, use the dspaal2profile  
command in the AAL2 trunking operating mode.  
dspaal2profile profile-type profile-num  
Syntax Description  
profile-type  
profile-num  
The profile type to be used for the CID. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = International Telecommunication Union (ITU) I.366.2  
3 = Custom  
Number of the profile. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = ITU profile type  
2 = ITU profile type  
3 = ITU profile type  
7 = ITU profile type  
8 = ITU profile type  
12 = ITU profile type  
100 = custom profile types  
101 = custom profile types  
110 = custom profile types  
200 = custom profile types  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
AAL2 trunking  
The AAL2 profiles correspond to the profile types ITU and ATMF as defined in the ITU-T I.366.2 and  
ATM forum AF-VTOA-0113 standards respectively.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the data for AAL2 profile type 1 and profile number 1 is displayed:  
dspaal2profile 1 1  
UUI  
Codepoint  
Range  
Packet  
Length  
(octets) Codec  
Packet Seq. No.  
Time  
(ms)  
5
Interval  
(ms)  
SID  
No SID 1  
No SID 1  
M
0-15  
0-15  
40  
40  
PCMU  
PCMA  
5
5
5
Related Commands  
There are no related commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-281  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspalm  
dspalm  
To display the alarms associated with a specified line, use the dspalm command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspalm -ds1 line-num  
Syntax Description  
-ds1  
The mandatory line-num argument identifier.  
line-num  
Line number of the T1 or E1 line for which you want to display alarms. It can be in  
the range from 1 to 8.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the line 1 alarms are displayed:  
dspalm -ds1 1  
LineNum:1  
LineAlarmState: Alarm(s) On --  
XmtRAI  
RcvLOS  
LineStatisticalAlarmState: No Statistical Alarms  
Related Commands  
Command  
clralm  
Description  
Clears alarms on a specific VISM card line.  
Displays all alarms for a selected line type on a VISM card.  
dspalms  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-282  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspalmcnf  
dspalmcnf  
To display the threshold data about the alarm statistics being collected, use the dspalmcnf command in  
the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspalmcnf -ds1 line-num  
Syntax Description  
-ds1  
line-num  
The mandatory line-num argument identifier.  
Line number of the T1 or E1 line for which you want to display alarm statistic  
threshold data. It can be in the range from 1 to 8.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the alarm statistic threshold data for line 1 is displayed:  
dspalmcnf -ds1 1  
LineNum:  
RedSeverity:  
1
Major  
RAISeverity:  
Minor  
NEAlarmUpCount:  
NEAlarmDnCount:  
NEAlarmThreshold:  
FEAlarmUpCount:  
FEAlarmDnCount:  
FEAlarmThreshold:  
6
1
1500  
6
1
1500  
StatisticalAlarmSeverity: Minor  
lCV15minThreshold:  
lCV24hrThreshold:  
lES15minThreshold:  
lES24hrThreshold:  
lSES15minThreshold:  
lSES24hrThreshold:  
cRC15minThreshold:  
cRC24hrThreshold:  
cRCES15minThreshold:  
cRCES24hrThreshold:  
cRCSES15minThreshold:  
cRCSES24hrThreshold:  
SEFS15minThreshold:  
SEFS24hrThreshold:  
AISS15minThreshold:  
AISS24hrThreshold:  
UAS15minThreshold:  
14  
134  
12  
121  
10  
100  
14  
134  
12  
121  
10  
100  
2
17  
2
17  
10  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-283  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspalmcnf  
Related Commands  
Command  
cnfalmcnt  
dspalm  
Description  
Configures the collection of TDM line statistics.  
Displays the alarms associated with a specified line.  
Displays all alarms for the selected line type on a card.  
dspalms  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-284  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspalmcnt  
dspalmcnt  
To display alarm counters and statistics, use the dspalmcnt command in the VoIP switching/trunking,  
switched AAL1 SVC, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, AAL2 trunking, VoIP and switched  
ATM AAL1 SVC operating modes.  
dspalmcnt -ds1 line-num  
Syntax Description  
-ds1  
line-num  
The mandatory line-num argument identifier.  
Line number of the T1 or E1 line for which you want to alarm counters and statistics.  
It can be in the range from 1 to 8.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL1 SVC, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, AAL2  
trunking, VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
See the cnfalmcnt command description for a list of the TDM line statistics that are collected and then  
displayed by this command.  
The following example shows that the alarm counters and statistics for line 1 are displayed:  
dspalmcnt -ds1 1  
LineNum:  
lCVCurrent:  
lCVLast15minBucket:  
lCVLast24hrBucket:  
lESCurrent:  
lESLast15minBucket:  
lESLast24hrBucket:  
lSESCurrent:  
lSESLast15minBucket:  
lSESLast24hrBucket:  
cRCCurrent:  
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
cRCLast15minBucket:  
cRCLast24hrBucket:  
cRCESCurrent:  
cRCESLast15minBucket: 0  
cRCESLast24hrBucket:  
cRCSESCurrent:  
0
0
cRCSESLast15minBucket: 0  
cRCSESLast24hrBucket: 0  
sEFSCurrent:  
430  
sEFSLast15minBucket:  
sEFSLast24hrBucket:  
aISSCurrent:  
900  
11699  
0
aISSLast15minBucket:  
aISSLast24hrBucket:  
uASCurrent:  
uASLast15minBucket:  
uASLast24hrBucket:  
percentEFS:  
0
0
430  
900  
11696  
100  
1
RcvLOSCount:  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-285  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspalmcnt  
RcvOOFCount:  
RcvRAICount:  
RcvFECount:  
1
0
97997379  
Related Commands  
Command  
clralmcnt  
clralmcnts  
dspalmcnf  
Description  
Clears the alarm counters and statistics on a specified VISM card line.  
Clears all alarm counters and statistics on a VISM card.  
Displays the threshold data about the alarm statistics being collected.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-286  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspalms  
dspalms  
To display the alarms for a specified VISM card line type, use the dspalms command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspalms line-type  
Syntax Description  
line-type  
Line type, -ds1 = T1 or E1 lines.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the alarms for the T1 line type are displayed:  
dspalms -ds1  
Line AlarmState  
StatisticalAlarmState  
---- ----------- ---------------------  
5.1  
5.2  
5.3  
No Alarms  
No Alarms  
No Alarms  
No Statistical Alarms  
No Statistical Alarms  
No Statistical Alarms  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
Displays the alarms associated with a specified line.  
dspalm  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-287  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspannagetime  
dspannagetime  
To display the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after it is placed into the VISM  
announcement cache, use the dspannagetime command in the VoIP switching operating mode.  
dspannagetime  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the age time for nonpermanent announcements is two hours. After  
two hours the nonpermanent announcements are refreshed from the announcement file server:  
dspannagetime  
Announcement Age Time: 120 minutes  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addannpermanent Configures an announcement server file and associated codec type as  
permanent.  
cnfannagetime  
Configures the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after  
it is placed into the VISM announcement cache.  
cnfanndn  
Designates an announcement file server domain name.  
cnfannpathprefix  
Designates the main prefix directory TFTP path from which to retrieve  
announcement files from the announcement file server.  
cnfannprefcodec  
cnfannreqtimeout  
delannalldynamic  
delanndynamic  
delannpermanent  
dspanncache  
Configures the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected  
TDM endpoints.  
Configures the expiration time for announcements to begin playing after the  
VISM receives the announcement signal (request) from the call agent.  
Deletes all announcement files and their associated codec types from the  
temporary announcement files currently saved in the VISM card.  
Deletes an announcement file and associated codec type from the temporary  
announcement files currently saved in the VISM card.  
Deletes a permanent announcement file and its associated codec type from the  
announcement file server.  
Displays all available temporary announcement file names, and associated age  
times before being refreshed from the announcement file server.  
dspanncontrols  
dspanndn  
Displays a summary list of all provisionable announcement file variables,  
including variables associated with all announcement file CLI commands.  
Displays the announcement file server domain name.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-288  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspannagetime  
Command  
Description  
dspannpathprefix  
Displays the main prefix directory path from which VISM retrieves  
announcement files from the announcement file server.  
dspannpermanents Displays all available permanent announcement files with their associated  
codec types and identifying index numbers.  
dspannprefcodec  
Displays the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected TDM  
endpoints.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-289  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspanncache  
dspanncache  
To display all available temporary announcement file names, and associated age times before being  
refreshed from the announcement file server, contained in the current VISM card, use the dspanncache  
command in the VoIP switching operating mode.  
dspanncache  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the temporary announcement file names zero and one are each  
configured with an age time of 1000 minutes:  
dspanncache  
File Name  
zero  
one  
Codec  
1
2
Time Till Aged  
1000  
1000  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addannpermanent Configures an announcement server file and associated codec type as  
permanent.  
cnfannagetime  
Configures the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after  
it is placed into the VISM announcement cache.  
cnfanndn  
Designates an announcement file server domain name.  
cnfannpathprefix  
Designates the main prefix directory TFTP path from which to retrieve  
announcement files from the announcement file server.  
cnfannprefcodec  
cnfannreqtimeout  
delannalldynamic  
delanndynamic  
delannpermanent  
dspannagetime  
Configures the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected  
TDM endpoints.  
Configures the expiration time for announcements to begin playing after the  
VISM receives the announcement signal (request) from the call agent.  
Deletes all announcement files and their associated codec types from the  
temporary announcement files currently saved in the VISM card.  
Deletes an announcement file and associated codec type from the temporary  
announcement files currently saved in the VISM card.  
Deletes a permanent announcement file and its associated codec type from the  
announcement file server.  
Displays the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after  
it is placed into the VISM announcement cache.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-290  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspanncache  
Command  
Description  
dspanncontrols  
Displays a summary list of all provisionable announcement file variables,  
including variables associated with all announcement file CLI commands.  
dspanndn  
Displays the announcement file server domain name.  
dspannpathprefix  
Displays the main prefix directory path from which VISM retrieves  
announcement files from the announcement file server.  
dspannpermanents Displays all available permanent announcement files with their associated  
codec types and identifying index numbers.  
dspannprefcodec  
Displays the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected TDM  
endpoints.  
dspannreqtimeout Displays the expiration time for announcements to begin playing before being  
aborted.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-291  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspanncontrols  
dspanncontrols  
To display a summary list of all provisionable announcement file variables, including variables  
associated with all announcement file CLI commands, use the dspanncontrols command in the VoIP  
switching operating mode.  
dspanncontrols  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows a summary list of all provisionable announcement file variables:  
dspanncontrols  
Announcement Table Size:  
Announcement File Server:  
Announcement Age Time:  
125 entries  
server1  
10080 minutes  
Announcement Preference Codec: G711.a  
Announcement Prefix Path:  
Announcement Req Timeout:  
path1  
5 seconds  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addannpermanent Configures an announcement server file and associated codec type as  
permanent.  
cnfannagetime  
Configures the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after  
it is placed into the VISM announcement cache.  
cnfanndn  
Designates an announcement file server domain name.  
cnfannpathprefix  
Designates the main prefix directory TFTP path from which to retrieve  
announcement files from the announcement file server.  
cnfannprefcodec  
cnfannreqtimeout  
delannalldynamic  
delanndynamic  
Configures the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected  
TDM endpoints.  
Configures the expiration time for announcements to begin playing after the  
VISM receives the announcement signal (request) from the call agent.  
Deletes all announcement files and their associated codec types from the  
temporary announcement files currently saved in the VISM card.  
Deletes an announcement file and associated codec type from the temporary  
announcement files currently saved in the VISM card.  
delannpermanent  
Deletes a permanent announcement file and its associated codec type from the  
announcement file server.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-292  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspanncontrols  
Command  
Description  
dspannagetime  
Displays the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after it  
is placed into the VISM announcement cache.  
dspanncache  
Displays all available temporary announcement file names, and associated age  
times before being refreshed from the announcement file server.  
dspanndn  
Displays the announcement file server domain name.  
dspannpathprefix  
Displays the main prefix directory path from which VISM retrieves  
announcement files from the announcement file server.  
dspannpermanents Displays all available permanent announcement files with their associated  
codec types and identifying index numbers.  
dspannprefcodec  
Displays the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected TDM  
endpoints.  
dspannreqtimeout Displays the expiration time for announcements to begin playing before being  
aborted.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-293  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspanndn  
dspanndn  
To display the announcement file server domain name, use the dspanndn command in the VoIP  
switching operating mode.  
dspanndn  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the name of the announcement file server is displayed:  
dspanndn  
Announcement File Server: announceserver3  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addannpermanent Configures an announcement server file and associated codec type as  
permanent.  
cnfannagetime  
Configures the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after  
it is placed into the VISM announcement cache.  
cnfanndn  
Designates an announcement file server domain name.  
cnfannpathprefix  
Designates the main prefix directory TFTP path from which to retrieve  
announcement files from the announcement file server.  
cnfannprefcodec  
cnfannreqtimeout  
delannalldynamic  
delanndynamic  
delannpermanent  
dspannagetime  
dspanncache  
Configures the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected  
TDM endpoints.  
Configures the expiration time for announcements to begin playing after the  
VISM receives the announcement signal (request) from the call agent.  
Deletes all announcement files and their associated codec types from the  
temporary announcement files currently saved in the VISM card.  
Deletes an announcement file and associated codec type from the temporary  
announcement files currently saved in the VISM card.  
Deletes a permanent announcement file and its associated codec type from the  
announcement file server.  
Displays the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after it  
is placed into the VISM announcement cache.  
Displays all available temporary announcement file names, and associated age  
times before being refreshed from the announcement file server.  
dspanncontrols  
Displays a summary list of all provisionable announcement file variables,  
including variables associated with all announcement file CLI commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-294  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspanndn  
Command  
Description  
dspannpathprefix  
Displays the main prefix directory path from which VISM retrieves  
announcement files from the announcement file server.  
dspannpermanents Displays all available permanent announcement files with their associated  
codec types and identifying index numbers.  
dspannprefcodec  
Displays the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected TDM  
endpoints.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-295  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspannpathprefix  
dspannpathprefix  
To display the main prefix directory path from which VISM retrieves announcement files from the  
announcement file server, use the dspannpathprefix command in the VoIP switching operating mode.  
dspannpathprefix  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that a main prefix directory TFTP path is path4:  
dspannpathprefix  
Announcement Prefix Path: path4  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addannpermanent Configures an announcement server file and associated codec type as  
permanent.  
cnfannagetime  
Configures the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after  
it is placed into the VISM announcement cache.  
cnfanndn  
Designates an announcement file server domain name.  
cnfannpathprefix  
Designates the main prefix directory TFTP path from which to retrieve  
announcement files from the announcement file server.  
cnfannprefcodec  
cnfannreqtimeout  
delannalldynamic  
delanndynamic  
delannpermanent  
dspannagetime  
dspanncache  
Configures the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected  
TDM endpoints.  
Configures the expiration time for announcements to begin playing after the  
VISM receives the announcement signal (request) from the call agent.  
Deletes all announcement files and their associated codec types from the  
temporary announcement files currently saved in the VISM card.  
Deletes an announcement file and associated codec type from the temporary  
announcement files currently saved in the VISM card.  
Deletes a permanent announcement file and its associated codec type from the  
announcement file server.  
Displays the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after  
it is placed into the VISM announcement cache.  
Displays all available temporary announcement file names, and associated age  
times before being refreshed from the announcement file server.  
dspanncontrols  
Displays a summary list of all provisionable announcement file variables,  
including variables associated with all announcement file CLI commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-296  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspannpathprefix  
Command  
Description  
dspanndn  
Displays the announcement file server domain name.  
dspannpermanents Displays all available permanent announcement files with their associated  
codec types and identifying index numbers.  
dspannprefcodec  
Displays the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected TDM  
endpoints.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-297  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspannpermanents  
dspannpermanents  
To display all available permanent announcement files with their associated codec types and identifying  
index numbers, use the dspannpermanents command in the VoIP switching operating mode.  
dspannpermanents  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the available permanent announcement files with associated codec  
types and identifying index numbers are displayed:  
dspannpermanents  
Number  
1
Status  
loaded  
File Name  
alllinesbusy.au  
Codec  
G.726-40K  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addannpermanent Configures an announcement server file and associated codec type as  
permanent.  
cnfannagetime  
Configures the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after  
it is placed into the VISM announcement cache.  
cnfanndn  
Designates an announcement file server domain name.  
cnfannpathprefix  
Designates the main prefix directory TFTP path from which to retrieve  
announcement files from the announcement file server.  
cnfannprefcodec  
cnfannreqtimeout  
delannalldynamic  
delanndynamic  
delannpermanent  
dspannagetime  
dspanncache  
Configures the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected  
TDM endpoints.  
Configures the expiration time for announcements to begin playing after the  
VISM receives the announcement signal (request) from the call agent.  
Deletes all announcement files and their associated codec types from the  
temporary announcement files currently saved in the VISM card.  
Deletes an announcement file and associated codec type from the temporary  
announcement files currently saved in the VISM card.  
Deletes a permanent announcement file and its associated codec type from the  
announcement file server.  
Displays the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after it  
is placed into the VISM announcement cache.  
Displays all available temporary announcement file names, and associated age  
times before being refreshed from the announcement file server.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-298  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspannpermanents  
Command  
Description  
dspanncontrols  
Displays a summary list of all provisionable announcement file variables,  
including variables associated with all announcement file CLI commands.  
dspanndn  
Displays the announcement file server domain name.  
dspannpathprefix  
Displays the main prefix directory path from which VISM retrieves  
announcement files from the announcement file server.  
dspannprefcodec  
Displays the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected TDM  
endpoints.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-299  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspannprefcodec  
dspannprefcodec  
To display the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected Time Division Multiplex  
(TDM) endpoints, use the dspannprefcodec command in the VoIP switching operating mode.  
dspannprefcodec  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the G.711u codec type is configured for announcements played on  
unconnected TDM endpoints:  
dspannprefcodec  
Announcement Preference Codec: G.711u  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addannpermanent Configures an announcement server file and associated codec type as  
permanent.  
cnfannagetime  
Configures the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after  
it is placed into the VISM announcement cache.  
cnfanndn  
Designates an announcement file server domain name.  
cnfannpathprefix  
Designates the main prefix directory TFTP path from which to retrieve  
announcement files from the announcement file server.  
cnfannprefcodec  
cnfannreqtimeout  
delannalldynamic  
delanndynamic  
delannpermanent  
dspannagetime  
dspanncache  
Configures the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected  
TDM endpoints.  
Configures the expiration time for announcements to begin playing after the  
VISM receives the announcement signal (request) from the call agent.  
Deletes all announcement files and their associated codec types from the  
temporary announcement files currently saved in the VISM card.  
Deletes an announcement file and associated codec type from the temporary  
announcement files currently saved in the VISM card.  
Deletes a permanent announcement file and its associated codec type from the  
announcement file server.  
Displays the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after it  
is placed into the VISM announcement cache.  
Displays all available temporary announcement file names, and associated age  
times before being refreshed from the announcement file server.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-300  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspannprefcodec  
Command  
Description  
dspanncontrols  
Displays a summary list of all provisionable announcement file variables,  
including variables associated with all announcement file CLI commands.  
dspanndn  
Displays the announcement file server domain name.  
dspannpathprefix  
Displays the main prefix directory path from which VISM retrieves  
announcement files from the announcement file server.  
dspannpermanents Displays all available permanent announcement files with their associated  
codec types and identifying index numbers.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-301  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspannreqtimeout  
dspannreqtimeout  
To display the expiration time for announcements to begin playing before being aborted, use the  
dspannreqtimeout command in the VoIP switching operating mode.  
dspannreqtimeout  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the announcements must begin playing by 12 seconds or they will be  
aborted:  
dspannreqtimeout  
Annoucement Req Timeout: 12 seconds  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addannpermanent Configures an announcement server file and associated codec type as  
permanent.  
cnfannagetime  
Configures the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after  
it is placed into the VISM announcement cache.  
cnfanndn  
Designates an announcement file server domain name.  
cnfannpathprefix  
Designates the main prefix directory TFTP path from which to retrieve  
announcement files from the announcement file server.  
cnfannprefcodec  
cnfannreqtimeout  
delannalldynamic  
delanndynamic  
delannpermanent  
dspannagetime  
dspanncache  
Configures the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected  
TDM endpoints.  
Configures the expiration time for announcements to begin playing after the  
VISM receives the announcement signal (request) from the call agent.  
Deletes all announcement files and their associated codec types from the  
temporary announcement files currently saved in the VISM card.  
Deletes an announcement file and associated codec type from the temporary  
announcement files currently saved in the VISM card.  
Deletes a permanent announcement file and its associated codec type from the  
announcement file server.  
Displays the time that a nonpermanent announcement is to remain valid after it  
is placed into the VISM announcement cache.  
Displays all available temporary announcement file names, and associated age  
times before being refreshed from the announcement file server.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-302  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspannreqtimeout  
Command  
Description  
dspanncontrols  
Displays a summary list of all provisionable announcement file variables,  
including variables associated with all announcement file CLI commands.  
dspanndn  
Displays the announcement file server domain name.  
dspannpathprefix  
Displays the main prefix directory path from which VISM retrieves  
announcement files from the announcement file server.  
dspannpermanents Displays all available permanent announcement files with their associated  
codec types and identifying index numbers.  
dspannprefcodec  
Displays the codec type used for announcements played on unconnected TDM  
endpoints.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-303  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspcacfailcntrs  
dspcacfailcntrs  
To display the connection admission control (CAC) failure counters that are set to 0, use the  
dspcacfailcntrs command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
operating modes.  
dspcacfailcntrs  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Use this command for debugging purposes—to reset counters and isolate VISM CAC-related failures.  
Counter values greater than 0 indicate that the gateway is low on resources.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the CAC failure counters that are set to 0 are displayed:  
dspcacfailcntrs  
PVC Addition Failures  
SVC Addition Failures  
VC CAC Failures for PVCs  
PVC Upspeed Failures  
SVC Upspeed Failures  
:0  
:0  
:0  
:0  
:0  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
clrcacfailcntrs  
Resets the CAC failure counters to 0.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-304  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspcalea  
dspcalea  
To display the Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act (CALEA) feature configuration  
status of the current VISM card, use the dspcalea command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched  
AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspcalea  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the CALEA feature is enabled on the current VISM card:  
dspcalea  
CALEA: enable  
Related Commands  
Command  
addcon  
cnfcalea  
cnfcon  
Description  
Adds a PVC connection between a VISM card and any SM or PXM card.  
Enables or disables the CALEA feature on the current VISM card.  
Configures a connection between a VISM card and an MGX 8000 Series  
platform PXM card.  
dspvismparam  
Displays the current VISM card configuration.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-305  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspcarddsp  
dspcarddsp  
To display all card level configuration parameters for both echo cancellation (ECAN) and voice  
compression DSPs, use the dspcarddsp command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC,  
and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspcarddsp  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
The packetization period and default type of service parameters apply to the VoIP switching/trunking  
operating mode only.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the card level configuration parameters for ECAN and voice  
compression DSPs are displayed:  
dspcarddsp  
IdlePattern:  
IdleDirection:  
0x7f or 0xff  
Both  
PacketSize:  
DB loss:  
80 bytes  
sixdb  
Jitter buffer mode:  
Jitter buffer size:  
Adaptive Gain Control:  
fixed  
forty msec  
off  
Related Commands  
There are no related commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-306  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspcasendpts  
dspcasendpts  
To display data about configured channel associated signaling (CAS) endpoints, use the dspcasendpts  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
dspcasendpts  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the CAS endpoint configuration data is displayed:  
dspcasendpts  
Endptds0Num CasVarName CasOnTime CasOffTime  
----- ------ ---------- --------- ---------  
2
5
10  
2
5
10  
immd  
wink  
wink  
75  
75  
75  
75  
75  
75  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspcasvarendpts Displays all endpoints associated with a specified CAS variant name.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-307  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspcasglareattrib  
dspcasglareattrib  
To display the direction of channel associated signaling (CAS) calls and the glare policy for a specified  
endpoint, use the dspcasglareattrib command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC,  
and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspcasglareattrib endpt-num  
Syntax Description  
endpt-num  
Endpoint number for which you want to display the CAS glare attributes. It can  
be a value from one of the following ranges:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, from 1 to 144  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the CAS glare attributes for endpoint number 204 are displayed:  
dspcasglareattrib 204  
Ds0IfIndex:  
204  
Cas Diretionality: incoming  
Cas Glare Policy: controlling  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-308  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspcasglareattrib  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addxgcppersistevt  
cnfcasflashtime  
Adds persistent xGCP events.  
Configures the minimum and maximum CAS on-hook time periods for  
incoming flash hooks on a specified endpoint.  
cnfcasglareattrib  
cnfcaspackage  
cnflndigitorder  
Configures the direction of CAS calls and the glare policy for a specified  
endpoint.  
Configures MGCP packages to notify persistent observed CAS events in the  
context of incoming and outgoing CAS calls on a specified endpoint.  
Assigns the order in which ANI digits and DNIS digits are dialed during an  
outgoing FGD call on the endpoints of a specified VISM card line.  
delxgcppersistevt  
dspcaspackage  
Deletes a persistent xGCP event.  
Displays the MGCP packages configured to notify persistent observed CAS  
events in the context of incoming and outgoing CAS calls on a specified  
endpoint.  
dspcastimers  
Displays the currently configured CAS timers for a specified endpoint.  
dsplndigitorder  
Displays the order in which ANI digits and DNIS digits are dialed during an  
outgoing FGD call on the endpoints of a specified VISM card line.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-309  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspcaspackage  
dspcaspackage  
To display the Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP) packages configured to notify persistent  
observed CAS events in the context of incoming and outgoing CAS calls on a specified endpoint, use  
the dspcaspackage command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
operating modes.  
dspcaspackage endpt-num  
Syntax Description  
endpt-num  
Endpoint number for which you want to display the CAS packages. It can be a  
value from one of the following ranges:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, from 1 to 144  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the MGCP packages for incoming and outgoing calls on endpoint  
number 49 are displayed:  
dspcaspackage 49  
Ds0fIndex:  
49  
incoming CAS Pkg: MS  
Outgoing CAS Pkg: DT  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-310  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspcaspackage  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addxgcppersistevt  
cnfcasflashtime  
Adds persistent xGCP events.  
Configures the minimum and maximum CAS on-hook time periods for  
incoming flash hooks on a specified endpoint.  
cnfcasglareattrib  
cnfcaspackage  
cnflndigitorder  
Configures the direction of CAS calls and the glare policy for a specified  
endpoint.  
Configures MGCP packages to notify persistent observed CAS events in the  
context of incoming and outgoing CAS calls on a specified endpoint.  
Assigns the order in which ANI digits and DNIS digits are dialed during an  
outgoing FGD call on the endpoints of a specified VISM card line.  
delxgcppersistevt  
dspcasglareattrib  
Deletes a persistent xGCP event.  
Displays the direction of CAS calls and the glare policy for a specified  
endpoint.  
dspcastimers  
Displays the currently configured CAS timers for a specified endpoint.  
dsplndigitorder  
Displays the order in which ANI digits and DNIS digits are dialed during an  
outgoing FGD call on the endpoints of a specified VISM card line.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-311  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspcasparamsource  
dspcasparamsource  
To display the currently configured timer source parameters for channel associated signaling (CAS) of  
a specified endpoint, use the dspcasparamsource command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched  
AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspcasparamsource endpt-num  
Syntax Description  
endpt-num  
Endpoint number for which you want to display the CAS parameter source.  
It can be a value from one of the following ranges:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, from 1 to 144  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the CAS parameter source for endpoint number 1 is displayed:  
dspcasparamsource 1  
Ds0IfIndex:  
1
CasParameterSource: MibValue  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
Configures an endpoint’s CAS-related timer parameters source.  
cnfcasparamsource  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-312  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspcastimers  
dspcastimers  
To display the currently configured channel associated signaling (CAS) timers for a specified endpoint,  
use the dspcastimers command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2  
trunking operating modes.  
dspcastimers endpt-num  
Syntax Description  
endpt-num  
Endpoint number for which you want to display the currently configured CAS  
timers. It can be a value from one of the following ranges:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, from 1 to 144  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the currently configured CAS timers for endpoint number 1 are  
displayed:  
dspcastimers 1  
Ds0IfIndex:  
1
CasOnHookMinMakeTime:  
300  
CasOffHookMinMakeTime: 20  
CasWinkMinMakeTime:  
CasWinkMaxMakeTime:  
CasWinkBreakTime:  
CasGlareTime:  
100  
1000  
20  
500  
800  
500  
300  
900  
CasGuardTime:  
CasDialDelayTime:  
CasFlashMinMakeTime:  
CasFlashMaxMakeTime:  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-313  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspcastimers  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addxgcppersistevt  
cnfcasdialdelay  
Adds persistent xGCP events.  
Configures the VISM wait time (dial delay) for outpulsing digits to the PBX  
after sending an off-hook event.  
cnfcasflashtime  
cnfcasglareattrib  
cnfcasguardtime  
Configures the minimum and maximum CAS on-hook time periods for  
incoming flash hooks on a specified endpoint.  
Configures the direction of CAS calls and the glare policy for a specified  
endpoint.  
Configures the CAS guard time for an endpoint.  
cnfcasoffhooktime Configures a minimum presence time, on an endpoint, for a CAS off-hook  
pattern to be recognized as an off-hook signal.  
cnfcasonhooktime  
cnfcaspackage  
Configures a minimum presence time, on an endpoint, for a CAS on-hook  
pattern to be recognized as an on-hook signal.  
Configures MGCP packages to notify persistent observed CAS events in the  
context of incoming and outgoing CAS calls on a specified endpoint.  
dspcasglareattrib  
dspcaspackage  
Displays the direction of CAS calls and the glare policy for a specified  
endpoint.  
Displays the MGCP packages configured to notify persistent observed CAS  
events in the context of incoming and outgoing CAS calls on a specified  
endpoint.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-314  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspcasvar  
dspcasvar  
To display data about channel associated signaling (CAS) variants for a given variant name, use the  
dspcasvar command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
dspcasvar var-name  
Syntax Description  
var-name  
Name of the CAS variant; a text string of 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command  
The following example shows that the CAS variant data for the CAS variant identified by the name first  
is displayed:  
dspcasvar first  
CasVariantName:  
first  
CasFileName:  
wink.dod  
Ringing time:  
30  
Digit method:  
DTMF  
Partial dial timing:  
Critical dial timing:  
Interdigit timeout:  
CasVariantState:  
CasRowStatus:  
16  
4
1
configured  
Add  
US  
Country code:  
Related Commands  
Command  
addcasvar  
cnfcasvar  
Description  
Adds a CAS variant to a VISM card.  
Configures CAS variant and CAS timing parameters for a variant already created  
with the addcasvar command.  
delcasvar  
Deletes a CAS variant.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-315  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspcasvarendpts  
dspcasvarendpts  
To display all endpoints associated with a specified channel associated signaling (CAS) variant name,  
use the dspcasvarendpts command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2  
trunking operating mode.  
dspcasvarendpts var-name  
Syntax Description  
var-name  
Name of the CAS variant; a text string of 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the endpoints associated with the var1 CAS variant are displayed:  
dspcasvarendpts var1  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspcasendpts Displays data about configured CAS endpoints.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-316  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspcasvars  
dspcasvars  
To display the parameters of all channel associated signaling (CAS) variants configured on a VISM card,  
use the dspcasvars command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
operating modes.  
dspcasvars  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
This command displays the following data for each CAS variant:  
Variant name  
File name  
Digit method  
Country code  
Examples  
The following example shows that the parameters of all configured CAS variants are displayed for the  
current VISM card:  
dspcasvars  
VariantName  
-----------  
first  
FileName  
--------  
wink.dod  
ring.dod  
DigitMethod  
-----------  
DTMF  
CountryCode  
-----------  
US  
US  
second  
DTMF  
Related Commands  
Command  
addcasvar  
cnfcasvar  
Description  
Adds a CAS variant to a VISM card.  
Configures CAS variant and CAS timing parameters for a variant already created  
with the addcasvar command.  
delcasvar  
dspcasvar  
Deletes a CAS variant.  
Displays information about CAS variants for a given variant name.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-317  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspcasxgcps  
dspcasxgcps  
To display timer parameters for the channel associated signaling/gateway control protocol (CAS/xGCP)  
backhaul, use the dspcasxgcps command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
dspcasxgcps  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the CAS/xGCP backhaul timer parameters are displayed:  
dspcasxgcps  
VariantName  
-----------  
first  
FileName  
--------  
wink.dod  
ring.dod  
ReXmitTime  
-----------  
500  
InitReXmitTime  
--------------  
100  
Retry  
-----  
4
4
second  
500  
100  
Related Commands  
There are no related commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-318  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspccs  
dspccs  
To display the configuration data of a previously added common channel signaling (CCS) channel, use  
the dspccs command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
operating modes.  
dspccs line-num ds0-num  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
ds0-num  
Line number of the previously added CCS channel in the range from 1 to 8.  
DS0 number of the previously added CCS channel. It can be a value from one of the  
following ranges:  
1 to 24 for T1 lines  
1 to 31 for E1 lines  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the configuration data of the CCS channel identified by line number  
1 and DS0 number 10 are displayed:  
dspccs 1 10  
ds0IfIndex:  
10  
RowStatus:  
LcnNum:  
active  
36  
MaxFrameSize: 300  
Related Commands  
Command  
addccs  
delccs  
Description  
Adds a CCS channel (D channel) to a VISM card.  
Deletes the association between a CCS (DS0) channel and its corresponding virtual  
channel.  
dspccschans Displays all CCS configured channels.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-319  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspccschans  
dspccschans  
To display all channels that are configured as common channel signaling (CCS) channels, use the  
dspccschans command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
operating modes.  
dspccschans  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that all CCS configured channels are displayed:  
dspccschans  
ds0 If  
Index  
Row  
Status  
Lcn  
Num  
Max Frame  
Size  
------- ------ ----- ------------  
10  
active  
36  
300  
Related Commands  
Command  
addccs  
delccs  
Description  
Adds a CCS channel (D channel) to a VISM card.  
Deletes the association between a CCS (DS0) channel and its corresponding virtual  
channel.  
dspccs  
Displays the configuration data of a previously added CCS channel.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-320  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspccscnt  
dspccscnt  
To display the common channel signaling (CCS) counter values for a specified line and DS0, use the  
dspccscnt command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
operating modes.  
dspccscnt line-num ds0-num  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
ds0-num  
Line number for which you want to display the CCS counter values. It can be in the  
range from 1 to 8.  
DS0 number of which you want to display the CCS counter values. It can be a value  
from one of the following ranges:  
1 to 24 for T1 lines  
1 to 31 for E1 lines  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the CCS counter values for line number 1, DS0 10 are displayed:  
dspccscnt 1 10  
ds0IfIndex:  
10  
0
0
TxFrameCount:  
RxFrameCount:  
RxCRCErrorCount:  
0
RxBufOverflowCount: 0  
TxUnderflowCount:  
TxAbortCount:  
RxAbortCount:  
0
0
0
Related Commands  
There are no related commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-321  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspcd  
dspcd  
To display the current VISM card’s configuration, status, and hardware and firmware configuration data,  
use the dspcd command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
operating modes.  
dspcd  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
The VISM card configuration data displayed includes serial number and hardware and firmware revision  
levels.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the current VISM card configuration data is displayed:  
dspcd  
ModuleSlotNumber:  
17  
FunctionModuleState:  
FunctionModuleType:  
FunctionModuleSerialNum:  
FunctionModuleHWRev:  
FunctionModuleFWRev:  
Active  
VISM-8T1  
xxxxxxxxxx  
0.0  
1.5.0_11Nov01_2  
FunctionModuleResetReason: ?  
LineModuleType:  
LM-RJ48-8T1  
LineModuleState:  
Present  
mibVersionNumber:  
configChangeTypeBitMap:  
21  
CardCnfChng, LineCnfChng  
pcb part no - (800 level): 800-xxxxx-xx  
pcb part no - (73 level): 73-xxxxx-xx  
Fab Part no - (28 level): 28-xxxxx-xx  
PCB Revision:  
08  
Daughter Card Information:  
Daughter Card Serial Number: xxxxxxxxxxx  
pcb part no - (73 level):  
Fab Part no - (28 level):  
PCB Revision:  
73-xxxxx-xx  
28-xxxxx-xx  
04  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspcds  
Displays a list of chassis card types, with associated slot numbers, card status, alarm  
status, and redundancy status.  
version  
Displays version-related information for a VISM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-322  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspcds  
dspcds  
To display a list of chassis card types, with associated slot numbers, card status, alarm status, and  
redundancy status, use the dspcds command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and  
AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspcds  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the list of chassis card types, with associated status data, are  
displayed:  
dspcds  
Slot CardState CardType  
---- --------- --------  
CardAlarm Redundancy  
--------- ----------  
Clear  
1.1  
Empty  
1.2  
.
Active  
VISM-8T1 Clear  
.
.
1.32 Active  
VISM-8E1 Clear  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspcd  
Displays the current VISM card’s configuration, status, and hardware and firmware  
configuration data.  
version  
Displays version-related information for a VISM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-323  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspcid  
dspcid  
To display the configuration data of an AAL2 channel identifier (CID) on the current VISM card, use  
the dspcid command in the switched AAL2 PVC and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspcid lcn cid-num  
Syntax Description  
lcn  
The logical channel number of the LCN/CID pair in the range from 131 to 510.  
The channel identification number of the LCN/CID pair in the range from 8 to 255.  
cid-num  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
Switched AAL2 PVC and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the configuration data of the AAL2 CID identified by LCN 131 and  
CID 101 is displayed:  
dspcid 131 101  
LCN number :  
CID number:  
131  
101  
Endpoint number :  
CidRowStatus:  
Type3redundancy:  
VAD:  
VADInitTimer:  
Profile type:  
Profile number:  
Codec type:  
Cas transport:  
DTMF transport:  
Ecan on/off:  
ICS enable:  
1
active  
enabled  
enabled  
250  
ITU  
2
G.711u  
enabled  
enabled  
enabled  
Disabled  
5
pkt period:  
Cid state:  
Active  
Related Commands  
Command  
addcid  
delcid  
Description  
Adds an AAL2 CID on a VISM card.  
Deletes the association between an endpoint and an LCN/CID pair.  
Displays all AAL2 CIDs for a specified LCN on a VISM card.  
dspcids  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-324  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspcids  
dspcids  
To display all AAL2 channel identifiers (CIDs) for an LCN on the current VISM card, use the dspcids  
command in the switched AAL2 PVC and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspcids lcn  
Syntax Description  
lcn  
Logical channel number of the LCN for which you want to display AAL2 CIDs. It can  
be in the range from 131 to 510.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
Switched AAL2 PVC and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the AAL2 CIDs are displayed for LCN 132:  
dspcids 132  
lcn CID Endpt Cid  
Num Num Num Status Redun VAD Timer Type Num  
Type3  
VAD  
Prof Prof  
Codec  
Type  
Cas DTMF  
Tran Tran Ecan  
--- --- ----- ------ ----- --- ----- ------ ---- --------- ---- ---- ----  
132  
9
1 active ena ena  
250  
ITU  
1
G.711u ena ena ena  
Related Commands  
Command  
addcid  
delcid  
Description  
Adds an AAL2 CID on a VISM card.  
Deletes the association between an endpoint and an LCN/CID pair.  
dspcid  
Displays the configuration data of an AAL2 CID on the current VISM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-325  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspco4timer  
dspco4timer  
To display the bearer continuity test CO4 timer value, use the dspco4timer command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking operating mode.  
dspco4timer  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the bearer continuity test CO4 timer is set at 1000 ms:  
dspco4timer  
CO4 timer value:  
1000  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfco4timer  
dspvismparam  
Configures the bearer continuity test CO4 timer value.  
Displays the current VISM card configuration.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-326  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspcodecjtrdelays  
dspcodecjtrdelays  
To display the configured codec jitter delay modes and associated jitter initial delays, use the  
dspcodecjtrdelays command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
operating modes.  
dspcodecjtrdelays  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the configured codec jitter delay modes and associated jitter initial  
delays are displayed:  
dspcodecjtrdelays  
Codec  
-----  
G7.11u fixed  
JitterDelayMode  
---------------  
JitterInitialDelay  
------------------  
100  
.
.
.
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfcodecjtrdelay Configures the jitter delay mode and initial delay value for a specified codec.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-327  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspcodecparams  
dspcodecparams  
To display codec parameters, use the dspcodecparams command in the VoIP switching/trunking  
operating mode.  
dspcodecparams  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking  
The following data, codec parameters, are displayed when you use this command:  
Codec type  
xGCP codec string  
Packetization period  
Preference  
IANA registered codec type  
Note  
Because the preference of any codec can be configured regardless of the current codec template, all  
codecs displayed by this command may not be available in the current codec template.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the codec parameters are displayed:  
dspcodecparams  
codecType  
codecString  
pktPeriod (ms)  
Preference  
ianaCodecType  
------------- -----------  
--------------  
----------- -------------  
1 - G.711u  
2 - G.711a  
3 - G.726-32K  
4 - G.729a  
5 - G.729ab  
6 - clr chan  
7 - G.726-16K  
8 - G.726-24K  
9 - G.726-40K  
PCMU  
PCMA  
G.726-32  
G729a  
G729ab  
CCD  
G.726-16  
G.726-24  
G.726-40  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
7
8
5
2
1
9
3
4
6
0
8
2
96  
96  
96  
96  
96  
96  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfcodectmpl  
Assigns a codec template to a VISM card.  
dspcodectmpls Displays all entries in the codec template table.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-328  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspcodectmpls  
dspcodectmpls  
To display all entries in the codec template table, use the dspcodectmpls command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspcodectmpls  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
VISM maintains a table of codec templates; each entry in the table contains the following:  
Codec template number  
Codecs supported  
Maximum number of DS0s supported by the template  
Examples  
The following example shows that all entries in the codec template table are displayed:  
dspcodectmpls  
codecTemplateNumber  
-------------------  
codecSupported  
--------------  
0x1ff  
MaxChanCount  
------------  
1
2
3
145  
192  
120  
0x23  
0x1ff  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
Assigns a codec template to a VISM card.  
cnfcodectmpl  
dspcodecparams Displays codec parameters.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-329  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspcon  
dspcon  
To display the configuration data of a channel, use the dspcon command in the VoIP switching/trunking,  
switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspcon lcn  
Syntax Description  
lcn  
Logical channel number for which to display configuration data. It can be in the range  
from 131 to 510.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the configuration data for LCN 136 is displayed:  
dspcon 136  
ChanNum:  
ChanRowStatus:  
136  
Add  
ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Disabled  
ChanTestType:  
TestOff  
ChanTestState:  
ChanRTDresult:  
ChanPortNum:  
NotInProgress  
65535 ms  
1
ChanPvcType:  
AAL5  
ChanConnectionType:  
ChanLocalVpi:  
PVC  
0
ChanLocalVci:  
36  
ChanLocalNSAP:  
ChanRemoteVpi:  
ChanRemoteVci:  
ChanRemoteNSAP:  
ChanMastership:  
ChanVpcFlag:  
646174616d767232000000000000000005000100  
44  
44  
646174616d767232000000000000000000000200  
Master  
Vcc  
ChanConnServiceType:  
ChanRoutingPriority:  
ChanMaxCost:  
CBR  
1
255  
ChanRestrictTrunkType:  
ChanConnPCR:  
No Restriction  
400  
ChanConnPercentUtil:  
ChanPreference:  
ChanRemotePCR:  
ChanRemotePercentUtil:  
ChanProtection:  
ChanActivityState:  
ChanLockingState:  
ChanApplication:  
ChanServiceType:  
ChanScrIngress:  
ChanMbsIngress:  
ChanNumNextAvailable:  
ChanVCCI:  
100  
1
400  
100  
unprotected  
unknown  
unlock  
signaling  
cbr  
0
0
137  
0
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-330  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspcon  
ChanFarEndAddrType:  
ChanFarEndE164Addr:  
ChanFarEndGWIDAddr:  
ChanFarEndNSAPAddr:  
notapplicable  
0
.
NULL NSAP  
Related Commands  
Command  
addcon  
delcon  
Description  
Adds a PVC connection between a VISM card and any SM or PXM card.  
Deletes a connection (PVC) between a VISM card and a Cisco MGX 8000 Series  
platform PXM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-331  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspconcac  
dspconcac  
To display connection admission control (CAC) configuration data for a connection, use the dspconcac  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspconcac lcn  
Syntax Description  
lcn  
Logical channel number for which to display CAC configuration data. It can be in the  
range from 131 to 510.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the CAC configuration data for LCN 131 is displayed:  
dspconcac 131  
LCN  
: 131  
MasterShip  
Vad Tolerance  
: Master  
: 100  
Vad Duty Cycle  
Rejecton Policy  
Carrier Loss Policy  
Accepted Connections  
Rejected Connections  
Effective Cell Rate  
: 61  
: 3  
: 3  
: 24  
: 0  
: 6000 cps  
: 3200 cps  
: 2800 cps  
Used  
Cell Rate  
Available Cell Rate  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfconcac  
Configures CAC on a previously added connection.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-332  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspconcnt  
dspconcnt  
To display counter configuration data (channel state) of a connection, use the dspconcnt command in  
the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspconcnt lcn  
Syntax Description  
lcn  
Logical channel number for which to display counter configuration data. It can be in  
the range from 131 to 510.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the counter configuration data for LCN 136 is displayed:  
dspconcnt 136  
ChanNum:  
136  
Chan State:  
alarm  
Chan XMT ATM State:  
Chan RCV ATM State:  
Chan Status Bit Map:  
OAM Lpb Lost Cells:  
AAL2 HEC Errors:  
Sending AIS OAM  
Receiving AIS OAM  
0x6  
75599  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
AAL2 CRC Errors:  
AAL2 Invalid OSF Cells:  
AAL2 Invalid Parity Cells:  
AAL2 CPS Packet Xmt:  
AAL2 CPS Packet Rcv:  
AAL2 Invalid CID CPS:  
AAL2 Invalid UUI CPS:  
AAL2 Invalid Len. CPS:  
AAL5 Invalid CPI:  
AAL5 oversized SDU PDU:  
AAL5 Invalid Len. PDU:  
AAL5 PDU CRC32 Errors:  
Related Commands  
Command  
addcon  
delcon  
Description  
Adds a PVC connection between a VISM card and any SM or PXM card.  
Deletes a connection (PVC) between a VISM card and a Cisco MGX 8000 Series  
platform PXM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-333  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspcons  
dspcons  
To display channel configuration data for all configured connections on a VISM card, use the dspcons  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspcons  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that channel configuration data for all connections on the current VISM  
card are displayed:  
dspcons  
ConnId  
-------  
ChanNum Status Preference Protection  
------- ------ ---------- ----------  
Active  
-------  
Locking  
--------  
datamvr2.5.1.0.135  
datamvr2.5.1.0.136  
135  
136  
Add  
Add  
1 unprotected unknown unlock  
1 unprotected unknown unlock  
ChanNumNextAvailable: 137  
Related Commands  
Command  
addcon  
cnfcon  
Description  
Adds a PVC connection between a VISM card and any SM or PXM card.  
Configures a connection between a VISM card and a Cisco MGX 8000 Series  
platform PXM card.  
dspcon  
Displays the parameters for a specified channel.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-334  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspconvbdpol  
dspconvbdpol  
To display fax/modem upspeed, connection admission control (CAC) failure, and fax/modem carrier loss  
policies for calls added to a particular IP or AAL2 logical channel number (LCN), use the dspconvbdpol  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspconvbdpol  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the voiceband data policies for LCN 131 are displayed:  
dspconvbdpol 131  
LcnNumer:  
131  
ChanCarrierLossPolicy: upspeedCodec  
ChanCacRejectionPolicy: delete  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfconvbdpol  
Configures the policies for fax/modem upspeed CAC failure and fax/modem carrier  
loss for calls added to a particular IP or AAL2 LCN.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-335  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspdisctimers  
dspdisctimers  
To display the Restart in Progress command disconnect type method wait delay times, use the  
dspdisctimers command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL1 SVC, switched AAL2 SVC,  
switched AAL2 PVC, AAL2 trunking, VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC operating modes.  
dspdisctimers  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL1 SVC, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, AAL2  
trunking, VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the Restart in Progress command disconnect type method wait delay  
times are displayed:  
dspdisctimers  
Initial Waiting Delay: 15secs  
Min Waiting Delay:  
Nax Waiting Delay:  
15 secs  
600 secs  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addmgcgrpprotocol  
cnfdisctimers  
Associates a call agent redundancy group to a gateway control protocol.  
Specifies the wait delay times for the disconnected procedure, restart in  
progress command—initial, minimum, and maximum timer values.  
cnfmgcgrpprotocol  
cnfxgcppeer  
Configures call agent group protocol data.  
Configures the UDP port number used to send gateway-initiated messages to  
the call agent.  
delmgcgrpprotocol  
Deletes an MGCP from a specified call agent redundancy group.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-336  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspdnallips  
dspdnallips  
To display all statistically provisioned IP addresses and externally resolved IP addresses for all domain  
names configured on the current VISM card, use the dspdnallips command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
dspdnallips  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that all statistically provisioned IP addresses and externally resolved IP  
addresses for all domain names configured on the current VISM card are displayed:  
dspdnallips  
ResolutionIndex DomainName  
--------------- ----------  
IP  
Preference  
----------  
---------------  
2
callagent99 nnn.nnn.nnn.nnx  
callagent99 nnn.nnn.nnn.nxn  
callagent99 nnn.nnn.nnn.xnn  
1
3
4
1
45  
70  
1
dns  
nnn.nnn.nnx.nnn  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
adddn  
Adds a domain name (call agent name) and optionally configures the resolution type  
of the domain name.  
adddnip  
Adds the IP addresses for a domain name that you added by using the adddn  
command.  
cnfdn  
Configures the resolution type of a specified domain name.  
Designates a domain name as a DNS.  
cnfdnssrvr  
deldn  
Deletes a domain name.  
deldnip  
dspdnips  
Deletes a statistically provisioned IP address of a domain name.  
Displays all statistically provisioned and externally resolved IP addresses configured  
for a specified domain name.  
dspdns  
Displays the configuration data of all domain names of a call agent.  
dspdnssrvr  
Displays the domain name of the configured DNS of the current VISM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-337  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspdnips  
dspdnips  
To display all statistically provisioned and externally resolved IP addresses configured for a specified  
domain name, use the dspdnips command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
operating modes.  
dspdnips domain-name  
Syntax Description  
domain-name Call agent name. A text string of 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that all statistically provisioned and externally resolved IP addresses  
configured for domain name callagent99 are displayed:  
dspdnips callagent99  
ResolutionIndex DomainName  
--------------- ----------  
IP  
Preference  
----------  
---------------  
2
45  
70  
callagent99 nnn.nnn.nnn.nnx  
callagent99 nnn.nnn.nnn.nxn  
callagent99 nnn.nnn.nnn.xnn  
1
3
4
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
adddn  
Adds a domain name (call agent name) and optionally configures the resolution type  
of the domain name.  
adddnip  
Adds the IP addresses for a domain name that you added by using the adddn  
command.  
cnfdn  
Configures the resolution type of a specified domain name.  
Designates a domain name as a DNS.  
cnfdnssrvr  
deldn  
Deletes a domain name.  
deldnip  
dspdnallips  
Deletes a statistically provisioned IP address of a domain name.  
Displays all statistically provisioned IP addresses and externally resolved IP  
addresses for all domain names configured on the current VISM card.  
dspdns  
Displays the configuration data of all domain names of a call agent.  
dspdnssrvr  
Displays the domain name of the configured DNS of the current VISM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-338  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspdns  
dspdns  
To display the configuration data of all domain names of a call agent, use the dspdns command in the  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspdns  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the configuration data of the mgc1 domain name are displayed:  
dspdns  
DomainNumber DomainName  
------------ ---------- ----------- -----  
IP  
State  
Preference Resolution Type  
---------- ---------------  
1
mgc1  
nn.nn.nn.nn Active  
1
internal only  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
adddn  
Adds a domain name (call agent name) and optionally configures the resolution type  
of the domain name.  
adddnip  
Adds the IP addresses for a domain name that you added by using the adddn  
command.  
cnfdn  
Configures the resolution type of a specified domain name.  
Designates a domain name as a DNS.  
cnfdnssrvr  
deldn  
Deletes a domain name.  
delnip  
Deletes a statistically provisioned IP address of a domain name.  
dspdnallips  
Displays all statistically provisioned IP addresses and externally resolved IP  
addresses for all domain names configured on the current VISM card.  
dspdnips  
Displays all statistically provisioned and externally resolved IP addresses configured  
for a specified domain name.  
dspdnssrvr  
Displays the domain name of the configured DNS of the current VISM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-339  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspdnssrvr  
dspdnssrvr  
To display the domain name of the configured domain name server (DNS) of the current VISM card, use  
the dspdnssrvr command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
dspdnssrvr  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the configured DNS of the current VISM card is callagent99:  
dspdnssrvr  
External DNS Server Domain Name: callagent99  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
adddn  
Adds a domain name (call agent name) and optionally configures the resolution type  
of the domain name.  
adddnip  
Adds the IP addresses for a domain name that you added by using the adddn  
command.  
cnfdn  
Configures the resolution type of a specified domain name.  
Designates a domain name as a DNS.  
cnfdnssrvr  
deldn  
Deletes a domain name.  
deldnip  
dspdnallips  
Deletes a statistically provisioned IP address of a domain name.  
Displays all statistically provisioned IP addresses and externally resolved IP  
addresses for all domain names configured on the current VISM card.  
dspdnips  
dspdns  
Displays all statistically provisioned and externally resolved IP addresses configured  
for a specified domain name.  
Displays the configuration data of all domain names of a call agent.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-340  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspdpvcoamparams  
dspdpvcoamparams  
To display the transmitted and received permanent virtual circuit (PVC) operations, administration, and  
maintenance (OAM) cell parameters, use the dspdpvcoamparams command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking operating mode.  
dspdpvcoamparams  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the transmitted and received PVC OAM cell parameters are  
displayed:  
dspdpvcoamparams  
OAM Cell Gap  
OAM Cell Retry Count  
: 500ms  
: 3  
OAM Cell Recovery Count: 5  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfdpvcoamparams  
Configures the transmitted and received PVC OAM cell parameters.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-341  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspds0gain  
dspds0gain  
To display the adjustable gain values for a specified DS0, use the dspds0gain command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspds0gain line-num ds0-num  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
ds0-num  
Line number of the DS0 for which you want to display the adjustable gain. In the  
range from 1 to 8.  
DS0 number on which to display adjustable gain. It can be a value from one of the  
following ranges:  
1 to 24 for T1 lines  
1 to 31 for E1 lines  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the adjustable gain values for DS0 1 are displayed:  
dspds0gain 2 1  
Line Number  
Ds0 Number  
InputGain  
: 2  
: 1  
: 0  
Output Attenuation: 60  
Related Commands  
Command  
cnfds0gain  
cnfgain  
Description  
Configures the adjustable gain for a specified DS0.  
Configures the adjustable gain for a VISM card.  
cnflngain  
dspgain  
Configures the adjustable gain for all DS0s on a specified VISM card line.  
Displays the adjustable gain for a specified VISM card.  
Displays the adjustable gain for a specified VISM card line.  
dsplngain  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-342  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspds0localcasstatus  
dspds0localcasstatus  
To display the currently configured local channel associated signaling (CAS) status for a specified line  
and DS0, use the dspds0localcasstatus command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC,  
and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspds0localcasstatus line-num ds0-num  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
ds0-num  
Line number of the channel for which you want to display the currently local CAS  
status. It can be in the range from 1 to 8.  
DS0 number of the channel for which you want to display the currently local CAS  
status. It can be a value from one of the following ranges:  
1 to 24 for T1 lines  
1 to 31 for E1 lines  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the currently configured local CAS status for line number 1, DS0  
number 1 is displayed:  
dspds0localcasstatus 1 1  
ds1 line number:  
ds0 number:  
1
1
ds0 If Index:  
1
local cas type:  
local cas 4 bit bit pattern:  
Disabled  
0
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfds0localcas  
Configures a local CAS 4-bit pattern for a T1 line and DS0.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-343  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspds0loop  
dspds0loop  
To display the loopback type for a specified line and DS0, use the dspds0loop command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspds0loop line-num ds0-num  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
ds0-num  
Line number of the channel for which you want to display the loopback type. It  
can be in the range from 1 to 8.  
DS0 number of the channel for which you want to display the loopback type. It  
can be a value from one of the following ranges:  
1 to 24 for T1 lines  
1 to 31 for E1 lines  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the loopback type for line number 1, DS0 number 1 is displayed:  
dspds0loop 1 1  
ds1 line number:  
ds0 number:  
1
1
ds0 If Index:  
loopback value:  
1
noLoop  
Related Commands  
There are no related commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-344  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspds0musicthreshold  
dspds0musicthreshold  
To display the music on-hold threshold value for a specified DS0, use the dspds0musicthreshold  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspds0musicthreshold line-num ds0-num  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
ds0-num  
Line number of the channel for which you want to display the DS0 music  
on-hold threshold value. It can be in the range from 1 to 8.  
DS0 number for which you want to display the music on-hold threshold  
value. It can be a value from one of the following ranges:  
1 to 24 for T1 lines  
1 to 31 for E1 lines  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the VISM card line number 1, DS0 number 1 displays the –50 dB  
music on-hold threshold configuration value:  
dspds0musicthreshold 1 1  
Line Number  
Ds0 Number  
: 1  
: 1  
MusicThreshold: -50  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfds0musicthreshold  
cnflnmusicthreshold  
cnfmusicthreshold  
dsplnmusicthreshold  
Configures the music on-hold threshold for a specified DS0.  
Configures the music on-hold threshold for all DS0s on a specified line.  
Configures the music on-hold threshold value for the current VISM card.  
Displays the music on-hold threshold values for the DS0s on a specified  
line.  
dspmusicthreshold  
Displays the music on-hold threshold values for the current VISM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-345  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspendpt  
dspendpt  
To display configuration data of a specified VISM card endpoint, use the dspendpt command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspendpt endpt-num  
Syntax Description  
endpt-num  
Endpoint number. It can be a value from one of the following ranges:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, from 1 to 144  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the configuration data of endpoint number 120 is displayed:  
dspendpt 120  
EndptNum:  
120  
EndptLineNum:  
EndptName:  
EndptSpeed:  
EndptState:  
1
T1-1/1@cisco.com  
64 kbps  
active  
EndptChannelMap: 1  
EndptEnable:  
EndptLoopback:  
active  
disabled  
Note  
The EndptChannelMap value is represented by a hexadecimal number, where each DS0 is a power  
of 2—EndptChannelMap = 2DS0 number  
.
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-346  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspendpt  
Related Commands  
Command  
addendpt  
delendpt  
dspendpts  
Description  
Adds an endpoint on a VISM card.  
Deletes a specified endpoint on a VISM card.  
Displays information about all endpoints on a VISM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-347  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspendpts  
dspendpts  
To display configuration data about all endpoints on a VISM card, use the dspendpts command in the  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspendpts  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the configuration data for all endpoints on the current VISM card are  
displayed:  
dspendpts  
EndptNum Ena/Speed  
-------- --- -----  
1
2
3
act/ 64k  
act/ 64k  
act/ 64k  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addendpt  
addendpts  
delendpt  
dspendpt  
Adds an endpoint on a VISM card.  
Adds multiple consecutive numbers of endpoints to a VISM card.  
Deletes a specified endpoint on a VISM card.  
Displays configuration data about a VISM card endpoint.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-348  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspgain  
dspgain  
To display the adjustable gain for a specified VISM card, use the dspgain command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspgain  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the adjustable gain values for the current VISM card are displayed:  
dspgain  
LineNo/Ds0No InputGain OutputAttenuation  
------------ --------- -----------------  
1/1  
1/2  
.
0
10  
100  
60  
.
.
Related Commands  
Command  
cnfds0gain  
cnfgain  
Description  
Configures the adjustable gain for a specified DS0.  
Configures the adjustable gain for a VISM card.  
cnflngain  
dspds0gain  
dsplngain  
Configures the adjustable gain for all DS0s on a specified VISM card line.  
Displays the adjustable gain values for a specified DS0.  
Displays the adjustable gain for a specified VISM card line.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-349  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspgwstate  
dspgwstate  
To display the current user-configured service state of the gateway, use the dspgwstate in the VoIP  
switching/trunking operating mode.  
dspgwstate  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking  
The following possible states are displayed by this command:  
Admin States:  
In service  
Command out of service  
Pending out of service  
Operational States:  
Alarm  
OK  
Examples  
The following example shows that the user-configured gateway service states—the command out of  
service administration state and the alarm operational state—are displayed:  
dspgwstate  
Admin State : Command_Out_Of_Service  
Oper. State : Alarm  
Related Commands  
There are no related commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-350  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsplapd  
dsplapd  
To display configuration data about a Link Access Protocol D channel (LAPD), use the dsplapd  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
dsplapd line-num ds0-num  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
ds0-num  
Line number of the channel for which you want to display the LAPD  
configuration data. It can be in the range from 1 to 8.  
DS0 number of the channel for which you want to display the LAPD  
configuration data. It can be a value from one of the following ranges:  
1 to 24 for T1 lines  
1 to 31 for E1 lines  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the LAPD configuration data is displayed for line number 1, DS0  
number 1:  
dsplapd 1 1  
vismRudpSessionStatNum:  
vismRudpSessionAutoResets:  
1
0
vismRudpSessionRcvdAutoResets: 0  
vismRudpSessionRcvdInSeqs:  
vismRudpSessionRcvdOutSeqs:  
vismRudpSessionSentPackets:  
vismRudpSessionRcvdPackets:  
vismRudpSessionSentBytes:  
vismRudpSessionRcvdBytes:  
vismRudpSessionDataSentPkts:  
vismRudpSessionDataRcvdPkts:  
vismRudpSessionDiscardPkts:  
Trunk type:  
0
0
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
Backhaul  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addlapd  
Adds an LAPD.  
addlapdtrunk  
addrtpcon  
Adds an LAPD trunk to a specific VISM card line.  
Adds a static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
addrudptrunk  
clrrtpcnt  
Adds an ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session for an LAPD trunk connection.  
Clears the RTP counters (statistics) for a specific static RTP connection.  
cnflapdtrunkpvc  
Assigns the PVC trunk type that carries LAPD messages for the current VISM  
card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-351  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsplapd  
Command  
Description  
cnflntrunkcond  
Enables or disables line conditioning on a VISM card line if a network alarm  
is encountered.  
cnfrtpcon  
Modifies an existing static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
cnfrudptrunkrmtip Modifies the remote IP address of VISM used in the ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP  
trunk for a specified session.  
dellapd  
Deletes an LAPD.  
dellapdtrunk  
delrtpcon  
Deletes an LAPD configured line.  
Deletes a static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
Deletes an ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session that is associated with an LAPD.  
Displays configuration data about all LAPDs.  
delrudptrunk  
dsplapds  
dsplapdtrunkpvc  
Displays the assigned PVC trunk type that carries LAPD trunk messages for  
the current VISM card.  
dsplapdtrunks  
dsprtpcnt  
Displays the configuration data of all LAPD trunks.  
Displays the bearer counters (statistics) for a specific RTP VoIP trunking  
connection.  
dsprtpcon  
Displays the configuration data of a specific static RTP VoIP trunking  
connection.  
dsprtpcons  
Displays the configuration data of all static RTP VoIP trunking connections.  
dsprudptrunk  
Displays the configuration data of a specified ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP  
session.  
dsprudptrunks  
Displays the configuration data of all ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP sessions.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-352  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsplapds  
dsplapds  
To display configuration data about all Link Access Protocol for ISDN D channels (LAPDs), use the  
dsplapds command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
dsplapds  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the configuration data for all LAPDs is displayed:  
dsplapds  
Line number  
DS0 number  
Lapd Application Type  
------------------------------------------------  
1
1
PRI  
Related Commands  
Command  
addlapd  
dellapd  
Description  
Adds an LAPD.  
Deletes an LAPD.  
dsplapd  
Displays configuration data about an LAPD.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-353  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsplapdstat  
dsplapdstat  
To display configuration data about Link Access Protocol for ISDN D channel (LAPD) statistics  
(counters) for a specific line and DS0, use the dsplapdstat command in the VoIP switching/trunking  
operating mode.  
dsplapdstat line-num ds0-num  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
ds0-num  
Line number of the channel for which you want to display the LAPD statistics. It can  
be in the range from 1 to 8.  
DS0 number of the channel for which you want to display the LAPD statistics. It can  
be a value from one of the following ranges:  
1 to 24 for T1 lines  
1 to 31 for E1 lines  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the LAPD statistic configuration data for line number 1, DS0 number  
1 are displayed:  
dsplapdstat 1 1  
vismLapdStatsIndex:  
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
vismLapdRxInfoFrames:  
vismLapdTxInfoFrames:  
vismLapdRxReadyFrames:  
vismLapdTxReadyFrames:  
vismLapdRxNotReadyFrames:  
vismLapdTxNotReadyFrames:  
vismLapdRxSABMFrames:  
vismLapdTxSABMFrames:  
vismLapdRxDisconFrames:  
vismLapdTxDisconFrames:  
vismLapdRxUAFrames:  
vismLapdTxUAFrames:  
vismLapdRxDiscModeFrames:  
vismLapdTxDiscModeFrames:  
vismLapdRxFrmRejectFrames:  
vismLapdTxFrmRejectFrames:  
vismLapdRxExchIdFrames:  
vismLapdTxExchIdFrames:  
vismLapdRxUnumInfoFrames:  
vismLapdTxUnumInfoFrames:  
vismLapdRxRejectFrames:  
vismLapdTxRejectFrames:  
vismLapdRxInvalidFrames:  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-354  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsplapdstat  
Related Commands  
There are no related commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-355  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsplapdtrunkpvc  
dsplapdtrunkpvc  
To display the assigned permanent virtual circuit (PVC) trunk type that carries Link Access Protocol  
D channel (LAPD) trunk messages for the current VISM card, use the dsplapdtrunkpvc command in  
the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dsplapdtrunkpvc  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the control PVC trunk type carries LAPD trunk messages for the  
current VISM card:  
dsplapdtrunkpvc  
Lapd Trunk PVC Carrier: Control  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addlapdtrunk  
addrtpcon  
Adds an LAPD trunk to a specific VISM card line.  
Adds a static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
addrudptrunk  
clrrtpcnt  
Adds an ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session for an LAPD trunk connection.  
Clears the RTP counters (statistics) for a specific static RTP connection.  
cnflntrunkcond  
Enables or disables line conditioning on a VISM card line if a network alarm  
is encountered.  
cnfrtpcon  
Modifies an existing static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
cnfrudptrunkrmtip Modifies the remote IP address of VISM used in the ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP  
trunk for a specified session.  
dellapdtrunk  
delrtpcon  
Deletes an LAPD configured line.  
Deletes a static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
Deletes an ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session that is associated with an LAPD.  
Displays data about an LAPD.  
delrudptrunk  
dsplapd  
dsplapdtrunks  
dsprtpcnt  
Displays the configuration data of all LAPD trunks.  
Displays the bearer counters (statistics) for a specific RTP VoIP trunking  
connection.  
dsprtpcon  
dsprtpcons  
Displays the configuration data of a specific static RTP VoIP trunking  
connection.  
Displays the configuration data of all static RTP VoIP trunking connections.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-356  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsplapdtrunkpvc  
Command  
Description  
dsprudptrunk  
Displays the configuration data of a specified ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP  
session.  
dsprudptrunks  
Displays the configuration data of all ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP sessions.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-357  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsplapdtrunks  
dsplapdtrunks  
To display the data of all Link Access Protocol D channel (LAPD) configured trunks, use the  
dsplapdtrunks command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
dsplapdtrunks  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that all LAPD configuration data of the current VISM card trunks are  
displayed:  
dsplapdtrunks  
Trunk Num State Session Number  
--------- ----- --------------  
1
Oos  
1
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addlapdtrunk  
addrtpcon  
Adds an LAPD trunk to a specific VISM card line.  
Adds a static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
addrudptrunk  
clrrtpcnt  
Adds an ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session for an LAPD trunk connection.  
Clears the RTP counters (statistics) for a specific static RTP connection.  
cnflapdtrunkpvc  
Assigns the PVC trunk type that carries LAPD messages for the current VISM  
card.  
cnflntrunkcond  
Enables or disables line conditioning on a VISM card line if a network alarm  
is encountered.  
cnfrtpcon  
Modifies an existing static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
cnfrudptrunkrmtip Modifies the remote IP address of VISM used in the ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP  
trunk for a specified session.  
dellapdtrunk  
delrtpcon  
Deletes an LAPD configured line.  
Deletes a static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
Deletes an ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session that is associated with an LAPD.  
Displays data about an LAPD.  
delrudptrunk  
dsplapd  
dsplapdtrunkpvc  
Displays the assigned PVC trunk type that carries LAPD trunk messages for  
the current VISM card.  
dsprtpcnt  
Displays the bearer counters (statistics) for a specific RTP VoIP trunking  
connection.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-358  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsplapdtrunks  
Command  
Description  
dsprtpcon  
Displays the configuration data of a specific static RTP VoIP trunking  
connection.  
dsprtpcons  
Displays the configuration data of all static RTP VoIP trunking connections.  
dsprudptrunk  
Displays the configuration data of a specified ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP  
session.  
dsprudptrunks  
Displays the configuration data of all ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP sessions.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-359  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsplinecasbits  
dsplinecasbits  
To display the currently transmitted and received channel associated signaling (CAS) bit values for all  
the endpoints on a VISM card line, use the dsplinecasbits command in the VoIP switching/trunking,  
switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dsplinecasbits line-num  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number for which you want to display the CAS bit values. It can be in the range  
from 1 to 8.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the currently transmitted and received CAS bits of line number 1 are  
displayed:  
dsplinecasbits 1  
DS0  
Tx to TDM  
Rx fr TDM  
-------A-B-C-D-----A-B-C-D  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-360  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsplinecasbits  
Related Commands  
Command  
addendpt  
addendpts  
addln  
Description  
Adds an endpoint on a VISM card.  
Adds a consecutive number of endpoints to a VISM card.  
Adds a T1 or E1 line to a VISM card.  
Associates an endpoint with a CAS variant.  
Configures the signaling mode for a VISM card line.  
cnfcasendpt  
cnflnsig  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-361  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspln  
dspln  
To display the configuration data of a VISM card line, use the dspln command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspln line-num  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number for which you want to display the configuration data. It can be in the  
range from 1 to 8.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the configuration data for the current VISM card’s line number 1 is  
displayed:  
dspln 1  
LineNum:  
1
LineConnectorType:  
LineEnable:  
LineType:  
LineCoding:  
LineLength:  
LineXmtClockSource:  
LineLoopbackCommand:  
LineSendCode:  
RJ-48  
Enabled  
dsx1ESF  
dsx1B8ZS  
0-131 ft  
LocalTiming  
NoLoop  
NoCode  
0x3ff  
LineUsedTimeslotsBitMap:  
LineLoopbackCodeDetection: codeDetectDisabled  
LineSignalingType:  
CAS  
LineCcsChannels:  
0x0  
LineTrunkConditioning:  
LineNumOfValidEntries: 8  
disable  
Note  
The LineCcsChannels data applies only to the AAL2 trunking operating mode.  
Related Commands  
Command  
addln  
cnfln  
Description  
Adds a T1 or E1 line to a VISM card.  
Configures characteristics for a VISM card line.  
Deletes a T1 or E1 line from a VISM card.  
delln  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-362  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsplncids  
dsplncids  
To display the channel identification (CID), endpoint, and AAL2 configuration data for a VISM card  
line, use the dsplncids command in the switched AAL2 PVC and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dsplncids line-num  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number for which you want to display the CID, endpoint, and AAL2  
configuration data. It can be in the range from 1 to 8.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
Switched AAL2 PVC and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the CID, endpoint, and AAL2 configuration data for line 2 are  
displayed:  
dsplncids 2  
lcn CID Endpt Cid  
Num Num Num Status Redun VAD Timer Type Num  
Type3  
VAD  
Prof Prof  
Codec  
Type  
Cas DTMF  
Tran Tran Ecan  
--- --- ----- ------ ----- --- ----- ------ ---- --------- ---- ---- ----  
33 10 2 active ena ena 250 ITU G.711u ena ena ena  
1
Note  
If you configure the codec type as clear for the line number identified by the line-num argument, the  
Type3 Redun, Cas Tran, DTMF Tran, and Ecan values are not applicable.  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addcid  
Adds an AAL2 CID on a VISM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-363  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsplndigitorder  
dsplndigitorder  
To display the order in which automatic number identification (ANI) digits—the caller’s number—and  
dialed number identification service (DNIS) digits—the called number—are dialed during an outgoing  
Feature Group D (FGD) call on the endpoints of a specified VISM card line, use the dsplndigitorder  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dsplndigitorder line-num  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number for which to configure dialed digit order. In the range from 1 to 8.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
The ANI and DNIS digits are sent as part of the MGCP setup message.  
The following example shows that the current VISM card’s line number 7 is assigned a digit order of  
DNIS digits first, followed by ANI digits, for digits dialed during an outgoing FGD call:  
dsplndigitorder 7  
LineNum  
: 1  
Dsx1TxDigitOrder: aniThenDnis  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfcasflashtime  
Configures the minimum and maximum CAS on-hook time periods for  
incoming flash hooks on a specified endpoint.  
cnfcasglareattrib  
cnfcaspackage  
cnflndigitorder  
Configures the direction of CAS calls and the glare policy for a specified  
endpoint.  
Configures MGCP packages to notify persistent observed CAS events in the  
context of incoming and outgoing CAS calls on a specified endpoint.  
Assigns the order in which ANI digits and DNIS digits are dialed during an  
outgoing FGD call on the endpoints of a specified VISM card line.  
delxgcppersistevt  
dspcasglareattrib  
Deletes a persistent xGCP event.  
Displays the direction of CAS calls and the glare policy for a specified  
endpoint.  
dspcaspackage  
dspcastimers  
Displays the MGCP packages configured to notify persistent observed CAS  
events in the context of incoming and outgoing CAS calls on a specified  
endpoint.  
Displays the currently configured CAS timers for a specified endpoint.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-364  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsplndsp  
dsplndsp  
To display the digital signal processor (DSP) data for a specified T1 or E1 line, use the dsplndsp  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dsplndsp line-num  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number for which you want to display the DSP data. It can be in the range from  
1 to 8.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the DSP data for line 1 are displayed:  
dsplndsp 1  
VismLineNum:  
1
ECANEnable:  
enable  
ECANReenable:  
ToneDisable:  
MaximumTail:  
ResidualEcho:  
VoiceDetection:  
ReenableOnModemData  
G.165  
32 milliseconds  
ComfortNoise  
Enable  
Note  
VAD and ECAN apply to the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode only.  
Related Commands  
Command  
addln  
Description  
Adds a T1 or E1 line to a VISM card.  
Deletes a T1 or E1 line from a VISM card.  
delln  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-365  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsplndsx0s  
dsplndsx0s  
To display the configuration data of all DS0s on a specified T1 or E1 line, use the dsplndsx0s command  
in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dsplndsx0s line-num  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number for which you want to display all DS0 configuration data. It can be in  
the range from 1 to 8.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that all DS0 configuration data for line 1 are displayed:  
dsplndsx0s 1  
ds0 If  
Index  
Robbed Bit  
Signaling  
Idle  
Code  
Seized  
Code  
EndPt  
Num  
If  
Type  
Variant  
Name  
-------- ------------ ------ -------- ------- ------ -------------  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
True  
True  
True  
True  
True  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
bearer  
bearer  
bearer  
bearer  
bearer  
False  
False  
False  
False  
False  
False  
False  
False  
False  
False  
False  
False  
False  
False  
False  
False  
False  
False  
False  
-1  
-1  
-1  
-1  
-1  
-1  
-1  
-1  
-1  
-1  
-1  
-1  
-1  
-1  
-1  
-1  
-1  
-1  
-1  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Note  
Idle code, seized code and variant name apply to the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode only.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-366  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsplndsx0s  
Related Commands  
Command  
addln  
Description  
Adds a T1 or E1 line to a VISM card.  
Deletes a T1 or E1 line from a VISM card.  
delln  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-367  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsplnendptstatus  
dsplnendptstatus  
To display the status of endpoints for a specified T1 or E1 line, use the dsplnendptstatus command in  
the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating mode.  
dsplnendptstatus line-num  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number for which you want to display the status of endpoints. It can be in the  
range from 1 to 8.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the status for the endpoints on line 1 are displayed:  
dsplnendptstatus 1  
ds0# Endpt# Codec VAD ECAN  
------------------------------  
1
1
G.711a ON ON  
Related Commands  
Command  
dspendpts  
dspln  
Description  
Displays information about all the endpoints on a VISM card.  
Displays the characteristics of a VISM card line.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-368  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsplngain  
dsplngain  
To display the adjustable gain for all DS0s on a specified VISM card line, use the dsplngain command  
in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dsplngain line-num  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number for which you want to display the adjustable gain for all DS0s. In the  
range from 1 to 8.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the adjustable gain values for all DS0s on VISM card line 3 are  
displayed:  
dsplngain 3  
Ds0Num InputGain OutputAttenuation  
------ --------- -----------------  
1
2
.
.
.
0
10  
100  
60  
Related Commands  
Command  
cnflngain  
Description  
Configures the adjustable gain for all DS0s on a specified VISM card line.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-369  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsplnmusicthreshold  
dsplnmusicthreshold  
To display the music on-hold threshold values for the DS0s on a specified line, use the  
dsplnmusicthreshold command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2  
trunking operating modes.  
dsplnmusicthreshold line-num  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number for which you want to display the DS0 music on-hold  
threshold values. It can be in the range from 1 to 8.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the DS0s on VISM card line number 3 music on-hold threshold values  
are displayed:  
dsplnmusicthreshold 3  
Ds0Num Musicthreshold  
------ --------------  
1
2
.
.
.
-38  
-40  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfds0musicthreshold  
cnflnmusicthreshold  
cnfmusicthreshold  
Configures the music on-hold threshold for a specified DS0.  
Configures the music on-hold threshold for all DS0s on a specified line.  
Configures the music on-hold threshold value for the current VISM card.  
dspds0musicthreshold Displays the music on-hold threshold value for a specified DS0.  
dspmusicthreshold  
Displays the music on-hold threshold values for the current VISM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-370  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsplnringback  
dsplnringback  
To display the ringback tone method for a specified line on the current VISM card, use the  
dsplnringback command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
dsplnringback line-num  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number for which you want to display the ringback method. In the range  
from 1 to 8.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
The ringback tone method is displayed as one of the following:  
Proxy—VISM sends the appropriate packet (NSE, NTE, or AAL2 type 3) for the ringback tone to  
the originating VISM which generates the ringback tone toward the TDM network.  
Inband—VISM generates the inband ringback tone toward the originating VISM over the packet  
network and the originating VISM plays the ringback tone.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the current VISM card line 4 ringback tone method, inband, is  
displayed:  
dsplnringback 4  
LineNum: 4  
Dsx1RemoteRingback: inband  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addtoneplan  
cnflnringback  
Adds a tone plan to the current VISM card.  
Configures the ringback tone method for a specified line on the current VISM  
card.  
cnflntoneplan  
Assigns a tone plan to a specified VISM card line.  
cnflntonetimeout  
Modifies the timeout periods of all call progress tones supported by VISM on  
a specified VISM card line.  
dellntoneplan  
deltoneplan  
Deletes the tone plan configuration of a specified VISM card line.  
Deletes a previously added tone plan from the current VISM card.  
Displays the tone plan configuration of a specified VISM card line.  
dsplntoneplan  
dsplntonetimeout  
Displays the configured timeout periods for all call progress tones of a  
specified VISM card line.  
dsptonebuiltinplans Displays all preconfigured (built-in) tone plans on the current VISM card.  
dsptoneplan  
Displays the tone configuration of a specified tone plan—either a  
preconfigured (built-in) or user-added tone plan.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-371  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsplnringback  
Command  
Description  
dsptoneplans  
Displays the tone configuration of all tone plans—either preconfigured  
(built-in) or user-added tone plans.  
dsptoneprovplans  
Displays all user-added (provisional) tone plans.  
dsptoneregionplans Displays a list of all tone plans for the countries and regions whose name  
partially or completely matches the name you supply.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-372  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsplns  
dsplns  
To display all line configuration data for the current VISM card, use the dsplns command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dsplns  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the configuration data for all lines on the current VISM card are  
displayed:  
dsplns  
Line Conn Type  
Status/Coding Length  
---- -------- ---------  
XmtClock Alarm Stats  
Source Alarm  
-------- ----- -----  
Type  
---- ----- ------------  
17.1 RJ-48 dsx1ESF  
17.2 RJ-48 dsx1ESF  
17.3 RJ-48 dsx1ESF  
17.4 RJ-48 dsx1ESF  
17.5 RJ-48 dsx1ESF  
17.6 RJ-48 dsx1ESF  
17.7 RJ-48 dsx1ESF  
17.8 RJ-48 dsx1ESF  
Ena/dsx1B8ZS  
Ena/dsx1B8ZS  
Dis/dsx1B8ZS  
Dis/dsx1B8ZS  
Dis/dsx1B8ZS  
Dis/dsx1B8ZS  
Ena/dsx1B8ZS  
Ena/dsx1B8ZS  
0-131 ft  
0-131 ft  
0-131 ft  
0-131 ft  
0-131 ft  
0-131 ft  
0-131 ft  
0-131 ft  
LocalTim Yes  
LocalTim Yes  
LocalTim  
No  
No  
LocalTim  
LocalTim  
LocalTim  
LocalTim No  
LocalTim No  
No  
No  
LineNumOfValidEntries: 8  
Related Commands  
Command  
addln  
cnfln  
Description  
Adds a T1 or E1 line to a VISM card.  
Configures line characteristics for a specified line.  
Deletes a DS1 line from a VISM card.  
delln  
dspln  
Displays the characteristics of a specified line.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-373  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsplnstate  
dsplnstate  
To display the service state of specified T1 or E1 line with respect to the xGCP protocol, use the  
dsplnstate command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
dsplnstate line-num  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number for which you want to display the service state. It can be in the range  
from 1 to 8.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Service states are expressed as administrative or operational. For each service state there is an actual  
state and an effective state. The actual states are described in the following list:  
Actual administrative states:  
In service  
Pending out of service  
Command out of service  
Inactive  
Invalid state  
Actual operational states:  
Alarm  
OK  
The effective administrative state is the combination state of the gateway and the line.  
The effective operational state is the combination alarm state of the gateway and the line.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the service states of line 1 are displayed:  
dsplnstate 1  
Line number : 1, Actual admin. state : Inactive  
Actual oper. state : OK  
Line number : 1, Effective admin. state : Inactive  
Effective oper. state : OK  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspgwstate  
Displays the current user-configured service states of the gateway.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-374  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsplntoneplan  
dsplntoneplan  
To display the tone plan configuration of a specified VISM card line, use the dsplntoneplan command  
in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
dsplntoneplan line-num  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number for which you want to display the tone plan configuration. It can  
be in the range from 1 to 8.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the tone plan configuration for the current VISM card line number 8  
is displayed:  
dsplntoneplan 8  
LineNum  
:8  
Dsx1TonePlanRegion :singapore  
Dsx1TonePlanVersion:11  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addtoneplan  
cnflnringback  
Adds a tone plan to the current VISM card.  
Configures the ringback tone method for a specified line on the current VISM  
card.  
cnflntoneplan  
Assigns a tone plan to a specified VISM card line.  
cnflntonetimeout  
Modifies the timeout periods of all call progress tones supported by VISM on  
a specified VISM card line.  
dellntoneplan  
deltoneplan  
Deletes the tone plan configuration of a specified VISM card line.  
Deletes a previously added tone plan from the current VISM card.  
dsplnringback  
Displays the ringback tone method for a specified line on the current VISM  
card.  
dsplntonetimeout  
Displays the configured timeout periods for all call progress tones of a  
specified VISM card line.  
dsptonebuiltinplans Displays all preconfigured (built-in) tone plans on the current VISM card.  
dsptoneplan  
Displays the tone configuration of a specified tone plan—either a  
preconfigured (built-in) or user-added tone plan.  
dsptoneplans  
Displays the tone configuration of all tone plans—either preconfigured  
(built-in) or user-added tone plans.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-375  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsplntoneplan  
Command  
Description  
dsptoneprovplans  
Displays all user-added (provisional) tone plans.  
dsptoneregionplans Displays a list of all tone plans for the countries and regions whose name  
partially or completely matches the name you supply.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-376  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsplntonetimeout  
dsplntonetimeout  
To display the configured timeout periods for all call progress tones of a specified VISM card line, use  
the dsplntonetimeout command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating  
modes.  
dsplntonetimeout line-num  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number for which you want to display the configured timeout periods  
(defined in seconds) for all call progress tones. It can be in the range from 1 to  
8.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that all call progress tones for the current VISM card line number 5 are  
displayed, in seconds:  
dsplntonetimeout 5  
LineNum:  
5
Dsx1RingingTO:  
Dsx1RingBackTO:  
Dsx1BusyTO:  
Dsx1ReorderTO:  
Dsx1DialTO:  
200 seconds  
200 seconds  
35 seconds  
35 seconds  
16 seconds  
Dsx1StutterDialTO: 16 seconds  
Dsx1OffHookAlertTO: 5 seconds  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addtoneplan  
cnflnringback  
Adds a tone plan to the current VISM card.  
Configures the ringback tone method for a specified line on the current VISM  
card.  
cnflntoneplan  
Assigns a tone plan to a specified VISM card line.  
cnflntonetimeout  
Modifies the timeout periods of all call progress tones supported by VISM on  
a specified VISM card line.  
dellntoneplan  
deltoneplan  
Deletes the tone plan configuration of a specified VISM card line.  
Deletes a previously added tone plan from the current VISM card.  
dsplnringback  
Displays the ringback tone method for a specified line on the current VISM  
card.  
dsplntoneplan  
Displays the tone plan configuration of a specified VISM card line.  
dsptonebuiltinplans Displays all preconfigured (built-in) tone plans on the current VISM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-377  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsplntonetimeout  
Command  
Description  
dsptoneplan  
Displays the tone configuration of a specified tone plan—either a  
preconfigured (built-in) or user-added tone plan.  
dsptoneplans  
Displays the tone configuration of all tone plans—either preconfigured  
(built-in) or user-added tone plans.  
dsptoneprovplans  
Displays all user-added (provisional) tone plans.  
dsptoneregionplans Displays a list of all tone plans for the countries and regions whose name  
partially or completely matches the name you supply.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-378  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsploops  
dsploops  
To display all lines and DS0s that are in the loopback condition, use the dsploops command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dsploops  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the lines and DS0s that are currently in the loopback condition are  
displayed:  
dsploops  
Line Loopbacks on this card  
---------------------------  
Line 1: Local Loopback  
ds0 loopbacks on this card  
--------------------------  
Endpoint 1 Loopback Enabled  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addconloop  
addendptloop  
Configures a cellbus connection to local loopback condition on a current card.  
Places an endpoint in a loopback condition in the TDM direction.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-379  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspmaxmgcs  
dspmaxmgcs  
To display the maximum number of Media Gateway Controllers (MGCs) that can be configured on the  
current card, use the dspmaxmgcs command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
operating modes.  
dspmaxmgcs  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the maximum number of MGCs that can be configured on the current  
card is displayed:  
dspmaxmgcs  
Maximum number of MGCs: 8  
Related Commands  
There are no related commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-380  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspmgc  
dspmgc  
To display the configuration data of a specified Media Gateway Control (MGC), use the dspmgc  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
dspmgc mgc-num  
Syntax Description  
mgc-num  
A number by which the call agent is identified, as displayed by the dspmgcs  
command, in the range from 1 to 8.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the configuration data for the MGC identified by the MGC number 1  
is displayed:  
dspmgc 1  
mgcNumber  
: 1  
mgcName  
: mgc1  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
Deletes a call agent from a VISM card.  
delmgc  
dspmaxmgcs Displays the maximum number of MGCs that can be configured on the current card.  
dspmgcs Displays the configuration data of all configured call agents.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-381  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspmgcgrpparams  
dspmgcgrpparams  
To display all configured Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP)—call agent—redundancy group  
parameters, use the dspmgcgrpparams command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2  
PVC operating modes.  
dspmgcgrpparams  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that all configured call agent redundancy group parameters are displayed:  
dspmgcgrpparams  
Mgc Grp Num Com State State Chg Notification Priority  
----------- --------- ---------------------- --------  
1
CommLoss  
Enabled  
1
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addmgcgrpentry  
Configures call agents as part of an MGC redundancy group and assigns a  
priority value for a call agent.  
addmgcgrpprotocol  
cnfmgcgrpparam  
Associates a call agent redundancy group to a gateway control protocol.  
Modifies a call agent redundancy group state change notification policy  
and priority level.  
cnfmgcgrpentry  
cnfsrcppeer  
Modifies the call agent priority level of a call agent within a call agent  
redundancy group.  
Configures the SRCP parameters when SRCP is the selected protocol for  
communication between the VISM card and call agent.  
cnfsrcppeergrpparam  
Modifies the SRCP heartbeat interval and maximum UDP size for a  
specified call agent redundancy group.  
delmgcgrpentry  
delmgcgrpprotocol  
dspmgcgrpprotocols  
dspmgcgrps  
Deletes a call agent from a call agent redundancy group.  
Deletes an MGCP from a specified call agent redundancy group.  
Displays all configured call agent redundancy group protocols.  
Displays all configured call agent redundancy groups.  
dspsrcppeergrpparams Displays the SRCP parameters for all call agent redundancy groups that  
have SRCP added.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-382  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspmgcgrpprotocols  
dspmgcgrpprotocols  
To display all configured Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP)—call agent—redundancy group  
protocols, use the dspmgcgrpprotocols command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2  
PVC operating modes.  
dspmgcgrpprotocols  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that all configured call agent redundancy group protocols are displayed:  
dspmgcgrpprotocols  
MgcGrp  
Num  
Prot  
Num  
Qrntn  
Persist  
Qrntn  
Def  
Sign  
OnOff  
Prov  
Resp  
RspAck  
Attr  
Disc  
Proc  
Cancel  
Graceful  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
1
1
MGCP 0.1  
MGCP 1.0  
Qrtn  
Qrtn  
StepDiscard DelEvtNotPrsnt NotSend NotSend  
Disable NotSend  
Enable Send  
StepProcess DelNegEvt  
Send  
Send  
Related Commands  
Command  
addmgcgrpentry  
Description  
Configures call agents as part of an MGC redundancy group and assigns a  
priority value for a call agent.  
addmgcgrpprotocol  
cnfmgcgrpparam  
Associates a call agent redundancy group to a gateway control protocol.  
Modifies a call agent redundancy group state change notification policy  
and priority level.  
cnfmgcgrpentry  
cnfsrcppeer  
Modifies the call agent priority level of a call agent within a call agent  
redundancy group.  
Configures the SRCP parameters when SRCP is the selected protocol for  
communication between the VISM card and call agent.  
cnfsrcppeergrpparam  
Modifies the SRCP heartbeat interval and maximum UDP size for a  
specified call agent redundancy group.  
delmgcgrpentry  
delmgcgrpprotocol  
dspmgcgrpparams  
dspmgcgrps  
Deletes a call agent from a call agent redundancy group.  
Deletes an MGCP from a specified call agent redundancy group.  
Displays all configured call agent redundancy group parameters.  
Displays all configured call agent redundancy groups.  
dspsrcppeergrpparams Displays the SRCP parameters for all call agent redundancy groups that  
have SRCP added.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-383  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspmgcgrps  
dspmgcgrps  
To display all configured Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP)—call agent—redundancy groups,  
use the dspmgcgrps command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating  
modes.  
dspmgcgrps  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that all configured call agent redundancy groups are displayed:  
dspmgcgrps  
mgcRedgrpNum mgcNum Preferencee State  
------------ ------ ----------- -----  
1
1
1
2
1
2
Inactive  
Inactive  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addmgcgrpentry  
Configures call agents as part of an MGC redundancy group and assigns a  
priority value for a call agent.  
addmgcgrpprotocol  
cnfmgcgrpparam  
Associates a call agent redundancy group to a gateway control protocol.  
Modifies a call agent redundancy group state change notification policy  
and priority level.  
cnfmgcgrpentry  
cnfsrcppeer  
Modifies the call agent priority level of a call agent within a call agent  
redundancy group.  
Configures the SRCP parameters when SRCP is the selected protocol for  
communication between the VISM card and call agent.  
cnfsrcppeergrpparam  
Modifies the SRCP heartbeat interval and maximum UDP size for a  
specified call agent redundancy group.  
delmgcgrpentry  
Deletes a call agent from a call agent redundancy group.  
delmgcgrpprotocol  
dspmgcgrpparams  
dspmgcgrpprotocols  
Deletes an MGCP from a specified call agent redundancy group.  
Displays all configured call agent redundancy group parameters.  
Displays all configured call agent redundancy group protocols.  
dspsrcppeergrpparams Displays the SRCP parameters for all call agent redundancy groups that  
have SRCP added.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-384  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspmgcs  
dspmgcs  
To display configuration data about all configured call agents—Media Gateway Control (MGC)  
protocols—use the dspmgcs command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
operating modes.  
dspmgcs  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the configuration data about the currently configured call agents is  
displayed:  
dspmgcs  
mgcNumber  
--------  
1
mgcName  
--------  
mgc1  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
Deletes a call agent from a VISM card.  
delmgc  
dspmaxmgcs Displays the maximum number of MGCs that can be configured on the current card.  
dspmgc  
Displays the configuration data of a specified configured call agent.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-385  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspmgprotocols  
dspmgprotocols  
To display data of all call agent—Media Gateway Control (MGC)—protocols available to VISM, use the  
dspmgprotocols command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
dspmgprotocols  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the call agent protocols available to VISM are displayed:  
dspmgprotocols  
Number  
------  
mgProcotol  
----------  
MGCP 0.1  
SGCP 1.1+  
SRCP 1.0.2  
SRCP 1.5  
1
2
3
4
5
MGCP 1.0  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
delmgcgrpprotocol  
Deletes an MGCP from a specified call agent redundancy group.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-386  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspmidcalltimers  
dspmidcalltimers  
To display the configured partial and critical timer values for midcall dual tone multifrequency (DTMF)  
digit reporting, use the dspmidcalltimers command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2  
PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspmidcalltimers  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the configured partial and critical timers for midcall DTMF digit  
reporting are displayed:  
dspmidcalltimers  
LineNum DTMF Partial Timer DTMF Critical Timer  
------- ------------------ -------------------  
1
2
16  
20  
4
4
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfmidcalltimers Configures the midcall DTMF feature partial and critical timers for a specified  
VISM card line.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-387  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspmngcidcnt  
dspmngcidcnt  
To display the managed channel identifier (CID) count for a specified endpoint, use the dspmngcidcnt  
command in the switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspmngcidcnt endpt-num  
Syntax Description  
endpt-num  
The endpoint number for which you want to display the managed CID count. It can  
be a value from one of the following ranges:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, from 1 to 144  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
Switched AAL2 PVC and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the managed CID counts for endpoint number 1 are displayed:  
dspmngcidcnt 1  
EndptNum:  
Lcn:  
1
35  
Cid:  
10  
SentPkts:  
RcvdPkts:  
15277688  
0
SentOctets: 654128294  
RcvdOctets: 0  
LostPkts:  
Jitter:  
Latency:  
0
0
0
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-388  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspmngcidcnt  
Related Commands  
There are no related commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-389  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspmonecanendpt  
dspmonecanendpt  
To monitor the echo cancellation (ECAN) activity for a specified endpoint, use the dspmonecanendpt  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspmonecanendpt endpt-num  
Syntax Description  
endpt-num  
Endpoint number. It can be a value from one of the following ranges:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, from 1 to 144  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the ECAN additivity for endpoint number 190 is monitored:  
dspmonecanendpt 190  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfendptcadence  
Configures cadence (digit tone) times for an endpoint.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-390  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspmusicthreshold  
dspmusicthreshold  
To display the music on-hold threshold values for the current VISM card, use the dspmusicthreshold  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspmusicthreshold  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the current VISM card music on-hold threshold values are displayed:  
dspmusicthreshold  
LineNo/Ds0No Musicthreshold  
------------ --------------  
1/1  
1/2  
.
-38  
-50  
.
.
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfds0musicthreshold  
cnflnmusicthreshold  
cnfmusicthreshold  
Configures the music on-hold threshold for a specified DS0.  
Configures the music on-hold threshold for all DS0s on a specified line.  
Configures the music on-hold threshold value for the current VISM card.  
dspds0musicthreshold Displays the music on-hold threshold value for a specified DS0.  
dsplnmusicthreshold  
Displays the music on-hold threshold values for the DS0s on a specified  
line.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-391  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspnwcot  
dspnwcot  
To display the status—enabled or disabled—of the gateway-initiated network continuity test  
configuration for VISM, use the dspnwcot command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched  
AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
dspnwcot  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that VISM is configured for a gateway-initiated network continuity test:  
dspnwcot  
GW Initiated Network COT: On  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfco4timer  
cnfnwcot  
Configures the bearer continuity test CO4 timer value.  
Configures VISM for a gateway-initiated network continuity test.  
Displays the bearer continuity test CO4 timer value.  
dspco4timer  
dspvismparam Displays the current VISM card configuration.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-392  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspport  
dspport  
To display configuration data about the virtual port that you created with the addport command, use the  
dspport command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating  
modes.  
dspport  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the configuration data about the virtual port created with the addport  
command is displayed:  
dspport  
vismPortNum:  
1
vismPortRowStatus:  
vismPortSpeed:  
vismPortState:  
add  
50000  
active  
Related Commands  
Command  
addport  
delport  
Description  
Adds a virtual port between a VISM and PXM cards.  
Deletes a virtual port between a VISM and PXM cards.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-393  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspprofparams  
dspprofparams  
To display the profile elements and the preference for all profiles, use the dspprofparams command in  
the switched AAL2 PVC and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspprofparams  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
Switched AAL2 PVC and AAL2 trunking  
When you execute this command, the display includes the default voice and voiceband data profile  
element which correspond to each supported profile.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the profile elements and preferences for all profiles are displayed:  
dspprofparams  
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -  
Profile Type  
Profile Number  
: ITU  
: 1  
Profile Preference  
Voice Profile Codec  
: 4  
: G.711u  
Voice Profile Packetization-period(ms): five  
Voice Profile SID  
VBD Profile Codec  
: VAD on  
: G.711u  
VBD Profile Packetization-period (ms) : five  
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -  
Profile Type  
Profile Number  
: ITU  
: 2  
Profile Preference  
Voice Profile Codec  
: 3  
: G.711u  
Voice Profile Packetization-period(ms): five  
Voice Profile SID  
VBD Profile Codec  
: sidGenric  
: G.711u  
VBD Profile Packetization-period (ms) : five  
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -  
Profile Type  
: ITU  
Profile Number  
: 3  
Profile Preference  
Voice Profile Codec  
: 1  
: G.726-32K  
Voice Profile Packetization-period(ms): five  
Voice Profile SID  
VBD Profile Codec  
: sidGenric  
: G.711u  
VBD Profile Packetization-period (ms) : five  
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -  
Profile Type  
Profile Number  
: ITU  
: 7  
Profile Preference  
Voice Profile Codec  
: 2  
: G.729ab  
Voice Profile Packetization-period(ms): ten  
Voice Profile SID  
VBD Profile Codec  
: sid729  
: G.711u  
VBD Profile Packetization-period (ms) : five  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-394  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspprofparams  
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -  
Profile Type  
Profile Number  
: ITU  
: 8  
Profile Preference  
Voice Profile Codec  
: 5  
: G.729ab  
Voice Profile Packetization-period(ms): ten  
Voice Profile SID  
VBD Profile Codec  
: sid729  
: G.711u  
VBD Profile Packetization-period (ms) : five  
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -  
Profile Type  
: Custom  
Profile Number  
: 100  
Profile Preference  
Voice Profile Codec  
: 6  
: G.726-32K  
Voice Profile Packetization-period(ms): ten  
Voice Profile SID  
VBD Profile Codec  
: sidGenric  
: G.711u  
VBD Profile Packetization-period (ms) : five  
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -  
Profile Type  
: Custom  
Profile Number  
: 101  
Profile Preference  
Voice Profile Codec  
: 7  
: G.729ab  
Voice Profile Packetization-period(ms): ten  
Voice Profile SID  
VBD Profile Codec  
: sid729  
: G.711u  
VBD Profile Packetization-period (ms) : five  
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -  
Profile Type  
: Custom  
Profile Number  
: 110  
Profile Preference  
Voice Profile Codec  
: 8  
: G.729ab  
Voice Profile Packetization-period(ms): thirty  
Voice Profile SID  
VBD Profile Codec  
: sid729  
: G.711u  
VBD Profile Packetization-period (ms) : five  
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -  
Profile Type  
: Custom  
Profile Number  
: 200  
Profile Preference  
Voice Profile Codec  
: 9  
: clr chan  
Voice Profile Packetization-period(ms): five  
Voice Profile SID  
VBD Profile Codec  
: VAD off  
: clr chan  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfprofelemvbd  
cnfprofelemvoice  
cnfprofparams  
Configures the VBD profile element for a profile.  
Configures the voice profile element for a profile.  
Configures a profile preference.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-395  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsprscprtn  
dsprscprtn  
To display configuration data about the resource partition which you created with the addrscprtn  
command, use the dsprscprtn command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and  
AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dsprscprtn  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the configuration data of the resource partition created with the  
addrscprtn command is displayed:  
dsprscprtn  
vismResPartPortNum:  
vismResPartCtrlrNum:  
vismResPartRowStatus:  
vismResPartNumOfLcnAvail:  
vismResPartLcnLow:  
1
par  
add  
72  
32  
vismResPartLcnHigh:  
vismResPartIngrPctBW:  
vismResPartEgrPctBW:  
vismResPartCtrlrID:  
279  
100  
100  
2
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
Adds a resource partition for a virtual port.  
addrscprtn  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-396  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsprsvpif  
dsprsvpif  
To display the Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP) status of a specified connection, use the dsprsvpif  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking and VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC operating modes.  
dsprsvpif lcn  
Syntax Description  
lcn  
Logical channel number of the connection for which you want to display the  
RSVP status; in the range from 131 to 510.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking and VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the RSVP status of LCN 142 is displayed:  
dsprsvpif 142  
Interface:  
RSVP:  
142  
Enable  
Refresh Interval: 45 sec  
Refresh Multiple: 7  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfrsvp  
Configures RSVP for a specified connection.  
cnfrsvprefreshmiss  
Configures the number of times VISM waits for a missed RSVP minimum  
refresh message for a specified connection.  
dsprsvpreq  
Displays the data associated with a specified RSVP request.  
Displays all RSVP-known requests on the current VISM card.  
Displays all data associated with an RSVP bandwidth reservation.  
Displays all incoming RSVP-known reservations on the current VISM card.  
Displays all data associated with a specified RSVP path state.  
dsprsvpreqs  
dsprsvpresv  
dsprsvpresvs  
dsprsvpsender  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-397  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsprsvpreq  
dsprsvpreq  
To display the data associated with a specified Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP) request, use the  
dsprsvpreq command in the VoIP switching/trunking and VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
operating modes.  
dsprsvpreq ses-num request-num  
Syntax Description  
ses-num  
RSVP session number. It can be in the range from 1 to 65535.  
RSVP request number. It can be in the range from 1 to 65535.  
request-num  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking and VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the data associated with the request identified by RSVP session  
number 400 and RSVP request number 64521 is displayed:  
dsprsvpreq 400 64521  
rsvpSessionNumber  
: 400  
rsvpResvFwdNumber  
rsvpResvFwdType  
: 64521  
: IPv4  
rsvpResvFwdDestAddr  
rsvpResvFwdSenderAddr  
rsvpResvFwdDestAddrLength  
rsvpResvFwdSenderAddrLength  
rsvpResvFwdProtocol  
rsvpResvFwdDestPort  
rsvpResvFwdPort  
rsvpResvFwdHopAddr  
rsvpResvFwdInterface  
rsvpResvFwdService  
rsvpResvFwdTSpecRate  
rsvpResvFwdTSpecPeakRate  
rsvpResvFwdTSpecBurst  
rsvpResvFwdTSpecMinTU  
rsvpResvFwdTSpecMaxTU  
rsvpResvFwdRSpecRate  
rsvpResvFwdRSpecSlack  
rsvpResvFwdInterval  
rsvpResvFwdScope  
: 12.12.12.1  
: 11.11.11.1  
: 32  
: 32  
: IP  
: 49152  
: 49152  
: 12.12.12.2  
: 182  
: Guaranted  
: 96000 bps  
: 96000 bps  
: 120 bytes  
: 120  
: 120  
: 96000 bps  
: 0 usec  
: 30000 msec  
:
rsvpResvFwdShared  
: false  
: true  
: true  
: 5474  
: active  
rsvpResvFwdExplicit  
rsvpResvFwdRSVPHop  
rsvpResvFwdLastChange  
rsvpResvFwdStatus  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-398  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsprsvpreq  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfrsvp  
Configures RSVP for a specified connection.  
cnfrsvprefreshmiss  
Configures the number of times VISM waits for a missed RSVP minimum  
refresh message for a specified connection.  
dsprsvpif  
Displays the RSVP status of a specified connection.  
dsprsvpreqs  
dsprsvpresv  
dsprsvpresvs  
dsprsvpsender  
Displays all RSVP-known requests on the current VISM card.  
Displays all data associated with an RSVP bandwidth reservation.  
Displays all incoming RSVP-known reservations on the current VISM card.  
Displays all data associated with a specified RSVP path state.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-399  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsprsvpreqs  
dsprsvpreqs  
To display all Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP)-known requests on the current VISM card, use the  
dsprsvpreqs command in the VoIP switching/trunking and VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
operating modes.  
dsprsvpreqs  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking and VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
A request is a generated outgoing reservation message. Use the dsprsvpresvs command to display  
incoming or locally created reservations.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the RSVP-known request on the current VISM card is displayed:  
dsprsvpreqs  
Sess Resv From  
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
11.11.11.1 12.12.12.1 IP 49152 49152 30000 Guaranteed 96000  
To  
Prot  
DPort  
SPort  
Interval  
Serv  
BPS  
0
0
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
Configures RSVP for a specified connection.  
cnfrsvp  
cnfrsvprefreshmiss Configures the number of times VISM waits for a missed RSVP minimum  
refresh message for a specified connection.  
dsprsvpif  
Displays the RSVP status of a specified connection.  
dsprsvpreq  
Displays the data associated with a specified RSVP request.  
Displays all data associated with an RSVP bandwidth reservation.  
Displays all incoming RSVP-known reservations on the current VISM card.  
Displays all data associated with a specified RSVP path state.  
Displays all RSVP-known path states on the current VISM card.  
dsprsvpresv  
dsprsvpresvs  
dsprsvpsender  
dsprsvpsenders  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-400  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsprsvpresv  
dsprsvpresv  
To display all data associated with a Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP) bandwidth reservation, use  
the dsprsvpresv command in the VoIP switching/trunking and VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
operating modes.  
dsprsvpresv ses-num resv-num  
Syntax Description  
ses-num  
RSVP session number. It can be in the range from 1 to 65535.  
resv-num  
RSVP bandwidth reservation number. It can be in the range from 1 to 65535.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking and VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
An RSVP bandwidth reservation is uniquely identified by an RSVP session number and RSVP  
reservation number combination.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the data associated with RSVP session number 200 and RSVP  
bandwidth reservation number 3400 is displayed:  
dsprsvpresv 200 3400  
rsvpSessionNumber  
rsvpResvNumber  
: 200  
: 3400  
rsvpResvType  
: IPv4  
rsvpResvDestAddr  
rsvpResvSenderAddr  
rsvpResvDestAddrLength  
rsvpResvSenderAddrLength  
rsvpResvProtocol  
rsvpResvDestPort  
rsvpResvPort  
rsvpResvHopAddr  
rsvpResvInterface  
rsvpResvService  
rsvpResvTSpecRate  
rsvpResvTSpecPeakRate  
rsvpResvTSpecBurst  
rsvpResvTSpecMinTU  
rsvpResvTSpecMaxTU  
rsvpResvRSpecRate  
rsvpResvRSpecSlack  
rsvpResvInterval  
rsvpResvScope  
: 12.12.12.1  
: 11.11.11.1  
: 32  
: 32  
: IP  
: 49152  
: 49152  
: 12.12.12.1  
: 0  
: Guaranted  
: 96000 bps  
: 96000 bps  
: 120 bytes  
: 120  
: 120  
: 96000 bps  
: 0 usec  
: 30000 msec  
:
rsvpResvShared  
rsvpResvExplicit  
rsvpResvRSVPHop  
: false  
: true  
: true  
rsvpResvLastChange  
rsvpResvStatus  
: 269040  
: active  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-401  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsprsvpresv  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfrsvp  
Configures RSVP for a specified connection.  
cnfrsvprefreshmiss Configures the number of times VISM waits for a missed RSVP minimum  
refresh message for a specified connection.  
dsprsvpif  
Displays the RSVP status of a specified connection.  
dsprsvpreq  
dsprsvpreqs  
dsprsvpresvs  
dsprsvpsender  
Displays the data associated with a specified RSVP request.  
Displays all RSVP-known requests on the current VISM card.  
Displays all incoming RSVP-known reservations on the current VISM card.  
Displays all data associated with a specified RSVP path state.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-402  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsprsvpresvs  
dsprsvpresvs  
To display all incoming Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP)-known bandwidth reservations on the  
current VISM card, use the dsprsvpresvs command in the VoIP switching/trunking and VoIP and  
switched ATM AAL1 SVC operating modes.  
dsprsvpresvs  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking and VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
This command displays data for reservations that are incoming or created by application programming  
interface (API) calls. Use the dsprsvpreqs command to display data for outgoing  
reservations—requests.  
Examples  
The following example shows that all incoming RSVP-known bandwidth reservations are displayed:  
dsprsvpresvs  
Sess Resv From  
To  
Prot  
DPort  
SPort  
Interval  
Serv  
BPS  
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
0
0
0
0
11.11.11.1  
12.12.12.1  
12.12.12.1 IP  
11.11.11.1 IP  
49152  
49152  
49152  
49152  
30000  
30000  
Guaranteed 96000  
Guaranteed 96000  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
Configures RSVP for a specified connection.  
cnfrsvp  
cnfrsvprefreshmiss  
Configures the number of times VISM waits for a missed RSVP minimum  
refresh message for a specified connection.  
dsprsvpif  
Displays the RSVP status of a specified connection.  
dsprsvpreq  
dsprsvpreqs  
dsprsvpresv  
dsprsvpsender  
Displays the data associated with a specified RSVP request.  
Displays all RSVP-known requests on the current VISM card.  
Displays all data associated with an RSVP bandwidth reservation.  
Displays all data associated with a specified RSVP path state.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-403  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsprsvpsender  
dsprsvpsender  
To display all data associated with a specified Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP) path state, use the  
dsprsvpsender command in the VoIP switching/trunking and VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
operating modes.  
dsprsvpsender ses-num sender-num  
Syntax Description  
ses-num  
RSVP session number. It can be in the range from 1 to 65535.  
RSVP sender number. It can be in the range from 1 to 65535.  
sender-num  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking and VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
The session number and sender number combination uniquely identifies a path state.  
The following example shows that the data associated with the RSVP path state identified by RSVP  
session number 100 and RSVP sender number 23099 is displayed:  
dsprsvpsender 100 23099  
rsvpSessionNumber  
: 100  
rsvpSenderNumber  
rsvpSenderType  
: 23099  
: IPv4  
rsvpSenderDestAddr  
rsvpSenderAddr  
rsvpSenderDestAddrLength  
rsvpSenderAddrLength  
rsvpSenderProtocol  
: 12.12.12.1  
: 11.11.11.1  
: 32  
: 32  
: IP  
rsvpSenderDestPort  
rsvpSenderPort  
rsvpSenderHopAddr  
rsvpSenderInterface  
: 49152  
: 49152  
: 12.12.12.2  
: 182  
rsvpSenderTSpecRate  
: 96000 bps  
: 96000 bps  
: 120 bytes  
: 120  
: 120  
: 30000 msec  
: true  
rsvpSenderTSpecPeakRate  
rsvpSenderTSpecBurst  
rsvpSenderTSpecMinTU  
rsvpSenderTSpecMaxTU  
rsvpSenderInterval  
rsvpSenderRSVPHop  
rsvpSenderLastChange  
rsvpSenderAdspecBreak  
rsvpSenderAdspecHopCount  
rsvpSenderAdspecPathBw  
rsvpSenderAdspecMinLatency  
rsvpSenderAdspecMtu  
rsvpSenderAdspecGuaranteedSvc  
rsvpSenderAdspecGuaranteedBreak  
rsvpSenderAdspecGuaranteedCtot  
rsvpSenderAdspecGuaranteedDtot  
rsvpSenderAdspecGuaranteedCsum  
rsvpSenderAdspecGuaranteedDsum  
rsvpSenderAdspecGuaranteedHopCount  
: 4726  
: false  
: 3  
: -855437984 bps  
: 0 usec  
: 1500 bytes  
: ?  
: ?  
: 0 bytes  
: 0 usec  
: 0 bytes  
: 0 usec  
: 0  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-404  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsprsvpsender  
rsvpSenderAdspecGuaranteedPathBw  
: 0 bps  
rsvpSenderAdspecGuaranteedMinLatency : 0 usec  
rsvpSenderAdspecGuaranteedMtu  
rsvpSenderAdspecCtrlLoadSvc  
rsvpSenderAdspecCtrlLoadBreak  
rsvpSenderAdspecCtrlLoadHopCount  
rsvpSenderAdspecCtrlLoadPathBw  
rsvpSenderAdspecCtrlLoadMinLatency  
rsvpSenderAdspecCtrlLoadMtu  
rsvpSenderStatus  
: 0 bytes  
: 1  
: false  
: 0  
: 0 bps  
: 0 usec  
: 0 bytes  
: active  
: 253  
rsvpSenderTTL  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
Configures RSVP for a specified connection.  
cnfrsvp  
cnfrsvprefreshmiss  
Configures the number of times VISM waits for a missed RSVP minimum  
refresh message for a specified connection.  
dsprsvpif  
Displays the RSVP status of a specified connection.  
dsprsvpreq  
dsprsvpreqs  
dsprsvpresv  
dsprsvpresvs  
dsprsvpsenders  
Displays the data associated with a specified RSVP request.  
Displays all RSVP-known requests on the current VISM card.  
Displays all data associated with an RSVP bandwidth reservation.  
Displays all incoming RSVP-known reservations on the current VISM card.  
Displays all RSVP-known path states on the current VISM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-405  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsprsvpsenders  
dsprsvpsenders  
To display all Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP)-known path states on the current VISM card, use  
the dsprsvpsenders command in the VoIP switching/trunking and VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
operating modes.  
dsprsvpsenders  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking and VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that all RSVP-known path states on the current VISM card are displayed:  
dsprsvpsenders  
Session Sender From  
To  
Prot  
DPort  
SPort  
BPS  
------------------------------------------------------------------------  
0
1
1
0
11.11.11.1  
12.12.12.1  
12.12.12.1  
11.11.11.1  
IP  
IP  
49152  
49152  
49152  
49152  
96000  
96000  
Related Commands  
Command  
cnfrsvp  
Description  
Configures RSVP for a specified connection.  
cnfrsvprefreshmiss Configures the number of times VISM waits for a missed RSVP minimum  
refresh message for a specified connection.  
dsprsvpif  
Displays the RSVP status of a specified connection.  
dsprsvpreq  
dsprsvpreqs  
dsprsvpresv  
dsprsvpresvs  
dsprsvpsender  
Displays the data associated with a specified RSVP request.  
Displays all RSVP-known requests on the current VISM card.  
Displays all data associated with an RSVP bandwidth reservation.  
Displays all incoming RSVP-known reservations on the current VISM card.  
Displays all data associated with a specified RSVP path state.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-406  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsprtpcnt  
dsprtpcnt  
To display the bearer counters (statistics) for a specific Real-Time Transport Protocol (RTP) VoIP  
trunking connection, use the dsprtpcnt command in the VoIP switching/trunking and VoIP and switched  
ATM AAL1 SVC operating modes.  
dsprtpcnt conn-num  
Syntax Description  
conn-num  
Connection identification number. It can be in the range from 1 to 248.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking and VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the bearer counters (statistics) for the static RTP connection number  
132 are displayed:  
dsprtpcnt 132  
Connection Index :132  
Packets Sent  
:99604  
Packets Received :0  
Octets Sent  
:7966804  
Octets Received :0  
Packets Lost  
:0  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addlapdtrunk  
addrtpcon  
Adds an LAPD trunk to a specific VISM card line.  
Adds a static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
addrudptrunk  
clrrtpcnt  
Adds an ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session for an LAPD trunk connection.  
Clears the RTP counters (statistics) for a specific static RTP connection.  
cnflapdtrunkpvc  
Assigns the PVC trunk type that carries LAPD messages for the current VISM  
card.  
cnflntrunkcond  
Enables or disables line conditioning on a VISM card line if a network alarm  
is encountered.  
cnfrtpcon  
Modifies an existing static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
cnfrudptrunkrmtip Modifies the remote IP address of VISM used in the ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP  
trunk for a specified session.  
dellapdtrunk  
delrtpcon  
Deletes an LAPD configured line.  
Deletes a static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
Deletes an ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session that is associated with an LAPD.  
Displays data about an LAPD.  
delrudptrunk  
dsplapd  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-407  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsprtpcnt  
Command  
Description  
dsplapdtrunkpvc  
Displays the assigned PVC trunk type that carries LAPD trunk messages for  
the current VISM card.  
dsplapdtrunks  
dsprtpcon  
Displays the configuration data of all LAPD trunks.  
Displays the configuration data of a specific static RTP VoIP trunking  
connection.  
dsprtpconnstat  
dsprtpcons  
Displays the RTP connection statistics for a specified endpoint.  
Displays the configuration data of all static RTP VoIP trunking connections.  
dsprudptrunk  
Displays the configuration data of a specified ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP  
session.  
dsprudptrunks  
Displays the configuration data of all ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP sessions.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-408  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsprtpcon  
dsprtpcon  
To display the configuration data of a specified static Real-Time Transport Protocol (RTP) VoIP trunking  
connection, use the dsprtpcon command in the VoIP switching/trunking and VoIP and switched ATM  
AAL1 SVC operating modes.  
dsprtpcon conn-num  
Syntax Description  
conn-num  
Connection identification number. It can be in the range from 1 to 248.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking and VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the configuration data for the static RTP connection number 106 is  
displayed:  
dsprtpcon 106  
Connection Index  
Endpoint Number  
Local RTP Port  
Remote RTP Port  
Remote IP Address  
Codec Type  
:106  
:200  
:50000  
:49650  
:nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn  
:G.729a  
Packetization Period :20  
ECAN Status :Enable  
VAD  
:Enable  
VAD Timer  
:300 ms  
CAS Transport  
DTMF Transport  
ICS Enable  
:On  
:On  
:On  
Triple redundancy  
Bearer TOS  
:On  
:160  
Connection Mode  
Conn Alarm State  
:GW can send and recv packets  
:
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addlapdtrunk  
addrtpcon  
Adds an LAPD trunk to a specific VISM card line.  
Adds a static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
addrudptrunk  
clrrtpcnt  
Adds an ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session for an LAPD trunk connection.  
Clears the RTP counters (statistics) for a specific static RTP connection.  
cnflapdtrunkpvc  
Assigns the PVC trunk type that carries LAPD messages for the current VISM  
card.  
cnflntrunkcond  
Enables or disables line conditioning on a VISM card line if a network alarm  
is encountered.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-409  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsprtpcon  
Command  
Description  
Modifies an existing static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
cnfrtpcon  
cnfrudptrunkrmtip Modifies the remote IP address of VISM used in the ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP  
trunk for a specified session.  
dellapdtrunk  
delrudptrunk  
dsplapd  
Deletes an LAPD configured line.  
Deletes an ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session that is associated with an LAPD.  
Displays data about an LAPD.  
dsplapdtrunkpvc  
Displays the assigned PVC trunk type that carries LAPD trunk messages for  
the current VISM card.  
dsplapdtrunks  
dsprtpcnt  
Displays the configuration data of all LAPD trunks.  
Displays the bearer counters (statistics) for a specific RTP VoIP trunking  
connection.  
dsprtpconnstat  
dsprtpcons  
Displays the RTP connection statistics for a specified endpoint.  
Displays the configuration data of all static RTP VoIP trunking connections.  
dsprudptrunk  
Displays the configuration data of a specified ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP  
session.  
dsprudptrunks  
Displays the configuration data of all ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP sessions.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-410  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsprtpconnstat  
dsprtpconnstat  
To display the Real-Time Transport Protocol (RTP) connection statistics for a specified endpoint, use  
the dsprtpconnstat command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL1 SVC, switched AAL2  
SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, AAL2 trunking, VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC operating modes.  
dsprtpconnstat endpt-num  
Syntax Description  
endpt-num  
Endpoint number. It can be a value from one of the following ranges:  
For template number 1:  
For VISM, from 1 to 145  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 2:  
For VISM T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 3:  
For VISM, from 1 to 120  
For VISM-PR T1, from 1 to 192  
For VISM-PR E1, from 1 to 248  
For template number 4:  
For VISM-PR, from 1 to 144  
Command Modes  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL1 SVC, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, AAL2  
trunking, VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows the RTP connection statistics for endpoint 202:  
dsprtpconnstat 202  
No. of RTP Packets Sent =  
0
No. of RTP Packets Received = 0  
No. of Octets Sent =  
No. of Octets Received =  
No. of RTP Packets Lost =  
Interarrival Jitter =  
Latency =  
0
0
0
80  
0
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-411  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsprtpconnstat  
Related Commands  
Command  
addrtpcon  
clrrtpcnt  
cnfrtpcon  
delrtpcon  
dsprtpcnt  
Description  
Adds a static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
Clears the RTP counters (statistics) for a specific static RTP connection.  
Modifies an existing static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
Deletes a static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
Displays the bearer counters (statistics) for a specific RTP VoIP trunking  
connection.  
dsprtpcon  
Displays the configuration data of a specific static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
dsprtpconnstat Displays the RTP connection statistics for a specified endpoint.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-412  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsprtpcons  
dsprtpcons  
To display the configuration data of all static Real-Time Transport Protocol (RTP) VoIP trunking  
connections, use the dsprtpcons command in the VoIP switching/trunking and VoIP and switched ATM  
AAL1 SVC operating modes.  
dsprtpcons  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking and VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the configuration data for all static RTP connections are displayed:  
dsprtpcons  
Connection Endpoint Local Rtp Remote RTP Remote IP  
Index Number Port Port Address  
Codec Packetization  
Type Period  
Alarm  
State  
---------- -------- --------- ---------- --------------- ----- ------------- ----------  
1
2
1
2
49700  
49702  
49700  
49702  
209.165.200.224  
209.165.200.225  
G711u  
G.711u  
ten  
ten  
Active  
Active  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addlapdtrunk  
addrtpcon  
addrudptrunk  
clrrtpcnt  
Adds an LAPD trunk to a specific VISM card line.  
Adds a static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
Adds an ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session for an LAPD trunk connection.  
Clears the RTP counters (statistics) for a specific static RTP connection.  
cnflapdtrunkpvc  
cnflntrunkcond  
cnfrtpcon  
Assigns the PVC trunk type that carries LAPD messages for the current VISM  
card.  
Enables or disables line conditioning on a VISM card line if a network alarm  
is encountered.  
Modifies an existing static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
cnfrudptrunkrmtip Modifies the remote IP address of VISM used in the ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP  
trunk for a specified session.  
dellapdtrunk  
delrtpcon  
Deletes an LAPD configured line.  
Deletes a static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
Deletes an ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session that is associated with an LAPD.  
Displays data about an LAPD.  
delrudptrunk  
dsplapd  
dsplapdtrunkpvc  
Displays the assigned PVC trunk type that carries LAPD trunk messages for  
the current VISM card.  
dsplapdtrunks  
Displays the configuration data of all LAPD trunks.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-413  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsprtpcons  
Command  
Description  
dsprtpcnt  
Displays the bearer counters (statistics) for a specific RTP VoIP trunking  
connection.  
dsprtpcon  
Displays the configuration data of a specific static RTP VoIP trunking  
connection.  
dsprtpconnstat  
dsprudptrunk  
Displays the RTP connection statistics for a specified endpoint  
Displays the configuration data of a specified ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP  
session.  
dsprudptrunks  
Displays the configuration data of all ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP sessions.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-414  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsprudptrunk  
dsprudptrunk  
To display the configuration data of a specified ISDN PRI backhaul Reliable User Datagram Protocol  
(RUDP) session, use the dsprudptrunk command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
dsprudptrunk session-num  
Syntax Description  
session-num  
Identifying session number in the range from 1 to 64.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the configuration data of ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session number  
43 is displayed:  
dsprudptrunk 43  
Session Number  
:43  
Local Port  
:1124  
.
.
Trans State Timeout:2000  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addlapdtrunk  
addrtpcon  
Adds an LAPD trunk to a specific VISM card line.  
Adds a static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
addrudptrunk  
clrrtpcnt  
Adds an ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session for an LAPD trunk connection.  
Clears the RTP counters (statistics) for a specific static RTP connection.  
cnflapdtrunkpvc  
Assigns the PVC trunk type that carries LAPD messages for the current VISM  
card.  
cnflntrunkcond  
cnfrtpcon  
Enables or disables line conditioning on a VISM card line if a network alarm  
is encountered.  
Modifies an existing static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
cnfrudptrunkrmtip Modifies the remote IP address of VISM used in the ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP  
trunk for a specified session.  
dellapdtrunk  
delrtpcon  
Deletes an LAPD configured line.  
Deletes a static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
Deletes an ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session that is associated with an LAPD.  
Displays data about an LAPD.  
delrudptrunk  
dsplapd  
dsplapdtrunkpvc  
Displays the assigned PVC trunk type that carries LAPD trunk messages for  
the current VISM card.  
dsplapdtrunks  
Displays the configuration data of all LAPD trunks.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-415  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsprudptrunk  
Command  
Description  
dsprtpcnt  
Displays the bearer counters (statistics) for a specific RTP VoIP trunking  
connection.  
dsprtpcon  
Displays the configuration data of a specific static RTP VoIP trunking  
connection.  
dsprtpcons  
Displays the configuration data of all static RTP VoIP trunking connections.  
Displays the configuration data of all ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP sessions.  
dsprudptrunks  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-416  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsprudptrunks  
dsprudptrunks  
To display the configuration data of all ISDN PRI backhaul Reliable User Datagram Protocol (RUDP)  
sessions, use the dsprudptrunks command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
dsprudptrunks  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the configuration data of all ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP sessions are  
displayed:  
dsprudptrunks  
Session Number Local Port Local IP  
-------------- ---------- ---------------  
Remote IP  
--------------- ----------- -------------  
209.165.200.210 1159 Active  
Remote Port Session State  
43  
1124  
209.165.200.224  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addlapdtrunk  
addrtpcon  
Adds an LAPD trunk to a specific VISM card line.  
Adds a static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
addrudptrunk  
clrrtpcnt  
Adds an ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session for an LAPD trunk connection.  
Clears the RTP counters (statistics) for a specific static RTP connection.  
cnflapdtrunkpvc  
Assigns the PVC trunk type that carries LAPD messages for the current VISM  
card.  
cnflntrunkcond  
Enables or disables line conditioning on a VISM card line if a network alarm  
is encountered.  
cnfrtpcon  
Modifies an existing static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
cnfrudptrunkrmtip Modifies the remote IP address of VISM used in the ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP  
trunk for a specified session.  
dellapdtrunk  
delrtpcon  
Deletes an LAPD configured line.  
Deletes a static RTP VoIP trunking connection.  
Deletes an ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP session that is associated with an LAPD.  
Displays data about an LAPD.  
delrudptrunk  
dsplapd  
dsplapdtrunkpvc  
Displays the assigned PVC trunk type that carries LAPD trunk messages for  
the current VISM card.  
dsplapdtrunks  
Displays the configuration data of all LAPD trunks.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-417  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsprudptrunks  
Command  
Description  
dsprtpcnt  
Displays the bearer counters (statistics) for a specific RTP VoIP trunking  
connection.  
dsprtpcon  
Displays the configuration data of a specific static RTP VoIP trunking  
connection.  
dsprtpcons  
Displays the configuration data of all static RTP VoIP trunking connections.  
dsprudptrunk  
Displays the configuration data of a specified ISDN PRI backhaul RUDP  
session.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-418  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspsarcnt  
dspsarcnt  
To display the segmentation and reassembly (SAR) counter values for a specified channel, use the  
dspsarcnt command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
operating modes.  
dspsarcnt lcn  
Syntax Description  
lcn  
Logical channel number of the connection for which you want to display SAR  
counter values; in the range from 131 to 510.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the SAR counter values for logical channel number 132 are displayed:  
dspsarcnt 132  
SarShelfNum:  
SarSlotNum:  
SarChanNum:  
1
17  
132  
Tx  
Rx  
---------------  
---------------  
Total Cells:  
69486  
60243  
Total CellsCLP:  
Total CellsAIS:  
Total CellsFERF:  
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total CellsEnd2EndLpBk: 0  
Total CellsSegmentLpBk: 0  
RcvCellsDiscOAM:  
0
0
2151467320  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
Displays the SAR counter values for a VISM card.  
dspsarcnts  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-419  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspsarcnts  
dspsarcnts  
To display the segmentation and reassembly (SAR) counter values for a VISM card, use the dspsarcnts  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspsarcnts  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the SAR counter values for the current VISM card are displayed:  
dspsarcnts  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspsarcnt  
Displays the SAR counter values for a specified channel.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-420  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspsarmsgcnt  
dspsarmsgcnt  
To display the segmentation and reassembly (SAR) control message counter values for a VISM card, use  
the dspsarmsgcnt command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
operating modes.  
dspsarmsgcnt  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the SAR control message counter values for the current VISM card  
are displayed:  
dspsarmsgcnt  
RiscXmtCtrlMsg:  
RiscRcvCtrlMsg:  
SARXmtCtrlMsg:  
SARRcvCtrlMsg:  
SARCtrlMsgDiscLenErr:  
SARCtrlMsgDiscCRCErr:  
83606  
83606  
83445  
83606  
0
0
SARCtrlMsgDiscUnknownChan: 0  
SARCtrlMsgLastUnknownChan: 0  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
clrsarmsgcnt  
Clears the control message counters from a VISM card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-421  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspses  
dspses  
To display the configuration data of a Primary Rate Interface (PRI) backhaul session, use the dspses  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating mode.  
dspses session-num  
Syntax Description  
session-num  
Identifying session number in the range from 1 to 64.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the configuration data of PRI backhaul session number 1 is displayed:  
dspses 1  
vismRudpSessionNum:  
1
vismRudpSessionGrpNum:  
1
vismRudpSessionPriority:  
vismRudpSessionState:  
1
Oos  
vismRudpSessionCurrSession:  
vismRudpSessionLocalIp:  
vismRudpSessionLocalPort:  
vismRudpSessionRmtIp:  
0
xxx.xx.xx.xxx  
1124  
xxx.xx.xx.xx  
vismRudpSessionRmtPort:  
vismRudpSessionMaxWindow:  
vismRudpSessionSyncAttempts:  
vismRudpSessionMaxSegSize:  
vismRudpSessionMaxAutoReset:  
vismRudpSessionRetransTmout:  
vismRudpSessionMaxRetrans:  
vismRudpSessionMaxCumAck:  
vismRudpSessionAckTmout:  
vismRudpSessionMaxOutOfSeq:  
vismRudpSessionNullSegTmout:  
1124  
32  
5
384  
5
600  
3
3
300  
4
2000  
vismRudpSessionTransStateTmout: 2000  
Related Commands  
Command  
addses  
delses  
Description  
Adds a PRI backhaul session between a VISM card and a call agent.  
Deletes a PRI backhaul session.  
dspsess  
Displays the configuration data of all PRI backhaul sessions.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-422  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspsesgrp  
dspsesgrp  
To display configuration data of a Primary Rate Interface (PRI) backhaul session group, use the  
dspsesgrp command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
dspsesgrp group-num  
Syntax Description  
group-num  
Identifying session group number for which you want to display the PRI backhaul  
configuration data. It can be in the range from 1 to 16.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the PRI backhaul configuration data for session group number 2 is  
displayed:  
dspsesgrp 2  
vismSessionGrpNum:  
2
1
?
0
vismSessionGrpSetNum:  
vismSessionGrpState:  
vismSessionGrpCurrSession:  
vismSessionGrpTotalSessions: 0  
vismSessionGrpMgcName:  
abc  
vismSessionGrpSwitchFails:  
0
vismSessionGrpSwitchSucesses: 0  
Related Commands  
Command  
addsesgrp  
delsesgrp  
dspsesgrps  
Description  
Adds a PRI backhaul session group between a VISM card and a call agent.  
Deletes a PRI backhaul session group.  
Displays data about all PRI backhaul session groups.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-423  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspsesgrps  
dspsesgrps  
To display configuration data about all Primary Rate Interface (PRI) backhaul session groups, use the  
dspsesgrps command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
dspsesgrps  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the configuration data of the current PRI backhaul session groups is  
displayed:  
dspsesgrps  
GrpNum SetNum State ActiveSes TotalSes  
Mgc  
SwitchFail SwitchSuccess  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------  
2
3
1
1
?
?
0
0
0
0
abc  
svc  
0
0
0
0
Related Commands  
Command  
addsesgrp  
delsesgrp  
dspsesgrp  
Description  
Adds a PRI backhaul session group between a VISM card and a call agent.  
Deletes a PRI backhaul session group.  
Displays configuration data of a PRI backhaul session group.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-424  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspsess  
dspsess  
To display configuration data about all Primary Rate Interface (PRI) backhaul sessions, use the dspsess  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
dspsess  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the current PRI backhaul sessions are displayed:  
dspsess  
Related Commands  
Command  
addses  
delses  
Description  
Adds a PRI backhaul session between a VISM card and a call agent.  
Deletes a PRI backhaul session.  
dspses  
Displays the configuration data of a PRI backhaul session.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-425  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspsesset  
dspsesset  
To display configuration data about a specified Primary Rate Interface (PRI) backhaul session set, use  
the dspsesset command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
dspsesset set-num  
Syntax Description  
set-num  
In the range from 1 to 16.  
Note Currently, only session set number 1 is supported.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the configuration data for PRI backhaul session number 1 is  
displayed:  
dspsesset 1  
vismSessionSetNum:  
1
vismSessionSetState:  
vismSessionSetTotalGrps:  
vismSessionSetActiveGrp:  
Idle  
2
0
vismSessionSetFaultTolerant: FT  
vismSessionSetSwitchFails:  
vismSessionSetSwitchSucesses: 0  
0
Related Commands  
Command  
addsesset  
delsesset  
Description  
Adds a PRI backhaul session set between a VISM card and a call agent.  
Deletes a PRI backhaul session set.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-426  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspsesstat  
dspsesstat  
To display configuration data about Primary Rate Interface (PRI) backhaul session statistics (counters),  
use the dspsesstat command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
dspsesstat session-num  
Syntax Description  
session-num  
Session number for which you want to display PRI backhaul session statistics. It can  
be in the range from 1 to 64.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the statistics (counters) for the PRI backhaul session set number 1 are  
displayed:  
dspsesstat 1  
vismRudpSessionStatNum:  
vismRudpSessionAutoResets:  
1
0
vismRudpSessionRcvdAutoResets: 0  
vismRudpSessionRcvdInSeqs:  
vismRudpSessionRcvdOutSeqs:  
vismRudpSessionSentPackets:  
vismRudpSessionRcvdPackets:  
vismRudpSessionSentBytes:  
vismRudpSessionRcvdBytes:  
vismRudpSessionDataSentPkts:  
vismRudpSessionDataRcvdPkts:  
vismRudpSessionDiscardPkts:  
vismRudpSessionRetransPkts:  
0
0
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Related Commands  
Command  
addsesset  
delsesset  
Description  
Adds a PRI backhaul session set between a VISM card and a call agent.  
Deletes a PRI backhaul session set.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-427  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspslipcnt  
dspslipcnt  
To display the current clock slip counters for a specified VISM card line, use the dspslipcnt command  
in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL1 SVC, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC,  
AAL2 trunking, VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC trunking operating modes.  
dspslipcnt line-num  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
line-num  
Line number of the DS1 line for which you want to display the current clock slip  
counters. It can be in the range from 1 to 8.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL1 SVC, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, AAL2  
trunking, VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the current clock slip counters for line 3 of the current VISM card are  
displayed:  
dspslipcnt 3  
Line 3 Slip Counters:  
Uncontrolled Slip:  
Frame Slip:  
Tx Slip  
0
0
Rx Slip  
0
2
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
Clears current clock slip counters for a specified VISM card line.  
clrslipcnt  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-428  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspsrcpcnt  
dspsrcpcnt  
To display the Simple Resource Control Protocol (SRCP) message counters (statistics) for a specified  
call agent, use the dspsrcpcnt command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
dspsrcpcnt ca-ip-address  
Syntax Description  
ca-ip-address  
IP address of the call agent for which you want to display SRCP statistics. It can  
be in dotted decimal format (nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn).  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the SRCP message counters (statistics) of IP address 209.165.200.224  
are displayed:  
dspsrcpcnt 209.165.200.224  
Ip  
Name  
Discarded Augw/Fail Auln/Fail Ntfy/Fail Rqnt/Fail  
--------- -------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------  
2.2.2.2  
mgc1  
0
0/0  
0/0  
0/0  
0/0  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspsrcpcnts  
dspsrcppeer  
dspsrcppeers  
dspsrcpport  
dspsrcpretry  
Displays SRCP message counters (statistics) for all known call agents.  
Displays the peer configuration data for a specified SRCP peer (call agent).  
Displays the peer configuration data for all known SRCP peers (call agents).  
Displays the local UDP port number used by the SRCP on VISM.  
Displays the card level SRCP retransmission parameters—maximum number  
of retransmission attempts, minimum timeout, and maximum timeout.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-429  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspsrcpcnts  
dspsrcpcnts  
To display the Simple Resource Control Protocol (SRCP) message counters (statistics) for all known call  
agents, use the dspsrcpcnts command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
dspsrcpcnts  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the SRCP message counters (statistics) for all known call agents are  
displayed:  
dspsrcpcnts  
Ip  
Name  
Discarded Augw/Fail Auln/Fail Ntfy/Fail Rqnt/Fail  
------- -------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------  
2.2.2.2  
mgc1  
0
0/0  
0/0  
0/0  
0/0  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspsrcpcnt  
Displays the SRCP message counters (statistics) for a specified call agent.  
Displays the peer configuration data for a specified SRCP peer (call agent).  
Displays the peer configuration data for all known SRCP peers (call agents).  
Displays the local UDP port number used by the SRCP on VISM.  
dspsrcppeer  
dspsrcppeers  
dspsrcpport  
dspsrcpretry  
Displays the card level SRCP retransmission parameters—maximum number of  
retransmission attempts, minimum timeout, and maximum timeout.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-430  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspsrcppeer  
dspsrcppeer  
To display the peer configuration data for a specified Simple Resource Control Protocol (SRCP) peer  
(call agent), use the dspsrcppeer command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
dspsrcppeer peer-num  
Syntax Description  
peer-num  
Peer (call agent) identification number. It can be a value from 1 to 8.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the peer configuration data for the call agent identified by peer  
number 4 is displayed:  
dspsrcppeer 4  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspsrcpcnt  
dspsrcpcnts  
dspsrcppeers  
dspsrcpport  
dspsrcpretry  
Displays the SRCP message counters (statistics) for a specified call agent.  
Displays SRCP message counters (statistics) for all known call agents.  
Displays the peer configuration data for all known SRCP peers (call agents).  
Displays the local UDP port number used by the SRCP on VISM.  
Displays the card level SRCP retransmission parameters—maximum number  
of retransmission attempts, minimum timeout, and maximum timeout.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-431  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspsrcppeergrpparams  
dspsrcppeergrpparams  
To display the Simple Resource Control Protocol (SRCP) parameters for all call agent redundancy  
groups that have SRCP added, use the dspsrcppeergrpparams command in the VoIP switching/trunking  
and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
dspsrcppeergrpparams  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the SRCP parameters for all call agent redundancy groups that have  
SRCP added are displayed:  
dspsrcppeergrpparams  
Mgc Grp Num HeartbeatIntv TimeSinceHeartbeat MaxPdu  
----------- ------------- ------------------- ------  
1
120  
0
4096  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addmgcgrpentry  
Configures call agents as part of an MGC redundancy group and assigns a  
priority value for a call agent.  
addmgcgrpprotocol  
cnfmgcgrpentry  
Associates a call agent redundancy group to a gateway control protocol.  
Modifies the call agent priority level of a call agent within a call agent  
redundancy group.  
cnfmgcgrpparam  
cnfsrcppeer  
Modifies a call agent redundancy group state change notification policy  
and priority level.  
Configures the SRCP parameters when SRCP is the selected protocol for  
communication between the VISM card and call agent.  
cnfsrcppeergrpparam  
Modifies the SRCP heartbeat interval and maximum UDP size for a  
specified call agent redundancy group.  
delmgcgrpentry  
delmgcgrpprotocol  
dspmgcgrpparams  
dspmgcgrpprotocols  
dspmgcgrps  
Deletes a call agent from a call agent redundancy group.  
Deletes an MGCP from a specified call agent redundancy group.  
Displays all configured call agent redundancy group parameters.  
Displays all configured call agent redundancy group protocols.  
Displays all configured call agent redundancy groups.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-432  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspsrcppeers  
dspsrcppeers  
To display the peer configuration data for all known Simple Resource Control Protocol (SRCP) peers  
(call agents), use the dspsrcppeers command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
dspsrcppeers  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the configuration data for all known SRCP peers (call agents) are  
displayed:  
dspsrcppeers  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspsrcpcnt  
dspsrcpcnts  
dspsrcppeer  
dspsrcpport  
dspsrcpretry  
Displays the SRCP message counters (statistics) for a specified call agent.  
Displays SRCP message counters (statistics) for all known call agents.  
Displays the peer configuration data for a specified SRCP peer (call agent).  
Displays the local UDP port number used by the SRCP on VISM.  
Displays the card level SRCP retransmission parameters—maximum number  
of retransmission attempts, minimum timeout, and maximum timeout.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-433  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspsrcpport  
dspsrcpport  
To display the local User Datagram Protocol (UDP) port number used by the Simple Resource Control  
Protocol (SRCP) on VISM, use the dspsrcpport command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating  
mode.  
dspsrcpport  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the local UDP port number used by the SRCP is displayed:  
dspsrcpport  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspsrcpcnt  
dspsrcpcnts  
dspsrcppeer  
dspsrcppeers  
dspsrcpretry  
Displays the SRCP message counters (statistics) for a specified call agent.  
Displays SRCP message counters (statistics) for all known call agents.  
Displays the peer configuration data for a specified SRCP peer (call agent).  
Displays the peer configuration data for all known SRCP peers (call agents).  
Displays the card level SRCP retransmission parameters—maximum number  
of retransmission attempts, minimum timeout, and maximum timeout.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-434  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspsrcpretry  
dspsrcpretry  
To display the VISM card level Simple Resource Control Protocol (SRCP) retransmission  
parameters—maximum number of retransmission attempts, minimum timeout, and maximum  
timeout—use the dspsrcpretry command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
operating modes.  
dspsrcpretry  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the VISM card level SRCP retransmission parameters are displayed:  
dspsrcpretry  
Min Request Timeout :  
Retry Count  
Max Request Timeout :  
500  
3
500  
:
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspsrcpcnt  
dspsrcpcnts  
dspsrcppeer  
dspsrcppeers  
dspsrcpport  
Displays the SRCP message counters (statistics) for a specified call agent.  
Displays SRCP message counters (statistics) for all known call agents.  
Displays the peer configuration data for a specified SRCP peer (call agent).  
Displays the peer configuration data for all known SRCP peers (call agents).  
Displays the local UDP port number used by the SRCP on VISM.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-435  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspt38fxlco  
dspt38fxlco  
To display the fax handling instructions configured for a specified line, use the dspt38fxlco command  
in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspt38fxlco line-num  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number of the DS1 line for which you want to display T.38 fax handling  
instructions. It can be in the range from 1 to 8.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the fax handling instructions configured for line 3 are displayed:  
dspt38fxlco 3  
line_number: 3  
FX_LCO: Gateway controlled preferred then pass-through  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfcodectmpl  
cnft38fxlco  
Assigns a codec template to an entire VISM card.  
Configures the fax handling instructions for a specified line.  
cnft38nsetimeout  
Configures a specified line with a length of time in which to wait for a remote  
acknowledgment of the offer to switch to fax transfer mode.  
cnft38params  
dspcodectmpls  
dspt38fxlcos  
Configures the T.38 fax transfer parameters for a specified line.  
Displays all entries in the codec template table.  
Displays the fax handling instructions for all lines on the current VISM card.  
dspt38nsetimeout  
Displays a specified configured line with a length of time in which to wait for  
a remote acknowledgment of the offer to switch to fax transfer mode.  
dspt38nsetimeouts Displays all configured lines with a length of time in which to wait for a remote  
acknowledgment of the offer to switch to fax transfer mode.  
dspt38params  
Displays the T.38 fax transfer parameters for a specified line.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-436  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspt38fxlcos  
dspt38fxlcos  
To display the fax handling instructions for all lines on the current VISM card, use the dspt38fxlcos  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspt38fxlcos  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the fax handling instructions for all lines on the current VISM card  
are displayed:  
dspt38fxlcos  
Line_Number Fx LCO  
----------- ------  
1
2
.
.
.
8
Gateway controlled preferred then pass-through  
Gateway controlled preferred then pass-through  
Gateway controlled preferred then pass-through  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfcodectmpl  
cnft38fxlco  
Assigns a codec template to an entire VISM card.  
Configures the fax handling instructions for a specified line.  
cnft38nsetimeout  
Configures a specified line with a length of time in which to wait for a remote  
acknowledgment of the offer to switch to fax transfer mode.  
cnft38params  
dspcodectmpls  
dspt38fxlco  
Configures the T.38 fax transfer parameters for a specified line.  
Displays all entries in the codec template table.  
Displays the fax handling instructions configured for a specified line.  
dspt38nsetimeout  
Displays a specified configured line with a length of time in which to wait for  
a remote acknowledgment of the offer to switch to fax transfer mode.  
dspt38nsetimeouts Displays all configured lines with a length of time in which to wait for a remote  
acknowledgment of the offer to switch to fax transfer mode.  
dspt38params  
Displays the T.38 fax transfer parameters for a specified line.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-437  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspt38nsetimeout  
dspt38nsetimeout  
To display a specified configured line with a length of time in which to wait for a remote  
acknowledgment of the offer to switch to fax transfer mode, use the dspt38nsetimeout command in the  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspt38nsetimeout line-num  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number of the channel, in the range from 1 to 8.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the length of time in which to wait for a remote acknowledgment of  
the offer to switch to fax transfer mode configured for line 5 is displayed:  
dspt38nsetimeout 5  
line_number: 5  
FX_Nse_Timer: 1000 ms  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfcodectmpl  
cnft38fxlco  
Assigns a codec template to an entire VISM card.  
Configures the fax handling instructions for a specified line.  
cnft38nsetimeout  
Configures a specified line with a length of time in which to wait for a remote  
acknowledgment of the offer to switch to fax transfer mode.  
cnft38params  
dspcodectmpls  
dspt38fxlco  
Configures the T.38 fax transfer parameters for a specified line.  
Displays all entries in the codec template table.  
Displays the fax handling instructions configured for a specified line.  
Displays the fax handling instructions for all lines on the current VISM card.  
dspt38fxlcos  
dspt38nsetimeouts Displays all configured lines with a length of time in which to wait for a remote  
acknowledgment of the offer to switch to fax transfer mode.  
dspt38params  
Displays the T.38 fax transfer parameters for a specified line.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-438  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspt38nsetimeouts  
dspt38nsetimeouts  
To display all configured lines with a length of time in which to wait for a remote acknowledgment of  
the offer to switch to fax transfer mode, use the dspt38nsetimeouts command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspt38nsetimeouts  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the length of time in which to wait for a remote acknowledgment of  
the offer to switch to fax transfer mode configured for all lines on the current VISM card is displayed:  
dspt38nsetimeouts  
Line_Number NSE Timeout (ms)  
----------- ----------------  
1
2
.
.
.
8
1000  
1000  
1000  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfcodectmpl  
cnft38fxlco  
Assigns a codec template to an entire VISM card.  
Configures the fax handling instructions for a specified line.  
cnft38nsetimeout  
Configures a specified line with a length of time in which to wait for a remote  
acknowledgment of the offer to switch to fax transfer mode.  
cnft38params  
dspcodectmpls  
dspt38fxlco  
Configures the T.38 fax transfer parameters for a specified line.  
Displays all entries in the codec template table.  
Displays the fax handling instructions configured for a specified line.  
Displays the fax handling instructions for all lines on the current VISM card.  
dspt38fxlcos  
dspt38nsetimeout  
Displays a specified configured line with a length of time in which to wait for  
a remote acknowledgment of the offer to switch to fax transfer mode.  
dspt38params  
Displays the T.38 fax transfer parameters for a specified line.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-439  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspt38params  
dspt38params  
To display the T.38 fax transfer parameters for a specified line, use the dspt38params command in the  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspt38params line-num  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number of the DS1 line for which you want to display T.38 fax transfer  
parameters. It can be in the range from 1 to 8.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the T.38 fax transfer parameters for line 7 are displayed:  
dspt38params 7  
line_number:  
7
Max_Xmit_Rate:  
Info_Field_Size:  
Data_Pkt_size:  
fx14400bps  
48  
40 ms  
LS_Data_Redundancy: 5  
HS_Data_Redundancy: 2  
TCF_Method:  
localTCF  
Error_Correction:  
NSF_Override:  
NSF_Country_Code:  
NSF_Vendor_Code:  
enabled  
enabled  
181  
18  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfcodectmpl  
cnft38fxlco  
Assigns a codec template to an entire VISM card.  
Configures the fax handling instructions for a specified line.  
cnft38nsetimeout  
Configures a specified line with a length of time in which to wait for a remote  
acknowledgment of the offer to switch to fax transfer mode.  
cnft38params  
dspcodectmpls  
dspt38fxlco  
Configures the T.38 fax transfer parameters for a specified line.  
Displays all entries in the codec template table.  
Displays the fax handling instructions configured for a specified line.  
Displays the fax handling instructions for all lines on the current VISM card.  
dspt38fxlcos  
dspt38nsetimeout  
Displays a specified configured line with a length of time in which to wait for  
a remote acknowledgment of the offer to switch to fax transfer mode.  
dspt38nsetimeouts Displays all configured lines with a length of time in which to wait for a remote  
acknowledgment of the offer to switch to fax transfer mode.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-440  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsptaskinfo  
dsptaskinfo  
To display data about currently operating tasks, use the dsptaskinfo command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dsptaskinfo  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the data of the currently operating tasks is displayed:  
dsptaskinfo  
taskName  
msgReceivd  
msgSent  
msgSent  
Failed  
lastSent lastSt lastSt  
FailedTask Failed Failed  
MsgTyp Errno  
---------- --------------- --------------- ---------- ---------- ------ ------  
nmimRouter 0  
60  
584  
1
258  
29  
69  
313  
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
scm  
pSNMP  
cmm  
1240  
0
277  
conn_mgr_t 1109790  
tFiled  
tSmd  
logd  
68  
237  
304  
alarm_task 0  
29  
1109778  
1
oam  
bertd  
5
0
Related Commands  
There are no related commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-441  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsptonebuiltinplans  
dsptonebuiltinplans  
To display all built-in (preconfigured) tone plans on the current VISM card, use the dsptonebuiltinplans  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
dsptonebuiltinplans  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
VISM supports version 1 of the country and region built-in tone plans listed in Table 5-3.  
Table 5-3 VISM Release 2.2(0) Built-in Tone Plans  
Tone Plan Name  
ITU  
Tone Plan Name  
North America  
Belgium  
Tone Plan Name  
Argentina  
Tone Plan Name  
Australia  
Canada  
Austria  
Brazil  
China  
Cyprus  
Czech Republic  
Germany  
Denmark  
Greece  
Finland  
France  
Hong Kong  
Indonesia  
Japan  
Hungary  
Iceland  
India  
Ireland  
Israel  
Italy  
Korean Republic  
Netherlands  
Poland  
Luxembourg  
New Zealand  
Portugal  
Malaysia  
Norway  
Mexico  
Philippines  
Singapore  
Spain  
Russia  
Slovakia  
Slovenia  
South Africa  
Taiwan  
Sweden  
Switzerland  
United Kingdom  
Thailand  
Turkey  
United States  
Examples  
The following example shows that all preconfigured tone plans for the current VISM card are displayed:  
dsptonebuiltinplans  
Status  
------  
Tone Plan Region Version Tone Plan File Name  
---------------- ------- -------------------  
configure  
ITU  
1
BUILTIN  
.
.
.
configure  
United States  
1
BUILTIN  
Number of Built-In Tone Plans = 48.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-442  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsptonebuiltinplans  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addtoneplan  
cnflnringback  
Adds a tone plan to the current VISM card.  
Configures the ringback tone method for a specified line on the current VISM  
card.  
cnflntoneplan  
Assigns a tone plan to a specified VISM card line.  
cnflntonetimeout  
Modifies the timeout periods of all call progress tones supported by VISM on  
a specified VISM card line.  
dellntoneplan  
deltoneplan  
Deletes the tone plan configuration of a specified VISM card line.  
Deletes a previously added tone plan from the current VISM card.  
dsplnringback  
Displays the ringback tone method for a specified line on the current VISM  
card.  
dsplntoneplan  
Displays the tone plan configuration of a specified VISM card line.  
dsplntonetimeout  
Displays the configured timeout periods for all call progress tones of a  
specified VISM card line.  
dsptoneplan  
Displays the tone configuration of a specified tone plan—either a  
preconfigured (built-in) or user-added tone plan.  
dsptoneplans  
Displays the tone configuration of all tone plans—either preconfigured  
(built-in) or user-added tone plans.  
dsptoneprovplans  
Displays all user-added (provisional) tone plans.  
dsptoneregionplans Displays a list of all tone plans for the countries and regions whose name  
partially or completely matches the name you supply.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-443  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsptoneplan  
dsptoneplan  
To display the tone configuration of a specified tone plan—either a built-in (preconfigured) or a  
provisional tone plan—use the dsptoneplan command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched  
AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
dsptoneplan tonep-region tonep-version  
Syntax Description  
tonep-region  
tonep-version  
Tone plan country or region for which you want to display the tone  
configuration. It can be in the range from 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters and  
can contain underscores ( _ ). This value is case sensitive.  
Tone plan version number of the tone plan country or region for which you  
want to display the tone configuration. It can be in the range from 1 to 65535.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
This command displays amplitudes as a number which corresponds to a dBm value according to the  
following formula:  
dBm = 20 * log10 (peek-to-peek/46348)  
This formula equals the amplitude of one frequency. If both frequencies are configured for the same  
level, add 6 dBm to the results of the formula to obtain the total amplitude.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the tone configuration for singapore tone plan region, version number  
11, is displayed:  
dsptoneplan singapore 11  
Region Name :Singapore  
Version: 1  
Description: Tone Plan for Singapore (SG)  
File name: BUILTIN  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addtoneplan  
cnflnringback  
Adds a tone plan to the current VISM card.  
Configures the ringback tone method for a specified line on the current VISM  
card.  
cnflntoneplan  
Assigns a tone plan to a specified VISM card line.  
cnflntonetimeout  
Modifies the timeout periods of all call progress tones supported by VISM on  
a specified VISM card line.  
dellntoneplan  
deltoneplan  
Deletes the tone plan configuration of a specified VISM card line.  
Deletes a previously added tone plan from the current VISM card.  
dsplnringback  
Displays the ringback tone method for a specified line on the current VISM  
card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-444  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsptoneplan  
Command  
Description  
dsplntoneplan  
dsplntonetimeout  
Displays the tone plan configuration of a specified VISM card line.  
Displays the configured timeout periods for all call progress tones of a  
specified VISM card line.  
dsptonebuiltinplans Displays all preconfigured (built-in) tone plans on the current VISM card.  
dsptoneplans  
Displays the tone configuration of all tone plans—either preconfigured  
(built-in) or user-added tone plans.  
dsptoneprovplans  
Displays all user-added (provisional) tone plans.  
dsptoneregionplans Displays a list of all tone plans for the countries and regions whose name  
partially or completely matches the name you supply.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-445  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsptoneplans  
dsptoneplans  
To display the tone configuration of all tone plans—either built-in (preconfigured) or provisional tone  
plans—use the dsptoneplans command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
operating modes.  
dsptoneplans  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
This command displays the status of tone plans in the following ways:  
Configure—For a built-in (preconfigured) tone plan, and a provisional tone plan that is downloaded  
properly and added to the system.  
Lost File—For a provisional tone plan that is not downloaded properly or for a tone plan that is not  
the proper one.  
Reloading—For a provisional tone plan that is currently downloading.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the tone configuration for tone plans is displayed:  
dsptoneplans  
Status  
---------  
configure  
configure  
Tone Plan Region Version  
---------------- -------  
Tone Plan File Name  
-------------------  
sing_3  
singapore  
ITU  
11  
1
BUILTIN  
.
.
.
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addtoneplan  
cnflnringback  
Adds a tone plan to the current VISM card.  
Configures the ringback tone method for a specified line on the current VISM  
card.  
cnflntoneplan  
Assigns a tone plan to a specified VISM card line.  
cnflntonetimeout  
Modifies the timeout periods of all call progress tones supported by VISM on  
a specified VISM card line.  
dellntoneplan  
deltoneplan  
Deletes the tone plan configuration of a specified VISM card line.  
Deletes a previously added tone plan from the current VISM card.  
dsplnringback  
Displays the ringback tone method for a specified line on the current VISM  
card.  
dsplntoneplan  
Displays the tone plan configuration of a specified VISM card line.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-446  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsptoneplans  
Command  
Description  
dsplntonetimeout  
Displays the configured timeout periods for all call progress tones of a  
specified VISM card line.  
dsptonebuiltinplans Displays all preconfigured (built-in) tone plans on the current VISM card.  
dsptoneplan  
Displays the tone configuration of a specified tone plan—either a  
preconfigured (built-in) or user-added tone plan.  
dsptoneprovplans  
Displays all user-added (provisional) tone plans.  
dsptoneregionplans Displays a list of all tone plans for the countries and regions whose name  
partially or completely matches the name you supply.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-447  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsptoneprovplans  
dsptoneprovplans  
To display all provisional tone plans, use the dsptoneprovplans command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
dsptoneprovplans  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
This command displays the status of tone plans in the following ways:  
Configure—Downloaded properly and added to the system.  
Lost File—Not downloaded properly or for a tone plan that is not the proper one.  
Reloading—Currently downloading.  
Examples  
The following example shows that all provisional tone plans are displayed:  
dsptoneprovplans  
Status  
---------  
configure  
Tone Plan Region Version  
---------------- -------  
Tone Plan File Name  
-------------------  
sing_3  
singapore  
11  
.
.
.
Number of Provisionable Tone Plans = 1.  
Number of un-configured Tone Plans = 31.  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addtoneplan  
cnflnringback  
Adds a tone plan to the current VISM card.  
Configures the ringback tone method for a specified line on the current VISM  
card.  
cnflntoneplan  
Assigns a tone plan to a specified VISM card line.  
cnflntonetimeout  
Modifies the timeout periods of all call progress tones supported by VISM on  
a specified VISM card line.  
dellntoneplan  
deltoneplan  
Deletes the tone plan configuration of a specified VISM card line.  
Deletes a previously added tone plan from the current VISM card.  
dsplnringback  
Displays the ringback tone method for a specified line on the current VISM  
card.  
dsplntoneplan  
Displays the tone plan configuration of a specified VISM card line.  
dsplntonetimeout  
Displays the configured timeout periods for all call progress tones of a  
specified VISM card line.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-448  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsptoneprovplans  
Command  
Description  
dsptonebuiltinplans Displays all preconfigured (built-in) tone plans on the current VISM card.  
dsptoneplan  
dsptoneplans  
Displays the tone configuration of a specified tone plan—either a  
preconfigured (built-in) or user-added tone plan.  
Displays the tone configuration of all tone plans—either preconfigured  
(built-in) or user-added tone plans.  
dsptoneregionplans Displays a list of all tone plans for the countries and regions whose name  
partially or completely matches the name you supply.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-449  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsptoneregionplans  
dsptoneregionplans  
To display a list of all tone plans for the countries and regions whose name partially or completely  
matches the name you supply, use the dsptoneregionplans command in the VoIP switching/trunking and  
switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
dsptoneregionplans tonep-region  
Syntax Description  
tonep-region  
Tone plan country or region for which you want to display associated tone  
plans. It can be in the range from 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters and can  
contain underscores ( _ ). This value is case sensitive.  
Note  
You must enter at least a partial tonep-region value and the value must  
be enclosed in quotation marks.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that all tone plans associated with the partial tone plan region Uni are  
displayed:  
dsptoneregionplans “Uni”  
Status  
Tone Plan Region Version  
---------------- -------  
Tone Plan File Name  
-------------------  
BUILTIN  
---------  
configure  
configure  
UnitedKingdon  
UnitedStates  
11  
11  
BUILTIN  
Number of Matching Tone Plans = 2.  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addtoneplan  
cnflnringback  
Adds a tone plan to the current VISM card.  
Configures the ringback tone method for a specified line on the current VISM  
card.  
cnflntoneplan  
Assigns a tone plan to a specified VISM card line.  
cnflntonetimeout  
Modifies the timeout periods of all call progress tones supported by VISM on  
a specified VISM card line.  
dellntoneplan  
deltoneplan  
Deletes the tone plan configuration of a specified VISM card line.  
Deletes a previously added tone plan from the current VISM card.  
dsplnringback  
Displays the ringback tone method for a specified line on the current VISM  
card.  
dsplntoneplan  
Displays the tone plan configuration of a specified VISM card line.  
dsplntonetimeout  
Displays the configured timeout periods for all call progress tones of a  
specified VISM card line.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-450  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dsptoneregionplans  
Command  
Description  
dsptonebuiltinplans Displays all preconfigured (built-in) tone plans on the current VISM card.  
dsptoneplan  
Displays the tone configuration of a specified tone plan—either a  
preconfigured (built-in) or user-added tone plan.  
dsptoneplans  
dsptoneprovplans  
Displays the tone configuration of all tone plans—either preconfigured  
(built-in) or user-added tone plans.  
Displays all user-added (provisional) tone plans.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-451  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspvbdcodec  
dspvbdcodec  
To display the upspeed codec used for voiceband data (VBD), use the dspvbdcodec command in the  
VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
dspvbdcodec  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the upspeed codec used for VBD is displayed:  
dspvbdcodec  
VBD UpSpeed Codec: G.711u  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfvbdcodec Configures the VBD upspeed codec.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-452  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspvbdpol  
dspvbdpol  
To display the VISM card level voiceband data (VBD) policies for fax/modem upspeed connection  
admission control (CAC) failure and fax/modem carrier loss for calls, use the dspvbdpol command in  
the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspvbdpol  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the VISM card level VBD policies are displayed:  
dspvbdpol  
Carrier Loss Policy:  
CAC Rejection Policy:  
upspeedCodec  
maintain  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfvbdpol  
Configures VISM card level VBD policies.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-453  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspvismdn  
dspvismdn  
To display the domain name of the current VISM card, use the dspvismdn command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
dspvismdn  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the domain name of the current VISM card is displayed:  
dspvismdn  
DomainName:  
cisco.com  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
Configures the current VISM card domain name.  
cnfvismdn  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-454  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspvismip  
dspvismip  
To display the IP address and subnet mask for the current VISM card, use the dspvismip command in  
the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
dspvismip  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the IP address and subnet mask of the current VISM card are  
displayed:  
dspvismip  
VismIpAddress: 209.165.200.224  
NetMask:  
255.255.255.255  
VismBearerIpAddress: 209.165.200.225  
BearerNetMask: 255.255.255.255  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfvismip  
Configures the current VISM card IP address.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-455  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspvismparam  
dspvismparam  
To display VISM card configuration parameters, use the dspvismparam command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
dspvismparam  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the configuration parameters of the current VISM card are displayed:  
dspvismparam  
VISM mode:  
voipSwitching  
VISM features Bit Map:  
CAC flag:  
DS0s available:  
Template number:  
0x5ac  
enable  
192  
2
Percent of functional DSPs: 100  
IP address:  
64.68.2.1  
Subnet mask  
255.255.255.252  
RTCP report interval:  
RTCP receive multiplier:  
RTP receive timer:  
ControlPrecedence/Tos:  
BearerPrecedence/Tos:  
Aal2 muxing status:  
Tftp Server Dn  
Aggregate Clipping  
Aggregate Svc Bandwidth  
Codec negotiation option  
Profile negotiation option  
VAD Duty Cycle  
1000 msec  
3
disable  
0x60  
0xa0  
disable  
TFTPDOMAIN  
enable  
0
1
1
61  
VAD Tolerance  
100  
CALEA:  
enable  
Note  
The DS0 available parameter value is applicable to AAL2 trunking operating mode only. The RTCP  
report interval, RTP receive timer, ControlPrecedence/Tos, and BearerPrecedence/Tos parameter  
values are applicable to VoIP switching/trunking operating mode only.  
Related Commands  
Command  
addcon  
cnfcac  
Description  
Adds a PVC connection between a VISM card and any SM or PXM card.  
Enables or disables the CAC feature on a VISM card.  
Enables or disables the CALEA feature on the current VISM card.  
cnfcalea  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-456  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspvismparam  
Command  
Description  
cnfco4timer  
cnfcodectmpl  
cnfcon  
Configures the bearer continuity test CO4 timer value.  
Assigns a codec template to an entire VISM card.  
Configures a connection between a VISM card and an MGX 8000 Series platform  
PXM card.  
cnfvismip  
Configures the current VISM card IP address.  
cnfvismmode  
dspcalea  
Configures the initial operating mode for a VISM card.  
Displays the CALEA feature configuration status of the current VISM card.  
Displays the bearer continuity test CO4 timer value.  
dspco4timer  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-457  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspvoipparams  
dspvoipparams  
To display the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode parameters, use the dspvoipparams command  
in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
dspvoipparams  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking  
The following parameters are displayed when you use this command:  
DTMF relay status—Displays whether the CAS bits are configured to be relayed to the other  
endpoint.  
CAS bits transport status—Displays whether the DTMF tones are configured to be relayed to the  
other endpoint.  
VAD timer value—Displays the hangover time before silence compression is invoked.  
Event negotiation policy—None, proprietary, or all.  
Silence insertion descriptor (SID) payload type.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode parameters are  
displayed:  
dspvoipparams  
VoIP DTMF RELAY:  
VoIP CAS BITS TRANSPORT: Off  
VoIP VAD TIMER: 250  
VoIP EVENT NEGOTIATE POL: proprietary  
Off  
VoIP SID PAYLOAD TYPE:  
13  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfvoiptimerparam  
Configures the holdover time for VAD before silence compression is  
activated.  
cnfvoiptransparams  
Configures the VoIP transportation parameters.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-458  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspxgcpbt  
dspxgcpbt  
To display the default network type, virtual channel (VC) type, and connection type of the current VISM  
card, use the dspxgcpbt command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2  
trunking operating modes.  
dspxgcpbt  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the default network type, VC type, and connection type of the current  
VISM card are displayed:  
dspxgcpbt  
Network Type:  
IP  
VC Type:  
PVC  
Conn Type:  
not-applicable  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
Configures a default bearer type.  
cnfxgcpbt  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-459  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspxgcpcalls  
dspxgcpcalls  
To display the xGCP call ID, connection ID, and endpoint name corresponding to each call agent  
established connection on the gateway, use the dspxgcpcalls command in the VoIP switching/trunking  
and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
dspxgcpcalls  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
If more than one xGCP connection ID is associated with the same call ID, each connection ID appears  
on a separate line in the display.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the xGCP call IDs, connection IDs, and endpoint names  
corresponding to all call agent established connections on the gateway are displayed:  
dspxgcpcalls  
xGCP Call ID  
xGCP Connection ID xGCP Endpoint Name  
-------------------------------- ------------------ ------------------  
5898886  
22263730  
35040677  
37233496  
44147097  
59925215  
86098952  
106425635  
127810066  
143146281  
251336169  
308712944  
332811049  
349719791  
368644231  
414134979  
431808675  
439592534  
449708369  
472992198  
667869345  
689149158  
731314813  
733047547  
840095617  
855162306  
889601897  
959868114  
358a  
368d  
338d  
3588  
358c  
3685  
3787  
3689  
348f  
3789  
3688  
338f  
3690  
348b  
3683  
3589  
348e  
3687  
338a  
368b  
3392  
3584  
368e  
3686  
368a  
338c  
368c  
3395  
vism/T1-2/21  
vism/T1-2/23  
vism/T1-1/3  
vism/T1-1/5  
vism/T1-2/6  
vism/T1-2/14  
vism/T1-1/23  
vism/T1-1/22  
vism/T1-1/20  
vism/T1-1/8  
vism/T1-1/14  
vism/T1-2/12  
vism/T1-1/15  
vism/T1-1/12  
vism/T1-1/21  
vism/T1-1/13  
vism/T1-2/5  
vism/T1-1/6  
vism/T1-1/10  
vism/T1-1/7  
vism/T1-2/20  
vism/T1-2/13  
vism/T1-2/8  
vism/T1-2/22  
vism/T1-2/7  
vism/T1-1/18  
vism/T1-2/15  
vism/T1-1/4  
Related Commands  
There are no related commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-460  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspxgcpcids  
dspxgcpcids  
To display the logical channel number (LCN), channel identification number (CID), xGCP connection  
ID, endpoint name, and call ID corresponding to each call agent established AAL2 connection on the  
gateway, use the dspxgcpcids command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
operating modes.  
dspxgcpcids  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the xGCP connection CID configuration data for each call agent  
established AAL2 connection on the gateway is displayed:  
dspxgcpcids  
LCN CID xGCP Connection ID xGCP Endpoint Name xGCP Call ID  
--- --- ------------------ ------------------ --------------------------------  
132 10  
132 14  
132 15  
132 16  
132 17  
132 18  
132 21  
132 22  
132 23  
132 24  
132 25  
132 29  
132 30  
132 31  
132 32  
132 33  
132 37  
132 38  
132 39  
132 40  
132 41  
d32 9  
27ba  
24c2  
24c6  
24cb  
26be  
27bc  
24bc  
24c3  
24c8  
25c2  
26bf  
24bf  
24c5  
24c9  
26bc  
26c0  
24c1  
24c4  
24c7  
25c5  
26c1  
26c3  
vism/T1-1/2  
vism/T1-1/6  
vism/T1-1/7  
vism/T1-1/8  
vism/T1-1/9  
vism/T1-1/10  
vism/T1-1/13  
vism/T1-1/14  
vism/T1-1/15  
vism/T1-1/16  
vism/T1-1/17  
vism/T1-1/21  
vism/T1-1/22  
vism/T1-1/23  
vism/T1-1/24  
vism/T1-2/1  
vism/T1-2/5  
vism/T1-2/6  
vism/T1-2/7  
vism/T1-2/8  
vism/T1-2/9  
vism/T1-1/1  
346350363  
219196705  
3124232  
71993004  
964845576  
40023388  
308615846  
540211499  
887014703  
750350805  
757994272  
407192558  
702316810  
686445676  
366717759  
142297238  
681759411  
439143079  
966681180  
565100353  
273412123  
705499200  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
delxgcpcon  
Deletes an xGCP connection specified by the xGCP connection identification  
number.  
dspxgcpcon  
Displays the attributes associated with a call agent established connection.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-461  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspxgcpcids  
Command  
Description  
dspxgcpcons  
Displays the xGCP connection ID, endpoint name, and call ID corresponding to  
each call agent established connection on the gateway.  
dspxgcpendpts Displays the xGCP endpoint names of all endpoints added with the addendpt  
command, or the SNMP equivalent.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-462  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspxgcpcnf  
dspxgcpcnf  
To display previously configured Simple Gateway Control Protocol (SGCP)/Media Gateway Control  
Protocol (MGCP) timeout and retransmission count values, use the dspxgcpcnf command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking operating mode.  
dspxgcpcnf  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the SGCP/MGCP timeout and retransmission count values are  
displayed:  
dspxgcpcnf  
MWD timeout :  
Request timeout :  
Retry count:  
10000  
500  
3
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfxgcpmwd Configures the maximum waiting delay value used for sending an RSIP message to  
the call agent.  
cnfxgcpretry Configures VISM minimum and maximum request timeouts and retransmission  
attempts for communication with the associated call agent.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-463  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspxgcpcnt  
dspxgcpcnt  
To display the Simple Gateway Control Protocol (SGCP)/Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP)  
message statistics for a specified call agent, use the dspxgcpcnt command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking operating mode.  
dspxgcpcnt ca-ip-address  
Syntax Description  
ca-ip-address IP address of the call agent for which you want to display SGCP/MGCP message  
statistics. It can be in dotted decimal format (nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn).  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the SGCP/MGCP message statistics of the call agent are displayed:  
dspxgcpcnt 209.165.200.204  
IP  
success msg  
-----------  
0
fail msg  
----------  
4
---------------  
209.165.200.204  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspxgcpcnts Displays the SGCP/MGCP message statistics for all known call agents.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-464  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspxgcpcnts  
dspxgcpcnts  
To display the Simple Gateway Control Protocol (SGCP)/Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP)  
message statistics for all known call agents, use the dspxgcpcnts command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking operating mode.  
dspxgcpcnts  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the SGCP/MGCP messages statistics for all known call agents are  
displayed:  
dspxgcpcnts  
IP  
success msg  
-----------  
0
fail msg  
----------  
4
---------  
2.2.2.2  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspxgcpcnt  
Displays the SGCP/MGCP message statistics for a specified call agent.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-465  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspxgcpcon  
dspxgcpcon  
To display the attributes associated with a call agent established connection, use the dspxgcpcon  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
dspxgcpcon conn-id display-level  
Syntax Description  
conn-id  
Connection identification number. It can be in the range of hexadecimal numbers  
from 0 to f.  
display-level  
Detail level of display. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = Abbreviated display  
2 = Detailed display  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the abbreviated level of attributes associated with the call agent  
identified by the connection identification number 4C5B are displayed:  
dspxgcpcon 4c5b 1  
*********************************************************  
Attributes of Connection ID: 4c5b  
*********************************************************  
Call ID  
Endpoint Name  
Line Number  
= C0011  
= vism/T1-1/1  
= 1  
Connection ID  
Admitted Codec  
Admitted Pkt. period  
Connection Mode  
Echo Cancellation  
Type of Service  
Network Type  
= 4c5b  
= PCMA  
= 10 ms  
= sendrecv  
= FALSE  
= 0xa0  
= IP  
Remote Address Type  
Continuity Test  
Loopback  
Local RTP Port  
Remote RTP Port  
Remote RTP Port Count  
Remote Address  
MGC Domain Name  
MGC IP Address  
MGC UDP Port  
= Invalid (0)  
= FALSE  
= FALSE  
= 49556  
= 49544  
= 1  
=64.68.18.1  
= mgc1  
= Unknown  
= 2427  
Port in Notified Entity  
Protocol Version  
Silence Suppression  
SID  
= FALSE  
= MGCP 0.1  
= FALSE  
= TRUE  
VAD Timer  
CAS Type  
= 250 ms  
= None  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-466  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspxgcpcon  
Triple Redundancy  
= TRUE  
DTMF forwarding  
= FALSE  
Local Connection Options (lco string)  
= L: e:off, s:off, a:PCMA  
Remote Session Descriptor (sdp string)  
=
--------------------------------------  
v=0  
o=- C0011 0 IN - -  
s=-  
c=IN IP4 64.68.18.1  
t=0 0  
m=audio 49544 RTP/AVP 8  
--------------------------------------  
The following example shows that the detailed level of attributes associated with the call agent identified  
by the connection identification number 4C5B are displayed:  
dspxgcpcon 4c5b 2  
*********************************************************  
Attributes of Connection ID: 4c5b  
*********************************************************  
Call ID  
Endpoint Name  
Line Number  
= C0011  
= vism/T1-1/1  
= 1  
Connection ID  
= 4c5b  
Admitted Codec  
= PCMA  
Admitted Pkt. period  
Connection Mode  
Echo Cancellation  
Type of Service  
= 10 ms  
= sendrecv  
= FALSE  
= 0xa0  
Network Type  
= IP  
Remote Address Type  
Continuity Test  
Loopback  
Local RTP Port  
Remote RTP Port  
Remote RTP Port Count  
Remote Address  
MGC Domain Name  
= Invalid (0)  
= FALSE  
= FALSE  
= 49556  
= 49544  
= 1  
=64.68.18.1  
= mgc1  
MGC IP Address  
MGC UDP Port  
= Unknown  
= 2427  
Port in Notified Entity  
Protocol Version  
Silence Suppression  
SID  
= FALSE  
= MGCP 0.1  
= FALSE  
= TRUE  
VAD Timer  
CAS Type  
= 250 ms  
= None  
Triple Redundancy  
DTMF forwarding  
Local Connection Options (lco string)  
Remote Session Descriptor (sdp string)  
--------------------------------------  
v=0  
= TRUE  
= FALSE  
= L: e:off, s:off, a:PCMA  
=
o=- C0011 0 IN - -  
s=-  
c=IN IP4 64.68.18.1  
t=0 0  
m=audio 49544 RTP/AVP 8  
--------------------------------------  
Timestamp Information:  
Display Type  
= Originating  
CRCX Ack (CRCX Ack - CRCX)  
MDCX Command (MDCX - CRCX)  
= 10.000000000 ms  
= 70.000000000 ms  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-467  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspxgcpcon  
MDCX Ack (MDCX Ack - CRCX)  
= 80.000000000 ms  
Time since the CRCX was received  
= 2016.930000000 sec  
(CRCX Command is not shown since it is used as reference)  
Codec List: Codec[1]  
= PCMA  
= 10 ms  
= 10 ms  
= 10 ms  
Pkt. Period List[1]: Pkt. Period[1]  
Pkt. Period Range[1] - Low  
Pkt. Period Range[1] - High  
LCO Codec List[1]  
= PCMA  
= 0 ms  
= 0 ms  
= TRUE  
= TRUE  
LCO Pkt. Period Range - Low  
LCO Pkt. Period Range - High  
TDM Endpoint Connected to DSP Channel  
DSP Channel Connected to Network Endpoint  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
delxgcpcon  
Deletes an xGCP connection specified by the xGCP connection identification  
number.  
dspxgcpcids  
dspxgcpcons  
Displays the LCN, CID, xGCP connection ID, endpoint name, and call ID  
corresponding to each call agent established AAL2 connection on the gateway.  
Displays the xGCP connection identification number, endpoint name, and call  
identification number corresponding to each call agent established connection on  
the gateway.  
dspxgcpendpts Displays the xGCP endpoint names of all endpoints added with the addendpt  
command, or the SNMP equivalent.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-468  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspxgcpcons  
dspxgcpcons  
To display the xGCP connection identification number, endpoint name, and call identification number  
corresponding to each call agent established connection on the gateway, use the dspxgcpcons command  
in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
dspxgcpcons  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the xGCP connection identification number, endpoint name, and call  
identification number of each call agent established connection on the gateway are displayed:  
dspxgcpcons  
xGCP Connection ID xGCP Endpoint Name xGCP Call ID  
-----------------  
------------------ ------------  
4c5b  
4c5c  
vism/T1-1/1  
vism/T1-1/2  
C0011  
C0012  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
delxgcpcon  
Deletes an xGCP connection specified by the xGCP connection identification  
number.  
dspxgcpcids  
Displays the LCN, CID, xGCP connection ID, endpoint name, and call ID  
corresponding to each call agent established AAL2 connection on the gateway.  
dspxgcpendpts Displays the xGCP endpoint names of all endpoints added with the addendpt  
command, or the SNMP equivalent.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-469  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspxgcpdefpkg  
dspxgcpdefpkg  
To display the Simple Gateway Control Protocol (SGCP)/Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP)  
default package, use the dspxgcpdefpkg command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
dspxgcpdefpkg  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the SGCP/MGCP default package is displayed:  
dspxgcpdefpkg  
Default package :  
T
Related Commands  
There are no related commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-470  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspxgcpdetailcnt  
dspxgcpdetailcnt  
To display Simple Gateway Control Protocol (SGCP)/Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP) details  
of message statistics exchanged between VISM and a specified call agent, use the dspxgcpdetailcnt  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
dspxgcpdetailcnt ca-ip-address  
Syntax Description  
ca-ip-address  
IP address of the call agent for which you want to display detailed exchanged  
message statistics. It can be in dotted decimal format (nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn).  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the SGCP/MGCP details of message statistics exchanged between  
VISM and the call agent identified by the IP address are displayed:  
dspxgcpdetailcnt 209.165.200.224  
IP Address  
: 209.165.200.224  
CRCX Count  
CRCX Fail Count  
MDCX Count  
MDCX Fail Count  
DLCX Received Count  
DLCX Received Fail Count  
DLCX Sent Count  
DLCX Sent Fail Count  
RQNT Count  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 4  
: 4  
RQNT Fail Count  
Notify Count  
Notify Fail Count  
Audit Endpoint Count  
Audit Endpoint Fail Count  
Audit Connection Count  
Audit Connection Fail Count  
RSIP Count  
RSIP Fail Count  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspxgcpdetailcnts  
Displays SGCP/MGCP details of message statistics exchanged between VISM  
and all known call agents.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-471  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspxgcpdetailcnts  
dspxgcpdetailcnts  
To display Simple Gateway Control Protocol (SGCP)/Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP) details  
of message statistics exchanged between VISM and all known call agents, use the dspxgcpdetailcnts  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
dspxgcpdetailcnts  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the SGCP/MGCP details of message statistics exchanged between  
VISM and all known call agents are displayed:  
dspxgcpdetailcnts  
IP Address  
CRCX Count  
: 2.2.2.2  
: 0  
CRCX Fail Count  
MDCX Count  
: 0  
: 0  
MDCX Fail Count  
DLCX Received Count  
DLCX Received Fail Count  
DLCX Sent Count  
DLCX Sent Fail Count  
RQNT Count  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
RQNT Fail Count  
Notify Count  
: 0  
: 0  
Notify Fail Count  
Audit Endpoint Count  
Audit Endpoint Fail Count  
Audit Connection Count  
Audit Connection Fail Count  
RSIP Count  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 4  
RSIP Fail Count  
: 4  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspxgcpdetailcnt Displays SGCP/MGCP details of message statistics exchanged between VISM  
and a specified call agent.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-472  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspxgcpendpt  
dspxgcpendpt  
To display the attributes associated with an endpoint added using the addendpt command, or the SNMP  
equivalent, use the dspxgcpendpt command in the VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
operating modes.  
dspxgcpendpt line-num ds0-num  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
ds0-num  
Line number of the endpoint for which you want to display the attributes. It can be in  
the range from 1 to 8.  
DS0 number of the endpoint for which you want to display the attributes. It can be a  
value from one of the following ranges:  
1 to 24 for T1 lines  
1 to 31 for E1 lines  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
An endpoint added with the addendpt command is considered an xGCP endpoint even though a call  
agent established connection cannot be associated with the endpoint.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the statistics for the endpoint identified by line number 1, DS0  
number 1 are displayed:  
dspxgcpendpt 1 1  
*********************************************************  
Attributes of Endpoint Name: vism/T1-1/1  
*********************************************************  
Line Number  
= 1  
Endpoint Number  
= 1  
Endpoint Name  
= vism/T1-1/1  
Continuity Test  
= FALSE  
Echo Cancellation  
Protocol Version  
= FALSE  
= Invalid Protocol  
MGC IP Address  
= Unknown  
MGC UDP Port  
= 0  
Port in Notified Entity  
Request ID  
= FALSE  
= 0  
Quarantine Handling  
Requested Event List  
Signal Event List  
Accumulated Event List  
Quarantined Event List  
Detect Event List  
Accumulated Dialed String  
DSP Channel Connected to Network Endpoint  
Retry Count  
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
= FALSE  
= 3  
Minimum Retry Timeout  
Maximum Retry Timeout  
= 500 ms  
= 500 ms  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-473  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspxgcpendpt  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
delxgcpcon  
Deletes an xGCP connection specified by the xGCP connection identification  
number.  
dspxgcpcids Displays the LCN, CID, xGCP connection ID, endpoint name, and call ID  
corresponding to each call agent established AAL2 connection on the gateway.  
dspxgcpcon  
Displays the attributes associated with a call agent established connection.  
dspxgcpcons Displays the xGCP connection ID, endpoint name and call ID corresponding to each  
call agent established connection on the gateway.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-474  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspxgcpendptcons  
dspxgcpendptcons  
To display the attributes of all connections associated with an endpoint added using the addendpt  
command, or the SNMP equivalent, use the dspxgcpendptcons command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
dspxgcpendptcons line-num ds0-num display-level  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
ds0-num  
Line number of the endpoint connections for which you want to display the attributes.  
It can be in the range from 1 to 8.  
DS0 number of the endpoint connections for which you want to display the attributes.  
It can be a value from one of the following ranges:  
1 to 24 for T1 lines  
1 to 31 for E1 lines  
display-level  
Detail level of display. It can be one of the following values:  
1 = Abbreviated display.  
2 = Detailed display.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the attributes of all connections associated by the endpoint identified  
by line number 1, DS0 number 1 are displayed in the detailed format:  
dspxgcpendptcons 1 1 2  
*********************************************************  
Attributes of Connection ID:1  
*********************************************************  
Call ID  
= 634  
Endpoint Name  
Line Number  
= vism/T1-1/1  
= 1  
Connection ID  
Admitted Codec  
Admitted Pkt. period  
Connection Mode  
Echo Cancellation  
Type of Service  
Network Type  
= 1  
= PCMU  
= 10 ms  
= sendrecv  
= TRUE  
= 0xa0  
= IP  
Remote Address Type  
Continuity Test  
Loopback  
Local RTP Port  
Remote RTP Port  
Remote RTP Port Count  
Remote Address  
Remote SDP  
= Invalid (0)  
= FALSE  
= FALSE  
= 49152  
= 49154  
= 1  
= nn.nnn.n.n  
= TRUE  
MGC Domain Name  
= vsc-1  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-475  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspxgcpendptcons  
MGC IP Address  
MGC UDP Port  
Port in Notified Entity  
Protocol Version  
Silence Suppression  
VAD Timer  
= Unknown  
= 2427  
= FALSE  
= MGCP 0.1  
= TRUE  
= 250  
CAS Forwarding Backhaul  
Triple Redundancy  
= 0  
= 1  
DTMF forwarding  
= 0  
Local Connection Options (lco string)  
Remote Session Descriptor (sdp string)  
Timestamp Information:  
= L:e:on  
=
Display Type  
= Terminating  
CRCX Ack (CRCX Ack - CRCX)  
= 10.000000000 ms  
Time since the CRCX was received  
= 210.280000000 sec  
(CRCX Command is not shown since it is used as reference)  
Codec List:Codec[1]  
= PCMU  
= 10 ms  
= 10 ms  
= 10 ms  
= PCMA  
= 10 ms  
= 10 ms  
= 10 ms  
= CCD  
Pkt. Period List[1]:Pkt. Period[1]  
Pkt. Period Range[1] - Low  
Pkt. Period Range[1] - High  
Codec List:Codec[2]  
Pkt. Period List[2]:Pkt. Period[1]  
Pkt. Period Range[2] - Low  
Pkt. Period Range[2] - High  
Codec List:Codec[3]  
Pkt. Period List[3]:Pkt. Period[1]  
Pkt. Period Range[3] - Low  
Pkt. Period Range[3] - High  
LCO Pkt. Period Range - Low  
LCO Pkt. Period Range - High  
TDM Endpoint Connected to DSP Channel  
DSP Channel Connected to Network Endpoint  
= 10 ms  
= 10 ms  
= 10 ms  
= 0 ms  
= 0 ms  
= TRUE  
= TRUE  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
delxgcpcon  
Deletes an xGCP connection specified by the xGCP connection identification  
number.  
dspxgcpcids  
Displays the LCN, CID, xGCP connection ID, endpoint name, and call ID  
corresponding to each call agent established AAL2 connection on the gateway.  
dspxgcpcon  
dspxgcpcons  
Displays the attributes associated with a call agent established connection.  
Displays the xGCP connection ID, endpoint name and call ID corresponding to  
each call agent established connection on the gateway.  
dspxgcpendpt  
Displays the xGCP endpoint names corresponding to each endpoint number.  
dspxgcpendpts Displays the xGCP endpoint name corresponding to each endpoint added using the  
addendpt command or the SNMP equivalent.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-476  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspxgcpendpts  
dspxgcpendpts  
To display the xGCP endpoint names corresponding to each endpoint which has been added using the  
addendpt command, or the SNMP equivalent, use the dspxgcpendpts command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
dspxgcpendpts  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
The xGCP endpoint name is displayed with this command regardless of whether there are call agent  
established connections associated with the endpoint. If there are call agent established connections  
associated with the endpoint, the corresponding xGCP connection identification number and call  
identification number appear on the same line as the endpoint name.  
Examples  
The following example shows that the endpoint names that correspond to each endpoint are displayed:  
dspxgcpendpts  
xGCP Endpoint Name xGCP Connection ID xGCP Call ID  
------------------ ------------------ --------------  
vism/T1-1/1  
vism/T1-1/2  
vism/T1-1/3  
vism/T1-1/4  
vism/T1-1/5  
vism/T1-1/6  
vism/T1-1/7  
vism/T1-1/8  
vism/T1-1/9  
vism/T1-1/10  
vism/T1-1/11  
vism/T1-1/12  
vism/T1-1/13  
vism/T1-1/14  
vism/T1-1/15  
vism/T1-1/16  
vism/T1-1/17  
vism/T1-1/18  
vism/T1-1/19  
vism/T1-1/20  
vism/T1-1/21  
vism/T1-1/22  
vism/T1-1/23  
vism/T1-1/24  
4c5b  
4c5c  
C0011  
C0012  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dspxgcpendpt  
Displays the xGCP endpoint names corresponding to each endpoint number.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-477  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspxgcperrcnt  
dspxgcperrcnt  
To display the Simple Gateway Control Protocol (SGCP)/Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP)  
error counts for both unsupported protocol versions and unrecognized packets, use the dspxgcperrcnt  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
dspxgcperrcnt  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the xGCP error counts for unsupported protocol versions and  
unrecognized packets are displayed:  
dspxgcperrcnt  
Number of msg. for an unsupported protocol version :  
0
Number of unrecognized packets :  
0
Related Commands  
There are no related commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-478  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspxgcpinterops  
dspxgcpinterops  
To display the status of the Session Description Protocol (SDP) OST interoperability feature, use the  
dspxgcpinterops command in the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
dspxgcpinterops  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the SDP OST interoperability status is displayed:  
dspxgcpinterops  
SDP OST flag: enable  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfxgcpinteropsdpost Enables or disables the SDP OST interoperability feature.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-479  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspxgcplncons  
dspxgcplncons  
To display the DS0s with active xGCP connections, the number of connections for each line, and the  
number of active calls for each card, use the dspxgcplncons command in the VoIP switching/trunking  
and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
dspxgcplncons  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the DS0s with active xGCP connections, the number of connections  
for each line, and the number of active calls for each card are displayed:  
dspxgcplncons  
Connections Active Line 1: 0x00bee89e  
Connections Active Line 2: 0x00b5bfc5  
Connections Active Line 3: 0x0015387c  
Connections Active Line 4: 0x00000000  
Connections Active Line 5: 0x00000000  
Connections Active Line 6: 0x00000000  
Connections Active Line 7: 0x00000000  
Connections Active Line 8: 0x00000000  
Total Active Connections: 42  
(15)  
(16)  
(11)  
(0)  
(0)  
(0)  
(0)  
(0)  
Note  
The hexadecimal digits indicate the DS0s on which the connections exist. The parenthetical numbers  
indicate the total number of active DS0s on a line. The last line of the displayed data indicates the  
total number of active connections.  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
delxgcpcon  
Deletes an xGCP connection specified by the xGCP connection identification  
number.  
dspxgcpcids  
Displays the LCN, CID, xGCP connection ID, endpoint name, and call ID  
corresponding to each call agent established AAL2 connection on the gateway.  
dspxgcpcon  
dspxgcpcons  
Displays the attributes associated with a call agent established connection.  
Displays the xGCP connection ID, endpoint name and call ID corresponding  
to each call agent established connection on the gateway.  
dspxgcpendpt  
Displays the attributes associated with an endpoint.  
dspxgcpendptcons Displays the attributes of all connections associated with an endpoint.  
dspxgcpendpts  
Displays the xGCP endpoint names of all endpoints added with the addendpt  
command, or the SNMP equivalent.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-480  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspxgcppeers  
dspxgcppeers  
To display all the User Datagram Protocol (UDP) peer ports used by the Simple Gateway Control  
Protocol (SGCP) or the Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP), use the dspxgcppeers command in  
the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
dspxgcppeers  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the UDP ports used by xGCP are displayed:  
dspxgcppeers  
mgcNumber  
-----------  
protocolNumber  
-------------  
portNumber  
----------  
2064  
1
1
1
2
2427  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfxgcppeer Configures the UDP port number used to send gateway-initiated messages to the call  
agent.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-481  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspxgcppersistevts  
dspxgcppersistevts  
To display all active persistent xGCP events, use the dspxgcppersistevts command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
dspxgcppersistevts  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the active persistent xGCP events are displayed:  
dspxgcppersistevts  
1
2
3
l/hd  
l/hu  
r/co4  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
addxgcppersistevt  
delxgcppersistevt  
Adds persistent xGCP events.  
Deletes a persistent xGCP event.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-482  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspxgcpport  
dspxgcpport  
To display the local User Datagram Protocol (UDP) port number used by the Simple Gateway Control  
Protocol (SGCP) or the Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP), use the dspxgcpport command in  
the VoIP switching/trunking operating mode.  
dspxgcpport  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the UDP port number used by SGCP/MGCP is displayed:  
dspxgcpport  
xgcpPortNumber: 2427  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfxgcppeer Configures the UDP port number used to send gateway-initiated messages to the call  
agent.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-483  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
dspxgcpretry  
dspxgcpretry  
To display the current xGCP retransmission parameters—retry (retransmission) count, minimum  
timeout value, and maximum timeout value—use the dspxgcpretry command in the VoIP  
switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC operating modes.  
dspxgcpretry  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking and switched AAL2 PVC  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the current xGCP retransmission parameters are displayed:  
dspxgcpretry  
Min Request Timeout :  
Retry Count  
Max Request Timeout :  
500  
3
500  
:
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
cnfxgcpretry Configures VISM minimum and maximum request timeouts and retransmission  
attempts for communication with the associated call agent.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-484  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
Help  
Help  
To display, in an alphabetical list, all commands associated with the current VISM card, use the Help  
command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
Help  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Usage Guidelines  
Note  
This command is case sensitive—Help.  
You cannot use this command to obtain details about a specific command.  
Examples  
The following example shows that all commands associated with the current VISM card are displayed  
in an alphabetical list.  
Note  
The list displayed in this example is a partial list—your results return a greater number of associated  
commands.  
Help  
?
addcasvar  
addccs  
addcid  
.
.
.
dspxgcppersistevts  
dspxgcpport  
dspxgcpretry  
Help  
pinglndsp  
tstcon  
tstdelay  
version  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
?
Displays some or all commands associated with the current card.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-485  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
pinglndsp  
pinglndsp  
To display the digital signal processor (DSP) configuration data and status for all endpoints on a  
specified line, use the pinglndsp command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and  
AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
pinglndsp line-num  
Syntax Description  
line-num  
Line number for the DSPs you want to display configuration data and status. It can  
be a value in the range from 1 to 8.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the DSP configuration data and status for the VISM card line 1 is  
displayed:  
pinglndsp 1  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
dsplndsp  
Displays the DSP information for a specified VISM card line.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-486  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
tstcon  
tstcon  
To test a specified connection, use the tstcon command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2  
PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
tstcon lcn  
Syntax Description  
lcn  
Logical channel number of the connection to be tested. It can be a value in the range  
from 131 to 510.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the connection identified by logical channel number 136 is tested:  
tstcon 136  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
tstdelay  
Tests the delay on a specified connection.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-487  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
tstdelay  
tstdelay  
To test the delay on a specified connection, use the tstdelay command in the VoIP switching/trunking,  
switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
tstdelay lcn  
Syntax Description  
lcn  
Logical channel number of the connection for which to test the delay. It can be a value  
in the range from 131 to 510.  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the delay for the connection identified by logical channel number 136  
is tested:  
tstdelay 136  
Related Commands  
Command  
Description  
tstcon  
Tests a specified connection.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-488  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
upcon  
upcon  
To configure a specified connection up, allowing traffic to be passed to the specified connection, use the  
upcon command in the VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL1 SVC, switched AAL2 SVC, switched  
AAL2 PVC, AAL2 trunking, VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC operating modes.  
upcon lcn  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
lcn  
The logical channel number. It can be in the range from 131 to 510.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL1 SVC, switched AAL2 SVC, switched AAL2 PVC, AAL2  
trunking, VoIP and switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
When a channel is brought up from down with the upcon command, a vismChanConUp trap is sent.  
The following example shows that connection 189 is configured to be administratively up and traffic can  
be passed to it:  
upcon 189  
Related Commands  
Command  
dncon  
Description  
Configures a specified connection down, preventing traffic from being passed to it.  
Displays the parameters for a specified channel.  
dspcon  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-489  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
version  
version  
To display version-related data—such as firmware version, operating system kernel version, date of the  
software build—for the current VISM card, use the version command in the VoIP switching/trunking,  
switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking operating modes.  
version  
Syntax Description  
Command Modes  
Usage Guidelines  
Examples  
This command has no arguments or keywords.  
VoIP switching/trunking, switched AAL2 PVC, and AAL2 trunking  
Follow standard CLI procedures for this command.  
The following example shows that the version-related data for the current VISM card is displayed:  
version  
***** Cisco Systems. MGX VISM Card *****  
Firmware Version  
= 003.000.000081-I  
Backup Boot version = VI8_BT_3.1.01  
Xilinx Firmware version = 10/ 2/1998  
DSPCOM FPGA version  
= 3/ 28/2001  
DSPM C549 Template 1 FW Details:  
Major Release  
Minor Release  
Build number  
= 3  
= 6  
= 14  
DSPM C549 Template 2 FW Details:  
Major Release  
Minor Release  
Build number  
= 3  
= 6  
= 15  
DSPM C549 Template 3 FW Details:  
Major Release  
Minor Release  
Build number  
= 3  
= 6  
= 14  
DSPM C549 Template 4 FW Details:  
Major Release  
Minor Release  
Build number  
= 3  
= 6  
= 14  
DSPM C5421 Template 1, 2, and 3 FW Details:  
Major Release  
Minor Release  
Build number  
= 3  
= 6  
= 14  
DSPM C5421 Template 4 FW Details:  
Major Release  
Minor Release  
Build number  
= 3  
= 6  
= 14  
DSPM C549 E1 ECAN FW Details:  
Major Release  
Minor Release  
Build number  
= 7  
= 6  
= 1505  
DSPM C549 T1 ECAN FW Details:  
Major Release = 7  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-490  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
version  
Minor Release  
Build number  
= 6  
= 4  
DSPM C5421 T1 & E1 ECAN FW Details:  
Major Release  
Minor Release  
Build number  
= 8  
= 13  
= 0  
Made by = swtools  
VxWorks (for R5k PDC) version 5.3.1.  
Kernel: WIND version 2.5.  
Made on Mar 29 2002, 04:36:43.  
Boot line:  
Note  
The display from this command is different than the one that is shown here if you are using CALEA.  
There are no related commands.  
Related Commands  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-491  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5 CLI Commands  
version  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
5-492  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C H A P T E R  
6
Troubleshooting Tips  
Use the following troubleshooting tools and techniques to assist you in maintaining your VISM card:  
VISM Card LEDs  
The VISM card uses the following three card status LEDs (see Figure 6-1) to indicate certain states:  
ACT—Green indicates the active state.  
STBY—Orange, or blinking orange, indicates one of the following:  
VISM is in the standby state.  
VISM is in the mismatch state.  
VISM card DSPs are currently involved in the VISM card bootup.  
FAIL—Red indicates the failure state, or certain stages of the bootup process.  
The VISM card uses eight line status LEDs (see Figure 6-1) to indicate the following states of the eight  
T1 or E1 ports on the VISM back card:  
Green—A line has been added and there is no alarm on that line.  
Orange—A line has been added and there is a yellow alarm condition on the line.  
Red—A line has been added and there is one of the following conditions on the line:  
Loss of signal (LOS) (red alarm condition)  
Loss of frame (LOF)  
Alarm indication signal (AIS)  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
6-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 6 Troubleshooting Tips  
VISM and PXM Display, Log, and Diagnostic Loopback Path CLI Commands  
Figure 6-1 VISM Front Card LEDs  
Active  
Standby  
Fail  
ACT  
Card status  
LEDs  
STBY  
FAIL  
PORT 1  
PORT 2  
PORT 3  
PORT 4  
Line LEDs  
PORT 5  
PORT 6  
PORT 7  
PORT 8  
VISM  
8E1  
E1 Front Card  
VISM and PXM Display, Log, and Diagnostic Loopback Path CLI  
Commands  
You can use the following commands to troubleshoot your VISM card:  
The VISM dspcd command  
The PXM dsplog command  
PXM diagnostic loopback commands  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
6-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 6 Troubleshooting Tips  
VISM and PXM Display, Log, and Diagnostic Loopback Path CLI Commands  
Note  
Refer to the Cisco MGX 8000 Series platform command reference guides for more information on  
PXM commands.  
VISM Display Card CLI Command  
Use the VISM dspcd command to display the following types of information about your current VISM  
card:  
State of the VISM card  
Type of VISM card  
Version number and part numbers  
Daughter card version numbers and part numbers  
The following example shows the results of a typical dspcd command:  
NODENAME.1.3.VISM8.a > dspcd  
ModuleSlotNumber:  
17  
FunctionModuleState:  
FunctionModuleType:  
FunctionModuleSerialNum:  
FunctionModuleHWRev:  
FunctionModuleFWRev:  
Active  
VISM-8T1  
SAK0331006P  
0.0  
2.0.0_11Nov01_2  
FunctionModuleResetReason: ?  
LineModuleType:  
LM-RJ48-8T1  
LineModuleState:  
Present  
mibVersionNumber:  
configChangeTypeBitMap:  
21  
CardCnfChng, LineCnfChng  
pcb part no - (800 level): 800-04399-01  
pcb part no - (73 level): 73-03618-01  
Fab Part no - (28 level): 28-02791-01  
PCB Revision:  
08  
Daughter Card Information:  
Daughter Card Serial Number: SAK0331003P  
pcb part no - (73 level):  
Fab Part no - (28 level):  
PCB Revision:  
73-03722-01  
28-02905-01  
04  
PXM Display Log CLI Command  
Use the PXM dsplog command to display useful information for troubleshooting your VISM card. The  
log is maintained by the PXM. A VISM entry is displayed in the log in the following format:  
Date and time of the log  
Slot number of the VISM card from which a message is logged  
The process on the VISM card that logged that message  
Severity of the message:  
1 = Fatal error which causes the card to reboot  
6 = All other errors  
A log message description  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
6-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 6 Troubleshooting Tips  
VISM and PXM Display, Log, and Diagnostic Loopback Path CLI Commands  
The following example shows the results of a typical dsplog command:  
09/09/2001-02:09:01 03 cam VISM-6-9157  
VISM got time from PXM  
PXM Diagnostic Loopback Path CLI Commands  
The VISM-8T1 and VISM-8E1 cards provide the capability for creating loopback paths for diagnostic  
purposes. Use the VISM and PXM diagnostic loopback CLI commands to troubleshoot your VISM  
cards. The following loopback configurations are possible:  
Local line loopback. Use the PXM addlnloop command to enable local line loopback on a  
line-by-line basis. Use the PXM dellnloop command to disable local line loopback.  
Remote line loopback. The PXM cnfbert command is a T1/E1 diagnostic test package which  
includes some loopback tests.  
Use the BERT and loopback functions to test the integrity of T1 and E1 lines. You can use the PXM  
cnfbert command on the PXM to perform the following actions:  
Run BERT on a per-line basis on the VISM card.  
Put a VISM line on a TDM side loopback.  
Put a VISM line on a network side loopback.  
Cause the VISM to put test equipment residing on the far side into loopback.  
OAM loopback through the CPU toward the network (per VC). This loopback is enabled  
automatically; no PXM or VISM CLI commands are required.  
DS0 loopback, at the compression DSP toward the TDM side. Use the PXM addendptloop  
command to enable DS0 loopback on a DS0-by-DS0 basis. Use the PXM delendptloop command  
to disable DS0 loopbacks.  
VC remote loopback. Use the PXM addconloop command to enable VC remote loopbacks. Use the  
PXM delconloop command to disable remote loopbacks.  
PXM1E and PXM 45 Display CLI Commands  
Refer to the Cisco MGX 8850 Installation and Configuration Guide and the Cisco MGX 8000 Series  
Switch Command Reference for information on the following PXM1, PXM1E, and PXM45 card display  
commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
6-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                       
Chapter 6 Troubleshooting Tips  
VISM Alarms  
VISM Alarms  
Table 6-1 describes VISM T1 and E1 card alarms.  
Table 6-1 VISM T1 and E1 Card Alarms  
Down stream Up Stream  
Error  
Alarm Type  
(ATM side)  
(TDM side)  
Comments  
Link Failure—receive LOS1  
AIS2  
RAI3  
RAI3 returned on the transmit  
line.  
LOS1  
Receive RAI3  
Receive LOF4  
Yellow  
RAI3  
AIS2  
None  
RAI3  
RAI3 returned on the transmit  
line.  
Receive AIS2  
AIS2  
AIS2  
RAI3  
RAI3 returned on the transmit  
line.  
1. LOS = Loss of service.  
2. AIS = Alarm indication signal.  
3. RAI = Remote alarm indicator.  
4. LOF = Loss of frame.  
Refer to T1.403 for DS1 and G.704 for E1 definitions of alarm states. Alarms are propagated to the  
remote end over the ATM network in accordance with ATM specifications.  
UNIX Snoop Trace Tool  
Use the UNIX snoop trace tool to assist in diagnosing a problem. The snoop command can determine if  
there is any activity between the VISM and the call agent. The following example shows the command  
and a typical resulting terminal display:  
snoop -x 42 -ta <ip address of CA> port <udp port of CA>  
E.g snoop -x 42 -ta vismvsc1 port 2427  
Symptoms and Solutions  
This section includes possible solutions to the following possible symptoms:  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
6-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                   
Chapter 6 Troubleshooting Tips  
Symptoms and Solutions  
VISM Card Did Not Become Active  
Investigate the following possible causes for a VISM card that does not become active:  
An E1 card is inserted in a slot where a T1 card was present, or a T1 card is inserted in a slot where  
an E1 card was present, resulting in configuration mismatch.  
The minimum number (five) of DSPs failed to download.  
A front card type does not match the back card type—if the front card is T1 and the back card is E1,  
or the front card is E1 and the back card is T1.  
The VISM card MIB image version does not match the PXM disk MIB image version.  
T1/E1 Configuration Mismatch  
Use the PXM dspcds command to identify a T1/E1 configuration mismatch, as follows:  
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspcds  
Slot CardState CardType  
---- ----------- --------  
CardAlarm Redundancy  
--------- -----------  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
1.1  
1.2  
1.3  
1.4  
1.5  
1.6  
1.7  
1.8  
1.9  
Empty  
Empty  
Empty  
Empty  
Mismatch  
Empty  
Active  
Empty  
Empty  
VISM-8E1  
PXM1-OC3  
Clear  
Clear  
1.10 Empty  
1.11 Empty  
1.12 Empty  
1.13 Empty  
1.14 Empty  
1.15 Empty  
1.16 Empty  
1.17 Empty  
1.18 Empty  
1.19 Empty  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Use the PXM dspsmcnf command to identify a T1/E1 configuration mismatch, as follows:  
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspsmcnf  
slot  
No.  
------  
1
Card  
Type  
----------  
Rate  
Control  
-------  
Channel  
ized  
-------  
MIB  
Version  
-------  
Feature  
Bits  
-------  
IMA  
-------  
MULTRKS  
-------  
------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------  
------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------  
2
3
4
5
VISM-8T1  
------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------  
VISM-8T1 Off Off Off Off 20  
Off  
Off  
Off  
Off  
20  
0x0  
0x0  
6
9
------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------  
------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------  
------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------  
------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------  
------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------  
------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------  
------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------  
------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------  
------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------  
------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
17  
18  
19  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
6-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 6 Troubleshooting Tips  
Symptoms and Solutions  
20  
21  
22  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------  
------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------  
------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------  
------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------  
------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------  
------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------  
------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------  
------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------  
------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------  
Use the PXM dsplog command to show a card mismatch log entry, logged by VISM card on slot 5, as  
follows:  
09/09/2001-00:01:47 05 dsplog VISM-6-9025  
VISM going to standby : Config. Mismatch between PXM and VISM  
Use the VISM dspcd command to display the following information:  
NODENAME.1.5.VISM8.s > dspcd  
ModuleSlotNumber:  
5
FunctionModuleState:  
FunctionModuleType:  
FunctionModuleSerialNum:  
FunctionModuleHWRev:  
FunctionModuleFWRev:  
Mismatch  
VISM-8E1  
CAB12345678  
0.13  
2.2.10g.pm  
FunctionModuleResetReason: WatchDog timeout reset  
LineModuleType:  
Missing  
LineModuleState:  
Not Present  
mibVersionNumber:  
configChangeTypeBitMap:  
cardIntegratedAlarm:  
20  
CardCnfChng, LineCnfChng  
Clear  
pcb part no - (800 level): 800-03530-01  
pcb part no - (73 level): 73-03021-01  
Fab Part no - (28 level): 28-02492-01  
PCB Revision:  
01  
Daughter Card Information:  
Daughter Card Serial Number: CAB12345678  
pcb part no - (73 level):  
Fab Part no - (28 level):  
PCB Revision:  
73-03022-01  
28-02493-01  
01 value = 34 = 0x22 = ’"’  
DSP Download Failure  
Use the PXM dsplog command to determine if the minimum number (five) of the DSPs failed to  
download. The terminal displays results similar to the following:  
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dsplog  
01/01/2001-00:02:10 05 tDspmDl  
VISM-6-9193  
DSPM task errors : 6 DSPs failed to download  
If the number of DSPs (six in the above case) is greater than five, the card will fail to be in the active  
state. If this condition happens repeatedly, replace the card.  
Use the following PXM dspcds command, and the results, to determine the current state of VISM DSPs:  
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspcds  
Slot CardState  
CardType  
CardAlarm Redundancy  
---- ----------- --------  
--------- -----------  
1.1  
1.2  
1.3  
Empty  
Empty  
Empty  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
6-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 6 Troubleshooting Tips  
Symptoms and Solutions  
1.4  
Empty  
Failed  
Empty  
Active  
Empty  
Empty  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
1.5  
1.6  
1.7  
1.8  
1.9  
1.10 Empty  
1.11 Empty  
1.12 Empty  
1.13 Empty  
1.14 Empty  
1.15 Empty  
1.16 Empty  
1.17 Empty  
1.18 Empty  
1.19 Empty  
VISM-8E1  
PXM1-OC3  
VISM Front Card/Back Card Mismatch  
Use the following PXM dsplog command to investigate a possible VISM front card/back card mismatch:  
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dsplog  
01/01/2001-00:02:24 05 cmm  
VISM-6-9025  
VISM going to standby : Config. Mismatch between ASC and VISMV  
01/01/2001-00:02:24 05 cmm  
Mismatch Backcard  
01/01/2001-00:02:24 05 cmm  
Mismatch Backcard  
VISM-6-9023  
VISM-6-9023  
In a mismatch condition, use the PXM dspcds command to display the following type of information:  
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspcds  
Slot CardState  
CardType  
CardAlarm Redundancy  
---- ----------- --------  
--------- -----------  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
1.1  
1.2  
1.3  
1.4  
1.5  
1.6  
1.7  
1.8  
1.9  
Empty  
Empty  
Empty  
Empty  
Mismatch  
Empty  
Active  
Empty  
Empty  
VISM-8E1  
PXM1-OC3  
Clear  
1.10 Empty  
1.11 Empty  
1.12 Empty  
1.13 Empty  
1.14 Empty  
1.15 Empty  
1.16 Empty  
1.17 Empty  
1.18 Empty  
1.19 Empty  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Clear  
Use the VISM dspcd command to display the following types of information:  
NODENAME.1.5.VISM8.s > dspcd  
ModuleSlotNumber:  
5
FunctionModuleState:  
FunctionModuleType:  
FunctionModuleSerialNum:  
FunctionModuleHWRev:  
Mismatch  
VISM-8E1  
CAB0246014P  
0.0  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
6-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 6 Troubleshooting Tips  
Symptoms and Solutions  
FunctionModuleFWRev:  
2.2.10g.pm  
FunctionModuleResetReason: Reset by ASC from Cell Bus  
LineModuleType:  
LM-RJ48-8T1  
LineModuleState:  
Invalid  
mibVersionNumber:  
configChangeTypeBitMap:  
cardIntegratedAlarm:  
20  
CardCnfChng, LineCnfChng  
Clear  
pcb part no - (800 level): 800-04399-01  
pcb part no - (73 level): 73-03618-01  
Fab Part no - (28 level): 28-02791-01  
PCB Revision:  
05  
Daughter Card Information:  
Daughter Card Serial Number: CAB024601FF  
pcb part no - (73 level):  
Fab Part no - (28 level):  
PCB Revision:  
73-03722-01  
28-02905-01  
02 value = 34 = 0x22 = ’"’  
Cannot Use the cc Command to Access a VISM Card  
Use the PXM dspcds command to verify if the VISM card is in the active or standby state. If the VISM  
card is not in the active or standby state, you cannot use the cc command to access the card.  
VISM Card Resets Intermittently  
Investigate the following possibilities to determine why the VISM card is resetting intermittently:  
Bad hardware device on the card. Replace any corrupt hardware.  
Daughter card is not attached correctly to the VISM card. As a result, the VISM card is not able to  
maintain its abilities. Ensure that the daughter card is making electrical contact to the motherboard,  
and is mechanically secure.  
VISM Card Does Not Accept a Firmware Download  
There must be a VISM card in the slot to which firmware is being downloaded. Ensure that the VISM  
card is seated in the slot, and that it is making electrical contacts to the backplane.  
The card must be in either the active or boot state. Confirm this is the case and try again.  
Echo Is Heard on a Voice Call  
Ensure that the call has the ECAN feature enabled. If the echo delay is longer than the provision tail  
length, ECAN does not work. Use the VISM cnfecantail command to configure a larger value for the  
tail length.  
VISM Card LEDs Are Not Lighted  
The VISM card may not be inserted completely in the slot. Ensure that the VISM card is seated in the  
slot correctly, with top and bottom half portions of the VISM card making electrical contact with the  
backplane.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
6-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Chapter 6 Troubleshooting Tips  
Symptoms and Solutions  
Firmware Does Not See the Card Insert Bit Status As Set  
This symptom can also indicate a bad VISM card or bad MGX slot.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
6-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
A P P E N D I X  
A
VISM and VISM-PR Card Clocking Options  
An MGX 8000 Series platform, consisting of PXM and VISM cards, should have one primary clocking  
source. To avoid conflicts and to ensure proper operation, it is important that the settings for clocking  
options in both card types are considered together. You must use one of the following primary clocking  
source options, which are supported by the VISM/PXM interface:  
PXM1, PXM1E, and PXM45 cards—Provides clocking for all VISM cards in the chassis.  
A VISM card—Provides clocking for the PXM1, which then provides clocking to the entire chassis.  
A VISM-PR card—Provides clocking for the PXM1E or PXM45 card, which then provides clocking  
to the entire chassis.  
PXM1 Card as Primary Clocking Source  
Figure A-1 shows the PXM card primary clocking source option in which the clock source originates at  
the PXM side of the VISM/PXM interface.  
Figure A-1 VISM Configured for Local Clocking  
Clocking on  
T1/E1 lines to  
PBX or CO  
Bus  
MGX 8850  
External BITS (T1/E1)  
Network (OC3)  
VISM  
VISM lines configured  
for local clocking  
Internal crystal  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
A-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Appendix A VISM and VISM-PR Card Clocking Options  
PXM1 Card as Primary Clocking Source  
The PXM card option allows you to configure the clocking source origination from one of the following  
sources:  
An external BITS clock on the PXM card’s T1 or E1 back card port.  
An external OC3 signal on a PXM SONET back card port.  
The PXM card’s internal crystal (default).  
The internal crystal is the default and is set as the primary clock source automatically when power is  
applied to the chassis.  
To use one of the other two clocking sources, complete the following steps:  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Use the cnfclksrc command to configure the clocking source—external BITS clock or external OC3  
signal.  
Use the cnfln command to configure all VISM lines for local clocking.  
The PXM card option makes the PXM the clock source for the all cards in the chassis. The VISM cards  
then use this clocking to provide clocking for their associated T1 or E1 lines. Refer to Chapter 5, “CLI  
Commands,” for more information on VISM commands.  
Refer to the Cisco MGX 8850 Installation and Configuration Guide and the Cisco MGX 8000 Series  
Switch Command Reference for information on the following PXM card clocking commands:  
cnfcbclk  
cnfextclk  
cnfsrmclksrc  
dspcbclk  
dspclkinfo  
dspclksrc  
dspcurclk  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
A-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Appendix A VISM and VISM-PR Card Clocking Options  
VISM Card as Primary Clocking Source  
VISM Card as Primary Clocking Source  
Figure A-2 shows the VISM card primary clocking source option in which the clock source originates  
at the VISM side of the VISM/PXM interface.  
Figure A-2 VISM Configured for Loop Clocking  
Clocking on T1/E1  
line 1 to  
PBX or CO  
Bus  
MGX 8850  
External BITS (T1/E1)  
Network (OC3)  
VISM  
VISM line #1 configured  
for loop clocking, all other  
VISM lines (including all  
lines on other VISM cards)  
configured for local clocking  
Internal crystal  
MGX clock source configured for:  
Service Module  
The VISM card option originates clocking from one of the T1 or E1 lines on one of the VISM cards.  
To configure the VISM card as the primary clocking source, complete the following steps:  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Use the cnfln command to configure line number 1—the line that is receiving the clocking source—for  
loop clocking.  
Use the cnfln command to configure all remaining T1 or E1 lines on all VISM cards in the chassis for  
local clocking.  
Use the cnfclksrc command to configure the PXM card as a service module clocking source and specify  
VISM and its clocking line (line number 1) as the clocking source.  
Note  
The VISM card allows you to configure the clock source on line 1 only. The VISM-PR card does not  
have this requirement.  
VISM-PR Card as Primary Clocking Source  
The VISM-PR card allows you to configure primary clocking from the following sources:  
Network clock—the local clock for the PXM1, PXM1E, or PXM45 module  
Any VISM-PR T1 or E1 line  
On-board oscillator  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
A-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Appendix A VISM and VISM-PR Card Clocking Options  
PXM1E or PXM45 Card as Primary Clocking Source  
To configure the VISM-PR card as the primary clocking source, complete the following steps:  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Use the cnfln command to configure a line number—the line that is receiving the clocking source—for  
loop clocking.  
Use the cnfln command to configure all remaining T1 or E1 lines on all VISM cards in the chassis for  
local clocking.  
Use the cnfclksrc command to configure the PXM card as a service module clocking source and specify  
VISM and its clocking line as the clocking source.  
You cannot delete a line that is configured as the clock source. You must first configure the line to not  
be the clock source and then you can delete the line.  
Refer to Chapter 5, “CLI Commands,” for more information on VISM commands.  
PXM1E or PXM45 Card as Primary Clocking Source  
Use the cnfncdpclksrc command to configure the PXM1E or PXM45 card as the primary clock source.  
Refer to the Cisco MGX 8850 Installation and Configuration Guide and the Cisco MGX 8000 Series  
Switch Command Reference for configuration instructions. Use the following commands to display and  
verify your configuration:  
dspncdpclkinfo  
dspncdpclksrc  
Revertive and Nonrevertive Clocking  
Clocking can be either revertive or nonrevertive. If your MGX switch is configured for a clock source  
from a BITS source or PXM line source and the source line goes into the alarm state, a revertive or  
nonrevertive recovery occurs.  
Revertive clocking—If a node is configured and the clock source fails (due to a physical failure such  
as a loss of signal, the clock frequency drifts out of specification, or a bad frequency), the node  
abandons the clock source and finds an alternate clock source. When the original clock source  
repairs, the node automatically reverts to using the original clock source.  
Nonrevertive clocking—Similar to revertive clocking, except that when the original clock source  
repairs, the node does not automatically revert to the original clock source.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
A-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
Appendix A VISM and VISM-PR Card Clocking Options  
Revertive and Nonrevertive Clocking  
Revertive and nonrevertive clocking depends upon the processor module back card used and the clocking  
source specified. See Table A-1 to determine if your clocking is revertive or nonrevertive in your  
network configuration.  
Table A-1 Revertive/Nonrevertive Clocking and PXM Back Card Support  
Processor Module  
Back Card  
Using External Clock  
Using Inband/Service Module Clock  
For loss of service: revertive  
PXM-UI  
For loss of service: revertive  
For bad frequency/drift: nonrevertive  
For loss of service: revertive  
For bad frequency/drift: nonrevertive  
For bad frequency/drift: nonrevertive  
For loss of service: revertive  
PXM-UI-S3  
For bad frequency/drift: nonrevertive  
To make a nonrevertive clock source usable after it has failed, you must use the cnfclksrc command to  
change that particular clock source, and then use the cnfclksrc command again to configure it back.  
Refer to Chapter 5, “CLI Commands,” for more information on CLI commands.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
A-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Appendix A VISM and VISM-PR Card Clocking Options  
Revertive and Nonrevertive Clocking  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
A-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
A P P E N D I X  
B
VISM and VISM-PR—3.0 Specifications  
VISM Card Specifications  
ATM layer: Per ITU standards I.361 and ATM UNI v3.1  
AAL layer: AAL5 as per standard I.363.  
VISM Card Physical Interface Specifications and Applicable  
Standards  
Physical Layer Interface T1:  
Line Rate: 1.544 Mbps +/– 50 bps.  
Line Interface Connector: Balanced 100-ohm RJ-48C.  
Synchronization: The transmit clock can be selected from either the looped clock or the node’s  
clock.  
Line Code: Bipolar 8 zero substitution (B8ZS) per ANSI T1.408 and AMI.  
Line Framing: Extended Superframe Format (ESF 24-frame multiframe) per ANSI T1.408.  
Input Jitter Tolerance: Per ATT TR 62411.  
Output Jitter Generation: Per ATT TR 62411 using normal mode synchronization.  
Physical Layer Alarms: LOS, LOF, AIS, RAI.  
Physical Layer Interface E1:  
Line Rate: 2.048 Mbps +/- 50 bps.  
Line Interface Connector: Balanced 120-ohm RJ-48C, Unbalanced 75-ohm SMB.  
Synchronization: The transmit clock can be selected from either the looped clock or the node’s  
clock.  
Line Code: HDB3 (E1) and AMI.  
Line Framing: 16-frame multiframe per G.704.  
Input Jitter Tolerance: As specified in ITU G.823 for 2.048 Mbps.  
Output Jitter Generation: As specified in ITU G.823 for 2.048 Mbps.  
Physical Layer Alarms: LOS, LOF, AIS, RAI.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
B-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Appendix B VISM and VISM-PR—3.0 Specifications  
VISM Card Physical Interface Specifications and Applicable Standards  
General VISM Card Standards  
Card Status Indicator LEDs:  
Active (Green)  
Standby (Orange)  
Fail (Red)  
Line status indicator LEDs:  
Active and Okay (Green)  
Active and Local Alarm (Red)  
Active and Remote Alarm (Orange)  
Maintenance/Serviceability Features: Internal loopbacks, hot-pluggable.  
VISM Front Card:  
AX-VISM-8T1/8E1—7.25 x 16.25 inches  
VISM Line Modules:  
AX-RJ48-8T1-LM—7.0 X 4.5 inches  
AX-R-RJ48-8T1-LM—7.0 X 4.5 inches  
AX-RJ48-8E1-LM—7.0 X 4.5 inches  
AX-R-RJ48-8E1-LM—7.0 X 4.5 inches  
AX-SMB-8E1-LM—7.0 X 4.5 inches  
AX-R-SMB-8E1-LM—7.0 X 4.5 inches  
Total VISM Power:  
48 VDC (100W estimated)  
5 VDC (25W estimated)  
3.3 VDC (43W estimated)  
2.5 VDC (12W estimated)  
VISM Card Counters Specifications  
T1/E1 Framers:  
OOF Count  
LCV Count  
FER Count  
CRC Error Count  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
B-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Appendix B VISM and VISM-PR—3.0 Specifications  
VISM-PR Card Specifications  
RTP/RTCP:  
Number of packets received  
Number of packets transmitted  
Number of error packets received  
ATM Cells:  
Number of cells transmitted to cellbus  
Number of cells discarded due to intershelf alarm  
Number of cells transmitted with CLP bit set  
Number of AIS cells transmitted  
Number of FERF cells transmitted  
Number of end-to-end loop-back cells transmitted  
Number of segment loop-back cells transmitted  
Number of cells received from cellbus  
Number of cells received with CLP bit set  
Number of AIS cells received  
Number of FERF cells received  
Number of end-to-end loop-back cells received  
Number of segment loop-back cells received  
Number of OAM cells discarded due to CRC-10 error  
Diagnostics:  
Header of last cell with unknown LCN  
VISM-PR Card Specifications  
This section describes the card specifications that are unique to the VISM-PR card.  
VISM-PR Card Features  
The following features are contained in the VISM-PR card:  
Voice processing for all channels, using the following:  
Echo cancellation (ECAN)  
Digital Signal, level 0 (DS0) channels  
G.711u  
G.711a  
G.726-32k  
G.729a  
G.729ab  
Clear channel  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
B-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Appendix B VISM and VISM-PR—3.0 Specifications  
VISM-PR Card Specifications  
G.726-16k  
G.726-24k  
G.726-40k  
G.723-H  
G.723a-H  
G.723.1-L  
G.723.1a-L  
Tone detection and generation  
High functionality negotiated on demand for channels using the following:  
Adaptive Differential Pulse Code Modulation (ADPCM)  
Code Excited Linear Prediction (CELP)  
Multiple packetization format in the following modes:  
Voice over IP (VoIP) switching/trunking  
VoIP with Real time Transport Protocol (RTP) in AAL5  
Switched AAL1 switched virtual circuits (SVC)  
Switched AAL2 SVC  
Switched AAL2 PVC—this operating mode is not supported in VISM Release 3.0  
AAL2 trunking  
VoIP and Switched ATM AAL1 SVC  
High-density aggregation, providing the following:  
8 T1/E1s of PCM voice  
192 T1 or 248 E1 DS0s per VISM-PR card  
4608 T1 or 5952 E1 DS0s per chassis shelf  
13824 T1 or 17856 E1 DS0s per rack (3 MGX 8000 series switch chassis per rack)  
See Chapter 1, “Overview of the VISM and VISM-PR Cards” for information about installing and using  
VISM and VISM-PR cards in your MGX 8000 series switch chassis.  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
B-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
I N D E X  
addsesgrp command 4-50, 5-43  
addsesset command 4-50, 5-44  
addtoneplan command 5-45  
addxgcppersistevt command 4-48, 5-48  
alarms 6-5  
Symbols  
? command 5-2  
A
application  
AAL2 profiles 4-39  
AAL2 trunking 2-3  
multiservice access 2-3  
tandem switch offload 2-1  
architecture  
AAL2 trunking application 2-3  
addannpermanent command 5-3  
addcasvar command 4-7, 5-5  
addccs command 4-8, 4-21, 5-7  
addcid command 4-8, 4-36, 5-8  
addcon command 4-7, 4-8, 4-32, 5-12  
addconloop command 4-34, 5-15, 6-4  
adddn command 4-7, 4-45, 5-16  
adddnip command 4-7, 4-46, 5-18  
addendpoint command 4-31  
VISM card 1-5  
attributes  
command log file 4-2  
B
back cards  
addendptloop command 4-19, 5-21, 6-4  
addendpts command 3-18, 4-18, 5-22  
addlapd command 4-21, 5-25  
bulk distribution 1-8  
bye command 4-5  
addlapdtrunk command 5-26  
addlnloop command 4-14, 5-29, 6-4  
addmgc command 4-7  
C
cabling  
addmgcgrpentry command 3-18, 4-7, 4-46, 5-30  
addmgcgrpprotocol command 4-7, 4-46, 5-31  
addport command 4-7, 4-8, 4-9, 5-34  
addred command 1-18  
cc command 4-5, 5-50  
chkflash command 5-51  
clralmcnt command 5-53  
clralmcnts command 5-54  
clralm command 4-1, 5-52  
clralms command 5-55  
addrscprtn command 4-7, 4-8, 4-9, 5-35  
addrtpcon command 5-36  
addrudptrunk command 5-40  
addses command 4-50, 5-42  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
IN-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Index  
clrcacfailcntrs command 5-56  
clrmngcidcnt command 5-57  
clrrtpcnt command 5-58  
cnfco4timer command 4-49, 5-117  
cnfcodecjtrdelay command 5-118  
cnfcodecneg command 5-120  
clrsarcnt command 5-60  
cnfcodecparams command 5-121  
cnfcodectmpl command 4-9, 5-123  
cnfcodedecparams command 4-38  
cnfcompvad command 5-125  
clrsarcnts command 5-61  
clrsarmsgcnt command 5-62  
clrscrn command 5-63  
clrslipcnt command 5-64  
cnfconcac command 5-128  
clrtaskinfo command 5-65  
cnfconcacparams command 4-10, 5-129  
cnfconcacpol command 5-130  
cnfcon command 4-33, 5-126  
cnfaal2subcellmuxing command 4-38, 5-66  
cnfaal2timerparams command 4-43, 5-67  
cnfaal2transparams command 4-43, 5-68  
cnfadapgain command 5-69  
cnfconprotect command 4-34, 5-131  
cnfconvbdpol command 4-30, 5-132  
cnfconvcci command 4-7, 4-39, 5-133  
cnfdeftos command 4-35, 5-134  
cnfdisctimers command 5-135  
cnfdn command 5-136  
cnfalmcnt command 5-72  
cnfalm command 4-13, 5-70  
cnfannagetime command 5-75  
cnfanndn command 5-77  
cnfannpathprefix command 5-79  
cnfannprefcodec command 5-82  
cnfannreqtimeout command 5-84  
cnfbert command 4-14, 6-4  
cnfdnssrvr command 4-7, 5-138  
cnfdpvcoamparams command 5-139  
cnfds0gain command 5-140  
cnfds0localcas command 5-141  
cnfds0loop command 4-20, 5-143  
cnfds0musicthreshold command 5-144  
cnfecanenable command 4-29, 5-145  
cnfecanrec command 4-29, 5-146  
cnfecantail command 4-29, 5-147, 6-9  
cnfendptcadence command 5-148  
cnferl command 4-30, 5-149  
cnfcac command 4-7, 4-8, 4-10, 5-86  
cnfcacparams command 4-10, 5-87  
cnfcalea command 5-88  
cnfcascode command 4-13, 5-89  
cnfcasdialdelay command 5-91  
cnfcasendpt command 4-7, 5-93  
cnfcasflashtime command 5-94  
cnfcasglareattrib command 5-96  
cnfcasglaretime command 5-98  
cnfcasguardtime command 5-100  
cnfcasoffhooktime command 5-102  
cnfcasonhooktime command 5-103  
cnfcaspackage command 5-105  
cnfcasparamsource command 5-109  
cnfcasvar command 5-111  
cnfgain command 5-150  
cnfjtrinitdelay command 4-31, 5-153  
cnfjtrmode command 4-30, 5-155  
cnflapdretrans command 5-156  
cnflapdtimer command 5-157  
cnflapdtrunkpvc command 5-159  
cnflapdtype command 5-161  
cnfcaswinktime command 5-112  
cnfcasxgcp command 5-114  
cnflapdwinsize command 5-163  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
IN-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
cnflndigitorder command 5-166  
cnflngain command 5-167  
cnfsrcppeergrpparam command 4-49, 5-215  
cnfsrcpretry command 4-49, 5-217  
cnft38fxlco command 5-218  
cnft38nsetimeout command 5-220  
cnft38params command 5-221  
cnftftpdn command 4-7, 4-45, 5-224  
cnftrunkcond command 4-13, 5-225  
cnfvbdcodec command 5-226  
cnfvbdpol command 4-11, 5-227  
cnfvismdn command 4-45, 5-228  
cnfvismip command 4-7, 4-45, 5-229  
cnfvismmode command 4-7, 4-8, 4-9, 5-230  
cnfvoiptimerparam command 5-231  
cnfvoiptransparams command 4-35, 5-232  
cnfxesmaxwindow command 5-207  
cnfxgcinteropsdpost command 5-235  
cnfxgcpbt command 4-47, 5-234  
cnfxgcpmwd command 4-47, 5-236  
cnfxgcppeer command 4-47, 5-237  
cnfxgcpretry command 3-18, 4-47, 5-238  
cnprofelemvbd command 5-189  
command log file attributes 4-2  
commands 4-31  
cnflnmusicthreshold command 5-169  
cnflnringback command 5-171  
cnflnsig command 4-7, 4-8, 4-13, 5-173  
cnflntoneplan command 5-174  
cnflntonetimeout command 5-176  
cnflntrunkcond command 5-178  
cnfmgcgrpentry command 5-180  
cnfmgcgrpparam command 4-46, 5-181  
cnfmgcgrpprotocol command 5-183  
cnfmidcalltimers command 5-185  
cnfmusicthreshold command 5-186  
cnfnwcot command 5-187  
cnfpncon 5-188  
cnfprofelemvbd command 4-42  
cnfprofelemvoice command 4-38, 4-42, 5-191  
cnfprofneg command 4-43, 5-193  
cnfprofparams command 4-41, 5-194  
cnfrsvp command 5-195  
cnfrsvprefreshmiss command 5-196  
cnfrtcprepint command 5-197  
commit command 1-19  
cnfrtpcon command 5-198  
configuring  
cnfrtprxtimer command 5-201  
AAL2 profiles 4-41  
cnfrudptrunkrmtip command 5-202  
cnfsesack command 4-50, 5-204  
cnfsesmaxreset command 4-50, 5-205  
cnfsesmaxseg command 4-51, 5-206  
cnfsesmaxwindow command 4-51  
cnfsesnullsegtmout command 4-51, 5-208  
cnfsesoutofseq command 4-51, 5-209  
cnfsesport command 4-51, 5-210  
cnfsesretrans command 4-51, 5-211  
cnfsesstatetmout command 4-51, 5-212  
cnfsessyncatmps 5-212  
ATM network side 4-31  
bearer processing 4-27  
call agent interface 4-44  
CAS signaling 4-23  
CCS signaling 4-20  
clocking A-1  
codecs 4-28  
domain names and IP addresses 4-45  
DS0 channels 4-17  
echo cancellation 4-29  
PRI backhaul sessions 4-49  
PVCs 4-32  
cnfsessyncatmps command 4-52, 5-213  
cnfsrcppeer command 4-48, 5-214  
T1 and E1 lines 4-11  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
IN-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
VISM clocking 4-14  
connecting cables 1-16  
connection admission control  
delxgcpcon command 5-277  
delxgcppersistevt command 5-278  
dncon command 5-279  
dspaal2params command 5-280  
dspaal2profile command 5-281  
dspalmcnf command 5-283  
dspalmcnt command 5-285  
connectors  
RJ-48 1-16  
counters specification B-2  
dspalm command 5-282  
dspalms command 5-287  
D
dspannagetime 5-288  
dspanncache command 5-290  
dspanncontrols command 5-292  
dspanndn command 5-294  
delannalldynamic command 5-239  
delanndynamic command 5-241  
delannpermanent command 5-243  
delcasvar command 5-245  
delccs command 5-246  
dspannpathprefix command 5-296  
dspannpermanents command 5-298  
dspannprefcodec command 5-300  
dspannreqtimeout command 5-302  
dspcacfailcntrs command 5-304  
dspcalea command 5-305  
delcid command 5-247  
delcon command 5-248  
delconloop command 4-34, 5-249, 6-4  
deldn command 5-250  
dspcarddsp command 5-306  
dspcasendpts command 5-307  
dspcasglareattrib command 5-308  
dspcaspackage command 5-310  
dspcasparamsource command 5-312  
dspcastimers command 5-313  
dspcasvar command 1-19, 5-315  
dspcasvarendpts command 5-316  
dspcasvars command 5-317  
dspcasxgcps command 5-318  
dspccschans command 5-320  
dspccscnt command 5-321  
deldnip command 5-251  
delendpt command 3-18, 5-252  
delendptloop command 5-253, 6-4  
delendpts command 3-18, 5-254  
dellapd command 5-256  
dellapdtrunk command 5-257  
delln command 5-259  
dellnloop command 4-14, 5-260, 6-4  
dellntoneplan command 5-261  
delmgc command 5-262  
delmgcgrpentry command 5-263  
delmgcgrpprotocol command 5-264  
delport command 5-266  
dspccs command 5-319  
dspcid command 5-324  
delrscprtn command 5-267  
delrtpcon command 5-268  
delrudptrunk command 5-270  
delses command 5-272  
dspcids command 5-325  
dspco4timer command 5-326  
dspcodecjtrdelays command 5-327  
dspcodecparams command 5-328  
delsesgrp command 5-273  
delsesset command 5-274  
deltoneplan command 5-275  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
IN-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
dspcodectmpls command 5-329  
dspconcac command 5-332  
dspconcnt command 5-333  
dspcon command 5-330  
dsploops command 5-379  
dspmaxmgcs command 5-380  
dspmgc command 5-381  
dspcons command 5-334  
dspmgcgrpparams command 5-382  
dspmgcgrpprotocols command 4-47, 5-383  
dspmgcgrps command 5-384  
dspmgcs command 5-385  
dspconvbdpol command 5-335  
dspdisctimers 5-336  
dspdnallips command 5-337  
dspdn command 5-339  
dspmgprotocols command 5-386  
dspmidcalltimers command 5-387  
dspmngcidcnt command 5-388  
dspmonecanendpt command 5-390  
dspmusicthreshold command 5-391  
dspnwcot command 5-392  
dspdnips command 5-338  
dspdnssrvr command 5-340  
dspdpvcoamparams command 5-341  
dspds0gain command 5-342  
dspds0localcasstatus command 5-343  
dspds0musicthreshold command 5-345  
dspendpt command 5-346  
dspendpts command 1-19, 5-348  
dspgain 5-348  
dspport command 5-393  
dspprofparams command 5-394  
dsprscprtn command 5-396  
dsprsvpif command 5-397  
dspgain command 5-349  
dsprsvpreq command 5-398  
dsprsvpreqs command 5-400  
dsprsvpresv command 5-401  
dsprsvpresvs command 5-403  
dsprsvpsender command 5-404  
dsprsvpsenders command 5-406  
dsprtpcnt command 5-407  
dspgwstate command 5-350  
dsplapd command 5-351  
dsplapds command 5-353  
dsplapdstat command 5-354  
dsplapdtrunkpvc command 5-356  
dsplapdtrunks command 5-358  
dsplinecasbits command 5-360  
dsplncids command 5-363  
dspln command 5-362  
dsprtpcon command 5-409  
dsprtpconnstat command 5-411  
dsprtpcons command 5-413  
dsprudptrunk command 5-415  
dsprudptrunks command 5-417  
dspsarcnt command 5-419  
dsplndigitorder command 5-364  
dsplndsp command 5-365  
dsplndsx0s command 5-366  
dsplnendptstatus command 5-368  
dsplngain command 5-369  
dsplnmusicthreshold command 5-370  
dsplnringback command 5-371  
dsplns command 5-373  
dspsarcnts command 5-420  
dspsarmsgcnt command 5-421  
dspses command 5-422  
dspsesgrp command 5-423  
dspsesgrps command 5-424  
dspsess command 5-425  
dsplnstate command 5-374  
dsplntoneplan command 5-375  
dsplntonetimeout command 5-377  
dspsesset command 5-426  
dspsesstat command 5-427  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
IN-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
dspslipcnt command 5-428  
dspxgcpendptcons command 5-475  
dspxgcpendpts command 5-477  
dspxgcperrcnt command 5-478  
dspxgcpinterops command 5-479  
dspxgcplncons command 5-480  
dspxgcppeers command 5-481  
dspxgcppersistevts command 5-482  
dspxgcpport command 5-483  
dspxgcpretry command 5-484  
dspsmcnf command 6-6  
dspsrcpcnt command 5-429  
dspsrcpcnts command 5-430  
dspsrcppeer command 5-431  
dspsrcppeergrpparams command 5-432  
dspsrcppeers command 5-433  
dspsrcpport command 5-434  
dspsrcpretry command 5-435  
dspss0loop command 5-344  
dspt38fxlco command 5-436  
dspt38fxlcos command 5-437  
dspt38nsetimeout command 5-438  
dspt38nsetimeouts command 5-439  
dspt38params command 5-440  
dsptaskinfo command 5-441  
dsptonebuildplans command 5-442  
dsptoneplan command 5-444  
dsptoneplans command 5-446  
dsptoneprovplans command 5-448  
dsptoneregionplans command 5-450  
dspvbdcodec command 5-452  
dspvbdpol command 5-453  
F
fax tone detection 3-4  
H
Help command 5-485  
I
in-service state 3-17  
install a front card 1-15  
installation  
dspvismdn command 5-454  
dspvismip command 5-455  
VISM card 1-14  
install command 1-19  
installing  
dspvismparam command 4-8, 5-456  
dspvoipparams command 5-458  
dspxgcpbt command 5-459  
VISM back card 1-16  
VISM front card 1-15  
VISM software upgrades 1-18  
IS state 3-17  
dspxgcpcalls command 5-460  
dspxgcpcids command 5-461  
dspxgcpcnf command 5-463  
dspxgcpcnt command 5-464  
dspxgcpcnts command 5-465  
dspxgcpcon command 5-466  
dspxgcpcons command 5-469  
dspxgcpdefpkg command 5-470  
dspxgcpdetailcnt command 5-471  
dspxgcpdetailcnts command 5-472  
dspxgcpendpt command 5-473  
L
LED indicators 6-1  
line modules B-2  
logging in 4-3  
logging out 4-5  
logout command 4-5  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
IN-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
loopback configurations 6-4  
loopback paths 6-4  
VISM front card 1-17  
revertive clocking A-4  
RUDP links 3-10  
M
S
mandatory commands 4-6  
modem tone detection 3-4  
savesmcnf command 1-18  
service states  
multiservice access application 2-3  
endpoints 3-17  
session 3-10  
N
snoop command 6-5  
newrev command 1-19  
nonrevertive clocking A-4  
T
tandem switch offloading application 2-1  
tone detection  
O
fax 3-4  
OOS state 3-17  
modem 3-4  
out-of-service state 3-17  
transmit direction 1-16  
tstcon command 5-487  
tstdelay command 5-488  
P
parameters  
U
T1and E1 lines 4-14  
physical layer  
upcon command 5-489  
upgrading  
VISM software 1-18, 1-20  
pinglndsp command 5-486  
power  
V
applying 1-18  
version command 5-490  
VISM alarms 6-5  
VISM card architecture 1-5  
VISM log 6-3  
R
redundancy 1-8  
removing  
VISM back card 1-17  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
IN-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide  
Release 3.0, Part Number OL-2521-01 Rev. D0, June 2004  
IN-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

BenQ Computer Monitor FP231W User Manual
BenQ Personal Computer A52 User Manual
Bogen Headphones HAA20 User Manual
Bolens Lawn Mower 149 813 000 User Manual
Bosch Appliances Clothes Dryer WTXD5321CN User Manual
Briggs Stratton Pressure Washer 020324 0 User Manual
Canon Digital Camera SX130 IS User Manual
Casablanca Fan Company Outdoor Ceiling Fan 59165 User Manual
Casio Watch 2413 User Manual
Centro Gas Grill 6000 SI User Manual